Fietp Musrum or NaTurAL History PUBLICATION 239 ZOOLOGICAL SERIES VoL. XVI CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY PART I BY Joun Topp ZIMMER Assistant Curator of Birds Witrrep H. Oscoop. Curator, Department of Zoology EDITOR NATURAL HISTORY Cuicaco, U. S. A. November, 1926 Digitized by the Internet Archive - ~in 2011 with funding from Biodiversity Heritage Library http://www.archive.org/details/catalogueofedwar1 1926edwa Fietp Museum or NATURAL HIsToRY PUBLICATION 239 ZOOLOGICAL SERIES VoL. XVI CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY PART I tt Joun Topp ZIMMER Assistant Curator of Birds WILFRED H. Oscoop Curator, Department of Zoology EDITOR JD MUSEN iS Oe Aa © right hg iiveeiitin Y FOUNDED i MARSHALL FIELD oe 893 g % NEMitAOes f o Cuicaco, U. S. A. November, 1926 PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BY FIELD MUSEUM PRESS HISTORICAL PREFACE The ornithological library of the Field Museum of Natural History has been dedicated to Mr. Edward E. Ayer with more than usual reason. This library is not the result of any single gift of money nor of periodic gifts made perfunctorily as mere philanthropy. It is, rather, the culmina- tion of a growth which began with a young boy’s contact with raw nature in pioneer times, which was supported later by hard cash wrested from the opportunities of those times, and which was nurtured through many years by the personal devotion of a man of remarkable character. In fact, Mr. Ayer’s interest in and relation to the library are bound up with the history of his life. The same might be said of other collections made by him, but no attempt at an account of any of them could be made without recognizing it. Born at Kenosha, Wisconsin in 1841, Edward Ayer as a small boy went with his parents to a prairie farm in northern Illinois, a few miles from the present town of Harvard. His father, Elbridge Gerry Ayer, a native of Haverhill, Massachusetts, opened a small crossroads store there, and the place came to be known as ‘‘Ayer’s Corners.”’ Familiarity with the birds and other wild life of the region was naturally a part of the young boy’s daily life and, like others of those times, he was privileged to have many experiences that are denied to the present generation. To this day, it is one of his delights to stand on the old ground and point out the spot where, as a stripling, he stood and witnessed one of the historic flights of the now extinct Passenger Pigeon, one of the really great flights in which the birds passed in clouds for hours and hours, literally darkening the sky. Such boyhood impressions doubtless assisted in kindling his interest in birds and in books about them during his later life. This interest was also fostered by a great, almost reverential senti- ment toward things of the past which is one of his strongest charac- teristics. This sentiment, in its application to birds, takes the form of a sort of loyalty as to an old friend or neighbor. In 1856, Mr. Ayer’s father laid out the town of Harvard, Illinois and in 1860 he was the proprietor of a hotel there as well as being largely interested in nearby farming property. His eighteen-year-old son was serving as night clerk in the hotel and also carried such further respons- ibilities as rounding up strayed cattle when occasion demanded. While engaged in this latter occupation, in April 1860, he encountered a local party starting to cross the plains to California. His adventurous spirit was fired and, having obtained his parent’s permission, he joined another train of wagons a few days later to make the long overland journey. Needless to say, he was close to nature all the way. There was much hard work combined with many interesting experiences, including several slight brushes with Indians, but owing to the season or to the nature of the route, no herds of buffalo were seen, this being a matter of great regret often expressed in later years by Mr. Ayer. He left the wagon train in Nevada and went to work shovelling quartz in a mine near Silver City. This provided money to take him to San Francisco where he found friends and obtained employment sawing wood with a buck- saw in a lumberyard. It was only a short time after this that the Civil War broke out, and the first volunteer to be sworn in for California was Edward E. Ayer, this distinction being partly due to the initial letter of his name but also indicating that he lost no time in deciding where his duty lay. He was made a corporal at once and for the next three years was in service in southern California, Arizona, and New Mexico. During this time, while detailed in charge of a guard over a mine some sixty miles southwest of Tucson, Arizona, he spent some of the long hours reading a book which chance had thrown his way and which made a profound impression upon him. It was Prescott’s “Conquest of Mexico” and, after reading it twice from cover to cover, the young corporal was filled with an en- thusiasm for the romance and a respect for the deeds of early American history which have remained with him to the present day. In some privately circulated reminiscences, he said recently: “‘I want to reiter- ate that the finding of Prescott’s ‘Conquest of Mexico’ in that mine in Arizona in ’62 has been responsible and is to be credited as the prin- cipal force that has given me a vast amount of enjoyment in this world, and is absolutely responsible for the ‘Ayer Library’ now in the Newberry.’’ After he had left the army and trekked back to his home in Harvard, Illinois, one of his first acts was the purchase in Chicago of Prescott’s works on Mexico and Peru. The price was $17.50 and the dealer who offered it was so impressed with his char- acter and sincerity that he allowed him to take it home for an initial payment of $3.50 and the promise of $3.50 monthly, the only terms possible for him at the time. The four years of the western trip and the army service had been crowded with experiences that furnished the young man’s main prepara- tion for life. His college campus was the covered wagon trail and his fraternity brothers were the rough and ready pioneers of the far west. With this background, it would scarcely have been predicted that he would spend the latter half of his life as a patron of art and science, as a bibliophile, and as an ardent collector. In his twenty-third year, Mr. Ayer began his business career, at first with his father in Harvard, but soon moving to Chicago where he iv developed a general railroad contracting business. During the next fifteen years his success was rapid and the foundation of an independ- ent fortune was laid, principally through contracts with western rail- roads to which he furnished ties, telegraph poles, and lumber much of which came from a mill which he built and operated at Flagstaff, Ari- zona. In 1865, he was married to Emily Augusta Burbank of Law- rence, Massachusetts, who for sixty-one years has been his constant companion, sympathetic and inspiring in all his many activities. Although Chicago was his headquarters, his business kept him in the west much of the time and there was much traveling connected with it, including long horseback trips in Mexico and in various western states. His contact with wild nature was close and almost constant. The birds and the beasts grew in his affections and he developed an especial interest in and sympathy for the American Indian. He was quick to see that primitive conditions were soon to pass, and in 1871 he began the forma- tion of a collection of ethnological material illustrating the life and cus- toms of the Indian. This was kept for some years in an outbuilding on his summer place at Lake Geneva, Wisconsin where it grew to an im- portance and value scarcely anticipated even by its owner. When the Field Museum was founded in 1893, this invaluable collection was presented to it, being perhaps the outstanding one of numerous gifts to the Museum by Mr. Ayer. Coincident with the Indian collection, he began his great library of Americana which is now in the Newberry Library of Chicago and on which he spent not less than forty thousand dollars per year for a long period, making it one of the finest, if not the very finest library of the kind in existence and having a present estimated value of over two million dollars. In the early eighties, one of Mr. Ayer’s recreations was duck shooting in the Mississippi Valley and no season passed without seeing him in the field, not only near home but elsewhere, from Minnesota to southern Illinois. This brought his attention to birds more especially than for- merly and he began buying a few of the more important books about them. These included Audubon’s “Birds of America” and other large illustrated works which were added to from time to time until he had in his own home a considerable collection of choice ornithological books. This, then, was the nucleus of the important library which afterward developed. After the World’s Columbian Exposition in 1893, Mr. Ayer was the leader of the small group of far-seeing men who took an active part in founding the Field Museum. In fact, he became the first president of its board of trustees and, although he retired from this heavily responsible office in 1899, he has continued to serve with unceasing interest in the welfare of the Museum, as a member of the board until the present time. Vv Among his first acts, after the organization of the Museum, was the pre- sentation to it of his library of ornithological books. Thereafter he provided funds for additions to it, especially in the purchase of books sumptuously bound and profusely illustrated with colored plates. Probably the literature of no other branch of science includes so many such books as does that of ornithology, and their cost is usually pro- hibitive for all except the largest and finest libraries. It has been the unique history of this library, therefore, that the most expensive books have been the ones first acquired. While housed in the old Fine Arts Building of the World’s Fair, which was occupied by the Museum until 1920, the “Ayer Ornithological Library”” was on public view in a room adjoining the general library which was also used as reading room. The richly bound volumes of folio size, which then formed a conspicuous part of it, will be recalled by many of the visitors to the Museum in those days. After removal to the Museum’s present building, this library was merged with other orni- thological books belonging to the Museum and the whole designated as the ‘Ayer Library.’”” Meanwhile Mr. Ayer had presented the valuable Clarke collection of books on angling and ichthyology which occupied another section of the zoological library. Since effort had been especially directed to the acquisition of books illustrated in color, the proportion of such books in the library was very large and it was found that the literature of ornithology was not com- prehensively covered. With generous support from Mr. Ayer, this deficiency has been largely overcome during the past five years. The preparation of the catalogue has made it possible to prepare lists of desiderata and, in general, has greatly stimulated the growth of the library. Books have been added rapidly and continuously and, as the catalogue goes to press, it is evident that additions in the future will consist mainly of scarce items and of such new books on the subject as may appear. Mr. Ayer’s interest and personal attention have never flagged. He has been a constant visitor to the library during its recent growth, consulting as to sources of purchase and examining ac- cessions as received. At the age of eighty-five, his vigor and enthusiasm are the envy of many younger men, and it is to be hoped that years of activity may still be his. Born collector that he is, however, he thinks of his collections rather than himself and has provided a substantial bequest to the Museum for the continuance and growth of its library. WILFRED H. OSGOOD Curator of Zoology AUTHOR’S PREFACE Before entering into a discussion of the plan of the following cata- logue, I wish to acknowledge the assistance of a number of people who have contributed, in one way and another, to the work. First, I wish to thank Mr. Edward E. Ayer for the opportunity of preparing the catalogue and for the invaluable privilege of adding any books to the library which were (and are) desirable and procurable. To Dr. Wilfred H. Osgood, Curator of Zoology, I am indebted for unlimited departmental facilities for pursuing the bibliographic investigations. To Dr. Charles E. Hellmayr, Associate Curator of Birds, I am grateful for generous freedom of access to manuscript notes and an unwritten fund of information respecting ornithological literature. From Drs. C. W. Richmond and H. C. Oberholser of Washington, D. C., Glover M. Allen of Boston, and A. Laubmann of Munich, I have received important notes respecting certain publications which are acknowl- edged in their places. Further acknowledgments are due to Mr. W. J. Gerhard, Associate Curator of Insects, and Miss Elsie Lippincott and Mrs. Emily M. Wilcoxson, Librarian and Assistant Librarian, respec- tively, for many courtesies and suggestions offered during the course of the work. The catalogue makes no pretense of being a complete bibliography of ornithological works, nor does it contain a list of all the literature on the subject of birds which is available at Field Museum of Natural History. It includes the splendid collection of books dealing wholly or in part with birds which has been presented to Field Museum by Mr. Ayer, and all other works in the library of the museum which are entirely ornithological; general works not presented by Mr. Ayer are not included although they may contain more or less bird matter. The catalogue is still further restricted (almost completely) to books and papers which stand apart so as to require citation by title, or which form parts of such publications, and omits numbered bulletins, cir- culars, reports, etc., and extracts from periodicals and serials; excep- tions are made in the case of some of the more important papers dealing with the bird life of the entire United States or of the separate states within it. Author’s reprints, sometimes repaged or retitled, which have been revised before reprinting (as have many of C. L. Bonaparte’s writings, for example) are included as distinct works. A simple list of periodicals and dictionaries of natural history in the Edward E. Ayer Library is appended. A departure from ordinary practices has been made with regard to the order of arrangement of titles. All the contributions of each author Vil are listed in chronological sequence regardless of single or joint author- ship. In cases of divided authorship, the book is discussed under the name of the senior author while cross-references are given under the various junior authors. Contributors, who have supplied chapters or sections of ornithological text in the works of other writers, are listed (in parentheses) under the senior author of the book in question, to which cross-references are given under the name of each contributor. Where possible, each cross-reference is filed under the dates of publica- tion of the actual contribution, which may or may not be coextensive with the dates of the complete work. Each title is transcribed line by line (with the various lines of the original title-pages separated by vertical dashes), except that long lists of publications or honorary titles have been curtailed and noted instead (in brackets) as, ‘“‘[etc., 7 lines.].’’ Quotations, figures, vig- nettes, blazons, trade-marks, etc., are similarly noted. All such ex- planatory matter is printed in italics to distinguish it from lettering which is copied verbatim from the title-pages and which is printed in ordinary type. Horizontal, ruled lines are not transcribed or noted. Bold-faced type is used to segregate a distinctive “‘short title’ from the mass of lettering in the transcriptions. When the work under review occupies more than one volume, the first title is used as a standard. This is transcribed like the title of a single volume while the changes which occur from line to line in succeeding numbers are noted or transcribed (in brackets) with an indication (where necessary) of the volume in which the changes ap- pear; the differentiae of the various volumes, where they occur within the same brackets, are separated by semicolons. For example: “With five [four (Vol. II.); three (Vol. III.)] colored plates. [Line omitted (Vo. FY) Ale’ If the transcription has been made from outside sources in the ab- sence of an available original title-page, the entire title is enclosed in braces or brackets. If the book is without any published title, a de- scriptive one has been created. In the ‘‘Willughby Society”’ reprints, etc., the original title is placed in brackets following the title of the reissue. Occasionally, brackets have been transcribed intact from the title-pages, but these cases are usually recognizable. The sign> (greater than), as used here, separates a title from a following subtitle. It is also used before a subtitle or subordinate title if the full title is not given, or before the full title if the volume quoted is not the first in a series to which it belongs. The sign< (less than), separates the title of a contribution from the title of the complete work or periodical in which it appeared. Vili ’ The sizes of the various books are calculated according to the actual number of folds made in the original sheets, modified as shown in the following scale quoted from The Century Dictionary: Double elephant.......... 27 x40 PICMEAT fac’ s e's aie archaea alaiade’s go moy antiquarian fONO' 6 o..5 6. ss 2614x31 double elephant folio....... 20 X27 columbier folio. ........... 1714x24 =r LESESTS 255 5124-9 bee A pea 1614x26 GIBDNANE TORO Ts ase cicsstavis TAP Kos dHIPelial LOG ees ee os Le: 16° x22 Stipetroyal folio! vk vk as ae 14, X22 oN i) «2 Age al ane Be 121%4x20 Medium folio esse ves t2 PXi9 EDAY TOM: Ss aha too che. sais» ei 104%4x16 CHOWI TONOr 2's 3 Seis is kal tec QMxI5 Haida fotos sis ce eh 232 44 84x14 FaGISCAWICHG oe? 1. ssa ee 8 x12¥% raretsrnilYeta(o Avera. te ene ea a 7M4xi2% HDIVETIAN ATO cos cc dace aes Il x14% Koval Ato vse eee eae oe IO XI3 tedium atoll. bs seas 9 XI2 POLO MOSD! ALO, cleo ot a cistereie one 84x11 CATINY ORU De eres al here, aigieyeters 8 x10% BAM ATO, Tt ent os oak gee e 7 x8% PRIPCTOL BVO. Luin ss aes de te 8 x11¥% SUBETIO YA GVO 6 sais eecan 2 rae BOGS BV ke Oa Saw o's dhwie 64x10 BVO Nereis hehe tesa.» eialawee # 6 x9% GUS BRO 5 cleS SS te kas tiene 54x 8% AEM SHOR Gees vise eign ae 514x 8 CFOWNISVOMAichitabae'b ase as 5, Ege CAP SUG ninsciettayiversis «ike s > 44x 7 EARS ADORE Kos cace vss «0 514x7 BONGO} GOOG yey ela svete pel case 44x 6 18mo 32mo0 For the sake of brevity, the titles of several important bibliographies have been omitted in numerous references throughout the following pages. These are as follows: Carus and Engelmann=Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis, Leipzig, 1846. Coues = [Ornithological Bibliography ]. 1878-80. Cf. infra, Coues, Elliott, Engelmann= Bibliotheca Zoologica, Leipzig, 1861. Mullens and Swann=A Bibliography of British Ornithology, Lon- don, 1916-17. Cf. infra. Taschenberg = Bibliotheca Zoologica II, Leipzig, 1887-1899. The following are the abbreviations and signs used in the catalogue: GUL Rives late gue addenda advertisement, or SaGircuyeuaceens an athe “aera Pocvewvare before cf. (confer)...... compare chromolith....... chromolithograph CECH iy bys ain ken about OGiey site nianaa duke colored conclusion, or rrr ciate tod contents, or IC dion: Shes ae in list of contents COPED swine nidvs.ehe corrigenda ilies eratata ceed otncn dated GEG ie. Wake arne dedication oat g aite asian directions editor, or editorial; Be fea sha hana Cate ete whan teclitings SOT picts gitiew dae engraved Beg dciawe.atcleere explanation IOV Limite shin ts figure GL eee ia ww tees folded (or doubled) ROOTED SE cin galeemucs footnote FFONTIEP 6s ss. cas frontispiece Hialfetity seeretereats ee half-title ACEI ste ede the same AlN 5 aise eevecaye illuminated : included, or ANGLES Ves etotale nats ous ANSELU?. auatefetetevolete inserted introduction, or ANtrOds vowels { introductory J PAK OTIS) gees Ss thee thee leaf (leaves) Ee Miaka place.cited ‘ Lieferung BAG miso eeem Me eferungen) DEVE pat ba cies livraison MONOCHTS.6.. 46/4 « monochrome NUM heeiae 2 sae numbered Ormittn cote veulee ornithological Can 8 oh Pee page (pages) PdLa sia rescieoetee ere paragraph PRGLOPE See wale photograph photograv....... photogravure PLAS NC hiee plate (plates) POLED. ey eile alters portrait DOSES Gee eceiecee after FIELD MusEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY March 15, 1926 preliminary leaf yey ae anes ser PICT eseenweews preface PrUsiews stoi sisteis pistevara part published, or publ hs wie. ope b, Diele ta publisher quotation, or CUO tics tones steve quoted q.v. (quod vide).. which see reviewed, or LEV icaiteie ee setae vewiavt in SEG icicteoee eae section Seley ais veamaateiend series SIDMs she aye sisiterarars signature SO. (sppondes anes species subscribers, or SUBSCES..ccine mae list of aubeaabars SUbti es, teenies subtitle f{supplement, or BUDD s. os 2's nets \ supplementary BERET. aah is tos ers text-figure A hee or DIG?! aes Seine te tele title-page pSbabaybhanmereg rete yer unnumbered Waly sos es etatetcieietele volume JOHN T. ZIMMER Assistant Curator of Birds CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY PARTE BY Joun T. ZIMMER Abbott, Charles C. 1887. A naturalist’s | rambles about home | by | Charles C. Abbott | Second edition, revised | New York | D. Appleton and Company | 1887, 1 vol. crown 8vo, tit., pp. 1-485, 2 ll. (advt.). New York. ym A series of popular essays on natural history based on the author’s observations in the vicinity of Trenton, New Jersey. Many of the chapters and notes relate to birds and the portion of the appendix on pp. 451-475 contains an annotated list of the birds of Mercer County, N. J. The original edition, published in 1884, was severely criticised in parts (Cf. Auk 2, pp. 86-88, 1885) and in the present edition some of its statements have been modified, although others still remain open to question. Adams, Andrew Leith. 1873. Field and Forest Rambles, | with notes and observations | on the | natural history of eastern Canada. | By | A. Leith Adams, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.G.S., | Staff Surgeon-Major. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | [Vignette.] | The Ruby-throated Humming-bird. | London: | Henry S. King & Co., | 65, Cornhill, & 12, Paternoster Row. | 1873. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-333, 1 1.+-pp. 1-32 (advt.), 4 pll. (1 fold., col.), 26 text-figs., tit.-vignette (by Gould). London. Field studies and observations on the natural history, especially zoology and geology, of New Brunswick, Canada. Aside from miscellaneous references else- where, ornithological matter is contained in Pt. II (pp. 117-195), Chapter XII (pp. 285-294) and the appendix (pp. 296-302), comprising, respectively, special chapters on bird life, a ‘‘Naturalist’s Calendar’ for the region, and a list of the birds of New Brunswick. The only ornithological illustration is the title- vignette by John Gould. Page 198 is wrongly numbered 174. I 2 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. Adams, Henry B. 1874. See Adams, Henry Gardiner; and Adams, H. B., The Smaller British Birds. Adams, Henry Gardiner. 1853. See Bechstein, Johann Matthaus, Cage and Chamber-Birds. Adams, Henry Gardiner. (Webber, C. W.) 1856. Humming Birds | Described and Illustrated | by H. G. Adams, | Author of ‘‘Nests and Eggs of Familiar Birds’ [etc., 2 lines.] | with eight coloured plates. | London: | Groombridge and Sons, | 5, Paternoster Row. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and index), pp. 1-144, pll. I-VIII (col.), figs. 1-6, 1 tailpiece. London. A general, popular account of the family of Hummingbirds. On pp. 109-144 is found ‘‘My Humming Birds’”’ by C. W. Webber; to this, all of the plates belong. Adams, Henry Gardiner. 1871. Nests and eggs | of | familiar birds | Described and Illustrated | with an account of the | haunts and habits of the feathered archi- tects, | and their times and modes of building. | By H. G. Adams, | author of [etc., 2 lines.] | illustrated with | sixteen coloured plates | London: | Groombridge and Sons, | 5, Paternoster Row. | 1871. 1 vol. crown 8vo, tit., pp. 1-238, pll. 1-16 (col.; 86 figs.). London. Title self-explanatory. The book is intended for juvenile readers. Adams, Henry Gardiner; and Adams, Henry B. 1874. The | smaller | British Birds. | With | descriptions of their nests, eggs, habits, | etc., etc., etc. | by |H. G. and H. B. Adams. | Illustrated with coloured plates of birds and eggs. | London: | George Bell and sons, York Street, Covent Garden. | M DCCC LXXIV. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-252, 32 pll. (col.). London. A popular discussion of the appearance and habits of the smaller forms of British birds. Another edition was issued in 1894. Adams, Henry Gardiner. 1900. See Bechstein, Johann Matthaus, Cage and Chamber-Birds. Adams, William Henry Davenport. 1870. See Michelet, Jules, The Bird. 1874. Idem. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 3 Adams, William Henry Davenport. 1885. The bird world | Described with Pen and Pencil. | By | W. H. Davenport Adams, | author of ‘‘The Mediterranean Illustrated,” “The Arctic World,” etc. | and H. Giacomelli, | illustrator of “The Bird,’’ by Michelet, ‘The Insect,” etc. | [Vignette.] | London: Thomas Nelson and Sons. | Edinburgh and New York. | 1885. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XII, 13-464, 51 pll. (on num. pp.), 99 text- figs. Edinburgh and New York. Sketches of bird-life whose ‘‘object is to gossip pleasantly about birds distinguished by the possession of some special character,—introducing, where appropriate, the descriptions of travellers, or the fancies of poets, or the associations of history and romance.” The text is by Adams; the illustrations are by Giacomelli. Albin, Eleazar. 1737. A | Natural History | of | English Song-Birds, | And such of the Foreign as are usually | brought over and esteemed for their | Singing. | To which are added, | Figures of the Cock, Hen and Egg, of | each Species, exactly copied from Na- | ture; by Mr. Eleazar Albin: And cu- | riously Engraven on Copper. | London: | Printed and sold by A. Bettesworth and C. | Hitch in Pater-noster- Row; and S. Birt in | Ave-Mary-Lane, 1737. 1 vol. 12mo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-97-+3 pp. (index), frontisp., 23 pll. London. The original edition of this work, of which there were at least five editions and one anonymous piracy. Albin, Eleazar. 1738. A | Natural History | of | Birds | Illustrated | With Two Hundred and Five Copper Plates, | Curiously Engraven from the Life. | And exactly colour’d by the Author, | Eleazar Albin. | To which are added, | Notes and Observations by W. Derham, D.D. | Fellow of the Royal Society. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II] | London: | Printed for W. Innys and R. Manby, Printers to the Royal Society, at the | West-End of St. Paul’s. M DCCXX XVIII. 2 vols. medium 4to, Vol. I, 4 pr.ll. (tit., list of subscrs., etc.) pp. 1-96+ 4 pp. (addenda, errata and index), pll. 1-101 (col.). Vol. II, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., pref. and list of subscrs.), pp 1-92+2 pp. (index), pll. 1-104 (col.). London. Descriptions of a variety of birds which are figured on the plates. A third volume was issued in 1740 as a supplement to this work under the title of ‘‘A Supple- ment to the Natural History of Birds’’ (q.v.). 4 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Albin, Eleazar. 1740. A | Supplement | to the | Natural History | of |Birds. |Illus- trated | With a Hundred and One Copper Plates, | Curiously Engraven from the Life; | And Exactly Colour’d by the Author, | Eleazar Albin. | Being the Third and Last Volume. | London: | Printed for W. Innys and R. Manby, Printers to the Royal Society, at | the West-End of St. Paul’s. | MDCCXL. 1 vol. medium 4to, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., etc.), pp. 1-95-+1 (index), pll. 1-101 (col.). London. Supplementary volume to the author’s ‘‘A Natural History of Birds,”’ 1738 (q.v.). Alferaki, Serghyei Nikolaevich. See Alphéraky, Sergius. Allen, Arthur A. 1922. See Gault, Benjamin T., Check List of the Birds of Illinois. Allen, Glover Morrill. 1901. See Howe and Allen, The Birds of Massachusetts. Alien, Glover Morrill. 1903. A list of the birds | of | New Hampshire. | By | Glover M. Allen. | From the Proceedings of the Manchester In- | stitute of Arts and Sciences, | Vol. IV, 1902. | Manchester, N. H. | Nature Study Press. | 1903. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 21-222. Manchester. A catalogue of the birds recorded from New Hampshire, with notes on distribution, records, dates of occurrence, etc. A bibliography and a general account of the topography and faunal areas of the state are added. Allen, Glover Morrill. 1925. Birds and their | attributes | by | Glover Morrill Allen, Ph.D. | [Design.] | Marshall Jones Company | Boston, Massachusetts. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIII-+1, 1-338, frontisp. (col.; by F. W. Benson), 33 pll., text-figs. 1-5 and I-VI. Boston. 1925 (circa September). “An introduction to a general survey of Birds, their structure, their habits and their relations to ourselves.’’ An excellent summary of the most recent infor- mation on the subject. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1886. A Revised List of the Birds of Massachusetts. < Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1, (Bull. 7), Art. XV, pp. 221-271, July 1886. An annotated list of species recorded from the state, being a revision of the earlier lists published in the Proc. Essex Inst., 4, No. 2, pp. 48-98, July 1864, and Bull. Essex Inst., 10, pp. 3-37, 1878. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 5 Allen, Joel Asaph. 1886. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature and Check-List of North American Birds. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-List of North American Birds, Abridged Edition. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature and Check-list. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1891. The American Ornithologists’ Union | a seven years’ retros- pect | An address delivered by the retiring | president at the Eighth Congress | of the Union, Nov. 19, 1890 | by | J. A. Allen | Published by order of the Union | New York | January, 1891. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. I-19, (orig. wrapper). New York. January 1891. A general survey of the inception, growth and activities of the American Orni- thologists’ Union to date. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1892. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1895. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Second Edition. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1896. See Worlds Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Allen, Joel Asaph. 1910. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. Alphéraky, Sergius. {=Alferaki, Serghyei Nikolaevich. ] 1900. Utki Rosii | S. Alferaki | Pochetnagho chlena Russkagho Entomologhicheskagho Obshchestra [etc., 3 lines]. | S.-Peterburgh’. | Lito-Tipoghrafiya A. E. Myunstera. Vas Ostr. Bol’sh. prosp. No. 63. | 1900. 2 pts. (in orig. covers) superroyal 8vo. Pt. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. 6 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. and ded.), pp. I-X XXIV, 1-64, 1. 1. (subtit. to atlas), pll. I-VIII (col.). Pt. II, pp. 65-144, pll. IX-XVI (col.). St. Petersburg. A monograph of the ducks of Russia. The work is incomplete, as represented here, reaching as far as Nyroca nyroca in the text and pl. XVI in the atlas, but I am unable to ascertain if it is complete as published. The only reference to it which I can find in literature is in the introduction to the author’s ‘“The Geese of Europe and Asia,” 1905 (q.v.). Alphéraky, Sergius [=Alferaki, Serghyei Nikolaevich] (Gobel, C. F. Buturlin, Sergius Aleksandrovich). 1905. The Geese of Europe | and Asia | being the description of most of the old world species | by | Sergius Alphéraky | Corresponding Member [etc., 3 lines.] | with | twenty-four coloured plates by F. W. Frohawk | F.E.S., M.B.O.U. | and | frontispiece by Dr; P. P. Sushkin | London: Rowland Ward, Ltd. | ‘The Jungle,” Piccadilly | MCMV. 1 vol. royal ato, pp. I-X, 1-198, frontisp. (col.; by P. P. Sushkin), 24 pll. (col.; by Frohawk) London. A monograph of Palaearctic geese. The work was published in Russian the pre- ceding year. Appendix I, pp. 185-190, contains an account of the eggs of Russian geese by Gébel. Appendix II, pp. 191-195, is an extract from the diary of a visit to Kolguev in 1902 by Buturlin. American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Coues, Elliott; Henshaw, Henry W.; Ridgway, Robert.) 1886. The code of nomenclature | and | check-list | of | North American Birds | Adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union | being the report of the committee of the | Union on classification and | nomenclature | Zoological Nomenclature is | a means, not an end, of Zoological Science | New York | American Ornitholo- gists’ Union | 1886. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-392. New York. A check-list of the species and subspecies of North American birds prepared by a committee of the American Ornithologists’ Union appointed for the purpose. Original references are cited for generic, subgeneric, specific and subspecific names and for accepted combinations, and the types of the genera and sub- genera are indicated. References are given (by number) to the check-lists of Baird—1858, Coues—1873, Ridgway—1880, and Coues—1882, and the geo- graphical distribution of each form is noted. This check-list occupies pp. 72- 367, being preceded by a code of nomenclature drawn up by the committee for their own guidance in the preparation of the check-list. The ‘“‘Code of Nomenclature’ was reprinted separately in 1892 (q.v.), while the ‘“‘Check-list”’ passed through several editions and is still in course of revision (Cf. ‘Abridged Ed.,’”’ 1889; ‘‘Second Ed.,”’ 1895; ‘‘Third Ed.,”’ 1910). The “Supplement” to the first edition was issued in book form 1889 (q.v.); later ones appeared in the pages of the Auk. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 7 American Ornithologists’ Union. 1887. American Ornithologists’ | Union | By-Laws and Rules | and | List of Members | December, 1887 | New York | L. S. Foster, 35 Pine Street. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-20. New York. December 1887. Title self-explanatory. Another edition was published in 1902 (q.v.). American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Coues, Elliott; Merriam, C. Hart; Ridgway, Robert.). 1889. Check-list | of | North American Birds | According to the Canons of Nomenclature | of the | American Ornithologists’ Union | Abridged edition | revised | Published by the American Ornithologists’ Union | 1889. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-4, 5-71 (on one side of paper, only). Washington. A revised edition (but not the Second Edition, so called) of the A. O. U. Check-list of North American birds, embodying the changes which were indicated the same year in the Society’s ‘““Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature’”’ (q.v.). The first edition was published in 1886 (q.v.) in combination with the Society’s “Code of Nomenclature’ which was republished separately in 1892 (q.v.). Second and third editions of the Check-list were published in 1895 and 1910 (q.v.). The present edition contains only the scientific and common names of the species with references, by number, to the check-lists of Baird—1858, Coues—1873, Ridgway—1880, and Coues—1882. American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Coues, Elliott; Merriam, C. Hart; Ridgway, Robert.). 1889. Supplement | to the | Code of Nomenclature and Check-list | of | North American Birds | Adopted by the American Ornitholo- gists’ Union | prepared by | a committee of the Union | New York | American Ornithologists’ Union | 1889. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 5-23. New York. Additions, eliminations and changes of nomenclature affecting the first edition of the A. O. U. Check-list, 1886 (q.v.), as embodied in the ‘‘Abridged Edition” of the current year (q.v.). American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Coues, Elliott; Henshaw, Henry W.; Ridgway, Robert.) 1892. The | Code of Nomenclature | adopted by the | American Ornithologists’ Union | Zodlogical Nomenclature is a means, not an end, of Zodlogical Science | New York | American Ornitholo- gists’ Union | 1892. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. I-IV, 11. (conts.), pp. 1-72. New York. Printed from the original electrotype plates of the original edition of 1886 (q.v.), with the addition of an index, pp. 71-72. 8 Fre_p Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Coues, Elliott; Merriam, C. Hart; Ridgway, Robert.). 1895. Check-List | of | North American Birds | prepared by a com- mittee | of the | American Ornithologists’ Union | Second and revised edition | Zodlogical Nomenclature is a means, not an end, of Zodlogical Science | New York | American Ornithologists’ Union | 1895. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-372. New York. The second edition of the Society’s Check-list (Cf. ed. 1886.), embodying the changes in nomenclature and status of species which were made in the second to seventh supplements, published from time to time in the Auk following the issuance of the revised edition of the Check-list in 1889 (q.v.). A third edition appeared in 1910 (q.v.). The scope of the work is the same as that of the original edition. American Ornithologists’ Union. 1902. American Ornithologists’ | Union | By-Laws and rules | November, 1902 | New York | American Ornothologists’ Union. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 1-10. New York, November 1902. Title self-explanatory. (Cf. ed. 1887.) American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Brewster, William; Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.; Merriam, C. Hart; Richmond, Charles W.; Ridgway, Robert; Stone, Witmer.) 1910. Check-list | of | North American Birds | prepared by a com- mittee | of the | American Ornithologists’ Union | Third edition (revised) | Zodlogical Nomenclature is a means, not an end, of Zoological Science | New York | American Ornithologists’ Union | IQI0. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-430, 2 maps (fold.; 1 col.). New York. The most recent edition of the present title (Cf. eds. 1886, 1889 and 1895.), em- bodying the changes published in various numbers of the Auk in the eighth to fifteenth supplements to the Check-list. The plan of the work follows that of the second edition, 1895, with a few alterations. References are given to the original designation of the various generic types and the mode of such designation is indicated, the citations of original references to accepted combi- nations of names are omitted, type localities are given for the species and sub- species, and serial numbers, prominent in former lists, are subordinated. The sixteenth to eighteenth supplements, presenting adopted alterations to the present edition of the Check-list, have been published in the Auk, 29, pp. 380-387, July 1912; idem, 37, pp. 439-449, July 1920; and idem, 40, pp. 513-525, July 1923. Proposed changes, not yet accepted by the Union, have been pub- lished by Oberholser in the Auk, 33, pp. 425-431, Oct. 1916; idem, 34, pp. 198-205, April 1917; idem, 35, pp. 200-217, April 1918; idem, 36, pp. 266-273, April 1919; idem, 37, pp. 274-285, April 1920; idem, 38, pp. 264-269, April 1921; 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 9 idem, 39, pp- 243-249, April 1922; idem, 40, pp. 677-682, Oct. 1923; and idem, 41, pp. 590-595, Oct. 1924. Amery, C. F. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Anderson, John. 1879. Anatomical and zoological researches: | comprising an ac- count of the | zodlogical results of the two expeditions | to | western Yunnan | in | 1868 and 1875; | and | a monograph of the two Cetacean genera, Platanista and Orcella. | By | John Anderson, M.D., Edin., | Superintendent Indian Museum [etc., 2 lines]. | First Volume—Text. [Second Volume—Plates. | (84 Plates.)] | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 15, Piccadilly. | 1878. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Text, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-XXV, 1-985, 1 map (col., fold.), text-figs. 1-32. Plates, 3 pr. ll, pp. 1-29, pll. I-LXXX, XIIIa, XXVa, LXXVa and LXXVB (51 col.; XLV-LIV ornith., by Keulemans). London. Title self-explanatory. Parts of the report are by other authors, but the orni- thology is by Anderson. This occupies pp. 565-702 and pll. XLV-LIV, including the description of one new species of Sun-bird. The introduction is dated from Calcutta, December 21, 1878, which precludes the possibility of publication in London the same year. The Zoological Record for 1879 states definitely that the book was not in circulation until 1879. Anderson, Randolph Martin. 1907. March, 1907. Vol. XI. Pages 125-417 | Proceedings | of the | Davenport Academy of Sciences | The birds of Iowa | by Rudolph M. Anderson | Davenport, Iowa, U.S. A. | Davenport Academy of Sciences | 1907. [Cover-title. }. 1 vol. 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 125-417, 1 map. Davenport. March 1907. An annotated list of species of birds known to occur in Iowa, giving an account of the local occurrence and distribution of each. Andersson, Charles John. (Gurney, John Henry.) 1872. Notes | on | the birds of Damara Land | and the adjacent countries of | Southwest Africa. | By the late | Charles John Andersson. | Author of [etc.] | arranged and edited by | John Henry Gurney, | with some additional notes by the editor, and an introductory | chapter containing | a sketch of the author’s life, abridged from the original published in Sweden. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXII. 1 vol. post. 8vo, pp. I-XLVIII, 1-394, frontisp. (map), 4 pil. London. 10 Fretp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. A descriptive, systematic account of the subject compiled by Gurney from Andersson’s note book and a manuscript (partially completed at his death) of a projected work on the avifauna of south-western Africa. Numerous anno- tations are given by Gurney who studied Andersson’s collections of birds. André, Eugéne. 1904. A | Naturalist in the | Guianas | by Eugéne André, F.R.GS., F.Z.S., M.S.A. | with a preface by Dr. J. Scott Keltie | (Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society) | with thirty-four illustrations | and a map | London | Smith, Elder, & Co., 15 Waterloo Place | 1904. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-310, frontisp., 33 pll. (2 col.), map. London. The narrative of the author’s experiences and observations on two collecting expeditions up the Orinoco and Caura rivers in 1897-98 and 1900-01. Con- siderable of the text relates to the birds of the region. Annandale, Nelson; and Robinson, Herbert C. (Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. ) 1905. >Fasiculi Malayenses | Anthropological and zoological results of an expedition | to Perak and the Siamese Malay States, 1901- 1902 | undertaken by | Nelson Annandale and Herbert C. Robin- son | under the auspices of the University of Edinburgh and | the University of Liverpool | Report on the birds | by | W. R. Ogilvie- Grant | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London | Price ros. net | (Author’s Advance Copy from Zoology— Part III) | July, 1905 | Published for | The University Press of Liverpool | by | Williams & Norgate | 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, London | 1905. 1 vol. (pt.) demy 4to, 3 pr. Il. (tit., subtit. and introd.), pp. 65-123. Liverpool. July 1905. The ornithological portion of Annandale and Robinson’s ‘Fasciculi Malayenses,’ published in 4 parts in 1903-1907. Pt. III, which includes the present portion, is dated 1906 by the Zoological Record but was also distributed in sections as in the present instance; hence the report on the birds is to be quoted as of July 1905. The text consists of a catalogue of the specimens of 225 species of birds with notes on the colors of soft parts and an occasional discussion of other characteristics by Ogilvie-Grant, and with field notes by Robinson. Pycnonotus robinsont and an unnamed species of Chlorura are newly described. Anonymous. 1743. Ornithologia nova: | Or, A New General | history | of | birds. | Extracted from the best Authorities in | various Languages, both Antient | and Modern. | With | Remarks and proper Observations upon | the different Species and Kinds throughout the | known World, from the most Curious Natural- | ists, Virtuoso’s and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. II Travellers. | Containing, | A Description of a great Number of curious and un- | common birds, found in different parts of the | Universe. | Illustrated with about Four Hundred Figures, copied | from the best Originals. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [J/. (?)]. | Birmingham: | Printed by T. Warren, Bookseller in the Bull- | Ring. M, DCC, XLIII. [Title to Vol. II missing. ] 2 vols. in 1 vol., r6mo. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1 1., pp. 13-340, 171 wood- cuts (portrs. of birds) and numerous decorations. Vol. II, (no title-p.) pp. I-VIII, 3-314, 3 ll. (index, begun on p. 314), 182 woodcuts (portrs. of birds) and numerous decorations. Birming- ham. A curious work, describing the appearance and habits of numerous birds. Many of the accounts are based on travellers’ tales; others are from more reliable sources. The woodcuts are extremely crude. Anonymous. 1815. The | natural history | of | birds, | from the | works of the best authors, | antient & modern: | embellished with | numerous plates | Accurately Coloured from Nature. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | Bungay: | Printed and Published by Brightly & Childs. | Published also by T. Kinnersly. | 1815. 2 vols. 4to (5% x 8%). Vol. I, tit. pp. L-XXXV-+1, 1-586, 69 pill. (col.). Vol. II, tit., pp. I-XV-+1, 83 pll. (col.). Bungay. A series of descriptions of birds from all countries, with notes on habits, under vernacular names, and arranged by so-called tribes. The plates are hand- colored, although hardly ‘‘accurately."" There is a London edition of the same year, with slightly different title. Anonymous. 1829. Catalogue | des oiseaux | composant le cabinet | de M. le Comte de Riocour, | a Aulnois, | Département de la Meurthe. | [Vignette.| | Nancy, | Imprimerie de Barbier, Rue Saint-Jean, No. 13. | 1829. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 1-48, (orig. wrapper). Nancy. A list of 1492 species of birds in the collection of Antoine Nicolas Frangois, Comte de Riocour. The list is arranged in three columns giving serial number, ver- nacular name and Latin name of each species with the names of genera, families, tribes and orders centered above in their proper places. Vieillot described many new species from this collection, and it is possible that he was involved in the preparation of this catalogue, but the authorship is not given. The generic name Averano appears herein for the first time, with inclusion of ‘‘A. caronculatus’’ and ‘‘nudi-collis.""| As neither of these species was included in that genus as proposed by Lesson in his ‘‘Traite d’Ornithologie,” 1830-31, it becomes necessary to select a type species for the genus as here proposed, and 12 Fre_p Museum or NaTtTurAL History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. accordingly I designate A. caronculatus [=Procnias alba (Hermann)] as such. The generic name Eurilenus is also proposed, based on Eurilenus nasicus. The latter appears to be the same as Erolla nasica [= Cymbirhynchus macrorhynchus (Gmelin) ] described by Lesson in the ‘‘Traite d’Ornithologie” in 1830-31; both genus and species in the present catalogue are nomina nuda. Another catalogue of this collection was published in 1889 by Boucard (q.v.). Anonymous. 1832. A | book | of | ornithology | for youth | [Woodcut.] | embrac- ing descriptions of the most interesting and | remarkable birds in all countries, with | particular notices of | American birds. | Ilus- trated by numerous engravings. | Boston | William Hyde, and Co. | 1832 >Entered [etc.] by Samuel G. Goodrich [etc. ]. 1 vol. 12 mo., pp. I-XII[+?], 19-96, 1o1-104, 109-110, 119-134, 143-322. [many pages obviously missing], frontisp., 26 figs. [? missing]. Boston. Popular descriptions of the habits and characteristics of various species of birds. Anonymous. 1838-43. See Jardine, William, The Natural History of the Birds of Great Britain and Ireland. 1844-64? Idem. Anonymous. Ornithological Illustrations. Série de 130 photographies des nids et des oeufs des oiseaux de mer des iles de St. Kilda, des Nlles Hébrides, etc du Sud de 1’Afrique, et de ceux étudiés par Gatke a Helgoland.— 15 gr. col. originals. Réunies par Seebohm. ] 1 vol. medium folio, 4o Il. A collection of 129 photographs, 15 original water-color drawings (one signed by Keulemans and one by A. Smart) and two photostat copies of drawings, por- tions of which, at least, are by J. G. Millais. The collection is from the library of Henry Seebohm. Anonymous. [Chinese Drawings: Birds. ] 2 vols. imperial folio 176 pll. (col.; 94, 127, 142 and 165 wanting). These volumes consist of original paintings on paper, mounted on larger sheets and bound, 88 plates in each volume. A small signature in Chinese ideographs on each plate may be the name of the bird figured. The numbers are a later addition and the title is evidently supplied. The coloring is very rich but the figures appear to be somewhat fanciful as regards detail. Anonymous. [Chinese Drawings: Birds. ] I vol. (13% x 16), pll. 1-50. —————e 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 13 A series of fifty original watercolor drawings of birds, said to be by a native Chinese artist. The drawings are well executed but are not named. Antinori, Orazio. 1864. Catalogo descrittivo | di | una collezione di uccelli | fatta da | Orazio Antinori | nell’interno dell’Affrica centrale nord | dal Maggio 1859 al Juglio 1861 | Milano | G. Daelli e Comp. :| Editori del Politecnico | 1864. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXIX-+1, 1-117. Milan. A descriptive catalogue of the birds collected in north-central Africa by the author in 1859-1861. Various species are described as new. A translation into Ger- man, with annotations, was published by R. Hartmann in the Journal fir Ornithologie from 1865-69, but reached only as far as p. 62 of the original text. Apgar, Austin C. 1898. Birds | of the United States | east of the Rocky Mountains | A manual for the identification of species | in hand or in the bush | By Austin C. Apgar | author of ‘‘Trees of the Northern United States,” etc. | New York Cincinnati Chicago | American Book Company. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-415, 70 text-cuts and numerous line-drawings of anatomical details, repeated where necessary. New York, Cin- cinnati and Chicago. A students’ and beginners’ handbook with introductory chapters of a general nature, followed by keys for the determination of specimens, brief accounts of each of the species, keys for determination of the birds in the field, instructions for field work and collecting, and a glossary of technical terms. Line-drawings of anatomical details are used profusely to illustrate the keys and, occasionally, the text. The half-tone illustrations are mostly very poor; some of them are unrecognizable. The present copy is from the library of Winfred A. Stearns who has autographed the title-page, ‘‘suggested by W. A. Stearns.”’ Aplin, Oliver Vernon. 1889. The | birds of Oxfordshire Lobe | O. V. Aplin . | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | With a Map. | [Quot., 4 lines.] | Oxford | At the Clarendon Press | 1889 | [All rights reserved]. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-217, frontisp. (col.; by S. L. Mosley), 1 map (fold., col.), 1 text-fig. Oxford. Notes on the habits and local distribution and occurrence of the various species of birds found in Oxfordshire, England, prefaced by a topographical and historical chapter. Aplin, Oliver Vernon. 1898. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. 14 Fretp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. d’Arenberg, E. Ig11-12. Les Oiseaux | Nuisibles | de France | et les modes de chasse ou de piégeage | propres a leur destruction | Suivi de quelques considérations sur les Buses et le Faucon cresserelle [Omiited, Vol. II.| | parle | Prince E. d’Arenberg | Livre premier [second] | Orléans | Imprimerie Henri Tessier | 56, Rue des Carmes, 56 | 1911 [1912]. 2 vols. 12mo. Vol. I, pp. 1-109+1, 1 1. (conts.), 21 pll. (col.; by Malher). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 7-156, 27 pll. (col.). Orleans. A discussion of the various birds of France considered as injurious, with short descriptions of each, accounts of their nidification and habits, reasons for ad- judging them injurious, and methods for the destruction of the various species. Vol. I deals with the birds of prey; II, with the shrikes, jays, pigeons, fish- eating birds, etc. The illustrations are not of a high order of merit. Arévalo y Baca, José. 1887. Aves de Espafia. | Memoria | premiada con accésit | por la | Real Academia de Ciencias | Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales | en el concurso ptiblico de 1882 | escrita por | D. José Arévalo y Baca | Catedratico de la Universidad de Valencia. | [Vignette.] | Madrid.—1887 | Imprenta de los sres, viuda é hijo de Aguado | 8, Pontejos, 8. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., pp. I-VI, 7-471. Madrid. A catalogue of the birds of Spain, with scientific and vernacular names, brief characterizations, and short accounts of habits, food and distribution of each species. Arngrimson, Frimann B. 1891. See Hagerup, Andreas T., The Birds of Greenland. Arnold, Edward Carleton. 1907. A bird collector’s | medley | by | E. C. Arnold, M. A. | With Twelve Coloured and Eight Collotype Plates from Drawings by the Author, | and various Illustrations in the Text | London | West, Newman & Co., 54, Hatton Garden | Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent & Co. | 1907. 1 vol. demy 4to, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-44, 20 pll. (12 col.; by the author), 20 cuts. London. A popular account of some of the experiences of a bird collector in England. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 15 Arnold, Edward Carleton. 1924. British waders | illustrated in water-colour | with descriptive notes by | E. C. Arnold | [Blazon.] | Cambridge | at the University Press | MCMXXIV. 1 vol. medium 4 to, pp. I-VII+1, 1-102, pll. I-LI (col.; by the author). Cambridge. A series of random notes on European and American shore-birds, with colored drawings of the various species discussed. Arnold, Friedrich. 1897. Die | Vogel Europas. | Ihre Naturgeschichte und Lebensweise in Freiheit und Gefangenschaft. | Nebst Anleitung | zur | Auf- zucht, Eingewohnung, Pflege, samt den Fang- und Jagdmethoden. | Von | Friedrich Arnold. | Mit 76 Textillustrationen und 48 Tafeln. | Stuttgart. | C. Hoffmann’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung. (A. Bleil). | 1897. [Pasted slip reads, Verlag fiir Naturkunde (Sprosser & Nagele). |]. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, tit., pp. 1-8, I-LXXX, 1-457, pll. 1-48, (col.), 76 text-figs. Stuttgart. Descriptions and general account of the species of European birds. A popular work. Arrigoni Degli Oddi, E. 1902. Atlante Ornitologico | Uccelli Europei | con Notizie d’Indole Generale e Particolare | del | Dr. E. Arrigoni Degli Oddi | Pro- fessore [etc., 3 lines.]. | Con 50 tavole colorate | e duecentodieci disegni intercalati nel testo | [Design.] | Ulrico Hoepli | Editore- Libraio della Real Casa | Milano | 1902. 1 vol. medium 4to, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. IX-XIX-+1, 1-165 (end of Pt. I), -XXV-+1, 1-566 (end of Pt. II), 1 1. (errata), pll. 1-50 (col.; by Aug. Specht and others?; 47 of birds, 3 of eggs.), text-figs. 1-210 (num. only in index). Milan. An Italian manual of the birds of Europe with descriptions of each species and subspecies recognized by the author and with notes on distribution, variation, etc. Italian vernacular names are given with the scientific name and an occa- sional synonym. Part I contains a general discussion of avian structure, dis- tribution, economic importance, migration, song, etc., and a bibliography of European ornithology. The plates are chromolithographs, mostly taken from “Die Vogel Europas”’ by Friedrich Arnold, 1897 (q.v.). Arthur, Stanley Clisby. 1918. State of Louisiana | Department of Conservation | M. L. Alexander, Commissioner | Bulletin 5 | The birds of Louisiana | 16 Fre_tp Museum or NaTtTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. [Seal.] | Published by the | Department of Conservation | New Orleans Court Building | January, 1918. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-80, 7 pll. (on num. pp.), 4 text-figs. (maps.). New Orleans. January 1918. An annotated list of the birds of the state. Ashley, Edwin. 1917. See Mathews, Gregory M., The Birds of Australia, 1910-date. Astley, Hubert Delaval. 1900. My birds | in | freedom & captivity | by the | Rev. Hubert D. Astley | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, etc. | London | J. M. Dent & Co., Aldine House | 29 & 30 Bedford Street, W. C. | 1900. 1 vol. 8vo, 3 pr. ll, pp. IX-XVI, 1-254, frontisp. 21 pll., 17 figs. London. Notes on the author’s experiences with, and impressions of, bird life in the field and aviary, illustrated with sketches by himself. Astrolabe, Voyage de Découvertes del’ — _ ; Zoologie. 1830-35. See Dumont D’Urville. Astrolabe et la Zélée, Voyage au Pole Sud et dans |’oceanie sur les corvettes l’ — _ ; Zoologie. 1842-54. See Dumont Durville. Atkinson, George E. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Atkinson, John Christopher. 1861. British | birds’ eggs and nests, | popularly described. | By | Rev. J. C. Atkinson, | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With coloured illustrations by W. S. Coleman. | London | Routledge, Warne, & Routledge, | Parringdon Street. | New York: 56, Walker Street. | 1861. vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-182, 1 1. (advt.), 1 chart (fold., in pocket), pll. I-XII (col.). London. A brief account of the habits and nidification of British birds. A folded chart gives a synoptical view of many of the species, with peculiarities of nesting site, materials of construction, number, color and marking of eggs, and remarks, in tabular form. The work is intended for the amateur egg-collector. Various later editions (Cf. ed. 1898.), have been issued. Lol 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 17 Atkinson, John Christopher. 1898? British | birds’ eggs and nests | popularly described | revised and re-edited | by | Rev. Canon Atkinson, D.C.L. | author [etc., 5 lines.]. | Illustrated by W.S. Coleman | London | George Routledge and Sons, Limited | New York: E. P. Dutton and Co. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-245, 1 chart (fold., in pocket), pll. I-XII. London. A revised edition of the earlier work of the same title (q.v.)._ According to Mullens and Swann, this edition was issued in 1898 and 1904. Audebert, Jean Baptiste; and Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1800-02. Oiseaux dorés | ou|a reflets métalliques | tome premier [second]. > [Reverse of title.] A Paris, | de l’imprimerie de Crape- let | An XI. 2 vols. superroyal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-X, 1-128 (pref. and “Hist. Nat. des Colibris et des Oiseaux-Mouches’’), 1-8 (“‘Jaca- mars’), 1-28 (‘‘Promerops”’ and “‘Table Générale’’), pll. 1-70 (col.; “‘Colibris et Oiseaux-Mouches’’), 1-6 (col.; “‘Jacamars’’), 1-9 (col.; “Promerops”’). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 1-88 (‘‘Grim- pereaux’’), 1-40 (‘‘Oiseaux de Paradis’’ and ‘‘Table Générale’), pll. 1-88+26 (bis) (col.; ‘““Grimpereaux’’), 1-16 (col.; ‘‘Oiseaux de Paradis’’). Paris. Each volume of this work is also separately titled and divided into sections, some cf which are separately paged (as noted above). The divisions are as follows. (Vol. I.) >Histoire naturelle | et générale | des colibris, | oiseaux- mouches, | jacamars et promerops; | par J. B. Audebert et L. P. Vieillot. | A Paris, | chez Desray, libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, No 36. | An XI=1802. 2 pr. ll. and pp. I-X: ‘‘Colibris,”’ pp. 1-40, pll. 1-20; ‘‘Oiseaux- Mouches,”’ pp. 41-118, pll. 21-64; supplement to ‘‘Colibris,” pp. 119- 128, pll. 65-70° ‘““‘Jacamars”’ (by Vieillot), pp. 1-8, pll. 1-6: “‘Pro- merops”’ (by Vieillot), pp. 1-22, pll. 1-9; ‘‘Table Générale’’ (for Vol. I) pp. 23-28. (Vol. II.) > Histoire naturelle | et générale | des grimpereaux | et | des oiseaux de paradis; | par J. B. Audebert et L. P. Vieillot. | A Paris, | chez Desray, libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, No. 36. | An XI= 1802. 2 pr. ll.: “Grimpereaux Soui-Mangas,”’ pp. 1-68, pll. 1-40+26 (bis); ‘“‘Grimpereaux Guit-guits,”” pp. 69-84, pll. 41-51; ‘“Grimper- eaux Héoro-taires,’’ pp. 85-106, pll. 52-71; ‘‘Grimpereaux,’’ pp. 18 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. 107-128, pll. 72-88: ‘‘Oiseaux de Paradis,” pp. 1-34, pll. 1-16; “Table Générale” (for Vol. II), pp. 35-40. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. XIX, 1919) says that this work was issued in 32 parts over a period of 26 months. If the date on the title-page is correct, the work must have begun in 1800. The extent and separate dates of the individual parts is not known. The present copy is one of a probably limited number with the inscriptions on the plates lettered in gold. Audouin, Jean Victor. (Newton, Alfred, ed.) 1883. The Willughby Society. | Audoin’s | Explication Sommaire | des Planches | d’Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrié | publiées par | Jules-César Savigny. | [Vignette] | Edited by | Alfred Newton, M.A., F.RS., etc. | London; MDCCCLXXXIII. [ > Explication sommaire | des | planches d’oixeaux | de l’Egypte et de la Syrie, | Publiées par Jules-César Savigny, | Membre de I'Institut; | offrant un exposé des caractéres naturels des genres | avec la distinction des espéces, | par Victor Audouin.] 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, ‘302-430 (=2-130), ‘'450-456” (=132-138), 139. “Paris. 1828’’ London 1883. Descriptions of, and notes on, the birds of Egypt and Syria, based on the 14 plates published by Savigny in 1810 (q.v.) in Vol. I, livraison 1, of the ‘‘Descrip- tion de l’Egypte.” The discussion of these plates was begun by Savigny in the text accompanying the plates (Livr. 1) under the title of ‘‘Systéme des Oiseaux de I’ Egypte et de la Syrie” (q.v.). This discussion was never completed by him, and the entire subject was delegated by the French government to Audouin, whose contribution, here reprinted, was first published in about 1826; in Part 4 of the ‘‘Histoire Naturelle, Tome Premier,’”’ pp. 251-318 and 336-339, of the ‘‘Description’’. The above verbatim transcription, however, is taken from the Panckouke edition of 1820-30 where it occupies pp. 302-430 and 450-456 of Vol. XXIII, published in 1828. The differences between the two editions are not collated in the reprint, although the index (p. 139) contains references to both. Audubon, John James. 1827-38. The | Birds of America; | from | original drawings | By | John James Audubon, | Fellow of the Royal Societies of London and Edinburgh [etc. 4 lines.; 6 lines. (Vols. II-IIII.)]. | London. | Published by the Author. | 1827-30. [Vol. II. | 1831-34.; Vol. III. | 1834-35.; Vol. IIII. 1835 to 38. | June 20.]. 4 vols. double elephant. Vol. I, tit., pll. I-C (col.). Vol. II, tit., pll. CI-CC + (col. (Vol? ITE tat pl CCLGee (cols pl CELIY wrongly num. CCLVI). Vol. IIII, tit., pill. CCCI-CCCCXXXV (col.). London. July 1827-June 20, 1838. The original edition of Audubon’s famous plates of North American birds. Issued without text (which followed in 1831-39 under the title of ‘‘Ornithological 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 19 Biography,” q.v.) in 87 parts of 5 plates each. Scientific and common names are given on the plates and 47 specific names must date, therefore, from the present work and not from the subsequent text. The dates of the various parts are not clear. Many of the plates are dated, but some are not and the dates which are given do not always coincide with other available data. For example, pll. 286, 288 and 291-300 are dated 1836 but are included in Vol. III which bears the dates of 1834-35, and they were received at the Philadelphia Academy on October 2, 1835 (Cf. Stone, Auk, 23, pp. 301-302, 1906); Vol. IIII is dated 1835-38 but its plates are all dated 1836, 1837 or 1838. Other data are given by Stone (l.c.). Pll. I-X were originally prepared by W. H. Lizars, Edinburgh, in 1826 and 1827, but difficulties regarding delivery and workmanship caused Audubon to transfer his project to other hands and the later plates were prepared by Robert Havell of London. Some of the earlier plates were retouched by the latter and bear a double imprint, while others bear only Havell’s name and may have been entirely re-engraved, although there is some doubt about the latter point. In the copy at hand, pll. VIII and IX are marked as engraved by W. H. Lizars; I, II, VI, and VII, as engraved by W. H. Lizars and retouched by R. Havell, Junr., II and VII being dated 1829; III, IV, V, and X, as engraved, printed and coloured by R. Havell; XI e¢ seg. are of the regular issue, by Havell. Stone (l.c., p. 300) records the copy in the library of the Philadelphia Academy as of the same composition. The 435 copper-plate engravings, colored by hand, contain 1065 life-sized figures of 489 supposedly distinct species. The only reissue of the plates in original dimensions was made in 1860, consisting of an incomplete series of lithograph copies, greatly inferior to the originals (Cf. ed. 1860-61). Other editions of the text, with the plates reduced to 8vo and inserted in the letterpress, were numerous, the first being by Audubon himself in 1840-44 (Cf. ‘Ornithological Biography,” 1831-39). Audubon, John James. 1831. Ornithological biography, | or an account of the habits of the | birds of the United States of America; | accompanied by descriptions of the objects represented | in the work entitled | The Birds of America, | and interspersed with delineations of Ameri- can | scenery and manners. | By John James Aubudon, F.R.SS. L. & E. | Fellow of the Linnean and Zoological Societies [etc., 6 lines.]. | Philadelphia: | Judah Dobson, Agent, 108 Chestnut Street; | and | H. H. Porter, Literary Rooms, 121 Chestnut Street, | MDCCCXXXI. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-512, 1-16 (advt.). Philadelphia. A separate issue of Vol. I of the author’s work (q.v., published in Edinburgh in 5 vols., 1831-39). It differs in some particulars from the Edinburgh edition. Some of the wording of the introduction is altered; that of the general text appears to be the same with minor changes in punctuation and the correction of at least one error (on p. 381, reference to pl. 85 in place of 75). In the table of contents, several more specific names are in lower-case type than in the Edinburgh copy. The letterpress is parallel, to a considerable degree, line for 20 Fretp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. line, but there are many places where differences exist; page-references to spe- cies, however, remain the same. In the present copy, an unfriendly critic has made various marginal notes in pencil. The sixteen pages of advertising at the close of the volume consist of a prospectus of the folio, ‘‘Birds of America,” with a list of the one hundred plates in Vol. I of that work and the year of publication of each plate. Extracts from reviews and a list of subscribers are added. This advertisement is not in the copy at hand of the Edinburgh edition. Another edition of Vol. I exists, published in 1835 by E. L. Carey and A. Hart, Philadelphia (Cf. W. C. Braislin, Auk. 35, pp. 360-362, 1918.). Audubon, John James. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander, and Bonaparte, American Ornith- ology. Audubon, John James. 1831-39. Ornithological biography, | or an account of the habits of the | birds of the United States of America; [comma instead of semicolon (Vols. III-V.)] | accompanied by descriptions of the objects represented | in the work entitled | The Birds of America, | and interspersed with delineations of American | scenery and man- ners [together with an account of the digestive organs of many | of the species, illustrated by engravings on wood (Vols. IV and V.)]. | By John James Audubon, F.R.SS. L. & E. | Fellow of the Linnean and Zoological Societies [etc. 3 lines.; ? (Vol. II.);7 lines.(Vol. III.); 8 lines. (Vols. IV and V.)]. [ | ? (Vol. IJ.); Vol. III.; Vol. IV.; Vol. V.]| Edinburgh: | Adam Black. 55. North Bridge, Edinburgh [? (Vol. II.); Adam & Charles Black, Edinburgh (Vols. III-V.)]; | [etc., 5 U.; 3 Ul. (Vol. IV.); x l. (Vol. V.)j. | MDCCCXXXI [(MDCCCXXXV); MDCCCXXXV; MDCCCXXXVIII;: MDCCCXXXXIX (Sic=MDCCC XX XI X.)] 4 vols. (should be 5; (Vol. II of the present set belongs to Boston ed., 1835, q.v.) royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XIV, 1-512. Vol. III, pp. I- XVI, 1-638, 9 text-cuts. Vol. IV, pp. I-XXVIII, 1-618, 39 text- cuts. Vol. V, pp. I-XL, 1-304, 14 text-cuts. Edinburgh. The original text intended to accompany the author’s “Birds of America”’ (1827-38, g.v.). Vol. I deals with the species figured on pil. I-C of that work; Gi pil: CLCC): TIL CCELCCCs TV, pil. -CCCLCCCLERGEVEL? Ve “pil CCCLXXXVIII-CCCCXXXV. The last volume also contains ‘‘Descriptions of species found in North America but not figured in the ‘Birds of America’,”’ pp. 305-336; ‘‘Species seen within the limits of the United States, but not characterized,”’ pp. 334-336; ‘“‘Appendix; comprising additional observations on the habits, geographical distribution and anatomical structure of the birds described in this work; together with corrections of errors relative to the species,” pp. 337-664. Five species of the “Birds of America” are suppressed in the text, eighteen new species are added, and eleven of those given in the early 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 21 volumes are reduced to synonymy in the appendix, making 502 species treated in the whole work and 491 species recognized at its close. Two of the sup- pressed species have since been re-established. Of the total, 29 species date from this work. The introduction to Vol. I is dated March, 1831; II, December 1, 1834; III, December 1, 1835; IV, November 1, 1838; and V, May 1, 1839. In addition to this Edinburgh edition, Vol. I was published also in Philadelphia in 1831 and again in 1835 (Cf. 1831 ed.), and Vol. II was published in Boston in 1835 (q.v.). In 1839, Audubon published his ‘‘A Synopsis of the Birds of North America” (q.v.), making considerable changes in nomenclature, arranging the species systematically, and forming an index to the present work and to the plates. In 1840-1844, text and plates (the latter reduced in size) were issued together under the original title of ‘‘The Birds of America” (q.v.). Other 8vo editions followed in 1856, 1859, 1860, 1861, 1863, 1865 and 1871 (Cf. eds. of 1859, 1860 and 1871.). In 1860, there commenced a reproduction of the plates in litho- graph of the original size, accompanied by the text (Cf. ed. of 1860-61.), but the work was interrupted and never resumed. The text was also reissued in 1856 without plates. For complete bibliography, see Stone, Auk, 23, pp. 298- 312, 1906, and Herrick, Auk, 36, pp. 372-380, 1919. Audubon, John James. 1835. Ornithological biography, | or an account of the habits of the | birds of the United States of America; | accompanied by descrip- tions of the objects represented | in the work entitled | The Birds of America, | and interspersed with delineations of American |scen- ery and manners. | By John James Audubon, F.R.SS. L. &. E. | [etc., 8 lines.] | Vol. II. | Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Com- pany. | MDCCCXXXvV. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X XXII, 1-588. Boston. Vol. II of the author’s ‘‘Ornithological Biography’’ was published in Boston the year following the corresponding volume of the Edinburgh edition (q.v.), and is the only volume with a Boston imprint. The present copy is included in the Edinburgh set at hand, in place of the proper number which is missing. W. C. Braislin (Auk, 35, pp. 361-362) says that this American edition of Vol. II differs on every page from the Edinburgh edition. Audubon, John James. 1839. A | synopsis of the birds | of North America. | By | John James Audubon, F.R.SS. L. & E. | Member of various scientific associations in | Europe and America. | Edinburgh: | Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, | [etc., 2 lines.] | MDCCCXXXIX. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-359-+1. Edinburgh. This work consists of a systematic classification of the birds treated in the folio, “Birds of America,” and ‘‘Ornithological Biography,’ with references to the plates and the text, respectively. Two species given in the ‘‘Biography”’ are suppressed and two others added making the total the same, 491 spp. The work is sometimes ascribed largely to Macgillivray, to whom acknowledgments ’ 22 Fietp Museum or NATuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. are made by Audubon in the preface. Several new specific names date from this volume. Audubon, John James. 1840-44. The | birds of America, | from | drawings made in the United States | and their territories. | By John James Audubon, F.R.SS. L. & E. | Fellow of the Linnean and Zoological Societies of London [etc.,11lines.] | Vol. I [-VII.]. | New York: [J. J. Audu- bon, (Vols. VI and VII.) | | published by J. J. Audubon. [77 William Street, New York, (Vols. VI and VII.) | | Philadelphia: [34 North Front Street, Philadelphia. (Vols. VI and VII.) ] | J. B. Chevalier. [Omitted (Vols. VI and VII.) ] | 1840 [1841; 1841; 1842; 1842; 1843; 1844]. 7 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 9-256, pll. 1-70 (col.; 13 wrongly numbered 10), 2 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 9-205, pill. 71-140 (col.), 4 text-cuts. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 9-233, 1 1. (list of subscrs.), pll. 141-210 (col.), 6 text-cuts. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 9-321, 11. (list of subscrs.), pll. 211-280 (col.), 28 text-cuts. Vol. V, pp. I-VIII, 9-346, 1 1. (list of subscrs.), pll. 281-350 (col.), 14 text-cuts. Vol. VI, pp. I-VII+1, 9-457, 1 1. (list of subscrs.), pll. 351-420 (col.), 25 text-cuts. Vol. VII, pp. I-[X+1, 9-371, 1 1. (list of subscrs.), pll. 421-500 (col.), 18 text-cuts. New York and Philadelphia. The original 8vo edition of this title. The purely ornithological text of Audubon’s “Ornithological Biography,’”’ 1831-39 (q.v.), revised and rearranged by the author according to his ‘‘A Synopsis of the Birds of North America,’’ 1839 (q.v.), with much additional matter but with the ‘Delineation of American Scenery and Manners” omitted. The plates are modified copies of those of the original folio, ‘‘The Birds of America,’’ 1827-38 (q.v.), reduced by camera lucida and lithographed. Some of the backgrounds are entirely changed, others greatly modified, and the original composition is altered so that but one species is represented on a plate. In the case of four species, each occupies two plates, and in one case (pl. 88), the figures of two originals (pll. XX XV and XCV) have been combined on one plate. There are 7 species of the “Ornithological Biography”’ and ‘‘Synopsis’’ which are figured here for the first time and 17 new forms are added in anappendix. The plates are rearranged in accordance with the text and renumbered in sequence to correspond. In Vol. III the names on pll. 187 and 188 are transposed, and, curiously enough, this error is perpetuated throughout all the subsequent 8vo editions of the work. This edition, which is the only 8vo published by the author himself, was issued in 100 parts, 14 of which are found in each of Vols. I-VI, and 16 in Vol. VII. Audubon, John James. 1859.>The | birds of America, | from | drawings made in the United States | and their territories. | By | John James Audubon, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 23 F.R.S., &c., &c. | Vol. III | New York: | V. G. Audubon. | Roe Lockwood & Son, 411 Broadway. | 1859. 1 vol. (should be 7 vols.) royal 8vo. (Vols. I-II,?). Vol. III, tit., pp. V-VIII, 9-233, pll. 141-210 (col.), 6 text-cuts. (Vols. IV-VII, ?) New York. Vol. III of the edition of 1859 which, apparently, is exactly similar, except for title-page, with that of 1860 (q.v.). The present copy is included in a set of the latter in place of the equivalent volume which is missing. There is no recorded difference in the editions except in the dates on the title-pages. Audubon, John James. 1860. The | birds of America, | from | drawings made in the United States | and their territories. | By | John James Audubon, F.RS., &c., &c. | Vol. I. [-VII. (Vol. III missing, replaced by corresponding volume of 1859 ed., g. v.) | | New York: | V. G. Audubon. | Roe Lockwood & Son, 411 Broadway. | 1860. 6 vols. (should be 7) royal 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. V-VIII, 11-246, pll. 1-70 (col.), 2 text-cuts. Vol. II, tit., pp. V-VII+1, 11-199, pll. 71-140 (col.), 4 text-cuts. (Vol. III’). Vol. IV, tit., pp. V-VIII, 9-321, pll. 211-280 (col.), 28 text-cuts. Vol. V, tit., pp. V-VIII, 9-346, pll. 281-350 (col.), 14 text-cuts. Vol. VI, tit., pp. V-VIII, 9-456, pll. 351-420 (col.), 25 text-cuts. Vol. VII, tit., pp. ITI-VIII, 9-372, pll. 421-500 (col.), 18 text-cuts. New York. An early republication of the 8vo edition of Audubon, differing in various particu- lars from the original 8vo of 1840-44. Coues lists an 1856 edition, published like the present one by V. G. Audubon, which is said to have no regular pub- lisher’s imprint and to differ from the original 8vo only in the title-pages and in the pagination, while the plates remain the same, therefore with plain, uncolored backgrounds; but according to Herrick (Auk, 36, p. 377, 1919), the plates of this edition had colored backgrounds, so they are probably the same as in the edition in hand. A reissue was published in 1859 and again the following year in the present form. Vol. III of the present set belongs to the 1859 edition (q.v.). The edition in hand differs from the original 8vo of 1840-44, in title-pages and in plates, while the pagination appears to approximate very closely that recorded by Coues for the 1856 edition. It is the same text, reset, without the appended lists of new subscribers, as presented in the original 8vo, and runs line for line and page for page with occasional departures. The plates, however, are distinctly different in one way or another. A universal change appears to be in the inscriptions which are in distinctly larger type. The plain backgrounds of the original 8vo are replaced by tinted ones; those which were tinted are altered in tone or some minor detail. Many of the elaborate scenic backgrounds of the original folio, which were modified or eliminated in the first 8vo, have been replaced and in some cases the size of the figures has been altered in consequence. The plates thus approximate those of the folio much more closely than do those of the first reduction but are inferior, in general execution, to the latter which were prepared under the supervision of the 24 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. author himself. These plates were afterwards used in subsequent 8vo editions (Cf. ed. 1871.) where, however, they were accompanied by other changes, noticeably that of the increase in the number of volumes. The present edition bears the copyright of 1839 and was printed by R. Craighead. Audubon, John James. 1860-61. The | birds of America, | from | drawings made in the United States | and their territories. | By | John James Audubon, F.R.S., &c., &c. | Re-issued by J. W. Audubon | Vol. I. [-VII. (Final period omitted in Vol. VI.)|] | New York: | Roe Lockwood & Son, publishers. | 186r. > The | birds of America; | from | original drawings | by | John James Audubon, | Fellow of the Royal Societies of London & Edinburgh [etc., 7 ll.]. | Re-issued by J. W. Audubon. | Vol. I. | Roe Lockwood & Son, | Publishers. | New York | 1860. | Chromo-- lithography by J. Bien, 180 Broadway. 8 vols.; 7 vols. (text) superroyal 8vo, 1 vol. (plates) double elephant. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 11-246, 2 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 11-199, 4 text-cuts. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 9-233, 6 text-cuts. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 9-321, 28 text-cuts. Vol. V, pp. I-VIII, 9-346, 14 text-cuts. Vol. VI, pp. I-VIII, 9-456, 25 text-cuts. Vol. VII, 2 pr. ll, (half-tit. and tit.), pp. III-VII+1,9 -372, I-IV (index to atlas), 18 text-cuts. Atlas Vol. I (all published), 150 pll. (col.; variously numbered; on 105 sheets). New York. The only edition of Audubon’s work, subsequent to the first, 1827-38 (q.v.), with the plates in double elephant. Interrupted by the Civil War and never resumed. According to a prospectus of the work (Cf. Herrick, ‘‘Audubon the Naturalist” 2, pp. 389-390, 1917), the publication was scheduled to appear in 45 numbers, 44 of which were to contain 1o pli. on 7 sheets in each; the last number to comprise the 7 vols. of text but to be issued with the fifteenth number. Numbers 16-44 were never issued. The plates are all dated 1858, 1859 or 1860. They appeared without sequence but were numbered so as to make final arrangement more or less possible in accordance with the text. Each plate, therefore, carries the number of the part and series in the upper left hand corner thus, ‘‘1-1,’’ ‘‘1-2,’’ etc. to ‘‘15-10,”’ and the final number in the upper right hand corner. This final number in most cases agrees with the numbering of the species (or plate) in the author’s ‘‘Synopsis,”’ 1839, or 8vo “Birds of America,’”’ 1840-44. Many of the sheets contain two plates, as advertised, and each of these is separately numbered. The following plates are included in the fifteen numbers:—3, 7, 14, 16, 18-22, 34, 43, 44-48 (47 wrongly num. 48), 53-58,! 62, 63, 70-76, 80, 82, 86, 88, 88, (bis, wrongly num. 1Audubon's original pl. CCCLIX, containing the Swallowtailed, Arkansaw and Say’s Flycatchers, was divided into pll. 53, 54 and 59 in the 8vo edition; as reproduced here it is numbered 54. Pl. 53 of the present edition equals 52 of the 8vo edition, but is numbered 54 in error in the index. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 25 89),? 89, 90, 95, 96, 101 (wrongly num. 71), 104, 108, 109, 113, 114, 116, 118- 120, 123-125, 127, 128, 132, 133, 138, 141, 144, 146 (wrongly num. 144), 150, 151, 159, 163-165, 172-175, 177, 189, 191, 192, 195, 196, 199, 200, 204, 205, 216, 217, 219-222, 225, 226, 231, 239, 240, 243-246, 251-253, 255, 257, 273, 275, 278, 280, 287-289, 293, 296, 307, 308, 329, 331-333, 336, 337, 342-344, 346, 353, 357, 358, 363, 364, 367, 368, 371, 372, 375, 380, 385, 386, 388, 391, 395- 398, 405, 414, 423, 428, 431 (wrongly num. 434), 434, 454, 465, 466, 479 (wrongly num. 389). Pll. 18, 82, 239, 240, 243, 253, 364, 395, 397 and 398, belonging to pt. 15, are not included in the index to plates. In addition to the errors of numbering catalogued above, there are numerous others in the inscriptions relating to the parts of issue, and others in the index. The lithographs are, of course, much inferior to the original engravings. The text presented herewith is that of the original 8vo and the 1859-60 reprint, but does not run page for page with either. It was printed by R. Craighead and carries the 1839 copy- right, agreeing with the 1859-60 edition in these respects. Audubon, John James. (Buchanan, Robert; Audubon, Lucy). 1869. The | life and adventures | of | John James Audubon, | the naturalist. | Edited, from materials supplied by his widow, | by Robert Buchanan. | Third edition. | [Vignette =portr.] Audubon at Green Bank, Liverpool (From a drawing by himself.) Sept. 1826. | London: | Sampson Low, Son, & Marston, | Crown Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. | 1869. | [The Right of Translation is reserved. |. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-366, 1 1. (advt.). London. In 1867, Lucy Audubon prepared a memoir of her husband, John James Audubon, which was accepted for publication by the London firm of publishers (above mentioned) and placed in the hands of Buchanan for editing. The work con- sisted principally of extracts from Audubon’s diary. Buchanan deleted four- fifths of the work and added numerous (more or less unfriendly) comments in the form of a running narrative to bind the fragments together, and the present work is the result, appearing in the first edition in 1868. The publishers refused to return the original manuscript to Mrs. Audubon, and much unique material was thus lost. In 1869, Mrs. Audubon issued ‘‘The Life of John James Audu- bon, the Naturalist” (q.v., ed. 1890) which is substantially the same work as the present, with the omission of objectionable matter and the inclusion of some other passages (Cf. Francis H. Herrick, ‘‘Audubon the Naturalist’’ Vol. I, pp. 18-22, 1917). Audubon, John James. (Lockwood, George R.) 1871? The | birds of America, | from | drawings made in the United States | and their territories. | By | John James Audubon, 2These two plates, both numbered 88 in the index but one wrongly inscribed 80, are copies of pll. XCV and XXXV of the original folio. They represent the Yellow Poll and Children’s Warblers, respectively, Audubon considered these as distinct in his ‘‘Ornithological Biography,” but united them in his “Synopsis” and his 8vo ‘Birds of America,"’ and for the latter work combined parts of the two original plates to form a composite which was published as pl. 88 in the rear- ranged series. The present edition copies the original plates but uses the revised serial number; hence there are two plates, both correctly numbered 88. 26 FieLp Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. F.R.S., &c., &c. | Vol. I [-VIII]. | New York: | George R. Lock- wood, | late Roe Lockwood & Son, | 812 Broadway. 8 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, I-XV, 11-246, pll. 1-70 (col.), 2 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 11-199, pll. 71-140 (col.), 4 text- cuts. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 9-233, pll. 141-210 (col.), 6 text-cuts. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 9-321, pll. 211-280 (col.), 28 text-cuts. Vol. V, pp. I-VIII, 9-346, pll. 281-350 (col.), 14 text-cuts. Vol. VI, pp. I-VII+1, 9-298, pll. 351-394 (col.), 19 text-cuts. Vol. VII, pp. I-VII+1, 9-285, pll. 395-440 (col.), 12 text-cuts. Vol. VIII, pp. I-VIII, 9-256, pll. 441-500 (col.), 12 text-cuts. New York. The last, or a reprint of the last, complete edition of Audubon’s work on the birds of America. It is not dated and does not agree exactly with any recorded edition which I can find, so I am not certain as to its date of issue. There is an edition of 1865 in 8 vols. (said by Coues to be a later edition of J. W. Audubon’s reissue of 1861, but in 8 vols. instead of 7), which I have not seen; hence I can not point out the differences between it and the present set. The edition of 1871 (without imprinted date), as recorded by Coues, agrees almost exactly with that in hand, but Herrick (Audubon the Naturalist, 2, p. 409, 1917), referring to the same edition, says that the biography of Audubon (pp. I-XV of Vol. I) is signed ‘‘G. R. Llockwood]., 1870.’’ In the copy at hand, this biography is unsigned; hence the present edition may be a reprint of the 1871 edition, of later date. It bears the copyright of 1870. The plates are those of the 1859-60 edition without changes other than those attributable to the use of worn copperplates, on account of which they are inferior to the earlier issues. Audubon, John James. (Audubon, Lucy, ed.) 1890. The | life | of | John James Audubon, | the naturalist. | Edited by his Widow. | With an introduction by Jas. Grant Wilson. | [Woodcut.] | New York: | G. P. Putnam’s Sons, | 27 and 29 West 23d St. | 1890. 1 vol. 12mo, 1 1. (tit.), pp. I-X, 11-443, frontisp. (steel engr.) and 1 woodcut (on title-page). New York. This edition is republished from the original of 1869, which is a copy, with some additions and omissions, of ‘“The Life and Adventures of John James Audubon, the Naturalist” (Cf. third ed., 1869.), edited by Robert Buchanan from Audubon’s journals. Audubon, John James. (Audubon, Maria R., ed.; Coues, Elliott.) 1897. Audubon and his | journals | by | Maria R. Audubon | with zoological and other notes | by | Elliott Coues | [illustrated] | Volume I [II] | New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons | 1897. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1-532, 21 pll., 1 cut. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-554+1, 23 pll., 1 cut. New York. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 27 This work presents a detailed transcription of Audubon’s journals, with many footnotes by Elliott Coues. The work is edited by Audubon’s granddaughter who has supplied (pp. 5-77) an account of the life of the naturalist. Audubon, John James. 1904. See Weed, Clarence Moores, Bird Life Stories, Book I. Audubon, John James. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Audubon, John Woodhouse. (Hodder, Frank Heywood; Audubon Maria R.) 1906. Audubon’s western | journal: 1849-1850 | Being the MS. record of a trip from New York to | Texas, and an overland journey through Mexico | and Arizona to the gold-fields of California | by | John W. Audubon | With biographical memoir by his daugh- ter | Maria R. Audubon | Introduction, notes, and index by |, Frank Heywood Hodder | Professor of American History, Univer- sity of Kansas | With folded map, portrait, and original drawings | [Design.] | Cleveland | The Arthur H. Clark Company | 1906. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., conts. and illustrs.), pp. 11-249, 5 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (portr.), 5 pll. (by J. W. Audubon), 1 map (fold.). Cleveland. A transcript of the journal of the younger son of John James Audubon on his western trip. Although mainly of historical interest, the book contains various observations on bird life as noted by the traveller. Audubon, Lucy. 1869. See Audubon, John James, The Life and Adventures of John James Audubon, the Naturalist, edited by Robert Buchanan. Audubon, Lucy. 1890. See Audubon, John James, The Life of John James Audubon, the Naturalist, edited by His Widow. Audubon, Maria R. 1897. See Audubon, John James, Audubon and his Journals. Audubon, Maria R. 1906. See Audubon, John Woodhouse, Audubon’s Western Journal: 1849-50. 28 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. Azara, Felix de. (Walckenaer, C. A.; Sonnini de Manoncour, Charles N. Sigisb. ) 1809. Voyages | dans | l’Amérique méridionale, | par Don Félix de Azara, | Commissaire et Commandant des limites Espagnoles dans le Paraguay | depuis 1781 jusqu’en 1801; | Contenant la description géographique, | politique, et civile du | Paraguay et de la riviére de La Plata; l’histoire de la décou- | verte et de la conquéte de ces contrées; des détails nom- | breux sur leur histoire naturelle, et sur les peuples sauvages | qui les habitent; le récit des moyens employés par les | Jésuites pour assujétir et civiliser les indigénes, etc. | Publiés d’apres les manuscrits de l’auteur, | avec une notice sur sa vie et ses écrits, | par C. A. Walckenaer; | enrichis de notes par G. Cuvier, | Secrétaire Perpétuel de la Classe des Sciences Phy- siques de I’Institut, etc. | Suivis de l’histoire naturelle des Oiseaux du Paraguay et de La Plata, par | le méme auteur, traduite, d’aprés l’original espagnol, et augmentée | d’un grand nombre de notes, par M. Sonnini; | accompagnés d’un atlas de vingt-cing planches. | Tome premier [-quatriéme]. | Paris, | Dentu, impri- meur-libraire, | Rue du Pont-de-Lodi, No. 3. | 1809. > Voyages | dans | l’Amerique méridionale, | par Don Félix de Azara. | Collection de planches. | Paris, | Dentu, imprimeur- libraire, | Rue du Pont-de-Lodi, No. 3. | 1809. 5 vols.; 4 vols. demy 8vo and 1 vol. demy folio. Vol. I, pp. I-LX (tit., pref. and biogr.), 1-389. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-562. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-II, 1-479. Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-380. Atlas, 2 pr. IL, pll. I-XXV (XI wrongly printed ‘II’) (8 fold.; XXII-XXV ornith.). Paris. Vols. I and II consist of a detailed account of the political and natural history of Paraguay, from the manuscripts of Azara with notations by Walckenaer and, in the case of certain remarks on mammals, by Cuvier (signed C. V.). Pp. 383-388 of Vol. I contain notes on birds. Vols. III and IV are devoted to a translation, into French, of Azara’s ‘‘Apuntamientos para la Historia Natural de los Paxaros del Paraguay y Rio de la Plata,”’ a rare ornithological work published in Madrid in 1802-05. This translation is by Sonnini who has sup- plied numerous footnotes. On account of the rarity of the original work, the present translation is often cited in its stead, as is Hartlaub’s ‘‘Systematischer Index to Don Felix de Azara’s Apuntamientos,”’ etc., 1847 (q.v.). Babault, Guy. 1920. Mission Guy Babault | dans les provinces centrales | de l’Inde | dans la région occidentale de l’Himalaya et Ceylan | 1914 | Résultats scientifiques | Oiseaux | collectionnés au cours de la mission | par G. Babault. | Membre Correspondant du 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 29 Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle | Paris, 1920 | Tous droits de traduction et de reproduction réservés. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., pp. 1-342, pll. I-VI (views), I-VI (col.; by A. Millot), 2 maps (fold.; col.). 1 text-fig. Paris. The ornithology of the author’s expedition to India, the western Himalayas and Ceylon. A separate section of the book is devoted to each of the three regions, with descriptions of the numerous collecting stations followed by the systematic discussion of the birds, including descriptions of new species. The colored plates of birds are not of especial merit. Babault, Guy. 1923. See Ménégaux, Auguste, Etude d’une Collection d’Oiseaux de l'Afrique Orientale Anglaise et de l’Ouganda. Baedeker, Fr. W. J. (Brehm, Christian Ludwig; and Paessler, Carl Wilhelm Gottfried.) 1855-63. Die Eier | der | europaeischen Voegel | nach der Natur gemalt | von | F. W. J. Baedeker. | Mit einer Beschreibung des Nestbaues | gemeinschaftlich bearbeitet mit | L. Brehm und W. Paessler. | Herausgegeben und verlegt von J. Baedeker. | Leipzig und Iserlohn. 1863. [Line omitted. ]. 1 vol. (or 2 vols. in 1 vol.) medium folio, 9 pr. ll. (2 tits., lith. tit., ded., index, introd. and pref.), 81 ll. (text), pll. 1-80 (col.). Leipzig and Iserlohn. Plates by Baedeker; text by Brehm and Paessler. The work was issued in 10 parts of 8 pll., and corresponding text, each. A notice (in the Journ. fur Orn. for May 1855) dated April 4, 1855, announces the appearance of the first part projected for the following week. Pt. 4 is reviewed in the Ibis for April, 1859. Carus & Engelmann quote Pts. 1-5 for 1855-59. Pt. 6 is noted in the Ibis for April 1861; Pt. 7 for July 1862; Pt. 8 for Oct. 1862. Taschenberg cites Pts. 4-10 as of 1859-65, but the Zoological Record for 1867 notes that the work was completed in 1863. The last reference is from a citation of a supplement to the present work consisting of 4 ll. (16 pp.), supposed to have been issued in 1866 by Paessler. This supplement, specially titled, is not in the present copy. The second title-page in the copy at hand, differing from the first title-page in the absence of date and publisher’s imprint, may have been intended for use in dividing the work into two parts (letterpress and plates?); a bookseller’s notation on a fly-leaf reads, ‘‘2 vols. in 1.” Bailey, Bert Heald. (Spencer, Clementina Sinclair.) 1918. Iowa | Geological Survey | Bulletin No. 6 | The raptorial birds of Iowa. | By Bert Heald Bailey, M.S., M.D. | [Quot.] | George F. Kay, Ph.D. State Geologist, | James H. Lees, Ph.D., Assitant State Geologist | [Seal.] | Des Moines | Published for the Iowa Geological Survey | 1918. 30 FieLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-238, figs. 1-93 (40 maps). Des Moines. A catalogue of the hawks and owls of Iowa, with field characters, brief description, measurements, range, list of stomach contents of Iowa specimens, local bibliog- raphy, and miscellaneous notes for each species. The work is posthumous, being edited by Clementina Spencer who has given also a biographical sketch of the author. (Bailey), Florence Augusta Merriam. 1889. Birds | hrough an opera glass | by | Florence A. Merriam | [Trade-mark.| | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1889. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-223+1, 1 1. (advt.), 16 text-figs. Boston and New York. A popular introduction to the study of New England birds, with descriptive accounts of seventy species. Issued as No. 3 of The Riverside Library for Young People. The illustrations are from Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, ‘‘A History of North American Birds,” 1874 (q.v.). (Bailey), Florence Augusta Merriam. 1896. A-birding on a bronco | by | Florence A. Merriam | [Quot., 3 lines.]. | Ilustrated | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cam- bridge | 1896. I vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-226, 1 1. (index to illustrs.). 11 pll., 23 text-figs. Boston and New York. A popular account of the author’s ornithological observations in southern Cali- fornia. (Bailey), Florence Augusta Merriam. 1898. Birds | of village and field | A Bird Book for Beginners | by | Florence A. Merriam | illustrated | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1808. | 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XLIX-+1, 1-406, pll. I-X XVIII (by L. A. Fuertes, E. S. Thompson and J. L. Ridgway), text-figs. 1-220, 71 figs. (some duplicated). Boston and New York. An introductory hand-book of birds, with keys to the species (based on colors) short descriptions, remarks as to distribution, and accounts of habits and characteristics. An appendix contains migration and residence lists, an outline for field observations and a bibliography. Bailey, Florence Augusta Merriam. 1918. See Bailey, Vernon; and Bailey, Florence M., Department of the Interior, Wild Animals of Glacier National Park. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 31 Bailey, Florence Augusta Merriam. 1921. Handbook of Birds | of the | Western United States | includ- ing | the Great Plains, Great Basin, Pacific Slope, and Lower Rio Grande Valley | by | Florence Merriam Bailey | with thirty- three full-page plates by | Louis Agassiz Fuertes, and over six | hundred cuts in the text | Revised edition | Boston and New York | Houghton Mifflin Company | The Riverside Press Cambridge | 1921. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. I-LI+1, 1-590, 33 pll., 601 text-cuts. Boston and New York. The original edition was published in November, 1902. The present edition is the fifth (eighth printing) with addenda [nomenclatorial changes and supple- mentary references] corrected to 1920. Clear descriptions, carefully arranged keys, brief pen-pictures and a wealth of illustrations combine to form a most useful ‘‘Handbook”’ which may be read, studied, or used as a work of reference. Bailey, H. B. 1881. ‘Forest and Stream’’ | bird notes. | An index and summary | of all the | ornithological matter | contained in | “Forest and Stream.”’ | Vols. I-XII. | Compiled by | H. B. Bailey. | New York: | Forest and Stream Publishing Co., | 39 Park Row. | 1881. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll, (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-195. New York. A useful index, arranged by authors, and by Latin and vernacular names of the species, and giving a short digest of each note under the reference to it. Bailey, Harold H. 1913. The Birds of Virginia. | By | Harold H. Bailey | [Vignette.] | with fourteen full page colored plates | one map, and one hundred and eight | half-tones taken from nature | treating one hundred and eighty-five species and subspecies; | all the birds that breed within the state. | 1913 | J. P. Bell Company, Inc., | Publishers | Lynchburg, Va. vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X XIII, 1-362, 14 pll. (col.), 185 halftones. Lynchburg. A popular account of the species treated. Lal Bailey, Vernon; and Bailey, Florence Merriam. 1918. Department of the Interior | Franklin K. Lane, Secretary | National Park Service | Stephen T. Mather, Director | Wild animals | of | Glacier National Park | The mammals | With Notes on Physiography and Life Zones | By | Vernon Bailey | Chief Field Naturalist, Bureau of Biological Survey, Department of Agriculture | The birds | by | Florence Merriam Bailey | 32 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Author of Handbook of Birds of the Western United States | [Seal.] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1918. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-210, pll. I-XXXVII (XXXVII=map, fold., col.), figs. 1-94. Washington. A detailed report on the mammals and birds of Glacier National Park, Montana. with many field-notes and other observations. The section relating to birds is by Mrs. Bailey and occupies pp. 103-199, including pll. XXII-XXXVI and figs. 19-94. Baily, William L. (Cope, Edward Drinker, ed.) 1869. Our own birds | a familiar natural history | of the | birds | of | the United States. | By | William L. Baily. | Revised and edited by | Edward D. Cope, | Corresponding Secretary of the Academy of Natural Sciences. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. I-X, 11-265, 10 pll. (on num. pp.), 50 text-figs. Philadelphia. A juvenile work, descriptive of a number of the birds of the United States (and some extralimital forms). Most of the illustrations are after Audubon; some are new. Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1858. Catalogue | of North American birds, | chiefly in the museum of the | Smithsonian Institution. | By | Spencer F. Baird, | Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. | Washington: | Smithsonian Institution. | October, 1858. 1 vol. 4to, pp. XVII-LVI. Washington. October 1858. A reprint (supplied with a new title-page) of the same numbered pages of Vol. IX of the U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys ‘‘Reports of Explorations and Surveys,” etc. (q.v.). In 1859, the list was reprinted in 8vo in greatly altered form and issued in Vol. II (as Art. IV) of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. In its new form it consisted of a simple list of names in Latin and English, with serial numbers, and without any indication of the distribution of species as given in the original; it was designed, according to the introduction, to facilitate the labelling of specimens and to serve the purposes of a check-list. According to Coues, some copies were issued, printed on but one side of the paper, for further use in labelling specimens. Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1858. See U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports of Explorations and Surveys—for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, Birds, Vol. IX. 1859. Idem, Vol. X. Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1859. See United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, Birds. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. on Baird, Spencer Fullerton, Cassin, John; and Lawrence, George Newbold. 1860. The birds | of | North America; | the descriptions of species based chiefly on the collections | in the | museum of the Smith- sonian Institution. | By | Spencer F. Baird, | Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, | with the co-operation of | John Cassin, | of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. | and | George N. Lawrence, | of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. | With an Atlas of One Hundred Plates. | Text [Atlas]. |Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. 2 vols. medium 4to. Text, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-LVI, 1-1005. Atlas, tit., pp. I-XI, pll. I-X XXVIII, I (bs), 2, III-XXIV (bs), LXIII-C (=100 pll., col.). Philadelphia. The main body of text (pp. 1-1005) is identical with the same pages in Vol. IX of the U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, ‘‘Reports of Explorations,’’ etc. (q.v.), and pp. I-VI represent pp. III-VII of the same, reset and dated ‘‘October 20, 1858”’ instead of October 20, 1853.”’ Pp. VII-XV-+1, containing the explana- tion of plates and systematic list of illustrations, are new. ‘Three species, one of them (Helminthophaga virginiae) new and none of them mentioned in the original report, are discussed in footnotes to the list of illustrations without disturbing the original letterpress of the general text. Pp. III-XI of the Atlas are identical with VII-XV of the text. Pll. I-XIV, XVI-XXV, XXVII-XXXI, XXXIV and XXXVI-XXXVIII are from the Pacific Railroad Survey reports, some of them retouched or retitled; I (bts), 2, and III-X XIV (bis) are similarly from the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey report; the remainder are new or newly drawn. Under the present title, the work was reissued in 1870 (q.v.) with some changes. Baird, Spencer Fullerton, Cassin, John; and Lawrence, George Newbold. 1870. The birds | of | North America; | the descriptions of species based chiefly on the collections | in the | museum of the Smith- sonian Institution. | By | Spencer F. Baird, | Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, | with the co-operation of | John Cassin, | of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. | and | George N. Lawrence, | of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. | With an Atlas of One Hundred Plates. | Text [Atlas. ] |Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. | Salem: Naturalist’s Book Agency. | 1870. 2 vols. medium 4to. Text, tit., pp. I-VII+1, XVI-LVI, 1-1005. Atlas, tit., pp. I-VII, pll. I-X XVIII, I (bis), XL-XLIII, VI (bis), XLV-XLVIII, XI-XII (bis), LI, XV-XVII (bis), LVI-C (=100 pll., col.). Salem. A later edition of the work of the same title published in 1860 (q.v.), with certain alterations. The title is changed as transcribed; the prefaces of text and atlas 34 Fretp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. are reset and differently paged, with that of the text occupying fewer pages; the table of contents of the text is slightly altered to accord with the changes in pagination of the preface; the explanation of plates is reset on fewer pages and omitted from the volume of text, being found only in the atlas; the sys- tematic list of illustrations is entirely omitted; most of the plates are retouched and renumbered or relettered, and in many cases are somewhat different in coloration from the originals. The general descriptive text appears to be the same in both editions. Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1873. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 181 | Review | of | American birds, | in the museum of the | Smithsonian Institution. | Part I. | By S. F. Baird. | [Medallion.] | bh | Smith- sonian Institution. | 1864-1872. 1 vol. 8vo, (orig. wrapper), pp. I-VI, 1-478, 57 text-figs. Washington. The final form of this paper. It was originally issued in sheets, as fast as it was printed, and distributed to various ornithologists for the purpose of eliciting criticisms and suggestions, but was not (according to a statement in the original edition) distributed to libraries or put in general circulation. These sheets are all signed with the date of issue (running from June 1864 to June 1866) and the numerous new names in the work must be quoted from the dates of the sheets on which they appeared. Pagination extended only to p. 450, and the title-page was slightly different from the present one. Later, for the present edition, the title-page was changed, the preliminary advertisement altered, an introduction written, the table of contents completed (to include the Vireonidae, Ampelidae and Laniidae), and a list of species and alphabetical index added on pp. 450-478, and the work was reissued in one volume. The final signature is dated January 1873, although the title-page cites 1864-72 only. Citation of “‘Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 181’’ would seem to be correctly made only to the original issue, or to the present one when qualified as ‘‘Reissue.” Baird, Spencer Fullerton, Brewer, Thomas Mayo; and Ridgway, Robert. (Coues, Elliott; Gill, Theodore Nicholas.) 1874. A | History | of North American Birds | by | S. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, and R. Ridgway | Land Birds. | Illustrated by 64 Chromo-Lithographic Plates and 593 Woodcuts. | Volume I [-III] | [Vignette.] | Boston | Little, Brown and Company | 1875. 3 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-596, I-VI, 16 pll. (col.), pll. I-X XVI (col.), 189 woodcuts. Vol. II, 3 pr. Il, pp. 1-590, I-VI, 14 pll. (col.), pll. XXVII-LVI (col.), 170 woodcuts. Vol. III, 3 pr. Il, pp. 1-560, 1 1., pp. I-X XVIII, 9g pill. (col.), pll. LVII-LXIV (col.), 178 woodcuts. Boston. A splendid work, authoritative and beautifully prepared. It deals with the life histories and habits as well as the classification of the birds of America north of Mexico, with a minimum of technicalities consistent with clearness. The coloring of the numbered plates is by chromo-lithograph; that of the un- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 35 numbered plates, by hand. The work was issued also with uncolored plates. A companion work by the same authors is the ‘‘Water Birds of North America,” 1884 (q.v.), issued as ‘‘Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,”’ Vol. XII. Vols. I and II seem to have appeared by Feb- ruary, 1874 (Cf. Coues, Dept. Int., U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Misc. Publ. 3 ‘Birds of the Northwest,” p. 96, footn.), while Vol. III appeared about Decem- ber (Coues, Bibl., rst Instalment, p. 700). Gill is responsible for the portion of the introduction (pp. XI-XIV, Vol. I) relating to birds as distinguished from other vertebrates. Coues prepared the tables of the orders and families (pp. XIV-XXVIII, Vol. I) and the glossary (pp. 535-560, Vol. III). Baird, Spencer Fullerton. 1878. See Wilson, Alexander, and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. Baird, Spencer Fullerton, Brewer, Thomas Mayo; and Ridgway, Robert. 1884. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology | at Harvard College. | Vol. XII. | The | Water Birds | of | North America. | by | S. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, | and R. Ridgway. | Issued in continuation of the | Publications of the Geological Survey of California. | J. D. Whitney, State Geologist. | Volume I [II]. | Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1884. 2 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XI, 1-537, 211 text-cuts, (135 col.). Vol. II, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-552, 282 text-cuts (zo1 col.). Boston. The present work is, in reality, part of the same treatise as ‘‘A History of North American Birds—Land Birds,” 1874 (q.v.), by the same authors, the two titles together forming the complete set. The volumes were to have been issued by the Geological Survey of California as a complement to the ‘‘Ornithology, Vol. I, Land Birds” by J. G. Cooper, 1870 (q.v.) in return for the use of the illus- trations of Cooper’s work for the volumes on the Land Birds by the present authors—hence the reference in the title quoted above. The colored illustra- tions are woodcuts, colored by hand. An edition was issued, also, with the cuts uncolored. Bajon. 1777-78. Memoires | pour servir | a l'histoire de Cayenne, | et | de la Guiane Francoise, | Dans lesquels on fait connoitre la nature du Climat | de cette contrée, les Maladies qui attaquent les Eu- | ropéens [les | Européens] nouvellement arrivés, & celles qui régnent | [qui | régnent] sur les Blancs & les Noirs; des Observa- tions sur | [Observa- | tions sur] l’Histoire naturelle du pays, & sur la culture des | [sur la | culture des] Terres. | Avec des plan- ches. | Par M. Bajon, ancien Chirurgien Major de 1’Isle de Cayenne [etc., 3 lines.]. | Tome premier [second]. | Prix, 6 [5] liv. broché. | A Paris. | Chez { Grangé, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de la Parche- minerie. | La Veuve Duchesne, Libraire, rue Saint-Jacques, au | 36 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Saint-Jacques, | au] Temple du gofit. | L’Esprit, Libraire, au Palais Royal, sous le Vestibule | du grand Escalier. | M.DCC.- LXXVII [M.DCC.LXXVIIT]. 2 vols. demy 8vo. Vol. I, 6 pr. ll, pp. I-XVJ, 1-462 (462 wrongly num. 162), 11. (errata), pll. 1-5 (of birds). Vol. II, 6 pr. ll., pp. 1-416, pll. 1-4 (2 of birds). Paris. An account of Guiana, principally with reference to the human diseases current in the country, but with chapters on natural history. Pp. 374-405 of Vol. I and 245-286 of Vol. II are ornithological and describe the appearance, habits anatomy or other characteristics of a few birds of the region. Baker, Edward Charles Stuart. 1913. Indian Pigeons | and | doves | by | E. C. Stuart Baker | F.Z.S., F.L.S., M.B.0O.U. | Author of ‘Indian Ducks and their Allies.”” | With twenty-seven coloured plates from drawings by | H. Grénvold and G. E. Lodge. | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn, London | 1913. 1 vol. superroyal folio, pp. I-XV, 1-260, frontisp. (col.), pll. 1-26 (col.). London. A semi-popular treatment of the subject. Intended as a reference work for sports- men as well as for specialists. It forms a sort of companion volume to the author’s ‘‘Game-birds of India, Burma and Ceylon,” 1921 (q.v.). Baker, Edward Charles Stuart. 1921. The game-birds of India, | Burma and Ceylon. | Ducks and their allies [Snipe, bustards and sand-grouse] | (swans, geese and ducks). [Line omitted.| | Vol. I [II]. | By | E. C. Stuart Baker, O.B.E. [etc., 2 lines.| | With 30 [19] coloured plates | By H. Groénvold, G. E. Lodge and J. G. Keulemans. [By H. Grénvold]. | Second edition. [Two maps in colour and six black and white plates.] | Published by | The Bombay Natural History Society. | London: John Bale, Sons & Danielsson, Ltd., Oxford House, | 83-91, Great Titchfield Street W. I. | 1921. > [Illustr. tit.] Indian Ducks [Indian] | and [Game Birds] | their allies [Snipe, Bustards, Sand Grouse,] | By | E. C. Stuart Baker. | Reprinted from the Bombay Natural History Society’s journal; with corrections | & additions [corrections & | additions]. | 1921. 2 vols. superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-340, 1 illustr. tit., pll. I-XXX (col.), VIIa, VIIs and VIIc. Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-328, 1 illustr. tit., pll. I-XIX (col.), A-F, maps (A and B col.). London. A semi-popular account of the birds in the groups treated, intended for the use of the sportsman and general observer wishing to become acquainted with the species in the region. Additional volumes were planned but have not yet been 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. a9 published, although a similar work on ‘Indian Pigeons and Doves” (q.v.) was issued by the same author in 1913. Vol. I is entitled, ‘‘Second edition’’ since it represents a revision of the author’s “Indian Ducks and their Allies,’ pub- lished in 1908. Both volumes are based on articles published in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society from 1896 onward. Baker, Edward Charles Stuart. 1922-24. The fauna of British India, | including | Ceylon and Burma. | Published under the authority of the Secretary of | State for India in Council. | Edited by Sir Arthur E. Shipley, G.B.E., M.A. [etc., 2 lines; ScD. Cantab. etc., 2 lines (Vol. II.).]. | Birds. Vol. I [II]. | (Second Edition.) | By | E. C. Stuart Baker, O.B.E., F.Z.S., Etc. | London: | Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet St. | Calcutta | Thacker, Spink & Co. | Bombay | Thacker & Co., Limited. | July, 1922. [April, 1924]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XIII-+1, 1-479, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-VII (col.; by the author), text-figs. 1-93, 8 figs. (unnum.). Vol. II, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-561, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-VII (col.), text-figs. 1-86. London. A detailed monograph of the birds of British India to replace the antiquated and out-of-print volumes of the same title by Oates and Blanford, 1889-98 (q.v.). The general plan of the work is much the same as that of its predecessor but modern nomenclature is adopted with other changes necessary to bring the text up to date, and the result is an authoritative and concise account of all the birds inhabiting the region. The complete ornithological series is planned to occupy six volumes, of which two have been issued to date. Baker, Max. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B., and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Baldamus, August Carl Eduard. 1860. See Naumann, Johann Friedrich, Johann Andreas Naumann’s mehrerer gelehrten Gesellschaften Mitgliede, Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deutschlands, 1822-1860. Baldamus, August Carl Eduard. 1892. Das | Leben der europdischen Kuckucke. | Nebst | Beitragen zur Lebenskunde | der | tbrigen parasitischen Kuckucke und Starlinge. | Von | A. C. Eduard Baldamus, | Dr. phil. h. c. Mit- gliede, [etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit 8 Farbendrucktafeln. | Berlin. | Verlag von Paul Parey. | Verlagshandlung fur Landwirtschaft, Gartenbau und Forstwesen. | SW., 10 Hedemannstrasse. | 1892. 38 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vov. XVI. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-224, 1 1. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-VIII (col.; of eggs). Berlin. A detailed study of the European Cuckoo and its parasitic habits, and of other parasitic birds. Ball, Alice E. 1924. Bird biographies | by | Alice E. Ball | Author of ‘A Year With the Birds”’ | illustrated by | Robert Bruce Horsfall | Painter of Backgrounds in Habitat Groups, American Museum | of Natural History, New York City | 56 colored plates | [Design.] | New York | Dodd, Mead and Company | 1924. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-295, 56 pll. (col.). New York. “A guide-book for beginners’’; ‘‘an introduction to 150 common land birds of the eastern United States.’’ Descriptions of both sexes and the young are prefixed by a brief characterization of the ‘‘general appearance”’ and followed by remarks on note, song, habitat and range, forming the descriptive or diag- nostic introduction to each species. The general text for each species follows, with notes on habits and economic importance, much of which is quoted from other sources. The species are arranged in three groups, winter birds, early spring birds and later spring birds, and lists are given under the first two headings. Ball, Henry Lidgbird. 1789. See Phillip, Arthur, The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay. Balston, Richard James; Shepherd, Charles William; and Bartlett, Edward. 1907. Notes | on the | birds of Kent | by | R. J. Balston, D. L., J.P., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U., | Rev. C. W. Shepherd, M.A., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | and | E. Bartlett, F.Z.S. | with nine plates and a map | London | R. H. Porter | 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1907. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIX, 1-465, frontisp., 8 pll. (col.), 1 map (col.). London. A popular account of the habits of the various species treated. Bancroft, Edward. 1769. An | essay | on the | natural | history | of | Guiana, | In South America. | Containing | A Description of many Curious Productions | in the Animal and Vegetable Systems | of that Country. | Together with an Account of | The Religion, Manners, and Customs | of several tribes of its Indian Inhabitants. | Inter- 1926. CATALOGUE oF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 39 spersed with |A Variety of Literary and Medical Observations. | In Several Letters | from | A Gentleman of the Medical Faculty, | During his Residence in that Country. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | London, | Printed for T. Becket and P. A. De Hondt | in the Strand. | MDCCLXIX. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-IV, 1-402, 3 Il., frontisp. London. Title self-explanatory. The ornithological matter is contained on pp. 152-158. ? Bannerman, David A. 1922. The Canary Islands | their history, natural history | and scenery | An account of an ornithologist’s | camping trips in the archipelago | by | David A. Bannerman | M.B.E. [etc.] | with illustrations and maps | Gurney and Jackson | London: 33 Pater- noster Row | Edinburgh: Tweeddale Court | 1922. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV, 1-365, frontisp. (col., by Roland Green), 46 pll. (2 col., by Grénvold; 6 fold.), 4 maps (fold.). A very thorough account of the subject, entertainingly written, with voluminous notes on the natural history of the country, a large number of which are ornitho- logical. Appendix B, pp. 328-350, is devoted to an annotated list of the birds of the Islands. Barbour, Thomas. 1923. Memoirs of the Nuttall Ornithological Club | No. VI | The Birds of Cuba | By Thomas Barbour | With four plates | Cam- bridge, Massachusetts | Published by the Club | June, 1923. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-141, pll. I-IV (photogravures). Cambridge. An annotated list of species giving an account of their local status and distribu- tion. The introductory chapters are historical and topographical. Barboza du Bocage, José Vicente. 1877-81. Ornithologie | d’Angola | ouvrage publié sous les auspices du | Ministére de la Marine et de Colonies | par | J. V. Barboza du Bocage | Professeur de zoologie a 1’Ecole Polytechnique, direc- teur du Muséum nationale de Lisbonne | Lisbonne | Imprimerie Nationale | 1881. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, tit., pp. V-XXXIT, 1-576, 11. (list of pll.), pll. I-X (col.; by Keulemans). Lisbon. An important monograph of the birds of Angola, giving, for each species, the synonymy, reference to a published figure, the description, measurements and habitat. Several new species are described. The work was issued in two parts. Pt. I, containing pp. 1-256 and pll. I, III, IV and IX, was issued in 1877; Pt. II, containing the introductory matter, pp. 257-276 and pll. II, V-VIII and X, in 1881 (Zoological Record), 40 FreL_p Museum oF Natura. History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Barker, Edmond. 1764. See Edwards, George, Gleanings of Natural History, 1758-64. 1805-06. Idem. Barrere, Pierre. 1741. Essai | sur | histoire naturelle | dela | France equinoxiale. | Ou | de nombrement | Des Plantes, des Animaux, & des Miné- | raux, qui se trouvent dans l’Isle de Cayen- | ne, les Isles de Remire, sur les Cétes de |la Mer, & dans le Continent de la Guyane. | Avec | Leurs noms differens, Latins, Francois, & Indiens, | & quelques Observations sur leur usage dans | la Médecine & dans les Arts. | Par Pierre Barrere Corres- | pondant de l’Académie Royale des | Sciences de Paris, Docteur & Professeur | Royal en Médecine dans l'Université de | Perpignan, Médecin de l’Hépital Mili- | taire de la méme Ville, ci-devant Méde- | cin Botaniste du Roi dans 1’Isle de | Cayenne. | A Paris, | Chez Piget, Quay des Augustins, a | l’Image S. Jacques. | M. DCC. XLI. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. I-XXIV, 1-215+1, 4 ll. (‘Privilege du Roi,” etc.). Paris. 1741 (post June 15). Descriptions of the animals, plants and minerals of French Guiana. The birds occupy pp. 121-148 in the second part (pp. 121-215) devoted to animals and minerals. The species are grouped in genera arranged alphabetically. Since the book is pre-Linnean, none of the names are tenable, but the descriptions often form the basis for names afterwards applied by Linné. The work is rare. It is not mentioned by Coues. A certificate of the Académie Royale des Sciences at the close of the volume is dated June 15, 1741. Barrington, Richard Manliffe. 1900. The | migration of birds | as observed at | Irish lighthouses and lightships | including | the original reports | from 1888-97, now published for the first time, and | an analysis | of these and of the previously published reports from 1881-87. | Together with | an appendix | giving the measurements of about 1600 wings. | By | Richard M. Barrington, M.A., LL.B., F.L.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, [etc., 3 lines.] | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | Dublin: | Edward Ponsonby, 116 Grafton Street. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXV, 1-667, 1 map (fold.), 9 small maps in text. London. A most thorough report. Only 350 copies of the work were printed. Barrows, Walter Bradford. 1890. See Warren, Benjamin H, Report on the Birds of Pennsyl- vania, Second Edition. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. Il. L’HISTOIRE NATURELLE Dobe LA FRANCE EQUINOXIALE. OU DENOMBREMENT Des Plantes , des Animaux , & des Miné- raux,qui fetrouvent dans l’Ifle deCayen- ne , les Ifles de Remire , fur les Cotes de la Mer,& dans leContinent delaGuyane. Aer EC Leurs noms differens, Latins, Francois, & Indiens, & quelques Obfervations fur leur ufage dans la Médecine & dans les Arts. Par PIERRE BARRERE Corref- pondant de l’Academie Royale des Sciences de Paris, Dofteur & Profeffeur Royalen Médecine dans l’Univerfice de Perpignan, Médecin de l’Hopiral Mili- taire dela meme Ville, ci-devant Méde- cin Botanifte du Roi dans l’Ifle de Cayenne. Pr RIS", Chez PiceET> Cu des Auguftins, A PImage S. Jacques, MeDCG XLI. TITLE-PAGE OF BARRERE’S ‘'ESSAI.’’ See p. 40. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 41 Barrows, Walter Bradford. 1912. Michigan Bird Life | A List of all the Bird Species known to occur in the State together with | an outline of their Classification and an account of the | Life History of Each Species, with special reference to its | Relation to Agriculture. With Seventy Full-page Plates | and One Hundred and Fifty-two Text Figures | By | Walter Bradford Barrows, S.B., | Professor of Zoology and Physi- ology and | Curator of the General Museum | Special Bulletin | of the | Department of Zoology and Physiology | of the | Michigan Agricultural College | Published by the Michigan Agricultural College | 1912. 1 vol. 16mo (634x914), pp. I-XIV, 1-822, pll. I-LXX, figs. 1-152. Lansing. A complete descriptive catalogue of the birds of the state, with an account of the habits, distribution and migration of each species, tables for their determination and an introductory chapter with general notes and a bibliography. Barthelémy-Lapommeraye. 1859-62. See Jaubert and Barthelémy-Lapommeraye, Richesses Ornithologiques du Midi de la France. Bartlett, Edward. 1888-89. Part I[-V ] February 29, 1888 [April. 1888; January. 1889; August. 1889; Nov. 30 1889]. | A monograph | of the | weaver- birds, | Ploceide, | and | arboreal and terrestrial | finches, | Fringillide, | by | Edward Bartlett, | Curator of the Maidstone Museum. | Contents. | Textor dinemelli [etc., list of species in 2 columns.]|. | Maidstone: | published by the author. | 1888 [1889 (Pts. III-V.)]. | Printed by J. Burgiss-Brown, Week Street [Printed by Spottiswoode & Co., New-Street Square, London Pts. III-V.)}. 5 pts. (in 1 vol.) demy 4to. Pt. I, (orig. wrapper), 16 Il. (variously paged), 6 pll. (col.; variously num.). Pt. II, (orig. wrapper), 26 ll., 6 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Pt. III, (orig. wrapper), 1g ll,. 7 pll. (col.). Pt. IV, (orig. wrapper), 18 ll., 6 pll. (col.). Pt. V, 22 UL, 4 pill. (should be 5; that of Ploceus nigerrimus and P. albinucha missing) (col.). London. All published of a work which was planned to extend to between 90 and 95 parts and to embrace all the known species of Ploceidae and Fringillidae. In the frag- mentary form in which the publication remains, the pagination and plate- numbering are incomplete, being distinct for each genus. Collation might be made as follows: 42 FrELD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Cardinalis, pp. 1-13 +1, 14-20+1, pll. I-II, 1 text-fig.; Chrysomttris, pp. 1-7 + 1, pll. I-I1; Coccothraustes, pp. 1-8, pll. I-II; Euplectes, pp. 1-6, pl. 1; Malimbus, pp. 1-10, pll. I-Il; Munia, pp. 1-58, pll. I-VIII; Paroaria, pp. 1-11+1, pll. I-III; Passer, pp. 1-16, pl. 1; Phrygilus, pp. 1-11-+1, pll. I-I1; Ploceus, pp. 1-12, pll. I-II (I missing); Pyrrhula, pp. 1-3+1, 4-11, pll. I-III; Textor, pp. 1-25+1, pll. I-IV. As issued, Pt. I contained Textor dinemelli, T. Boehmi, Chrysomttris atrata, Paroaria cucullata, Pyrrhula nipalensis and Munta oryzivora (2 pll.); Pt. II, Cardinalis virginianus, Chrysomitris uropygialis, Passer domesticus, Textor panicivora (2 pil.) and T. albirostris; Pt. III, Munia fuscata, M. malacca, Car- dinalis igneus (no plate issued), Phrygtlus fruticett, Pyrrhula erithacus, Cocco- thraustes personatus, C. melanrus and Euplectes flammiceps; Pr. IV, Malimbus malimbicus, M. cristatus, Munta atricapilla, M. sumatrensis, Pyrrhula ery- throcephala, Cardinalis phoeniceus and Phrygilus alaudinus; Pt. V, Ploceus nigerrimus, P. albinucha (not mentioned on wrapper), P. castaneofuscus, Paroaria dominicana, Munia minuta, M. brunneiceps, M. formosana, M. ferruginosa, M. maja, M. pallida, M. melaena, M. forbesi and M. spectabilis. Bartlett, Edward. 1907. See Balston, Richard J., Shepherd and Bartlett, Notes on the Birds of Kent. Barton, Benjamin Smith. (Salvin, Osbert, ed.) 1883. The Willughby Society. | Barton’s Fragments | of the | I A Natural History of Pennsylvania. | [Viguetie.] | Edited by | Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., &c. | London: MDCCCLXXXIII. [Fragments | of the | natural history | of | Pennsylvania. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, M.D. | Part first. | Philadelphia: | printed, for the author, by Way & Groff, | and sold, in London, by Messrs. G. J. & J. Robinson, booksellers, | Pater-noster Row. | Price Four Shillings. ] > {Fragments | of the | natural history | of | Pennsylvania. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, M.D. | Correspondent-Member [etc., ro lines.]. | Part first. | [Quot., 4 lines.]. | Philadelphia: | printed, for the author, by Way & Groff, | No. 48, North Third-Street. | 1799.} vol. demy 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), ‘3 pr. ll. (2 tits. and ded.), pp. V-XVIII (introd.), 1-24’. ‘Philadelphia. 1799’’ London. miscellaneous assortment of ornithological observations and facts based on studies made in Pennsylvania. The introduction contains a series of essays on avian migration. This is followed by a ‘‘calendar’’ giving the dates of movement of birds of passage, the progress of vegetation and miscellaneous observations. Section III treats of the resident birds of Pennsylvania and an appendix contains various observations relating to the species mentioned in the preceding pages. Strict binomial nomenclature is used throughout, and, although thorough descriptions of the species are not given, a short characteriza- tion of certain peculiarities of some of the birds makes their recognition un- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 43 questionable. Many of the names and facts are taken from Bartram’s ‘‘Travels through North and South Carolina,” etc. of 1791. A detailed review of the work is given by Coues. The present copy is a reprint by The Willughby Society (q.v.). The editorial preface serves to introduce the volume. Barton, Frank Townend. 1912. Pheasants | In Covert and Aviary | By | Frank Townend Barton, M.R.C.V.S. | Author of | Terriers [etc., 2 lines.] | With four coloured plates from life by H. Grénvold, | and thirty-seven other illustrations | London | John Long, Limited | Norris Street, Haymarket | MCMXII. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-288, frontisp. (col.), 24 pll. (3 col.), 9 text-figs. London. A practical, non-technical manual on breeding and rearing pheasants. Baskett, James Newton. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the. Bassetiere, Gérard de la. 1913. Essai sur le Chant | de | Quelques Oiseaux | Préface de Gabriel Etoc | Illustrations d’Edouard Mérite et J. Péan de Saint- Gilles | [Destgn.] | Chez l’auteur | Huisseau-sur-Cosson (Loir- et-Cher) | 1913. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. [X-XII, 1-180, frontisp. (col.), 6 text-figs. (full-p.). Huisseau-sur-Cosson. A study of the songs of 63 species of birds, with onomatopoeic and musical nota- tions, sometimes in considerable detail. The illustrations are poor. Bates, Abraham H. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the. Bates, Frank A. 1896. The Game Birds | of North America | A Descriptive Check- List | by | Frank A. Bates | President ‘‘Boston Scientific Society”’ [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrated | Boston | Bradlee Whidden | 1896. 1 vol. 12 mo, pp. 1-118, frontisp., 18 text-cuts. Boston. A list of 124 species of North American birds ‘‘suitable for food and — — habi- tually pursued by man for sport, demanding skill and dexterity for — — cap- ture."’ Brief descriptions and comments are given, with a key to the identifica- tion of various arbitrary groups. Intended for the sportsman. Bau, Alexander. 1923. See Friderich, C. G., Naturgeschichte der Vogel Europas. Beagle, Zoology of the Voyage of. 1838-44. See Darwin, Charles. 44 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. (Frisch, Johann Leonhard.) 1789-95. Gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | Deutschlands | nach allen drey Reichen [Period added (Vols. II-IV.).] | Ein | Hand- buch. | zur deutlichern und vollstandigern | Selbstbelehrung | besonders | fiir Forstmanner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen | von | J. M. Bechstein [Period added (Vols. II-IV.)] | Erster [—Vierter] Band [Comma added (Vols. II-IV.).] | welcher die ndédthigen Vorkenntnisse und die Geschichte | der Saugethiere enthalt [welcher die Einleitung in die Geschichte der Vogel | tiberhaupt, und die Geschichte der Raubvégel, Waldvégel, | und Wasser- vogel Deutschlands enthalt (Vol. IJ.); welcher die Sumpf-und Hausvégel nebst einer | Untersuchung tiber die Frischischen Végel enthalt (Vol. JII.); welcher die Singvégel, den Vogelkalender, einige Zusatze zu | den vorhergehenden Banden und das Register uber die | drey Bande der Végel Deutschlands enthalt (Vol. IV.) ] | Mit Kupfern [Period added (Vols. II-IV.).] Leipzig 1789 | bey Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius [Leipzig, | bey Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius. | 1791 (1793; 1795). (Vols. II-IV.)]. > Gemeinntitzige | Naturgeschichte | der | Vogel Deutschlands | fur aller Leser | vorziiglich | fiir Forstmanner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen | von Johann Matthaus Bechstein, | Graflich Schaum- burg-Lippischem Bergrath [etc., 8 lines.]. | Dritter Band. | Mit Kupfern. | Leipzig, | bey Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius. | 1795. 4 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. Il. (tit., 3 ll. ded.), pp. I-XVI, 1-841-+1 (errata), 3 ll. (advt.), 16 pll. (12 col.; num. I-XIII, XIIIb, XIIIc, XIVa-XIVd). Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-840, frontisp., 18 pll. (num. IXXVI). Vol. III, pp. I-XX, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-800, frontisp., 12 pll. (num. I-XVII). Vol. IV, 1 1. (special title, quoted above), pp. I-XVIII, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-946. frontisp., 19 pll. (num. I-XXXI). Leipzig. A natural history of the birds and mammals of Germany. Full descriptions and discussions are given, and a number of new species and genera are described. Vol. I, part of Appendix II of Vol. III and part of Appendix II of Vol. IV relate to mammals; the remainder of the work is ornithological. The ornithological volumes, II-IV, are also considered as Vols. I-III of “Gemeinnttzige Naturgeschichte der Végel Deutschlands.” Vol. IV of the present set bears an additional title-page thus lettered (cited above after the general title), and a half-title lettered in accordance, ‘‘Dritter Band.”’ The half- title of the third volume of the set also reads, “Dritter Band,” referring to the general series. Supplement I of Vol. III (pp. 583-741) contains a review of the “‘Vorstellung der Vogel Deutschlands” by Johann Leonhard Frisch, 1733-63, (Cf. ed. 1817.), with the birds identified according to the nomenclature of Gmelin’s edition of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 45 Linnaeus. Supplement II (pp. 742-760) contains descriptions of species of mammals and birds not discussed in the preceding text of Vols. I-III. Supple- ment III (pp. 761-799) contains additional remarks on the birds of Vols. II and III. In Vol. IV, Supplement I (pp. 793-826) contains a calendar of birds. Supplement II (pp. 827-870) contains addenda to Vols. II-IV (I-III of the Ornithology). Supplement III (pp. 871-882) consists of a glossary of descriptive terms. Supplement IV (pp. 883-892) contains notes relative to a forestry school in which the author appears to have been interested. The last volume (pp. 893-946) contains a general index to the three volumes of birds. A second edition of this work was issued in 1801-09 (q.v.). Bechstein, Johann Matthaus. 1793-1812. See Latham, John, Johann Lathams allgemeine Ueber- sicht der Vogel. Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. 1795. Naturgeschichte | der | Stubenvégel | oder | Anleitung | zur | Kenntniss und Wartung | derjenigen Vogel, | welche man in der Stube halten kann, | von | Johann Matthaus Bechstein. | Mit Kupfern. | Gotha, | bey Carl Wilhelm Ettinger. | 1795. I vol. cap 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit. and ded.), pp. V-X, 1 1. (expl. of pll.), pp. 1-488, 1 insert (fold.; table), 4 ll. (index), pll. I-IV (col.; on 2 ll.; fold.), col. fig. on illum. tit. Gotha. A descriptive account of cage-birds, mostly European. Linnean nomenclature is usually adopted but in some cases the author uses names of his own. On p. 143 the name Emberiza Elaeathorax appears for the first time in nomenclature. Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. 1801-09. Gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | Deutschlands | nach allen drey Reichen. | Ein | Handbuch | zur deutlichern und voll- standigern | Selbstbelehrung | besonders | fir Forstmanner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen | von | J. M. Bechstein [Johann Matthaus Bechstein (Vols. III and IV.)]. | Erster [—Vierter] Band [Comma added (Vols. II and III.); Vierter Band | in zwey Abtheilungen, (Vol. IV.).] | welcher die néthigen Vorkenntnisse und die Geschichte | der Saugethiere enthalt [welcher die Einleitung in die Naturgeschichte der Vé- | gel tberhaupt, und die Geschichte der Raubvégel, | spechtartigen und krahenartigen Végel Deutsch- lands | enthalt (Vol. II.); welcher die sperlingsartigen, Sing- und schwalbenartigen Vogel, | die Tauben und hithnerartigen Vogel Deutschlands|enthalt (Vol. III.) ;welche die Sumpf- und Schwimm- Vogel nebst dem Register | tber die Vogel Deutschlands enthalten (Vol. IV.)]. | Mit 25 Kupfertafeln [Mit Kupfern (Vols. IJ-IV.)]. | Zweyte vermehrte und verbesserte Ausgabe [Auflage (Vols. 46 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. II-IV.)]. | Leipzig, [Leipzig 1809 (Vol. IV.)] | bey Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius. [No punctuation (Vol. II.); comma (Vol. III.); Bey Fr. Chr. Wilh. Vogel (Vol. IV.).] | 1801 [1805; 1807; line omitted in Vol. IV.]. . > Gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | der | Saugethiere Deutsch- lands | fur allerley Leser | vorztglich | fur Forstmanner, Jugend- lehrer und Oekonomen | von | J. M. Bechstein, | Mit Kupfern. | Zweyte vermehrte und verbesserte Ausgabe. | Leipzig, | bey Sieg- fried Lebrecht Crusius. | 1801 [zn Vol. I.). > Gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | der Végel Deutschlands [der | Végel Deutschlands (Vols. II and III= Vols. III and IV of general title.) | | far allerley Leser, | No comma (Vols. II and ITI.) | vorztiglich fiir [vorztiglich (Vols. II and IITI.)] Forstmanner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen [fir Forstmanner, etc. [Vols. II and III.)] | von | J. M. Bechstein [Johann Matthaus Bechstein (Vols. II and ITI.)}. | Erster Band [Zweyter Band (Vol. II.); Dritter und letzter Band | in zwey Abtheilungen (Vol. III.)], | welcher die Einleitung in die Naturgeschichte der V6- | gel tber- haupt, und die Beschreibung der Raub-, specht- | artigen und krahenartigen Végel Deutschlands | enthalt [welcher die sperlings- artigen, Sing- und schwalbenartigen Vogel, | die Tauben und hthnerartigen Vogel Deutschlands | enthalt (Vol. IT.); welche die Sumpf- und Schwimm-V6gel Deutschlands nebst | dem Register enthalten (Vol. III.)]. | Mit Kupfern. | Zweyte vermehrte und verbesserte Ausgabe [Auflage (Vols. II and III.)]. | Leipzig, [Leipzig 1809. (Vol. III.)] | bey Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius. [Comma (Vol. II.); Bey Fr. Chr. Wilh. Vogel. (Vol. III.)] | 1805. [1807. (Vol. II.); line omitted (Vol. ITI.).]. 4 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, 1 1. (special tit.), pp. I-X XX, 1-1355-+1, frontisp., pll. I-X XIV (col.; by Capieux). Vol. II, 11. (special tit.), pp. I-X XXIV, 1-1346, 2 ll. (errata), frontisp., 23 pll. (16 col., by Capieux and Haussen; 1 fold.; num. I-VI, VIIa, VIIb, VIII- XXXI). Vol. III, pp. I-XXX (incl. special tit.), 1-1486, frontisp., 33 pll. (col.; num. I-IV, Va, Va (bis), Vb, VI-XLV). Vol. IV, pp. I-XXXII (incl. special tit.), 1-1282, 1 1. (errata), frontisp., 32 pll. (col.; num. I-XXXVII). Leipzig. A revised and enlarged edition of the author’s previous work of the same title, 1789-95 (q.v.). A special title is given to the first volume, which deals entirely with mammals, and one to the last three volumes, which deal with birds and which are given also a new series of volume-numbers. The special titles are quoted above; Vol. I of the ornithological series is Vol. II of the original work etc. Vol. IV (of the original) is in two parts, the second of which begins on p. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 47 529. Vol. IV, Supplement I (pp. 1163-1210) contains an ornithological calendar (revised from that of the first edition). Supplement IT (pp. 1211-1220) contains material extracted from Lacépéde and from Bertuch’s ‘‘Tafeln der allgemeinen Naturgeschichte.’’ A general index to the three volumes of birds is in Vol. IV, pp. 1221-1282. A supplement was begun by J. P. A. Leisler under the title of “Nachtrage zu Bechsteins Naturgeschichte Deutschlands,”’ in 1812 (q.v.). Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. 1802-03. Ornithologisches | Taschenbuch | von und fir | Deutsch- land | order | kurze Beschreibung | aller Vogel Deutschlands | fir | Liebhaber dieses Theils der Naturgeschichte | von | Johan Matt- haus Bechstein. | Erster [Zweyter] Theil. | Mit 19 [20] illuminirten Kupfern. | Leipzig, | bey Carl Friedrich Enoch Richter. | 1802 [1803 ]. 2 vols. 12mo. Vol. I, 1 1. (notice), pp. I-XIV, 1-250, 19 pll. (col.). Vol. II, 2 ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. XV-XXXIV+1, 251-550, 462a and 462b, 20 pll. (col.). Leipzig. A condensed handbook of the birds of Germany, with brief descriptions, biblio- graphic references, vernacular names, accounts of distribution, nidification, etc., arranged by paragraphs. Several new species are described but are desig- nated simply ‘‘mihi’’ as are the other species previously described elsewhere by Bechstein, making it necessary to check all such references to determine their novelty. Pages 463-484 of Vol. II contains a calendar in which are listed the birds which may be seen during each month, according to their status as migrants, residents, etc. Engelmann notes a third volume under date of 1812, issued also separately under the title, ‘‘Gattungskennzeichen der Végel.’’ This I have not seen, but Bechstein, on a preliminary leaf of Vol. I of the present work, says that Vol. II will contain ‘‘Zwey grossen Platten die Kennzeichen der Gattungen.” These are not in Vol. II and perhaps may form the basis of the third volume issued much later. A second edition of the present work appeared in 1811-12. Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. 1811-12. See Latham, John, Kurze Uebersicht aller bekannten Vogel. Bechstein, Johann Matthaéus. (Lehmann, Dr.) 1840. Naturgeschichte | der | Stubenvégel | oder | Anleitung | zur Kenntniss, Wartung, Zahnung, Fortpflanzung und | zum Fang derjenigen in- und auslandischen Végel, | welche man in der Stube halten kann, | von | Dr. J. M. Bechstein. | Mit 6 sorgfaltig illum- inirten Kupfertafeln, enthaltend 50 naturgetreue Ab- | bildungen der beliebtesten Stubenvégel, und 1 | schwarzen Kupfertafel zur | Versinnlichung des Vogelfanges. | Vierte vermehrte und verbes- serte Auflage. | Halle, 1840. | Verlag von Ed. Heynemann. 48 Fretp Museum or NaTurRAL History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXII, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-480, pll. I-VII (6 col.). Halle. A fourth, revised edition of the author’s work of the same title, the original edition of which was published in 1795 (q.v.). The present edition was edited and published, after the author’s death, by Dr. Lehmann. The preface is dated April, 1840. Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. (Adams, Henry Gardiner; Sweet, Robert. ) 1853. Cage | and | Chamber-birds | their natural history, habits, | food, diseases, management, and modes of capture. | Translated from the German by | J. M. Bechstein, M.D. | with considerable additions on | structure, migration, and economy, |compiled from various sources by H. G. Adams. | Incorporating the whole of | Sweet’s British Warblers; | with numerous illustrations. | London: | H. G. Bohn, | York Street Covent Garden. | MDCCCLIII. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-500, 31 pll. (9 col., not original), 15 woodcuts in text. London. A translation of this classic, Bechstein’s ‘“Naturgeschichte der Stubenvégel,”’ 1795 et seq. (q.v.), enlarged as noted in the title. A few of the plates are very crudely colored by hand, apparently by some former owner of the volume and not by the publishers, although a colored edition was issued the same year. Sweet’s “British Warblers’’ incorporated in this edition, was originally published in 1823-29 (q.v.). Bechstein, Johann Matthdus. (Adams, Henry Gardiner; Sweet, Robert.) 1900. Cage | and | chamber-birds | their natural history, habits, food, | diseases, management, and modes of capture | translated from the German of | J. M. Bechstein, M.D. | with considerable additions on | structure, migration, and economy | compiled from various sources by H. G. Adams | incorporating the whole of | Sweet’s British warblers | with numerous illustrations | London. | George Bell & Sons. | 1900. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-500, 1-32 (advt.), 31 pll. (30 col.), 15 woodcuts. London. Reprinted from the stereo plates of the earlier edition of 1853 (q.v.) with some alterations in the title but no changes in the text. Beddard, Frank Evers. 1898. The | structure and classification | of | birds | by | Frank E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S. | Prosector and Vice-secretary of the Zoological Society of London | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | New York and Bombay | 1898 | All rights reserved. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 49 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1-548, 1-40 (advt.), text-figs. 1-252. London. A thorough dissertation on the subject. Beebe, Charles William. [Beebe, Mary Blair (=Mrs. C. W.).] 1905. Two bird-lovers in | Mexico | by | C. William Beebe | Curator of Ornithology [etc., 3 lines.] | Illustrated with photo- graphs | from life taken by the author | [Vzgnette.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1905. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-407+1, 1 1. (imprint), 3 Il. (advt.), frontisp., 13 pll. (on num. pp.), 92 text-figs. Boston and New York. Field studies of Mexican bird-life. Chapter XV, by Mrs. Beebe, gives an account of equipment, etc., used on the journey described in the book. An appendix gives a list of the birds and mammals cbserved. ‘Beebe, Charles William. 1906. American Nature Series | Group II. The Functions of Na- ture | the bird | its form and function | by | C. William Beebe | Curator of Ornithology [eic., 4 lines.] | with over three hundred and seventy illustrations | chiefly photographed from life | by the author | New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1906. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XI, 1-496, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp. (col., by Walter King Stone), text-figs. 1-371 (33 full page). New York. “An untechnical study of the bird in the abstract,’’ of the morphological and physiological characteristics of birds in general with reference to their life and adaptations. Beebe, Charles William. 1910. See Beebe, Mary Blair, and Beebe, C. William, Our Search for a Wilderness. Beebe, Charles William. 1918-22. A monograph of the | pheasants | by | William Beebe | Curator of Birds [etc., 6 lines.]. | In four volumes | Volume I [-IV] | Published under the auspices of the | New York Zoological Society by | Witherby & Co. [H. F. & G. Witherby (Vols. II-IV.) ] | 326 High Holborn, London, England | 1918 [1921; 1922; 1922]. 4 vols. imperial 4to. (12 x 16).Vol.I, pp. I- XLIX, 1-198, pll. I- XIV and XVI-XX (=19, col.), 1-15-+1a (photograv.), maps. I-V (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-XV, 1-269, pll. XXI-XLIV (col.), 16-39 (photograv.), maps VI-X (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-XVI, 1-204, pll. XLV-LXVIII (col.), 40-60 (photograv.), maps XI-XIV (col.). ~ ' 50 } FretD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Vol. IV, pp. I-XV, 1-242, pll. LXIX-XC+XV (col.), 61-87 (pho- tograv.), maps XV-XX (col.). (Col. pll. by L. A. Fuertes, H. Grénvold, H. Jones, Chas. R. Knight, G. E. Lodge, E. Megargee and A. Thorburn.) London. An elaborate, sumptuous work describing in detail, so far as known, the appear- ance and habits of all the species of pheasants. Special expeditions were made by the author to secure the materials on which much of this work is based. The illustrations, including portraits of birds and photographs of habitat and scenery in the ranges of the various species, add much to the beauty and value of the volumes. Beebe, Mary Blair. 1905. See Beebe, C. William, Two Bird-lovers in Mexico. Beebe, Mary Blair, and Beebe, Charles William. 1910. Our search for a | wilderness | An account of two ornitho- logical expeditions | to Venezuela and to British Guiana | by | Mary Blair, Beebe | and | C. William Beebe | Curator of Orni- thology [etc., 5 lines.] | illustrated with photographs from life | taken by the authors | [Design.] | New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1910. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-408, 1-4 (advt.), frontisp. (on num. p.), text-figs. 1-160. New York. A narrative account of two observation-expeditions in northern South America. Many of the notes relate to birds, and Appendices A and B contain, respec- tively, a classified list of birds observed and local vernacular names of some of the species. Beechey, Frederick William. 1831. Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and | Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate with | the polar expeditions: | performed in | His Majesty’s ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S., F.R.A.S., and F.R.G:S. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | In two parts. | Part I [IT]. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | MDCCCXXXI. 2 vols. foliopost 4to. Part I, pp. III-XX, 1 1., pp. 1-392, 14 pll., 3 (2) maps (1 missing = North-West Coast of America). Part II, pp. III-VII+1, 393-742, 1 1. (advt.), 9 pll. London. Some notes are given on the birds and other animals of the various countries touched by the expedition. The full zoological report was published in 1839 in a separate volume entitled, ‘‘The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage’”’ (q.v.). The present volumes contain the bookplate of Frederick DuCane Godman. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 51 Beechey, Frederick William. (Vigors, Nicholas Aylward.) 1839. The | zoology | of | Captain Beechey’s voyage; | compiled from the | collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, | the officers and naturalist of the expedition, | during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed in | His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N., F.R.S., &c. &c. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28, | by | J. Richard- son, M.D., F.R.S., &c.; N. A. Vigors, Esq., A.M., F.R.S., &c.; G. T. Lay, Esq.; | E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., &c.; Richard Owen, Esg.; | John E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., &c.; the Rev. W. Buckland, D.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., | &c., and G. B. Sowerby, Esq. | Illustrated with upwards of | fifty finely coloured plates by Sowerby. | Published under the authority of the Lords Commis- sioners of the Admiralty. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, 4 York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXXXIX. vol. medium 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-12, 9*13*+1, 13-180, pll. I-XLIV (44 col.), 1-3 (maps; 3 col.). London. This comprehensive report contains sections relating to the various branches of zoology and one section relating to geology. The ornithological portion was written by N. A. Vigors and occupies pages 13-40 and plates III-XIV. Various new species are described. Ll Beetham, Bentley. 1910. The home-life | of the | spoonbill | the stork and some herons | photographed and described | by | Bentley Beetham, F.Z.S. | With thirty-two mounted plates | London | Witherby & Co. 326 High Holborn W.C. | MCMX. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-47, 11. (subtit.), pll. 1-32 (mounted on 16 ll.). London. Essays on the Spoonbill, White Stork, Common Heron and Purple Heron of Great Britain, recounting the author’s observations while securing the photo- graphs which illustrate the volume. Behn, Friedrich Daniel. 1760. See Klein, Jacob Theodor, Vorbereitung zu einer vollstandi- gen Vogelhistorie. Beilby, Ralph. 1797. See Bewick, Thomas, and Beilby, History of British Birds, 1797-1804. Bekker, C. W. 1800-1811. See Borckhausen, Moritz B.; Lichthammer; Bekker; Lembcke and Bekker Jr., Teutsche Ornithologie. 52 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Bekker Jr. 1800-1811. See Borckhausen, Moritz B.; Lichthammer; Bekker; Lembcke and Bekker Jr.; Teutsche Ornithologie. Belding, Lyman. 1890. Land birds | of the | Pacific District | by | Lyman Belding. | San Francisco: | California Academy of Sciences, | September, 1890. < Occasional Papers | of the | California | Academy of Sciences. | II. | San Francisco, | 1890. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr, Il. (tits.), pp. 1-274. San Francisco. September 1890. ‘This report, aims, mainly, to show the arrivals and departures of migrating species, as well as to give a catalogue of all the species known to occur in the district’? which embraces California, Oregon, Washington and Nevada. The account discusses 295 species. It was prepared originally as a report submitted to the U. S. Department of Agriculture and consists of the author’s own observa- tions and those of other workers, each of whom is credited with his respective contributions under each species. The work forms a summary of the knowledge existing in 1890 of the occurrence and distribution of the land birds of the region. Belding, Lyman. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Belon, Pierre. 1555. L’histoire de la natvre des | oyseavx, avec levrs | descrip- tions, & naifs portraicts | retirez dv natvrel: | escrite en sept livres, | Par Pierre Belon du Mans | Av Roy. | [Vignette.] | A Paris, | On les vend en le grand salle du Palais, en la boutique de | Gilles Corrozet, pres la chambre des consultations. | 1555. | Auec priuilege du Roy. 1 vol. 4to (pt. 6mo.?; 814 x 13), 14 pr. ll., pp. 1-381-+1 (149 wrongly num. I51; 230 wr. num. 236; 334 wr. num. 336), 139 woodcuts (illustrs.) and numerous decorations. Paris. One of the earliest works dealing entirely with birds. The subject is discussed from a variety of aspects. Book 1 (pp. 1-80 )is of a general nature and, among other things, presents a comparison between the skeletons of birds and men,— probably (according to Newton’s ‘‘Dictionary of Birds’’) the first published account of this subject. Book 2 (pp. 81-148) discusses ‘‘la natvre des oyseavx vivants de rapine’’; 3, ‘‘des oyseavx vivants le long des rivieres, ayants le pied plat”; 4, idem ‘‘qvi n’ont le pied plat’’; 5, ‘‘des oyseavx de campagne, qvi sont leurs nids sur terre’; 6, ‘‘des oyseavx qui habitent indifferement’’; and 7, ‘‘des oysillons, qvi hantent les hayes, buschettes, & buissons.”’ The fly-leaf of the present copy contains a manuscript bibliography of Belon (listing 6 titles) and a brief biographical note. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 53 Bendire, Charles Emil. 1892-95. Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Mu- seum. | Special Bulletin No. 1 [Special Bulletin]. | Life histories | of | North American birds [birds, | from the parrots to the grack- les,] | with special reference to | their breeding habits and eggs, | with [Line omitted.| | twelve lithographic plates. [Line omitted.] | By | Charles Bendire, Captain, U.S. Army (Retired), [Captain and Brevet Major, U.S.A. (Retired).] Honorary Curator [etc., 2 lines.]. [ | With | seven lithographic plates.] | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1892 [1895]. 2 vols. 8vo (size of royal 4to). Special Bull. 1, pp. I-VIII, 1-446, pll. I-XII (col.; eggs). Special Bull. (3), pp. I-IX-+1, 1-518, 7 Il. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-VII (col.; eggs). Washington. All published of Bendire’s monumental work, recently continued by A. C. Bent (q.v.). Detailed accounts of habits and nidification of the species, based on personal familiarity with them in the field as well as on notes and contributions supplied by correspondents and from other sources, rendered the work the most authoritative account of its subject to date. The second volume, although not so indicated on the title-page, is Special Bulletin No. 3 of the U. S. National Museum; both volumes were published separately in the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vols. 28 and 32, respectively, at the same dates as given above. Bendire, Charles Emil. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Bendire, Charles Emil. 1904. See Weed, Clarence Moores, Bird Life Stories, Book I. Bennett, Edward Turner. 1831. The | gardens and menagerie | of the | Zoological Society | delineated. | Published, with the sanction of the Council, | under the superintendence of the | Secretary and Vice-secretary of the Society. | Vol. I. [Line omitted (Vol. II.).] | Quadrupeds [Birds]. | [Vignette.] | Chiswick: | Printed by Charles Whittingham. | Published by John Sharpe, Piccadilly, London. | M DCCC XXXI. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-308, 64 text-figs., 35 decorations, incl. tit.-vignette. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-328, 71 text-figs., 52 decorations, incl. tit.-vignette. Chiswick. Accounts of the appearance and habits of various mammals and birds preserved in the menagerie of the Zoological Society, written without technicalities and confined to authenticated facts or statements which are substantiated by known anatomical peculiarities, to the exclusion of the marvellous. Vol. I is devoted to mammals; Vol. II to birds with at least one new name, Crax yarrellit. 54 FreLpD Museum or Natural History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Benoit, Luigi. 1840. Ornitologia Siciliana | 0 sia | catalogo ragionato | degli uccelli che si trovana in Sicilia | di | Luigi Benoit, | Socio corri- spondente dell’Academia Giojenia | di scienze naturali di Catania. | Messina, | stamperia di Giuseppi Fiumara | 1840. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-231. Messina. A descriptive catalogue of Sicilian birds. Bent, Arthur Cleveland. 1919. Smithsonian Institution | United States National Museum | Bulletin 107 | Life histories of North American | diving birds | Order Pygopodes | By | Arthur Cleveland Bent | Of Taunton Massachusetts | [Seal.] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1919. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-245, pll. 1-55 (12 col.; 13 of eggs). Washington. Begun as a continuation of Charles E. Bendire’s uncompleted ‘‘Life Histories of North American Birds” (q.v.), but elaborated in scope and detail. Up to date, four parts have been issued, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bulls. 107, 113, 121 and 126 (q.v.), of which this is the first. The present volume embraces the Families Colymbi- dae, Gaviidae and Alcidae and contains an enormous amount of detailed infor- mation relative to the life-histories and habits of the birds in question. The illustrations consist of photographs of nests, nesting sites and birds, and of figures of the eggs of certain species, all but one in natural colors. The work is rendered more valuable by data contributed by a large corps of voluntary assistants in every part of the country. Bent, Arthur Cleveland. 1921. Smithsonian Institution | U.S. National Museum | Bulletin 113 | Life histories of North American | gulls and terns | Order Longipennes | By | Arthur Cleveland Bent | Of Taunton Massa- chusetts | [Seal.] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1921. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-345, pll. 1-93 (17 col.; of eggs). Washington, A continuation of U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 107, (q.v.), prepared in the same manner but devoted to the Families Stercoraridae, Laridae and Rynchopidae. Bent, Arthur Cleveland. 1923. Smithsonian Institution | United States National Museum | Bulletin 126 | Life histories of North American | wild fowl | Order Anseres (Part) | By | Arthur Cleveland Bent | Of Taunton, Massachusetts | [Seal.] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1923. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 55 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 1-250, pll. 1-46 (on 24 ll.). Washington. A continuation, forming the fourth of the series, of the author’s work on the life histories of North American birds (Cf. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 107). The present volume discusses the Family Anatidae as far as the Genus Perissonetta. No figures of eggs are published in this number. Beresford, William? 1789. See Dixon, George, A Voyage Round the World; but more particularly to the North-west Coast of America. Berg, Bengt. 1921. Bengt Berg | Swedish wild birds | first series | [Monogram.] | Published by | Ahlén & Akerlunds Forlags A.-B., | Stockholm. 1 vol. illum. cover, pp. 1-63-+1, 25 pll. (on pp. 5-54), 1 tailpiece. Stockholm. A series of photographs of bird-life with captions in Swedish and English, and with a few pages of descriptive text in English only. Designed for children. Bergtold, W. H. 1917. A Study | of the | Incubation Periods | of | Birds | What determines their | lengths? | By | W. H. Bergtold, M.D., M.Sc. | Member of the American Ornithologists’ Union | The Kendrick- Bellamy Co. | Denver, Colorado | 1917. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-109, 1 insert-slip (errata). Denver. A very interesting and detailed study of the factors governing the length of the incubation period in different species of birds. Reviewed in the Auk, 34, pp. 488-489, Oct. 1917. Berry, W. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Berthelot, Sabin. 1841. See Webb, Philip Barker, and Berthelot, [Histoire Naturelle des Iles Canaries] Ornithologie Canarienne. Beseke, Johann Melchior Gottlieb. 1821. Beytrag | zur | Naturgeschichte | der | Végel Kurlands | mit gemalten Kupfern. | Nebst | einem Anhange | tber die | Augenkapseln der Vogel. | von | Joh. Melchior Gottlieb Beseke. | Neue Auflage | [Erasure.]. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. 1-12 (tit. and pref.), 1-92, 8 pll. (6 col.; num. 1-9). Berlin. A second ‘‘edition”’ of the original work published at Mitau in 1792. The original Mitau imprint is on p. 92 and the present “edition” appears to be nothing but 56 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. the original supplied with a new title-page. The imprint has been erased from the bottom of the title-page and ‘‘1792 | Mitau’’ written in its stead, but the words ‘‘Neue Auflage’’ proclaim the edition to be the second and not the original. The work is a descriptive catalogue of the birds of Kurland, with descriptions of a number of new species, and a short essay (with two plates) on the avian eyeball. Bettoni, Eugenio. (Sordelli, Ferdinando.) 1865-71. Storia naturale | degli | uccelli che nidificano in Lom- bardia | ad illustrazione della raccolta ornithologica dei fratelli | Ercole ed Ernesto Turati | scritta da Eugenio Bettoni | studente in medicina e chirurgia [Dottore in Scienze Naturali (Vol. IT.)] | con tavole litografate e colorate prese dal vero | da | O. Dressler | membro corrispondente della Societa dei Naturalisti | nella Lusa- zia | Vol. I [II] | Milano | coi tipi del Pio Instituto del Patronato | 1865 [1868]. 2 vols. in 3, superroyal folio and double elephant folio. Vol I, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. 1-16 (introd.), 68 1l.’, illum. tit., pll. 2, 4, 6, 7, 9-14, 17, 19-26 (23 wrongly num. 25), 28, 29, 31-33, 35-37, 41-43, 45-47, 49-52, 54-56, 58, 62, 63, 66, 68, 70-73, 76, 77, 79, 88, 90, 95, 97, 100, IOI, 105-107, 109, 110, 25a and 31a (col.). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il. (half-t. and tit., 66 11.’, pll. 1, 3, 5, 8, 15, 16, 18, 27, 30, 34, 38-40, 44, 48, 53, 57, 59-61, 64, 65, 67, 69, 74, 75, 78, 80-87, 89, 91-94, 96, 98, 99, 102-104, 108, 1a and I-VII (col.; I-VII of eggs). Mulan. The above collation of pages and plates is according to the arrangement proposed in the indices of the two volumes. The present copy, however, is bound in a different and rather curious manner. The text occupies one volume as follows. 3 pr. ll. of Vol. I, pp. 1-16 (introd.), 20 Il. (general description of the families belonging in Vol. I, arranged according to their serial number, and index to Vol. I), 2 pr. ll. of Vol. II, 33 ll. (families belonging in Vol. II, and index to Vol. II), 134 Il. (descrs. of species, arranged according to the numbering on the plates, including the two extra ll. for pll. 62 and 87). The plates are bound in two volumes. The double-sized plates, 31, 36, 39, 42, 55, 56, 74, 76, 85, 86, 101-103 and 107 are included in one volume (double elephant folio) without title. The remainder are arranged according to serial number and prefaced by the illuminated title which is properly the frontispiece to Vol. I of the text and plates combined. The work was planned to be issued in parts of 1 or 2 pll. and 8 or 4 sheets of text each, according to a note in the Journ. fiir Orn., 1866 (pp. 43-46),a scheme which seems to have been carried out. The Journal reviews Pts. I-III with pll. 1-6, under date of Jan. 17, 1866. In the same periodical for 1867 (pp. 278-81, under 1There are two different texts for pl. 62, both describing the same species but differing slightly from each other. One is headed ‘Palienura sulphurea’ and the other ‘Budytes flava’, Pl. 62 is lettered ‘Budytes flava’ but there is a printed slip pasted on one side of the plate which bears the other name. Likewise (in Vol. II) there are two issues of text for Pl. 87, differing somewhat from each other. One is headed ‘Lanius excubitur’ and the other ‘Lanius excubitor’, while the corresponding plate carries the letter name only, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 57 date of July, 1867) Pts. I-XV are reviewed with pll. 1-13, 15-24, and I-IT. The Zool. Record for 1868 reviews Pts. XVI-XXVI (of Vol. I) and I-IX (of Vol. II) with pll. 25-37, 39-53, 55, 56 and III, under dates of 1867-68; under date of 1869, the same publication reviews Pts. X-XXIII (Vol. II) with pll. 54, 57-72, 74, 76 and IV. The Ibis for 1871 cites, under date of 1870, Pt. XXIV with pll. 78 and 79; XXV, 80 and 81; XXVI, 82 and 83; XXVII, 84 and V; XXVIII, 85; XXIX, 86; XXX, 87 and 88; XXXI, 89 and 90; XXXII, o1; XXXIII, 92 and 93; XXXIV, 94 and 95; XXKV, 96 and 97; XXXVI, 98 and VI; XXXVI, 100 and 104. The Zoological Record for 1871 cites pll. 99, 106, 108, 110 and VII, and says that the work is ‘‘finished by the publication of its forty-sixth part.” Taschenburg says that the book appeared in 53 fasciculi, but this figure is less than the number accounted for by other sources of information. The text appears to have been issued for each volume in some sort of order since the fasciculi are numbered separately for Vols. I and II. However, the plates, with a few omissions, appeared in numerical sequence, which is not the order of arrangement in the volumes. Apparently the text and plates in each fascicu- lus did not correspond or else the citation of fasciculi as quoted above for Vol. I and Vol. II is misleading. On the obverse of the first page of text to Phasianus colchicus (P1. 57) is a dis- cussion of the ‘‘Fagiana acclimati in Lombardia” by F. Sordelli. Beverly, Charles James. 1819. See Ross, John, A Voyage of Discovery. Bewick, Thomas; and Beilby, Ralph. 1797-1804. History | of | British birds. | The figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | history and description of land [water] birds. | [Vzgnette.] | Newcastle: | printed by Sol. Hodgson, for Beilby & Bewick: sold by them, [printed by Edward Walker, for T. Bewick: sold by him, and] and G. G. & J. Robinson, London [Longman and Rees, London]. | [Price 13s. (15s) in Boards.] | 1797 [1804]. 2 vols. cap 4to (size of post 8vo). Vol. I, pp. I-XXX, 1-335+1, 206 woodcuts (119 ornithological). Vol. II, pp. I-XX, 1-400, 240 woodcuts (114 ornithological). Newcastle. The rare first edition, including the first issue of Vol. I. A second edition of Vol. I is said by Newton (Dict. of Birds, introd. p. 20, footn. 1, 1893) to have been published probably the following year although it bears the same date, 1797, on the title-page. According to Newton (l.c.), the second issue is dis- tinguished by having an inscription ‘‘Wycliffe, 1791’’ at the foot of the figure of the Sea Eagle on p. 11 and a misprint on p. 145 of Sahexniclus for Scheniclus. Mullens and Swann add the following distinguishing features of the first issue: p. 335, third (instead of fourth) edition of Bewick’s Quadrupeds announced; figure of the magpie has a stump with two branches in the foreground. The text of Vol. I was written by Beilby; Vol. II is wholly the work of Bewick. The work is usually cited as ‘‘Bewick’s British Birds” in spite of the dula 58 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. authorship. The woodcuts are all the work of Bewick. The 233 cuts listed as ornithological, include the specific bird portraits and the representations of feathers and heads. Many of the smaller cuts also contain figures of birds but these are mostly incidental and not of especial importance. It is for the wood- cuts that the work is mostly valued; the text is largely a compilation of the works of Pennant, Albin, Belon, and Willughby and Ray. The volumes passed through eight editions of which the last two, in 1832 and 1847, were issued after the death of Bewick (1828). A supplement to this work was issued by Bewick in 1821 (q.v.) Bewick, Thomas. 1821. A | supplement | to the | history | of | British birds. | The figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. | Part. I [II]. | Containing the | history and description of land [water] birds. | [Vgnette.] | Newcastle: | printed by Edward Walker, Pilgrim Street, | for T. Bewick: sold by him, and E. Charnley, Newcastle; | and Longman and Co., London. | 1821. 1 vol. demy 4to. Part I, pp. 1-50, 1 1., 43 woodcuts (21 ornithologi- cal). Part II, pp. 1-49+1, 40 woodcuts (21 ornithological). London. The first edition of the supplements to Bewick. Only 42 of the 83 wood-cuts are definitely illustrative of the subject matter. Bexon, l’abbé. 1783-86. See Buffon, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. 1770-86. Bickerton, William. 1912. The home-life | of the | terns | or | sea swallows | photo- graphed and described | by | W. Bickerton, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Vice-President of the Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club. | With thirty-two mounted plates | London | Witherby & Co. 326 High Holborn W.C. | MCMXII. 1 vol. 8vo (74x10), pp. 1-88, 1 1. (subtit. to pll.), pll. 1-32 (mounted on 16 ll.). London. Observations on the nesting habits of the five species of terns breeding in Great Britain. Illustrated by photographs. The book is a companion volume to “The Home-life of the Spoonbill’, 1910, by Bentley Beetham (q.v.). Birchley, Sumner W. 1919. British birds | for | Cages, Aviaries, and | Exhibition | by | Sumner W. Birchley, | N.B.B. & M.C., L.P.O.S., &c., &c. | Vol. I [II]. | London | Sherratt & Hughes | Manchester: 34° Cross Street | 1909. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. IX-XIV, 1 1. (subtit. of introd.), pp. 1-302, frontisp., 44 text-figs. (birds). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. VII-VIII, 1-234, 15 ll. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 59 (figs.), 1 1.+pp. 1-38 (advt.), frontisp., 26 text-figs. (birds), 2 text-figs. (aviaries), figs. 1-23 (cages and accessories). London. An account, for aviculturists, of the British birds useful for caging, and of the methods of catching and rearing them. Bird, M. C. H. 1903. See Dutt, William Alfred, The Norfolk Broads. Bishop, Louis Bennett. 1903. See Sanford, L. C., Bishop and Van Dyke, The Water-fowl Family. Bishop, Louis Bennett. 1913. See Sage, Bishop and Bliss, State of Connecticut, Public Document No. 47, The Birds of Connecticut. Blaauw, Frans Ernst. 1897. A | monograph | of | the Cranes | by | F. E. Blaauw, | Corresponding Member [etc., 2 lines.] | Illustrated by 22 Coloured Plates (the greater number drawn under the immediate superin- tendence of | the late Dr. G. F. Westerman) by Heinrich Leute- mann and J. G. Keulemans. | Leiden and London: | E. J. Brill, R. H. Porter, | (Oude Rijn, 33a). (18, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W.). | 1897. 1 vol. superroyal folio, pp. I-VIII, 1-64, 2 1l., pll. I-X VIII, VIIa, Xa, XJa, XVa, (=22; col.), 12 line cuts and 1 half-tone. Leyden and London. An account of the family of Cranes, with full synonymies, descriptions of various plumages, and a discussion of habits and distribution. Only 170 copies were printed of which the present one is No. 94. ‘ Black, Hortensia. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Blackburn, Mrs. Hugh. 1862. Birds | Drawn from Nature | By Mrs. Hugh Blackburn. | [Illustr.=pl. X XIII.] | Edmonston & Douglas, | Edinburgh, 1862. 1 vol. demy folio, lith. tit., pp. 1-6, 22 pll. Edinburgh. A series of plates, drawn from living or freshly killed specimens, of various species of birds of Scotland. The text consists of a preface, index and more or less brief description of the subjects figured. The authoress explains that a number 60 Fie_p Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. of projected plates were destroyed, thus decreasing the intended size of the work. A second edition in 1868 contained 23 additional plates, probably (at least partly) those omitted from the original. The plates were afterwards in- cluded in the series published in 1895 as “Birds from Moidart and Elsewhere”’ (q.v.). Blackburn, Mrs. Hugh. 1895. Birds from Moidart | and elsewhere | Drawn | from Nature | By JB. | Mrs. Hugh Blackburn. | [Vzgnette.] | Edinburgh, | David Douglas, | MDCCCXCV. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-t., illustr. tit., and ded.), pp. V-VIII, 1-191, frontisp., 87 pll. (num. in text). Edinburgh. Uncolored lithographs of birds, mostly from Moidart, Inverness-shire, Scotland, accompanied by notes and anecdotes of the various species. Some of the plates were published originally in the author’s folio ‘Birds Drawn from Nature,” 1862 (q.v.). Blainville, Henri Marie Ducroytay de. 1841. See Vaillant, Voyage autour du Monde sur La Bonite, 1841-52. Blanchére, H. de la. 1876. Les | oiseaux gibier | chasse—moers—acclimatation | par | H. de la Blanchére | avec quarante-cing chromotypographies | et de nombreuses vignettes | [Vignette.] | Paris | J. Rothschild, éditeur | 13, rue des Saint-Péres, 13 | M DCCC LXXVI. 1 vol. imperial 4to, 2 pr. ll. (half-t. and tit.), pp. 1-140, pll. 1-45 (col.), 15 text-figs., numerous ornamental figs. Paris. A popular account of the game-birds of France, illustrated by colored plates of many of the species, and line-cuts of others. Bland, Michael. 1838-43. See Jardine, William, The Natural History of the Birds of Great Britain and Ireland, 1838-43. 1844-64? Idem. Blanford, William Thomas. 1870. Observations| on the | geology and zoology | of | Abyssinia, | made during the progress of the British | expedition to that country in 1867-68. | By | W. T. Blanford, | Associate of the Royal School of Mines; [etc., 3 lines.] | late Geologist to the Abys- sinian expedition. | With illustrations and geological map. | London: | Macmillan and Co. | 1870. vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-487, pll. (geol.) I-IV, (Zool.) I-VIII (8 col.) 1 pl. (col.), 1 map (col.), 9 text-cuts. London. = 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 61 A general work of which the introductory matter, pp. 1-39, 205-221, 285-443, and 479-487 and pll. (Zool.) II-VII are of ornithological interest. The book contains the bookplate of Henry Baker Tristram. Blanford, William Thomas. 1895-98. See Oates and Blanford, The Fauna of British India— Birds. 1889-98. Blasius, Johann Heinrich. 1860. See Naumann, Johann Friedrich, Johann Andreas Naumann’s mehrerer gelehrten Gesellschaften Mitgliede, Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deutschlands. 1822-60. Blasius, Johann Heinrich. 1862. Alist | of the | birds of Europe: | by | Professor J. H. Blasius. | Reprinted from the German, | with the author’s corrections. | Norwich: Matchett and Stevenson. London: Tritbner and Co., | 60, Paternoster Row. | 1862. | [The right of publication is re- served. ]. 1 vol. 4to (size of post 8vo), pp. 1-24. Norwich and London. A systematic list of European birds with their distribution briefly indicated, and with occasional British references added by the editor. Four new generic names are used, Lithofalco, Schoenicola, Parnopia and Hylaespiza. The paper purports to be an English translation of a corrected copy of a list privately printed in Germany by Blasius in 1861, supplied with the corrections by Blasius who is, therefore, the author of the work. The German original seems not to have been actually published; the present reprint is rare. The copy at hand is from the library of W. H. Mullens, originally from that of Edward Newman whose autograph appears on the cover. Blasius, Rudolf. 1891. See Jackel, Andreas Johannes, Systematische Ubersicht der Vogel Bayerns. Blasius, Wilhelm. 1893. Museum Homeyerianum. | Verzeichniss | der | ornitholo- gischen Sammlungen | E. F. von Homeyer’s. | Ausgestopfte Vogel, Balge, Eier und Nester. | Braunschweig. | Druck von Albert Limbach. | 1893. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-35. Braunschweig. 1893 (circa June). A catalogue of the Homeyer collection of 1785 stuffed birds, 5012 birdskins, 4950 eggs and 160 nests, representing 1086 species. Reference is given to Gray’s ‘‘Hand-List’’. Bliss, Walter Parks. 1913. See Sage, Bishop and Bliss, The Birds of Connecticut. 62 FIELD Museum or Natura History—Zoowocy, Vou. XVI. Blossom, Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering’s Strait—in His Majesty’s Ship—. 1831. See Beechey, Frederick W. Blossom, The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage—in His Majesty’s Ship—. 1839. See Beechey, Frederick W. Blumenbach, Johann Friedrich. 1796-1810. Abbildungen | naturhistorischer Gegenstinde | heraus- gegeben | von | Joh. Fried. Blumenbach. | Nro 1-100. | Géttingen | bey Heinrich Dieterich. | 1810. > [Idem, 5 lines.] | Ites [-rotes] Heft [Period added (Pts. 2-9.). | Nro 1-10 [11-20; 21-30; 31-40; 41-50; 51-60; 61-70; 71-80; 81-90; gt-100]. ;| Géttingen | bey Johann Christian [Heinrich (Pts. 6-10.) ] Dieterich [Period added (Pts. 6-8.).] | 1796 [1797; 1798; 1799; 1800; 1802; 1804; 1805; 1809; 1810]. 1 vol. (10 pts.) demy 8vo, 119 ll., pll. 1-100 (11 col.; 19 of birds, 9 A col.). Géttingen. series of plates illustrating various objects of natural history, each of which is described on an accompanying leaf of text. A general review of the plates is given at the beginning of the volume. The work was issued in 10 parts under titles as quoted (in second par.) above; the covering title was issued at the close of the work. Blyth, Edward. 1840. See Cuvier, Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom. Blyth, Edward. (1849?)-1852. Catalogue | of the | birds | in the | museum Asiatic I Society. | By | Edward Blyth. | Published by order of the Society. | Calcutta: | printed by J. Thomas, Baptist Mission Press, | 1849. vol. 4to (size of post 8vo), tit., pp. I-XXXIV, 1-403. Calcutta. (1849?)-1852 (post. Sept. 1). A catalogue of the ornithological collection of the Society, which embraced speci- mens from all parts of the world. Synonymy and distribution and a list of the specimens of each species are given. A number of new names are used, some with descripticns, some without. Owing to delay in printing, the author found it necessary to add appendices 1-6, addenda to appendices 1-5 and “Further addenda to appendix, No. 1.” at the close of the general text, and addenda to appendices 1-5, another appendix 6, still further addenda to appen- dices 1-3 and a special index, in the preface. The title-page is dated 1849 but the preface is dated June 20, 1852. Proof sheets of various parts were sent by Blyth in 1849 to certain of his correspondents who used the new names in their own papers, and the same sheets were exhibited at a meeting of the 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 63 Asiatic Society of Bengal in August of that year. These sheets include pp. 1-311. This may be considered as constituting publication, in which case pp. 1-311 will date 1849. The appendices were prepared from time to time and the whole work was completed and placed on sale in 1852. (Cf. Mathews, Birds of Australia, Suppl. No. 4, p. 10, 1925.) Blyth, Edward, and Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1881. The | natural history | of the | Cranes. | A monograph by | the late Edward Blyth, C.M.Z.S. | Greatly enlarged and reprinted, with numerous illustrations, | by | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union; [etc.]. | (Monogram. ] | Published for the author by | Horace Cox, 346, Strand, W.C. | and R. H. Porter, 6, Tenterden Street, W. | 1881. vol. demy 4to (6%x10), tit., pp. V-VI, 1 1. (conts. and illustrs.), 1 insert slip (errata), pp. 1-91-+1, frontisp. (col.), pll. I and II, 4 pll. (1 col., 1 fold.), 20 text-figs. London. A monograph based on articles by Blyth published in ‘‘The Field” in 1873, and with many additions by Tegetmeier who prepared the work in its present form. Boddaert, Pieter. 1767-70. See Pallas, Peter Simon, Dierkundig Mengelwerk. Lol Boddaert, Pieter. (Tegetmeier, William Bernhard, ed.) 1874. Reprint | of | Boddaert’s Table | des | Planches Enluminéez d'Histoire | Naturelle. | Edited by | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, &c. | London: | published (for the editor) at the Field office, | 346, Strand, W.C. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ed. pref.), pp. I-XV-+1, 1-58. London. A verbatim reprint, with all typographical and other errors, of Boddaert’s ex- ceedingly rare work of 1783. Boddaert, on p. IX, observes that he prepared the original for his own use but decided to print 50 copies for distribution; of these, a very few copies are known to be extant. The work is a list of Dauben- ton’s ‘‘Planches Enluminées’’ (Cf. Buffon, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1870- 86.), 1008 plates of which 973 are of birds, with their titles or legends and with the names, Latin or vernacular, applied to the same species by Buffon, Brisson, Latham, Linnaeus, Edwards and others. To this list of synonyms is some- times added a new name by the author, frequently identified as new by the term ‘‘mihi’’, often recognizable only by a species number ‘‘o’’ in the quoted reference, and in many cases without expressed authorship. The work abounds in typographical errors, some of which involve the orthography of names, but, fortunately, many of the errors can be proved such. The importance of the work lies in the priority of many of Boddaert’s generic and specific names over later accepted terms, but the inconsistencies of the book and its errors present numerous problems which have yet to be solved. A discussion of some of the problems is given by G. M. Mathews and T. Iredale in The Austral Avian 64 FieLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Record, 3, No. 2, pp. 31-51, Nov. 19, 1915. The exact date of publication is unknown, but the dedication is dated Dec. 1, 1783. Bogdanow, Modesto. 1884. Perechen’ Ptitz’ Rossiikoi Imperii. | Modesta Bogdanova, | Dokt. i Prof. Zoologhii pri I. $.-Peterb. Univers. | Khanit. Zoologh. Muzeya I. Akad. Nauk’. | Izdanie Imperatorskoi Akademii Nauk’. | Vuipusk’ I. | Conspectus avium Imperii Rossici. | Auc- tore | Modesto Bogdanow, | Zool. Doct. Univ. Caes. Petropol. Prof., Musei Zoologici Acad. Caes. Petrop. Custodi. | Fasciculus I. | S.-Peterburgh 1884.—St.-Pétersbourg, 1884. | Commission- naires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences: | a St.-Pétersbourg: a Riga: MM. Eggers & Cie et J. Glasounof; M. N. Kymmel; a Leipzig Voss’ Sortiment (G. Haessel). | Prix: 1 Rbl.=3 Mark. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-122. St. Petersburg. 1884 (circa January). Livraison I (all published) of a monograph of the birds of Russia. The Orders Columbae, Heteroclitae, Gallinae, Hydrogallinae and Grallae are treated in this number, which contains bibliographic references (including published figures) and local distribution, with more or less detailed notes and descriptions of numerous new forms. Published under the auspices of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in January, 1884. Bolton, James. 1845. Harmonia ruralis; | or, | an essay | towards | a natural history | of British song birds: | illustrated with figures, the size of life, of the birds, male and female, in their most natural atti- tudes; | their nests and eggs, &c. | By | James Bolton. | Vol. I [II]. | A new edition, revised and augmented. | [Vignette.] | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXLV. 2 vols. in 1 vol., royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X XIV, 2 11., pp. 1-66, frontisp. (col.; bird), pll. 1-40 (col.; 20 of birds, 17 of nests and eggs, 3 mixed). Vol. II, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-96, pll. 1-80 (col.; 21 of birds, 19 of nests and eggs, 1 mixed). London. Popular descriptions of some British birds with accounts of their habits and nidification. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1825-33. American | ornithology; | or | the natural history | of | birds inhabiting the United States, | not given by Wilson. | With 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 65 figures drawn, engraved, and coloured from nature. | By | Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | Vol. I [-IV]. | Philadelphia: | Carey, Lea & Carey—Chesnut Street [Carey & Lea, Chesnut Street (Vol. IV.)]. | London: John Miller, 40 Pall Mall. | William Brown, Printer. | 1825 [1828; 1828; 1833]. 4 vols. medium folio (12x15%). Vol. I, pp. I-VI, 1 1, pp. 1-105, pll. I-IX (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-VII, 11., pp. 1-95, pll. X-XV (col.). Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-60, pll. XVI-XXI (col.). Vol. IV, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-142, pll. XXII-XXVII (col.). Philadelphia. The plates are mostly by Titian R. Peale (T. Peal), and A. Rider, with part of one plate by Audubon; engraved by Alex Lawson and colored by hand. Ori- ginally planned to occupy only three volumes; possibly Vol. II was expanded beyond its contemplated limits so as to necessitate its division into two parts (Cf. Rhoads, Auk, XL, p. 341, 1923.).. This work forms a sort of supplement to Alexander Wilson’s ‘‘American Ornithology”, 1808-14 (q.v.), and is included in Jardine’s later edition of that work (1832, q.v.) as a ‘Continuation of Wilson’s American Ornithology by Charles Lucian Bonaparte’. It is included, also, in the Jameson edition of 1831 (q.v.) and the ‘‘Popular Edition” of 1864 (q.v.), but under the proper title of ‘‘Bonaparte’s American Ornithology”. In all of these, however, Bonaparte’s name is joined with Wilson’s on the title- pages. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1826. Observations | on the | nomenclature | of | Wilson’s Orni- thology. | By Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | Philadelphia: | Pub- lished by Anthony Finley. | 1826. I vol. 8vo, 125 ll. (unpaged). Philadelphia. An unpaged reprint of a series of articles published in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in 1824 and 1825, with additional matter not in the original. The work consists of a critical review of the species of birds in Wilson’s ‘‘American Ornithology’’, 1808-14 (q.v.), with various pro- posed changes in nomenclature. The original series of articles discussed only species Nos. 1-227 of Wilson’s work; the present volume completes the series of 278 species. New names, accordingly, date from the ‘‘Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.”” when they occur among spp. 1-227, or from the present work for spp. 228-278. The dates of publication of the respective numbers of the “‘Journal” are given by Coues as follows. Vol. III, Pt. 2, pp. 340-352 (Nos. 1-22), April 5, 1824; pp. 353-371 (Nos. 23-58), April 27, 1824: Vol. IV, Pt. 1, pp. 25-32 (Nos. 59-69), July 1824; pp. 33-66 (Nos. 70-112), August 1824; pp. 163-200 (Nos. 113-167), December 1824: Vol. IV, Pt. 2, pp. 251-277 (Nos. 168-184 and review of various species previously treated), February 1825: Vol. V, Pt. 1, pp. 57-64 (Nos. 185-194), July 1825; pp. 65-106 (Nos. 195-227), August 1825. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1827. Specchio | comparativo | delle ornitologie | di Roma e di Filadelfia | di | C. L. Bonaparte | Principe di Musignano | socio 66 Fretp Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. di diverse accademie | di Europa e di America. | Estratto dal No. XXXIII. | Del Nuovo Giornale de’ Letterati | Pisa | dalla tipografia Nistri | MDCCCXXVII. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 17-80. Pisa. A list, in parallel columns, of 247 species of birds of Rome and 281 of Philadelphia, arranged under their respective genera and families, and intended to show the relationship of the two avifaunas. Local vernacular names and brief annota- tions are given for each species, together with the scientific name. Analytical tables of the genera and higher groups precede the catalogue. The work appears to be a reprint, probably repaged, from the ‘‘Nuovo Giornale de’ Letterati’”. A supplement (q.v.) was published in 1832, a copy of which is bound with the present title in the volume at hand. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander, and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. 1832. Idem. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1832. Supplemento | allo | specchio comparativo | delle ornitologie | di Roma e Filadelfia | di | Carlo Luciano Bonaparte | Principe di Musignano | Estratto dal No. 64 del Nuovo Giornale | de’ Let- terati | Pisa | Tipografia Nistri E Cc. | 1832. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-15. Pisa. A volume of addenda and corrigenda to the author’s ‘‘Specchio Comparativo”’ of 1827 (q.v.). Like that work, the present seems to be a repaged reprint of a contribution to the ‘‘Nuovo Giornale de’ Letterati”. Both are bound to- gether in the copy at hand. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1832-41. Iconografia | della | fauna Italica | per le quattro classi | degli | animali vertebrati | di | Carlo L. Principe Bonaparte | Principe di Canino e Musignano | socio delle principali accademie scientifiche | di Europa e di America | Tomo I [-III]. | Mammiferi e uccelli [Amfibi; Pesci] | Roma | dalla tipografia Salviucci | 1832-1841. 3 vols. demy folio. Vol. I, 7 pr. Il., 67 ll. (mammals), 67 Il. (birds), 24 pll. (col.; mamals), 24 pll. (col.; birds; by Petrus Quattrocchi and Carolus Ruspi). Vol. II, 5 pr. ll., 128 11., 54 pll. (col.). Vol. ITI, 12 pr. ll., 266 ll., 78 pll. (col.). Rome. Published in 30 parts the dates of which are given in the introductory pages of Vol. I while the distributive index in the front of each volume lists the species included in the volume with (among other things) the number of the part in which each species appeared. The dates for each species can thus be ascer- tained from the work itself. However, Salvadori (Ibis, 1888, pp. 320-325) has catalogued the species of birds with their respective dates. Salvadori gives 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 67 the date of the ‘‘Introduzione” to the birds (which includes the citation of the new genus Chettusia) as 1841, after Pt. 30 (Dec. 21). Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1838. A | geographical and comparative | list of the | birds | of | Europe and North America. | By | Charles Lucian Bonaparte, | Prince of Musignano. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster- Row. | 1838. 1 vol. cap 4to, pp. I-VII, 1-67, 2 Il. (advt.) London. A list of species of European and North American birds arranged in parallel col- umns with a few annotations. Various new names appear in this work. Mathews (Birds of Australia, VII, p. 446) gives the date of publication of this work as January 1838; in the same book (Suppl. 4, p. 11) the date is cited as April 14, 1838. The volume is reviewed in the Mag. Nat. Hist., New Ser., 2, No. 16, p. 237, April 1838 and in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 318, June 1838. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1840. Systema ornithologiz | Caroli Luciani Bonaparte | Muxiniani Principis. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-25. Bologna. The systematic arrangement of the subclasses, orders, families and subfamilies of birds, with diagnostic characters of each. The paper was originally printed in the Nuov. Annale delle Scienze Naturale di Bologna, Anno 2, Vol. 3, pp. 440- 455; 4, PP. 24-33, 1844. What changes, if any, have been made (aside from alterations in pagination), I do not know. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1850. Notice | sur | les travaux zoologiques | de | M. Charles- Lucien Bonaparte, | Membre correspondant [etc. 4 lines.], | Paris, | Bachelier, Imprimeur-Libraire | de 1’Ecole Polytechnique et du Bureau des Longitudes, | Quai des Grands-Augustins, no 55. | 1850. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-35. Paris. The author’s list of his own zoological publications to date, with short reviews of many of them. Eighty-seven publications are listed. One of a bound col- lection of Bonaparte’s papers. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent; and Schlegel, Hermann. 1850. Monographie | des | Loxiens | par | Ch. L. Bonaparte | et | H. Schlegel. | Ouvrage | accompagné de 54 planches coloriées, | lithographiées | d’aprés les dessins | de | M. Badeker | et autres naruralistes (sic). | Leiden et Dusseldorf, | chez | Arnz & Comp. | 1850. 68 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. medium 4to, 3 pr. Il., pp. I-XVII, 1-55, pll. 1-54 (col.). Leyden and Dusseldorf. 1850 (antea Nov. 11). A monograph of the subfamily Loxtaceae of the family Fringillidae, including the genera Loxia, Corythus, Uragus, Carpodacus, Pyrrha, Erythrospiza, Chauno- proctus and Haematospiza. Several new species are described, most of which are signed with Bonaparte’s initials, solely. The plates are excellent. Six of them (23, 25, 29, 32, 34 and 35) are relabeled, to agree with the text, by slips pasted over the original divergent lettering. The introduction gives a general review of the entire family. The work dates before November 11 since it is mentioned in an extract of that date published in the Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1850, p. 618. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1850. Revue | critique | de l’ornithologie | Européenne | de M. le Docteur Degland (de Lille) | par | Charles Lucien Bonaparte | Lettre | a M. De Selys Longchamps | [Quot., 5 lines.] | Bruxelles | Imprimerie et Librairie de Ve Wouters | 57, rue du Champ-de- Mars, et 13, rue d’Or | 1850. 1 vol. 12 mo, pp. 1-206. Brussels. A critical review of Degland’s ‘‘Ornithologie Européenne’’, 1849 (q.v.), in which Bonaparte finds much to criticise. Ozidemia deglandi, described but not named by Degland, is named herein by Bonaparte. Following the review, there is (pp. 115-125) a ‘‘Conspectus Systematis Ornithologiae” consisting of a sum- mary of all the known subfamilies and higher groups of birds with their dis- tribution and the number of species in each. This is followed (pp. 127-206) by a ‘“‘Conspectus Avium Europaearum” in which 530 species of European birds are listed under their genera, families, etc. with some synonymy and a statement as to the range of each. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1850-57. Conspectus | generum avium. | Auctore | Carolo Luciano Bonaparte. | Tom. I [II]. | Lugduni Batavorum, | apud | E. J. Brill, | Academiae Typographum. | 1850 [1857]. 2 vols. in 1 vol., 4to (size of 8vo). Vol. I, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-543. Vol. II, title, insert-slip (notice by publisher), pp. 1-232. Leyden. A synoptic list of the genera of birds, with, except in the Psittaci, a complete list of species of each genus, the synonymy of each species and, usually, a brief description. Published in three parts, of which part 1 included pp. 1-272; part 2, pp. 273-543 (end of Vol. I); part 3 (all published of Vol. II), pp. 1-232. Dr. Richmond (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 53, p. 579, footn., 1917) surmised that part 2 began with p. 273. Further evidence to this effect is at hand in the present copy which was received by the Field Museum library in three parts, as apportioned above, and catalogued under three numbers, the second of which is stamped on p. 273. There is also a manuscript index to Vol. I in the copy, prepared by an earlier (contemporary?) owner, in which the division of parts 1 and 2 is made at pp. 272-273. Part 1 was presented to the Paris Academy on June 24, 1850 (Cf. Rev. et. Mag. 1850, p. 338.), although Bona- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 69 parte (Comptes Rendus Vol. XXXVII, p. 423, Sept. 1850) quotes March, ostensibly as date of publication. Part 2 may not have been published until 1851, but it is included in a review of the work (to date) by Lafresnaye, in the Rev. et Mag. for January, 1851 (publ. in Febr. but probably written in Jan.), from a copy which he had received from Bonaparte while in Holland some time previously (Rev. et Mag. 1851, pp. 56-59). In Bonaparte’s ‘‘Notice sur les Travaux Zoologiques de M. Charles-Lucien Bonaparte—Paris—1850”, the work is included under date of 1850 as being more than two-thirds published and as including the Passeres,—a characterization which applies only to parts 1 and 2 together. The last signature of part 2 was printed on Nov. 10, 1850, and the title-page to Vol. I (parts 1 and 2) which was issued in 1857, bears the date, 1850. I believe that the assumption is justified that part 2 appeared in 1850 near the close of the year. Vol. II presents other difficulties. It would seem to have been issued in one part according to an insert-slip attached to p. 1 of the present copy. This slip reads as follows. ‘AVIS DE L’EDITEUR. La publication du second volume du Conspectus Generum Avium, ne devrait avoir lieu qu’aprés que l’ouvrage serait entiérement terminé.—La maladie de Jillustre auteur a retardé l’impression, quoiqu’il s’en occupait encore sur son lit de mort; cette mort prématurée l’ayant interrompu définitivement, je publie tout ce qu’il y a d’imprimé, jusqu’ou le manuscrit me manque. Un titre du Tom. I (complet en 543 pages) est joint A ce volume. Leide 1 Octobre 1857. E.J.B.’’ The title-page of Vol. II is dated, in accordance, 1857. However, Bonaparte undoubtedly distributed a number of copies of the various sheets of Vol. II, either as they were printed or in small groups of signatures, and these were noted and collated by some of the recipients at the time of receipt. Cabanis, in the ‘Journ. fur Orn.” for Jan. 1855 (p. 96) notes pp. 1-24; for March 1855 (p. 192), pp. 25-56; for May 1855 (p. 272), pp. 57-120; for July 1855 (p. 350), pp. 121-144; for Sept. 1855 (p. 448), pp. 145-159; for March 1857 (p. 144), pp. 161-208; for Jan. 1858 (p. 96), pp. 209-232. Each of these lots contains several signatures, variously dated. Certain parts are also noted in the ‘‘Naumannia”’, 5, p. 116, 1855; and 7, pt. 2, p. 100, 1857. G.R. Gray, ‘‘List of the Specimens of Birds in the British Museum”, Pt. IV, 1856, quotes voluminously from this volume of Bonaparte’s work and cites many genera and species (the former under date of 1854) which will have to date from Gray’s work if Bonaparte is considered as not actually published until 1857. The genus Uropelia will serve as an example. That the author believed his work to be published when the parts were sent out, is indicated by his paper in the Comptes Rendus for Nov. 24, 1856, p. 990, which he entitles as follows. ‘‘Additions et Corrections aux Tableaux paral- Jéliques de l’Ordre des Herons et des Pélagiens ou Gavies, et a la partie cor- respondante, déja publiée, du Conspectus Avium’’, etc. This paper makes corrections and additions to pp. 161-206 of Vol. II of the ‘‘Conspectus’’, the last of which pages is contained in a signature dated Febr. 1, 1856. In the same periodical for Nov. 3, 1856, p. 833, a more direct reference is made. The paper there begun presents additions and corrections to the author's “Coup d’oeil sur l’Ordre des Pigeons’? and corresponding portions of the “‘Conspectus’’, and says, in part, ‘‘On lit a la page 9 du second volume de mon Conspectus Avium”’, etc.; ‘‘placé page 13 de mon Conspectus”’, etc. 70 ©FreLtp Museum oF Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1852. [Unpaged sheet without title. ] A rare tract of which almost nothing is known. It contains a table of the orders of birds, a list of the families and subfamilies of the Longipennes, and a ‘Con- spectus Larinarum’ with the names, distribution and number of included species in each of the genera of the Larinae. Finally, three new species of birds are described,—Thalassidroma tethys, Chelidoptera albipennis and Cya- nocitta Jolyaea. Reference is made to the twenty-ninth ‘‘Versammlung deut- scher Naturforscher und Aerzte in Wiesbaden,” and the leaflet may bear some connection with that publication. The present copy was folded, sealed and addressed to ‘‘Baron Dubus Directeur du Musée de Bruxelles,’’ and bears, on the reverse, two date-stamps, one of ‘Frankfurt, 26 Sep 1852” and the other of “Bruxelles 27 Sept 1852’’. Its date of publication is fixed, therefore, at about Sept. 26, 1852. It was reviewed by Cabanis in the ‘‘Journal far Orni- thologie”’, Vol. I, p. 46, 1853 and has always been cited as dating from that republication. The discovery of the present copy of the original paper assists in placing the date more nearly where it belongs. Bound with other papers by Bonaparte. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1853. Institut de France. | Académie des Sciences. | Extrait des Comptes rendus des séances de l’Academie des Sciences, tome XXXVII, | séance du 31 octobre 1853. | Classification ornitholo- gique par séries | de S. A. Charles-Lucien Prince Bonaparte. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-6. Paris. A repaged reprint of a paper published by the author in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus” for 1853, Vol. XX XVII, pp. 641-647. Most of the text is occupied by a list of the families and subfamilies of birds arranged in tabular order. The reprint is somewhat rearranged. P. 1 contains 9g ll. (of general text) from p. 641 of the original and 13 ll. of p. 642. P. 2 completes p. 642 of the original to which has been added the ‘‘Resume’”’ from p. 647. Pp. 3-6 are reprints of pp. 643- 646, with the matter occasionally spaced differently in the columns and with at least one misprint on p. 6, ‘‘Spheniscid”’ for ‘‘Spheniscidae’’. This reprint is bound with a collection of separates and reprints of Bonaparte’s papers. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1854. Notes | ornithologiques | sur les | collections rapportées en 1853 | Par M. A. Delattre, | et | classification parallélique des passereaux chanteurs; | Par Charles-Lucien Prince Bonaparte. | Paris, | Mallet-Bachelier, imprimeur-libraire | du Bureau des Longitudes, de 1’Ecole Polytechnique, | Rue du Jardinet, 12. | 1854. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, tit., pp. 1-95. Paris. April 1854. A reprint, with many alterations, of the author’s paper published originally in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus,”’ Vol. XX XVII, pp. 806-810 (for Nov. 28, 1853), 827- 835 (for Dec. 5, 1853) and 913-925 (for Dec. 19, 1853), and in Vol. XX XVIII, FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. III. Curt Lucian, @rinz Bonaparte setzt seine Ideen liber die Eintheilung der Wirbelthiere in parallelen Serien, oder, wie er sagt, in Orgelrihren (Aayauz @orgue) auseinander und er gibt die folgende Tafel seiner von thm nach den neuen Data der Anatomie und Physiologic modificirten Classification dieser Vogel. Aves. Sectio 1. Insesseres. (A/frius.) Sectio 1. Grallatores. (/r@coces.) Ordo I. Psittael. I]. Acelpitres, lil. Passeres, Vil. Grallz, 1. Volucres. 1. Siruthtonacee 2. Oscines 2 Gallinacea 1V. Colombe. 1. dnertes. VILL. Strathiones. 2. Gyrantes IX. Galline, V. ‘Gavin. X Anseres. 1. Longipennes 2. Totipaimi. Vi. Herod, Der Prinz gibt hiernach eine vollkommene Ligfe der \rten vou Larina, fwelehe er in auf die folgende Weise eintbeili Gaviie. Fam. L. Proectlartide Tnbus | Longipennes. : Fam. TI, Laride 1 Lamellirostres 2. Uriaatores. nalirlehen Gattinges Diomedeinw. . Procellartine. . Lestridine. Luring. Rkyncopine Sternine. \ Sub-fam. ~ —_ Ae DOR Conspegtus Larinaram. Specierum numeros SPeCeniin Hiitee ras 1. Gabianus, Bp. M. Antaret Kean | YL Leueaphaius, Bp. Asia or. AM. m.oee 2 It. Larus L. Vil. Blasipus, Bp. AMM: 5 2 Lari: majores Cosmop. . . . . 45 Vill. Adelarus. Bp. Afr. s. Am om a Gavie: minores Cosmop. IX. Xema, Bp. ae Ul. Gelastes Bp. Cosm. Afr. s. Austral, 5 Chrojcocephalus, Eyton.Cosmop |. 1s we a | 1¥, Rhodostetia, Macgill. Arctic. . Xema, Leach. Arctic V. Pagophila, Kaup. = Arctic te bette X. Rissa, Leach. Aretic. 2a ~ 58 Endlich benutzt der Prinz diese Gelegenheit um einige neue Arten von}Vdgeln bekannt z0 machen und bespricht besonders die Cyanocitta Jolyaea, welche er dem Herrn Professor N. Joly gewidmet hat, als ein An- denken ihres Zusammentreffens in der neunundzwwanzigsten Versammilung deutscher Naturforscher und Acrzte in Wiesbaden. Diese neun Arten sind die folgenden: 1. Thalassidroma) tethys, Bp. (noch minder als dic pelagice «x Insulis Gallapagoes ) t 2 Chelidoptera albipennis, Bp. ex Cumana. Kleiner und schwirzer als die einzige bekannte Art der frattung. Abdomine intense castaneo; tectricibus alarnm inferiovthus candidis ; remigibus primariis basi, seccundariis apice, latissime albis. 3. Cyanocitta Jolyaca, es Amer. m. Similis € viridi-cyanen, sed Additions et Corrections au Coup d’oeil sur l’Ordre des Pigeons, | et ala partie correspondante du Conspectus Avium de S. A. | Monseigneur le Prince Ch. Bonaparte. > Additions et Corrections aux Tableaux paralléliques de 1’Ordre | des Hérons et des Pélagiens ou Gavies, et a la partie | correspondante du Conspectus Avium. | (Séance du 24 novembre 1856.). 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-46. Paris. Reprints of three articles which appeared in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus” for 1856, Vol. XLIII, pp. 775-783 (for Oct. 27), 833-841 (for Nov. 3), 942-949 (for Nov. 17), 990-997 (for Nov. 24) and 1017-1027 (for Dec. 1). Like in other of Bonaparte’s reprints, new matter and new arrangements are introduced into the present issue. The ‘‘Conspectus Ineptorum” (pp. 840-841 of the original) is placed before the reprint of p. 833. Hemiphaga forstert is emended to H. forsteni; Trocaza bouvryi is emended to T. buvryi; a footnote is added to the discussion of Leptoptila brasiliensis; the names Bartramia longicauda and Actiturus rufescens are introduced; Rallus subplumbeus Sclater is described in detail; the order Palmipedes is altered to Anseres; footnotes are added giving discussions of Anser caerulescens, A. parvipes, A. rufescens and A. melanopterus; a paragraph on Chloephaga is added and one on a hybrid of Rhynchaspis clypeata and Dafila acuta omitted; several other paragraphs on Anseres have been re- arranged. The present copy forms one of a collection of Bonaparte’s papers bound in one volume, from the library of Henry Baker Tristram. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1856. Institut Impérial de France. | Académie des Sciences. | Extrait des Comptes rendus des séances de 1’ Académie des Sciences, tome XLIII, | séance du 2 aofit 1856 [séances des 15 et 22 sep- tembre 1856]. | Excursions | dans les divers musées d’Allemagne, de Hollande et de Belgique, | et | tableaux paralléliques | de | Yordre des Echassiers, | Par S. A. Monseigneur le Prince Ch. Bonaparte. 2 pts. medium gto. Pt. I, pp. 1-14. Pt. II, pp. 1-27. Paris. Ostensibly a reprint of a paper which appeared in parts in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus’”’ for 1856, Vol. XLIII, pp. 410-421 (for Aug. 25), 571-579 (for Sept. 15), 593- 601 (for Sept. 22) and 643-652 (for Sept. 29). However, the author followed his usual custom and there are many deviations from the original. The reprint is separately paged in two sections of which Pt. I contains pp. 410- 421 of the original and Pt. II the remainder. The text is differently arranged in Pt. II in the following sequence of original pagination: pp. 571-578, 593- 595, 643-646, 579, 596-601, 648-652 and 647. (The present copy is rearranged to bring all the systematic tables together). Various changes occur in the systematic tables, among which may be mentioned the following. Four species of the genus Gambetta, grouped under No. 242, are here left without a number; Rhynchophilus glareoloides is put into synonymy; Numenius major is likewise submerged; N. femoralis is given a number, No. 278, and many of the species 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 75 of the same genus are rearranged; N. taitensis is emended to N. tahitiensis; N. minor is submerged; Aramus and its species, A. scolopaceus, are included for the first time; Rallus setosus is elevated from synonymy; Porzana notata is placed in the genus Ortygometra; O. chilensis and O. notata are omitted; Por- phyrio samoensis is elevated; Brachyptirallus and its species, B. ralloides, are recognized; Mareca capensis is dropped; species anatorius (synonym of Mer- gellus albellus) is emended to anatarius; the figures in the geographical table of the Grallae are altered. The general text also contains some changes. The typography of certain names is altered; the footnote on p. 577 is rearranged; Podoa josephina Bp. occurs (p. 9 of Pt. 2 of reprint) as a nomen nudum (described later in the author’s “‘Conspectus Avium,’’ 2, p. 182, post Nov. 1, 1855); Leucus islandicus, not mentioned in original text, is declared to be invalid; the reference to Podiceps longirostris is omitted. There are probably other changes not noticed in a hasty glance through the paper. The date “‘2 aofit” in the title of Pt. I is an error for “25 aofit,” the figure on the original number of the periodical. The original mailing wrapper of Pt. II is bound with the copy and bears a date stamp, ‘‘Paris, 16 Oct. 56,’”’ being ad- dressed to Bernard Dubus of the Brussells Museum. Numerous new species are described in the original paper from which they must be dated. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1856. [Miscellaneous reprints. | 1 vol. (pt.) medium 4to, pp. 9-30+11. Paris. 1856 (circa May 23). A collection of papers by Bonaparte, revised, rearranged, retitled and repaged from the originals which appeared in different volumes of the ‘‘Comptes Rendus,”’ as follows. The first three are not ornithological. ‘‘Remarques,”’ etc., ‘“‘sur une nouvelle espéce d’Equide,”’ p. 9, appeared in the magazine for Dec. 31, 1855, Vol. XLI, pp. 1219-1220. “Paroles,” etc., ‘‘sur les Observatoires projetés pour l’Algérie,”’ pp. 10-11, appeared in the magazine for Dec. 24, 1855, Vol. XLI, pp. 1147-48. “Communication,” etc., ‘‘en présentant une nouvelle publication de M. Gray’”’ (on Chelonia), pp. 11-12, appeared in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus”’ for March 17, 1856, Vol. XLII, pp. 513-514. “Extrait d’une Lettre- 4 M. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire,” p. 12, is the ‘‘Sur les Perdrix d’Europe”’ of the ‘‘Comptes Rendus”’ for March 17, 1856, Vol. XLII, p- 509. “‘Espéces nouvelles d’Oiseaux d’Asie et d’Amérique, et tableaux paralléliques des Pélagiens ou Gaviae,” pp. 13-15, 19, and 22-30, was published in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus” for April 28, 1856, Vol. XLII, pp. 764-776. “Observations sur la zoologie géographique de l'Afrique, et Description d’un nouveau genre et de nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux,’’ pp. 16-19, is from the “‘Comptes Rendus” for May 5, 1856, Vol. XLII, pp. 819-822. “‘Conspectus Gaviarum systematicus,’’ pp. 20-21, is joined to the ‘‘Tableaux paralléliques des Pélagiens ou Gaviae’’ but appeared the previous year in the “Comptes Rendus” for Dec. 24, 1855, Vol. XLI, pp. 1114-1115 as part of a “Note sur les oiseaux des Iles Marquises’’ (q-v.). 76 Fietp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vo. XVI. The present copy, bound with a miscellaneous collection of Bonaparte’s papers is preceded by its original mailing jacket addressed to ‘‘M. le Vicomte Bernard Dubus, Directeur du Musée de Bruxelles, Belgique’ and is postmarked, ‘Paris 23 Mai 56.’’ The dating stamp has left a more or less legible impression in duplicate on the blank leaf at the close of the paper and on one or two leaves preceding it. The date of publication of this paper is thus fixed with reasonable accuracy. The incomplete pagination of this assortment of reprints makes it appear very probable that it is in continuation of the reprints of the ‘‘Note sur les oiseaux des Iles Marquises,” etc., paged 1-8 and issued slightly in advance of the present lot. That it is intended as a continuation of something is further evidenced by the signature which is numbered ‘‘2”’._ This brings to mind the fact that Bonaparte’s revised reprints of papers ae the ‘‘Comptes Rendus”’ are often recognizable by their signatures which distinguish them from mere extracts from that journal when the original pagination is not known for comparison. The original separates bear the letters ‘‘C.R.” with volume numbers, etc.; the revised reprints are lettered ‘‘B.” Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1856. Tableaux paralléliques | de | l’ordre des Gallinacés. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-20. Paris. Based on two papers and a note published by Bonaparte in the ‘‘Comptes Rendus” for 1856, Vol. XLII, pp. 874-884 (for May 12) and 952-957 (for May 19) but separately paged and with certain matter not in the original articles. The second part of the paper as here published (pp. 14-20) bears a subtitle, ‘‘Note sur les tableaux des Gallinacés’’. In addition to the matter indicated in that title, which includes descriptions of new species, there are discussions and descriptions of numerous non-gallinaceous birds from the Mexican collections of Auguste Sallé. Among the many changes from the original may be cited the following. In the ‘‘Tableaux’’ proper: fronticornis added to the synonymy of Oreophasis derbyanus; albiventer Wagler is removed from Ortalida and placed in Penelopsis; P. albiventer Less. is placed in the synonymy of leucogaster which, in turn, is elevated; Rhynchotis perdix is placed as a synonym of R perdicarius, the relationship being reversed; Nothocercus bourcieri is dropped; NV. scolopax is added (here a nomen nudum); XN. strigulolus Temm. is added, as are Nothura punctulata Goy and Hepburnia concentrica J. Gr.; the subgenus Scleroptera, gen. Chaetops, is rearranged with several species transferred from subgen. Clamator; some of the figures in the ‘‘Conspectus Gallinarum Geo- graphicus” are altered; the short original diagnosis of Tinamus weddelli is omitted. In the “Note sur les Tableaux” other changes occur. The note regarding Frau- colinus concentricus is omitted as is the mention of the Scleropterae and of St. thoracica, charltonit and scutata. Tinamus weddelli is described in detail and an exact locality given, in place of the brief diagnosis omitted from the “‘Tableaux”; Crypturus adspersus and vermiculatus, Trogon capistratus, Notho- cercus bourcieri and julius, Crypturus sovt and Rhynchotes perdicarius are mentioned or discussed; a male of Trogon xalappensis Dubus is described in detail; and Nothocercus scolopax is described as new. The present copy is bound with other reprints of Bonaparte’s papers sent to Dubus. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. ri] Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1856. Tableaux paralléliques | des ordres Linnéens | Anseres, Gralle et Galline. | Ineptes, Hérons, Pélagiens, Nullipennes. | Des | Altrices ou Sitistes, | et | Praecoces ou Autophages. | (Gal- linacés, Echassiers, Palmipédes et Rudipennes.) | Avec notes et descriptions d’espéces nouvelles | de | Perroquets, Rapaces, Pas- sereaux et Pigeons; | par | Charles-Lucien Bonaparte. | Paris, | Mallet-Bachelier, Imprimeur-Libraire | de l’Ecole Impériale Poly- technique, du Bureau des Longitudes, | Quai des Augustins, 55. | 1856. Title-page only, medium 4to. Paris. This title-page appears to have been issued as a covering title for various reprints of articles published in the ‘Comptes Rendus’’ up to the date of this page. Included in a bound set of Bonaparte’s papers. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1857. Remarques | A propos des Observations de M. Emile Blan- chard sur les Carac- | téres ostéologiques chez les Oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides, | et Tableau des genres de Perroquets disposés en séries pa- | ralléles; | Par S. A. Monseigneur le Prince C.-L. Bonaparte. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., pp. 1-9. Paris. A repaged reprint, with additions, of two articles published by the author in the “Comptes Rendus” for March 16 and 23, 1857, Vol. XLIX, pp. 534-539 and 595-597. Important additions are made in the reprint as follows. In the descriptive account, forming the first paper, the number of subfamilies is given as sixteen while in the synoptic tables, forming the second paper, eighteen are listed; in the reprint, eighteen are mentioned in both places. In the reprint of the descriptive text the names of the Psittaculidae and Plyc- tolophidae are emended to Araidae and Cacatuidae, agreeing with the original edition of the synoptic tables; the ‘‘Nestoriens’’ and ‘‘Nasiterniens’’ are men- tioned in the descriptive text, having been in the original tables under Latin names. ‘The following genera are mentioned for the first time in the text although, with the exception of Ararauna, they are in the original tables as nomina nuda: Ararauna; Ara (with type Ps. macao Linn.) ; Sittace with 3 species) Arara (with type spixt); Primolius (new genus with three species); Psittacara with two species); Ognorhynchus (new genus with type icterotis Massena); Evopsitta and E. brasiliensis; Bolborhynchus (new genus for Myopsitta tigrina and catharina of the original text); Conurus astec (emendation of Conurus asteco); Ptilosclera (new genus with type versicolor Vig.). In the synoptic table as re- printed, the genus Ararauna is mentioned and Dasyptilus is transferred from the Eclectinae to the Nestorinae. The present reprint is bound with some other copies of Bonaparte’s paper pre- sented to Dubus by the author. 78 FreLtp Museum oF NaturaL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. (Moquin-Tandon, A., ed.) 1857-58. Iconographie | des pigeons | non figurés par Mme Knip (Mile Pauline Decourcelles) | dans les deux volumes de MM. Temminck et Florent Prevost | par | Charles-Lucien Bonaparte | Ouvrage servant d’illustration a son | Histoire Naturelle des Pigeons | Paris | P. Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur | Rue de l’Arbre- sec, 22 | 1857. 1 vol. superroyal folio, 5 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., conts. and dedicatory pref.), 62 ll. (gen. text), 1 1. (ed. notices), 55 pll. (col.; by Oudart, F. Willy and E. Blanchard; num. 1-9, 11-19, 25 =20, 21-24, 20=25, 26, 28, 29, 31-36, 38-40, 42, 45, 51, 57, 58, 61, 62, 69, 70, 75, 102, 116, 119, I21, 125, 126, 133, 134 and 140). A supplement to ‘‘Les Pigeons” by Temminck and Prévost (Cf. Knip 1809-11), intended to figure and describe those species of pigeons not treated in the earlier work. The original plan embraced 30 livraisons of 150 plates but the author died immediately after the publication of livr. 4, leaving incomplete manuscript and plates for part of the remainder. The publishers obtained the services of Moquin-Tandon to edit the manuscript and 8 more livraisons were published with 35 plates (20 had appeared in livrs. 1-4), reserving 7 plates for which there were no descriptions and 4 descriptions without plates. Livr. 12 con- tained, with editorial notice and list of contents, 7 descriptions whose plates had appeared previously. The list of contents gives the livraison-number for each plate and description; they were not always synchronous. Plate 20 is numbered 25 in error and plate 25 is numbered 20 in the text as well as on the plate. Plates 27, 29 and 124 (wrongly numbered 121 in text but corrected in the list of contents) were not issued, although their descriptions are given. Exact dates are not available. Livrs. 1-4 appeared in 1857, before Bonaparte’s death in July; the publishers note that they have published the remainder of the work in the space of ten months, and date the notice, which appeared in the last part, July 1, 1858; thus livr. 5 seems to have appeared in Sept. 1857, and 12 in July 1858. Intervening dates and the date of the first part are unobtainable. The work appears to be rather rare and some copies are incomplete; the present one is complete, so far as published. The hand- colored plates are very fine. Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. 1876. See Wilson, Alexander, and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. 1877. Idem. 1878. Idem. Bonhote, John Lewis. 1907. Birds of Britain | by | J. Lewis Bonhote | M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | with | 100 illustrations in colour | selected by | H. E. Dresser | from his ‘Birds of Europe’ | London | Adam and Charles Black | 1907. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 79 1 vol. cap 4to, pp. I-X, 1 1. pp. 1-405, 4 ll. (advt.), roo pll. (col.), 1 fig. London. A popular account of the habits of the species discussed. Bonhote, John Lewis. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Bonite, La. Voyage autour du monde—sur—. 1841-52. See Vaillant. Bonnaterre (l’Abbé); and Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1790-1823. > Tableau | encyclopédique | et méthodique | des trois régnes de la nature. | Ornithologie. | Par l’Abbé Bonnaterre, [Par M. l’Abbe Bonnaterre. (Ailas.)] | et continuée Par L. P. Vieillot. [Quot., 2 lines (Ailas.).] |Premiere [Seconde; Troisiéme; (Atlas not indicated.) | partie. | [Vignette.] | A Paris, | Chez Mme veuve Agasse, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue des Poitevins, No 6 [Chez Panckoucke, Libraire, Hétel de Thou, rue des Poitevins (Aidlas.) ]. | 1823 [M.DCC.XC (Aitlas) ]. [ | Avec Approbation et Privilége due Roi. (Aflas.) ]. 4 vols. medium ato. Vol. I, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. III- XCVIJ+1, 1-402. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.) pp. 403-902. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 903-1460. Atlas, tit., pll. 1-240 (2 fold.), 1-7 (7 fold.). Paris. Part of a second edition of the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique” (of which the birds were discussed by Mauduyt) but in reality entirely distinct from the original edition. The present portion was begun by Bonnaterre who published the plates, preface, introduction and the text up to p. 320, before his death, after which the ornithology was completed by Vieillot. The entire work, in both editions, is collated by Sherborn in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. 7, Vol. 17, pp. 577-582, 1906, from which I extract the following information relative to the ornithology. The work appeared in parts. Livr. 37 included “Ornithologie,” pll. 1-77, 1790; livr. 38, pll. 78- 177, 1790; livr. 40, pp. I-LX XX, pll. 178-239 (240?), 1-7, 1790; livr. 47, pp. LXXXI-XCVII, 1-192, 1791; livr. 51, pp. 193-320, (1792); livr. 89, (pp. 321-528), 1820; livr. 91, pp. 529-848, 1822; livr. 93, (pp. 849-1460), 1823. The plates of the second series, 1-7, are ana- tomical and bear reference to Vol. I, Pt. I of the original ‘‘Encyclopédie.” The text contains a systematic review of the birds of the world, with detailed descriptions and many new names. It is strictly binomial. Booth, Edward Thomas. 1881-87. Rough notes | on the | birds observed | during twenty-five years’ shooting and collecting | in the British Islands | by | E. T. 80 Fre_p Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.toey, Vou. XVI. Booth. | With plates from drawings by E. Neale, | taken from specimens in the autthor’s possession. | Volume I [-III] | London: | published by R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W., | and | Messrs. Dulau & Co., Soho Square, W. | 1881-1887. 3 vols. superroyal folio (13x16%). Vol. I, pp. I-VII, 119 Il., 35 pll. (col.), 2 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-V, 133 Il, 31 pll. (col.), 1 map (col;), Wol, ITI, pp. I-V,, 113 U., 48 pli. (eol.); 2 map (a eae text-cut (2 figs.). London. A series of well written field notes accompanied by good plates. The work was issued in fifteen parts during the years 1881-1887, with discontinuous pagination to be bound in a prescribed order regardless of sequence of issue. The colla- tion given is of the bound work. The contents and dates of the various parts are as follows, according to current reviews in the Ibis and Zoological Record. Pt. 1, 1881; Aquila chrysaetos, Haliaetus albicilla, Milvus regalis and Pandion haliaetus, all figured. Pt. 2, 1882; Circus cyaneus, Accipiter nisus, Buteo vul- garis, Falco peregrinus and Falco aesalon, imm., all figured. Pt. 3, 1883; (con- tents not given). Pt. 4, 1883; Raven, Crossbill, Gray-headed Wagtail, Yellow Wagtail, Scandinavian Rock Pipit, Black Redstart, Wheatear and Willow Wren, figured. Pt. 5, 1883; Red-breasted Merganser (2 pll.), Gannet (6 pll.). Pt. 6, 1884; Ptarmigan (3 pll.), Arctic Skua (4 pll.); for text see Pt. 8. Pt. 7, 1884; Eider (3 pll.), Goosander (2 pll.), Pomatorhine Skua (1 pl.); for text see Pt. 8). Pt. 8, 1884; Montagu’s Harrier (2 pll.), Woodcock (2 pll.), Whooper, Pochard, Goldeneye and Long-tailed Skua (1 pl. each); text for Pts. 6-8, Starling, Dipper, Fieldfare, Thrush, Blackbird, Blackcap, Ptarmigan, Peewit, Redshank, Purple Sandpiper, Coot, Arctic Skua, Rook, Tree Sparrow, Redwing, Golden-crested Wren, Whimbrel, Eider, Goosander, Common Gull, Herring Gull, Pomatorhine Skua, Montagu’s Harrier, Greenfinch, Twite, Mis- sel Thrush, Quail, Woodcock, Jack Snipe, Land Rail, Spotted Crake, Brent Goose, Whooper, Pochard, Golden Eye and Long-tailed Skua. Pt. 9, 1885; Shoveller (3 pll.), Dotterel, Black-tailed Godwit, Great Crested Grebe, Great Black-backed Gull and Fulmar, (1 pl. each); text on species mentioned and Cuckoo, Lark, Hedge Sparrow, Dartford Warbler, Wood Pigeon and Turtle Dove. Pt. 10, 1886; House Sparrow (2 pll.), Black Grouse, Red Grouse, Spoonbill, Grey-lag Goose, Scoter and immature Smew (1 pl. each); text on species figured and on Bullfinch, Redbreast, White-fronted Goose, Sclavonian Grebe and Little Grebe. Pt. 11, 1886; Rock Dove, Snipe, Curlew Sandpiper, Knot, Puffin, Roseate Gull and Little Gull (1 pl. each); also map of Breydon mudflats; text on species figured and on Ring Ouzel, White Stork, Turnstone, Spotted Redshank, Scaup, Razorbill, Cormorant and Arctic Tern. Pt. 12, 1886; Siskin, Common Sandpiper, Little Stint, Temminck’s Stint and Sandwich Tern, (1 pl. each and map of Hickling Broad; text on these species and on Linnet, Lesser Redpoll, Mealy Redpoll, Stock Dove, Ringed Plover, Kentish Plover, Sanderling, Oyster-Catcher, Greenshank, Bar-tailed Godwit, Bean Goose, Mute Swan, Velvet Scoter, Eared Grebe, Black-throated Diver, Black Guillemot and Manx Shearwater. Pt. 13, 1886; Cuckoo, Hoopoe, Golden Oriole, Capercaillie, Stone Curlew, Heron, Gadwall (immature), (1 pl. each) and Red-necked Grebe (2 pll.); text on these species and on Green Sandpiper, Pheasant, Common Partridge, Red-legged Partridge, Wood Sandpiper, Pin- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 81 tail Duck, Garganey and Common Teal. Pt. 12, 1887; Grey Phalarope Kittiwake, Glaucous Gull and Stormy Petrel, (1 pl. each), Black-headed Gull and Common Guillemot, (2 pll. each); text on these species and on Goldfinch, Hawfinch, Shag, Bewick’s Swan, Tufted Duck, Golden Plover, Grey Plover, Lesser Tern, White-winged Black Tern, Black Tern and Great Northern Diver Pt. 15, 1887; Ruff (pl.); text on this and on Snow Bunting, Bittern, Common Sheld-Duck, Wigeon, Mallard, Dunlin and Common Tern; also title-pages, contents, lists of plates, etc. Boraston, John Maclair. 1905. Birds by | land & sea | The record of a year’s work | with field-glass and camera | by John Maclair Boraston | illustrated by photographs | taken direct from nature | by the author | John Lane: The Bodley Head | London & New York, MDCCCCV. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VI, IX-XIV, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-281-+1, 3 Il. (advt.), 52 pll. London and New York. A popular record of ornithological observations in the neighborhood of Stratford, England, from September 1902 until September 1903. Mullens and Swann catalogue a London edition of 1904. Borckhausen, Moritz Balthasar; Lichthammer, J. W.; Bekker, C. W.; Lembcke, Georg; Bekker Jr. 1800-11. Teutsche | Ornithologie | oder | Naturgeschichte | aller | Vogel Teutschlands | in naturgetreuen | Abbildungen und Be- schreibungen. | Herausgegeben | von | Borckhausen, Lichthammer, C. W. Bekker, Lembcke, und Bekker Junior. | In XXI Hefte. | Darmstadt, | im Verlage der Herausgeber. 1 vol. medium folio, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and list of subscrs.), 83 ll., 125 pll. (col.; by H. Curtmann, T. C. Susemihl, E. F. Lichthammer, T. Susemihl Jun., and Susemihl Bros.). Darmstadt. Detailed descriptions and accounts of habits, distribution, etc., of German birds. Engelmann cites 126 pll. but the present copy contains only 125. The title- page, which is at hand, is said to be missing from many copies. The work appeared in 21 parts under the above dates, according to a copy in the original wrappers catalogued by the Library of the British Museum (Natural History). A second edition was issued in 1837-41. Borggreve, Bernard. 1869. Die | Vogel-Fauna von Norddeutschland. | Eine kritische Musterung | der | europdischen Vogel-Arten | nach dem Gesichts- punkte | ihrer Verbreitung tiber das ndrdliche Deutschland. | Unter Benutzung der einschlagigen Literatur und nach eigenen Beobachtungen | bearbeitet | von | Dr. Bernard Borggreve, | Konigl. Preuss. Oberférster und Docent an der Forstacademie zu Minden. | Berlin. | Verlag von Julius Springer. | 1869. 82 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-156+1 1., 2 ll. (advt.). Berlin. The general part of the work, pp. 1-52, consists of studies of various phases of the distribution of birds in northern Germany, with a list of species classified according to distribution and seasonal occurrence. The special section, pp. 53-147, contains a systematic list of European species, with notes on distribu- tion and bibliographic references. Pp. 149-156 contain a hand-list of 340 species recorded from northern Germany. A bibliogrpahy is given on pp. XV and XVI. Borrer, William. 1891. The | birds of Sussex | by | William Borrer, M.A., F.L.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square | 1891. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 1-385, 2 Il. (list of subscribers), 4 Il. (advt.), 6 pll. (col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 1 map (col.). London. The book consists mainly of field notes without descriptions. The present copy formerly belonged to R. J. Balston (author of ‘‘Notes on the Birds of Kent’’), and has many marginal notes by him. Boucard, Adolphe. 1876. Catalogus avium | hucusque descriptorum. | Auctor | Adol- phus Boucard. | Londini, MDCCCLXXVI. | For sale at | 55, Great Russell Street, London, W.C. | and at all booksellers. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-352. London. A hand-list of 11,031 species of birds arranged under 2456 genera, with the general distribution of each species briefly noted. The arrangement of genera, fam- ilies and orders follows the author’s own peculiar conception and has not been accepted generally. The inclusion of the Hirundinidae among the Macro- chires is one of the striking irregularities. The preface is dated March 1, 1876. Another edition (q.v.) has the prefatory matter in French in place of the English of the present edition. Boucard, Adolphe. 1876. Catalogus avium | hucusque descriptorum. | Auctor | Adol- phus Boucard. | Londini, MDCCCLXXVI. | En vente | 55, Great Russell Street, London, W.C. | et chez tous les libraires. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-352. London. Identical with another edition (q.v.) of the same year except for the imprint, notice and preface which are in French instead of English. The general text is printed from the same plates. Boucard, Adolphe. 1877. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 83 Boucard, Adolphe. 1889. Catalogue | des | oiseaux | de la | collection Riocour | Par A. Boucard | Paris 1889 | Tours | Imprimerie Paul Bousrez | 1889. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-24. Tours. A list of 1763 species of mounted birds in the collection of Antoine Nicolas Fran- cois, Comte de Riocour. An anonymous catalogue of the same collection was published in 1829 (Cf. Anon., Catalogue des Oiseaux, etc., 1829.). Boucard, Adolphe. 1892-95. Genera | of | humming birds. | Being also | A Complete Monograph of these Birds. | By | Mr. Adolphe Boucard, | Cor- responding Member [etc., 9 lines.] | London, 1893-1895. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-412. London. A descriptive catalogue of the humming birds, including various new genera and species. The work was issued in parts as a supplement to the author’s periodical, “The Humming Bird,’’ Vols. II-V, forming nearly the whole of the last volume of that work. The following dates of publication (supplied by Dr. C. E. Hell- mayr) are from a copy in the State Museum at Munich. Pp. 1-56 (54), 1892; 55-1061, 1893; 107-202, 1894; 203-266, March 1895; 267-282, June 1895; 283-330, June 1895; 331-394, end of August 1895; 395-402, October 1895 or later but before Christmas. The book contains some curious passages. Bougainville, Louis Antoine, Baron de. (Lesson, René Primevére.) 1837. Journal | de la navigation | autour du globe | de | la Frégate la Thétis et de la Corvette l’Esperance | pendant les années 1824, 1825 et 1826 | publié par ordre du Roi | sous les auspices du Département de la Marine | par M. le Baron de Bougainville | Capitaine de vaisseau | Chevalier de Saint-Louis et de l’Ordre des Cincinnati, Commandant de la Légion d’Honneur | Chef de l’Expedition. | Tome premier [Tome second; Atlas]. | [Vignette.] | Paris | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur [Editeur | Libraire de la Societé de Géographie, Rue Hautefeuille, 23 (Atlas.) ]. | M DCCC XXXVII. 3 vols. medium 4to and superroyal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit., pp. VIJ-VIIJ, 1-742, 18 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, I-351+1, 1-165+1 (meteorology and index), 1 1. (errata), 5 text- cuts. Atlas, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and table of pll.), pll. 1-56 (13 col.; by Prétre and P. Bessa; 3 ornithological; 10 fold.). Paris. The report of the circumnavigation of the globe in the Thétis and the Esperance during 1824-26. The ornithology of the voyage is discussed in Vol. II,¢pp. 311-331 by Lesson, although the new species there described were previously treated by Lesson in ‘‘L’Institut’’ No. 72, 1834. Pll. 39-41, by Bessa, are hand- colored portraits of birds, representing 4 species. 1Pp. 55-56, containing the text of Chrysolampis moschitus and Eustephanus galeritus, were issued in 1892 but were cancelled by pp. 55-56 containing Abeillia and a reprint of the account of Chrysolampis moschitus, issued in 1893. 84 Frerp Museum or NaturaL History—Zootoey, VoL. XVI. Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, Alexandre. 1837-38. Histoire naturelle | des perroquets, | troisitéme volume | (supplémentaire), | pour faire suite aux deux volumes de Levail- lant, | contenant les espéces laissées inédites par cet auteur ou récemment découvertes. | Ouvrage destiné | a compléter une rhnonographie figurée de la famille des Psittacidés, le texte renfer- mant la | classification, la synonymie et la description de chaque espéce; | suivi d’un index général des espéces décrites dans tout l’ouvrage; | par le Docteur | Al. Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, | Professeur de Zoologie au Collége Royal de Bourbon. | Les figures lithogra- phiées et coloriées avec soin | par | M. Werner, | peintre attaché au Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. | Paris, | Chez F. G. Levrault, Libraire-Editeur, Rue de la Harpe, No. 81. | Strasbourg, | méme maison, Rue des Juifs, No. 33. | 1837-1838. 1 vol. superroyal folio, pp. I-XL, 1 1. (list of authors cited), 110 II. (unpaged), 111 pll. (col.; by M. Werner), text-figs. 1-6. Paris and Strasbourg. (1835?-39?) 1837-38. A supplement to Levaillant’s ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets” (q.v.), forming a third volume of that work as sometimes catalogued. There seems to be little doubt that this work is identical with the ‘‘Collection de Perroquets,”’ etc., published by Bourjot Saint- Hilaire in 29 livraisons, from 1835-39. The imprint, secondary portions of title and number of plates correspond with that work as catalogued by Engelmann and Agassiz, both of whom catalog, also, the present title without cross-references, specifying but 105 plates for the latter in dis- agreement with the copy at hand. The ‘‘Mag. of Zool. and Bot.,’’ 1, 1837, p. 282 (March? 1837) announces the ‘‘Collections’’ as about to be commenced in monthly livraisons of 4 pll. each, but Mathews (Austr. Av. Rec. IV, p. 13) quotes the “Athenaeum”’ of Jan. 23, 1836, p. 73, to the effect that part 1 was issued by that date. Mathews also quotes Wiegmann’s “Archiv” in citing the dates of livrs. I-IV and XII-X XIV as 1835. The preface of the work at hand is dated February 28, 1838, the introduction, December 1, 1838. The order of plates in the work is, evidently, not that of their issue. The index of species calls for 115 pll., the number collated by the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), but only 111 seem to have been issued. They are lithographed and hand-colored. A fourth volume of the series was added in 1857-58 by Charles de Souancé under the title of ‘‘Iconographie des Perroquets,”’ etc. (q.v.). Bourns, Frank S. 1909-10. See McGregor, Richard C., A Manual of Philippine Birds. Bouteille, Hippolyte, and Labatie, M. de. 1843-44. Ornithologie | du Dauphiné | ou | description des oiseaux | observes | dans les Départements de L’Isere, de La Drome, des Hautes-Alpes | et les contrées voisines, | par | Hippolyte Bouteille, pharmacien, | Membre du Jury médical [etc., 3 lines.]. | Avec la 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 85 collaboration de M. de Labatie, | Membre de la Société de Statis- tique de L’Isere. | Ouvrage contenant 300 sujets dessinés d’apres nature, | Par M. V. Cassien. | Tome premier [deuxiéme]. | Gre- noble. | Hip. Bouteille, pharmacien, Grand ’Rue. | Et les princi- paux libraires de la ville. | 1843. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 1-416, pll. 1-37. Vol. II, pp. 1-358, 1 chart (fold.), pll. 38-72. Grenoble. A descriptive, systematic account of the avifauna of the Province of Dauphiné (as delimited in 1843). According to a note in the introduction of Vol. I, Bouteille is the author of the text relating to the ‘‘Rapaces’’ (Vol. I, pp. 53-106) and of the ‘‘Echassiers,’’ ‘‘Pinnatipédes,” and ‘‘Palmipédes’”’ (Vol. II, pp. 77-322) while the author of the introduction (not named but probably Labatie) is responsible for the remainder of the work. Vol. Il is dated on the title-page, 1843, but on p. 327 there is given a reference to an occurrence in the spring of 1844, thus advancing the possible date of pub- lication to that period or beyond it. Bowles, John Hooper. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Bowles, John Hooper. 1909. See Dawson and Bowles, The Birds of Washington. Boyson, V. F. (Vallentin, Rupert.) 1924. The | Falkland | Islands | by | V. F. Boyson | With Notes on the Natural History | by | Rupert Vallentin | Oxford | at the Clarendon Press | 1924. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 2 ll. (poem and subtit.), pp. 13-414, 24 pll. (on 22 ll.), 1 map (fold.). Oxford. Most of the book is devoted to a historical, descriptive and statistical account of the country. Pt. IV, by Rupert Vallentin, contains notes on the natural history of the region with pp. 285-335 devoted to birds. On p. 308, Haematopus quoyt is ostensibly proposed as a new name for H. ater Sharpe [misquoted ‘‘(Sharp)”’], but the name was proposed in 1912 by Brabourne and Chubb from whom the compiler has evidently quoted the citation in its entirety. Three of the plates are of ornithological subjects. Brabourne, Lord [=Wyndham Wentworth Knatchbull-Hugessen, 3rd Baron Brabourne], and Chubb, Charles. 1913. The birds | of | South America. | By | Lord Brabourne, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., | and | Charles Chubb, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | (Zoological Department, British Museum). | Vol. I. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | John Wheldon & Co., 38 Great Queen Street, W. C. | Taylor & Francis, 86 Fre_p Museum or Natural History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. C. > A list | of the | Birds of South America. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. I- XIX+1, 1-504, I map (col.). London. As projected, this work was to have comprised 16 volumes with 400 plates, but the death of the senior author terminated the publication after the issue of the present volume, containing only the list of species. A series of 38 of the plates intended for this work was issued subsequently, under separate authorship and title, as “Illustrations of the Game Birds and Waterfowl of South America,” by H. Grénvold, 1917 (q.v.). Bradford, Mary Fluker. 1897. Audubon | by | Mary Fluker Bradford | New Orleans | 1897. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-82, frontisp., 12 text-figs. New Orleans. A biographical sketch of the life of Audubon. A presentation copy to Dr. J. A. Allen, with a letter from the author enclosed. Brandt, Johann Frederick. 1839. Spicilegia | ornithologica exotica | auctore | Joanne ridanine I A Brandt, | Potentissimi Rossorum Imperatoris a Consiliis Status, [etc., 5 lines.]. | Fasciculus I | ex Actorum (Memoires VI. Série sciences nat. Tom. V.P.II.) | separatim impressus. | Petropoli | apud Graeff, Lipsiae apud Leop. Voss. | MDCCCXXXIX. vol. demy 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-37 (239-275 orig.), pll. I-IV (4 col.; by W. Pape). St. Petersburg. separately paged imprint, with special covering title, of the author’s ‘‘Ten- tamen Monographiae Zoologicae Generis Phaéthon,”’ belonging to the Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale de Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg, Ser. VI, Vol. V, Pt. 2 (Sci. Nat. Vol. III), pp. 239-275, Oct. 1840 (Cf. Ricker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 21, pp. 11-18, Jan. 23, 1908.). The present imprint appears to antedate the corresponding portion of the journal. The special title, marked ‘‘Fasciculus I,” seems to have been intended as a covering title for a series of separate imprints of papers on exotic ornithology to be published in the ‘‘Mémoires,”’ but no ‘‘Fasciculus II’ appears to exist. The copy at hand is bound with the author’s ‘‘Fuligulam (Lampronettam) fischeri,’”’ 1847 (q.v.). A number of new species are described herein. Brandt, Johann Frederick. 1847. Fuligulam (Lampronettam) Fischeri | novam avium Rossi- carum speciem | praemissis observationibus | ad | fuligularum generis sectionum | et | subgenerum quorundam | characteres et affinitates | spectantibus | descripsit | Joannes Fridericus Brandt | Academicus Petropolitanus. | Petropoli, | Typis Academiae Caesareae Scientiarum. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-19, 1 pl. (col.; by F. Priss). St. Petersburg. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 87 A separate, specially paged imprint of the author’s paper of the same title, occu- pying pp. 1-16 of the Mémoires de 1’Académie: Impériale de Sciences de St.- Pétersbourg, Ser. VI, Vol. VIII Pt. 2, (Sci. Nat. Vol. VI), Febr. 1848 (Cf. Ricker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 21, pp. 11-18, Jan. 23, 1908, where Pt. 2 of Vol. VIII is given the special number, ‘Science Naturelle, Vol. 8’ instead of ‘Science Naturelle, Vol. 6’ as in Carus and Engelmann.). It was published in this separate form in advance of the journal. New generic and specific names occur in the paper. Brasil, Louis. 1913-14. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Brasil, Louis. 1914. Louis Brasil | Professeur adjoint de Zoologie A la Faculté des Sciences | de l’Université de Caen. | Les oiseaux | d’eau, de rivage et de marais | de France, de Belgique & des Iles Britan- niques | Méthode pratique pour déterminer rapidement | et facilement, sans connaissances spéciales, tous les oiseaux | fré- quentant la mer, | les eaux douces et leur voisinage. | Avec 142 figures | [Monogram.] | Paris | Libraire J.-B. Bailliére et Fils | 19, Rue Hautefeuille, 19 | 1914. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-338, 1 1. (conts.), text-figs. 1-142. Paris. A sportsman’s manual of 223 shore and water birds of France, Belgium and Great Britain. Tables for the determination of species with’ brief descriptions and notes on habits, etc., are supplemented by many line-cuts and excellent half- tones by W. Kuhnert from Perriere and Salmon’s ‘‘La Vie des Oiseaux illustrée.”’ Bree, Charles Robert. 1859-63 (-67). A | history | of the | birds of Europe, | not observed in the British Isles. | By C. R. Bree, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | Vol. I [-IV]. | [Quot., 4 lines; omitted (Vols. II- IV.).] | London: | Groombridge and Sons, Paternoster Row. | M DCCC LXVI [M DCCC LXIII; M DCCC LXIV; M DCCC LXIII]. 4 vols. 4to (size of royal 8vo). Vol. I, tit., pp. I-XV-+1, 1-207, 60 pll. (col.; by Fawcett). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-203+117*, 60 pll. (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-247, 60 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, tit., pp. V-VI, 1-250, 58 pll. (col.), 2 text-figs. London. Principally on account of the habits of non-British European birds, with brief descriptions and synonymy, forming a sort of sequel to Morris’s ‘‘History of British Birds,’’ 1870 (q.v.). The early numbers are reviewed in detail in the Ibis, 1859, pp. 81-99. Considerable confusion exists in the dates of publication as recorded for this work. Carus and Engelmann record Vol. I under 1859 and II under 1860. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History) quotes Vol. I, 1863 and II-IV, 1867. Taschenberg gives Vol. I as of 88 Fre_tp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. 1866; II, 1867; III, 1864; IV, 1863. A copy in the Tweeddale Library has Vol. I, 1866. One in the Frederic Gallatin Jr. Library is catalogued as 1863-4. Actually, the work appears to have been issued in 59 (or more) parts, of which the 1st appeared early in 1859 and the 58th (which completed the work except for the appendix, pp. 185 et seq.) in July 1863. Volume I (15 parts) was com- pleted by October 1859, together with Pt. 16 of Vol. II; Pt. 24 by July 1860; 27 by Oct. 1860; Pt. 30 (completing Vol. II) by Jan. 1861; Pt. 43 on March 1, 1862; Pt. 58 on July 1, 1863 (Cf. Ibis 1, pp. 101, 198, 321 and 455; 2, pp. 297 and 419; 3, p. 106; 4, p. 180; 5, p. 463). A second edition (q.v.) was issued in 1875-76. Bree, Charles Robert. 1875-76. A history | of the | birds of Europe, | not observed in the British Isles. | By | Charles Robert Bree, M.D., F.Z.S., | Senior Physician [etc., 3 lines.] | Second edition, enlarged. | Vol. I [-V]. | [Quot., 4 lines.] | London: | George Bell and Sons, York Street, Covent Garden. | M DCCC LXXV [M DCCC LXXVI (Vol. V.) ]. 5 vols. 4to (size of superroyal 8vo). Vol. I, pp. I-IX+1, 11. (conts.), pp. 1-150, 54 pll. (53 col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-171, 53 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-176, 50 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-IV, 1-180, 51 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Vol. V, 2 ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-175, 45 pll. (col.), 2 text-figs. London. A second edition, with additions and omissions, of the author’s earlier work of the same title, 1859-63 (q.v.). Brehm, Alfred Edmund. 1861. Das Leben der Vogel. | Dargestellt | fiir Haus und Familie. | Von | Dr. A. C. Brehm, | Mitglied [etc., 3 lines.]. | Prachtausgabe | mit 24 Abbildungen und drei Tafeln in Farbendruck. | Glogau, | Verlag von C. Flemming. | 1861. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1-707-+1, pll. 1-3 [col.; eggs), 21 pll. (tinted). Glogau. A popular work consisting of essays on general ornithology, followed by sketches of a number of individual species. There is a later edition of 1878 and various translations also exist. Brehm, Alfred Edmund. (Jones, Thomas Rymer.) 1869-73. Cassell’s | book of birds. | From the text of Dr. Brehm. | By | Thomas Rymer Jones, F.R.S., | Professor of Natural History and Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. | With upwards of | Four Hundred Engravings, and a Series of Coloured Plates. | In four volumes. | Vol. I [-IV]. | London: [Line blank (Vol. IV.).] | Cassell, Petter, and Galpin; | and New York [London, Paris, and New York (Vol. IV.) ]. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 89 4 vols. in 2, demy 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-312, pll. 1-10 (col.), text-figs. 1-15, 111 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-320, pll. 11-20 (col.), 112 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 1-312, pll. 21-30 (col.), 112 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 1-312, pll. 31-40 (col.), 85 text- figs. London, Paris and New York. A general account of the birds of the world, mostly translated from Brehm’s “Tilustrirte Thierleben,”” 1864-69, Vols. III-IV. Brehm, Alfred Edmund. (Finsch, Otto.) 1870-76. Gefangene Vogel. | Ein Hand- und Lehrbuch | fir | Liebhaber und Pfleger einheimischer und fremdlandischer Kafig- vogel | von | A. E. Brehm, [ | unter Mithilfe von O. Finsch | und] | in Verbindung mit Baldamus, Bodinus, Bolle, Cabanis, Cronan, Fiedler, Finsch, [‘Finsch’ omitted.| | von Freyberg, Girtan- ner, von Gizicki, Herklotz, Alexander von Homeyer, [ | ] Kdppen, | [No division.] Liebe, Adolf und Karl Miller, Rey, Schlegel, Schmidt, Stolker [ | ] und anderen bewahrten | [No division.] Vogelwirten des In- und Auslandes. | Erster Teil. | Erster Band: Pfleger und Pfleglinge, Sittiche und Kornerfresser [Zweiter Band: Weichfresser]. | Mit 4 Tafeln. [Line omitted.] | Leipzig und Heidelberg. | C. F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung. | 1872 [1876]. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-626, 11. (expl. of pll.), pl. 1-4 (1 col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-827. Leipzig and Heidelberg. Ostensibly a treatise on cage-birds, but in reality including most of the known species of the groups treated. The various species, 1960 in number, are briefly described or characterized and their distribution given, with a general account of each group and sometimes of the individual forms. Pages 1-132 of Vol. I comprise a treatise on the handling of caged birds. The work appeared in 24 livraisons, 1-11 constituting Vol. I and 1-13, Vol. II. The extent of each livraison is uncertain but the numbers are noted in the Journal fur Ornithologie as fol- lows, the dates being the months for which the Journal was intended, not the dates of actual issue. Vol. I, Livr. 1, Sept. 1870; 2-3, Jan. 1871; 4, March 1871; 5, May 1871; 6, Sept. 1871; 7-11 (dated 1872), March 1873: Vol. II, Livr. 1, Oct. 1873; 2, Jan. 1874; 3-6 (?); 7, July 1874; 8-9, April 1875; 10-11 (dated 1875), July 1875; 12-13, April 1876. The author apparently intended to publish further volumes, since these two are marked, ‘‘Erster Teil,’’ but no more appeared. Brehm, Christian Ludwig, and Schilling, Wilhelm. 1820-22. Beitrige | zur | Vogelkunde | in | vollstandigen Be- schreibungen | mehrerer | neu entdeckter und vieler seltener, oder nicht gehdérig | beobachteter | deutscher Vogel | mit funf Kupfer- tafeln [drei Abbildungen (Vols. II and III.) | | von | Christian Ludwig Brehm | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf [etc., 2 lines (Vols. I go Fre_tp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. and II.); 5 lines | und | Wilhelm Schilling | Conservator am k6niglich preussichen Museum etc., 2 lines. (Vol. III.). | Erster [-Dritter] Band. | Neustadt an der Orla [Comma added (Vols. II and IITI.).] | Gedruckt und verlegt von J.K.G. Wagner. | 1820 [1822; 1822]. 3 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-967, 11., pll. I-V. Vol. II, pp. I-XIJI+1, 11. pp. 1-768, pll. I-II (3 figs.). Vol. III, pp. I-XI+1, 1-920, 2 ll., pll. III-V. Neustadt. A detailed natural history of the birds of Germany. Vols. I and II are by Brehm alone; Vol. III is by Brehm and Schilling. Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1823-24. Lehrbuch | der | Naturgeschichte | aller | europdischen Vogel, | von | Christian Ludwig Brehm, | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf [etc., 7 lines; 10 lines (Pt. 2.).] | Erster [Zweiter] Theil. | Mit einem Kupfer [Line omitted (Pt. 2.).]. | Jena, | bei August Schmid. | 1823 [1824]. t vol. (2 pts.) cap 8vo. Pt. 1, pp. I-XII, 11., pp. 1-416, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 2, pp. I-VIII, 417-1047. Jena. A handbook, of European ornithology. Numerous new species are described. The copy at hand has been trimmed from a larger size. Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1825-30. See Thienemann, Friedrich August Ludwig, Systematische Darstellung der Fortpflanzung der Vogel Europa’s, 1825-1838. Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1831. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte | aller | Vogel Deutschlands, | worin | nach den sorgfaltigsten Untersuchungen und den ge- | natesten Beobachtungen mehr als 900 einheimische | Végel-Gattung en zur Begriindung einer ganz neuen | Ansicht und Behandlung ihrer Naturgeschichte voll- | standig beschrieben sind. | Von | Christian Ludwig Brehm, | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf [etc., ro lines. ]. | Mit 47 ganz treu und sorgfaltig nach der Natur gezeichneten | illuminirten Kupfertafeln. | Ilmenau, | 1831. | Druck und Verlag von Bernh. Friedr. Voigt. 1831. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 1-1085+3, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-XLVI (col.; by Badeker and Goetz). Ilmenau. Detailed descriptions and accounts of German birds. Many new names occur in this work. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. gI Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1832. Handbuch | fiir den Liebenhaber | der | Stuben-, Haus- | und aller der Zahmung werthen Végel, | enthaltend | die genauesten Beschreibungen von 200 europdischen | Végelarten und eine griind- liche, auf vielen neuen | Beobachtungen beruhende Anweisung, die in- und | auslandischen Végel zu fangen, einzugewdhnen, zu | faittern, zu warten, fortzupflanzen, vor Krankheiten | zu bewahren und von denselben zu heilen. | Unter Mitwirkung des | Herrn Felix Grafen von Gourcy-Droitaumont | herausgegeben | von | Ch. B. Brehm, | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf [etc., ro lines.]. | Mit 8 ganz treu und sorgfaltig nach der Natur gezeichneten illumi- | nirten Kupfertafeln. | Ilmenau, 1832. | Druck und Verlag von Bernh. Friedr. Voigt. 1 vol. demy 8vo pp. I-XXXVI, 1-410, 1 1. (errata), pll. 1-8 (col.; by Gotz and Badeker), 1 pl. (uncol.). Ilmenau. 1832 (post May). A treatise on the birds (mostly European) capable of being caged or domesticated, including prefatory notes on breeding, rearing and caring for them in captivity. Many varieties, individual and otherwise, are described under binomial names and many new generic and specific names are proposed, although some of them were discussed in the author’s work of the previous year, ‘‘Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Végel Deutschlands’ (q.v.). The preface is dated May, 1832. Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1855. Der | vollstandige Vogelfang. | Eine grindliche Anleitung, | alle europaischen Vogel | auf dem Drossel-, Staaren-, Ortolan-, Regenpfeifer-, Strand- | laufer-und Entenheerde, mit Tag-, Nacht- und Zugnetzen, in | Steck-, Klebe-, Hange-, | Glocken- und Deckgarnen, in Huhnerstei- | gen, Nachtigall- und andern Garnchen, auf dem Trankheerde, der | Krahen-, Heher- und Meisenhiitte, in Raubvégelfallen und Ha- | bichtkérben, Teller- eisen und Schwanenhalsen, auf den Milanschei- | ben und Salz- lecken, in Erd- und Meisenkasten, Sprenkeln und | Aufschlagen, Dohnen, Lauf- und Fussschlingen, mit Leimruthen | und Leim- halmen, in Rohrfangen u. zu fangen. | Mit besonderer Berticksich- tigung der Vogelstellerei der | Franzosen und Afrikaner. | Nebst einer Uebersicht und kurzen Beschreibung aller europaischen Vogel, | unter denen sich viele neue Arten befinden | von | Christian Ludwig Brehm, | Pfarrer zu Renthendorf [etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit 2 lithographirten Tafeln. | Weimar, 1855. | Verlag, Druck und Lithographie von Bernh. Friedr. Voigt. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-416, 2 ll. (advt.), pll. I and II. Weimar. 92 Fretp Museum oF NaTurAL History—Zootocy, Voi. XVI. A descriptive catalogue of European birds in which many new names appear. Notes on the methods of capturing the various types or forms of birds are given in greater or lesser detail throughout the text. The work is more impor- tant to the systematist than its short-title would indicate. Brehm, Christian Ludwig. 1855-63. See Baedeker, Fr. W.]J., Die Eier der Europaeischen Voegel. Brenchley, Julius Lucius. (Gray, George Robert.) 1873. Jottings | during the | cruise of H. M. S. Curacoa | among | the south sea islands | in | 1865 | by | Julius L. Brenchley, M. A., F. R. G. S. | With numerous illustrations and natural history notices | [Vignette.] | London | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1873. | All rights reserved. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-487, 61 pll. (39 col.), 36 text- figs, 1 map (col.). London. The birds were treated by G. R. Gray and the section dealing with them occupies PP. 353-394 and pill. 1-10 (col.; by J. Smit). Only the rarer species, or those of which the types were secured on the voyage, are discussed. The original descriptions of the latter were published, previously, in various places. Brewer, Thomas Mayo. 1840. See Wilson, Alexander, American Ornithology. 1853. Idem. Brewer, Thomas Mayo. 1857. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | North American | Odlogy; | being an account of the habits and geographical distri- bution of the birds of North | America during their breeding season; with figures and | descriptions of their eggs. | By | Thomas M. Brewer, M. D. | Part I. | Washington City. | Published by the Smithsonian Institution: | 1857 | New York: D. Appleton & Co. > Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge | North American | Odlogy. | By | Thomas M. Brewer, M. D. | Part I.—Raptores and Fissirostres | [Accepted for publication, February, 1856. ]. 1 vol. royal 4to, 1 pr. 1., pp. I-VIII, 1-132, pll. I-V (74 figs., col.; by Otto Knisch, lithographed by L. H. Bradford & Co., Boston). Washington, New York. Published June 1857, separately, as above. Later it was reprinted and published with identical pagination, but with the second title, only, in Vol. XI. of the Contributions, dated 1859. The plates in the latter are plain, not colored, and were lithographed separately by Bowen & Co., Philadelphia. There are several errors in the names of certain eggs figured, which have been noted by Coues in the Bibliographical Appendix to his Birds of the Colorado Valley, 1878 (q.v.), pp. 646-647. The work was never completed. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 93 Brewer, Thomas Mayo. 1874. See Baird, Spencer F., Brewer, and Ridgway, A History of North American Birds, Land Birds. 1884. Idem, The Water Birds of North America. Brewster, William. 1886. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomencla- ture and Check-list of North American Birds. 1889. Idem. Check-list of North American Birds, Abridged Edition. 1889. Idem, Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature and Check- list. 1892. Idem, The Code of Nomenclature. 1895. Idem, Check-list of North American Birds, Second Edition. Brewster, William. 1895. See Minot, Henry Davis, The Land-birds and Game-birds of New England. Brewster, William. 1906. Memoirs of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. | No. IV. | The birds | of the | Cambridge region | of | Massachusetts. | By William Brewster. | With four plates and three maps. | Cambridge, Mass. | Published by the Club, | July, 1906. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-426, pll. I-VII (1 col., by Fuertes; include 3 maps). Cambridge. July 1906. A thorough essay on the birds of the region without details of description or synonomy; embracing distribution, habits, seasonal occurrence, and much historical data. Brewster, William. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Brewster, William. 1910. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. Brimley, C. S. 1919. See Pearson, Brimley and Brimley, North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey, Vol. IV, Birds of North Carolina. Brimley, H. H. 1919. See Pearson, Brimley and Brimley, North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey, Vol. IV, Birds of North Carolina. 94 Fietp Museum or Naturat History—Zoo.ocy, Vout. XVI. Brisson, Mathurin Jacques. 1760. Ornithologia | sive | synopsis methodica | sistens avium divisionem in ordines | Sectiones, | Genera, Species | ipsarumque Varietates. | Cum accurata cujusque speciei | descriptione, Cita- tionibus Auctorum de iis tractantium, | Nominibus eis ab ipsis E Nationibus impositis, Nomi- | nibusque vulgaribus. | A. D. Brisson, Regiz Scientiarum Academiz Socio. | Opus Figuris zneis adornatum. | Volumen I [-VI]. | [Design.] | Parisiis, | Ad Ripam Augustinorum, | Apud Cl. Joannem-Baptistam Bauche, Bibliopo- lam, | ad Insigne Ste. Genovefe, 6 Sti. Joannis in Deserto. | M. DCC. LX. | Cum approbatione, et privelegio regis. > [Title also in French. ]. > Supplementum | ornithologie | sive | citationes, descriptioni- busque | antea omissze. & species de novo adjecte, | ad suaquaque genera redacte. | A. D. Brisson, Regie Scientiarum Academiz Socio, | necnon Censore Regio. | [Title also in French, 9 lines.]. 6 vols. and supplement in 6 vols., foliopost 4to. Vol. I, pp. J-X XIV, 1-526, J-LXIIJ (index and errata), 1 1. (notice), pll. I-XXXVII (fold.; by Martinet). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-516, J-LXVIJ+1, pll. I-XLVI (fold.). Vol. III, 2 pr. tl., pp. 1-734, J-XCJ+1, pll. I-XXXVII (fold.). Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-576, J-LIV+1 1., pll. I-XLVI (fold.). Vol. V, 2 pr. Il, pp. 1-544, J-LV+1, pll. I-XLII (fold.). Vol. VI, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-543-+1, J-LXV+1-+1 1. pll. I-XLVII (fold.). Suppl. tit., pp. 1-146, J-XXIJ+1 1, pll. I-VI (fold.). Paris. One of the early systematic treatises on birds by a contemporary of Linné. De- tailed descriptions are given of genera and species of a large number of birds. While the author is not consistently binomial and frequently uses a descriptive phrase in place of a specific name, many of his generic names are proposed in strict accordance with the modern canons of nomenclature and are tenable as has been set forth in Opinion 37 of the International Commission of Zoologi- cal Nomenclature. These generic names, according to the text of the Opinion 37, are in genitive or adjectival form when used as captions to generic diagnoses but are in the nominative form in the introductory tables of classification, in the tables of contents and always as the introductory word of the Latin diag- noses of species. The titles of this work are in both Latin and French and the general text is also in both languages, in parallel columns except for the brief diagnoses and the synonymy which are given only in Latin. The long descriptions are very minute. The appendix is separately paged and titled but, at least in the present copy, is bound with Vol. VI. Vols. I-VI are dated 1760 and seem to have come out together. The appendix is not dated but is considered as of equal date with the remainder of the work; if so it must have appeared in the latter part of the 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 95 year since it quotes Vol. II of Edward’s ‘‘Gleanings of Natural History”’ (q.v.) which is also dated 1860. Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 28, Art. 27, pp. 317-335, Nov. 11, 1910) has published an important ‘‘Collation of Brisson’s Genera of Birds with those of Linnaeus.” British Museum. (Gadow, Hans; Hargitt, Edward; Hartert, Ernst: Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert; Savadori, Tommaso; Salvin, Osbert; Saunders, Howard; Sclater, Philip Lutley; Seebohm, Henry; Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; Shelley, George Ernest. 1874-98. Catalogue | of the | birds | in the | British Museum. | Volume I [-X XVII]. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1874 (Mut. mut.-1898]. 27 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-479+1, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans), 60 text-cuts. Vol. II, pp. I-XI+1, 1-325-+1, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans; I, II and IX missing), 34 text-cuts. Vol. III, pp. I-XTII+1, 1-343-++1, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans), 56 text-cuts. Vol. IV, pp. I-XVI, 1-494, 1 1., pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans), 63 text-cuts. Vol. V, pp. I-XVI, 1 1. (errata), pp. 1-426, 1 1., pll. I-X VIII (col.; by Keulemans and J. Smit), 15 text-cuts. Vol. VI, pp. I-XIII-+1, 1-420, 1 1., pll. I-X VIII (col.; by Keulemans), 57 text-cuts. Vol. VII, pp. I-XVI, 1-698, 1 1., pll. I-XV (col.; by J. Smit), 45 text-cuts. Vol. VIII, pp. I-XIII-+1, 1-385-+1, pll. I-IX (col.; by J. Smit), 22 text-cuts. Vol. IX, pp. I-XII, 1-310, 1 1., pll. I-VII (col.; by J. Smit), 23 text-cuts. Vol. X, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-682, pll. I-XII (col.; by Keulemans), 68 text- cuts. Vol. XI, pp. I-XVII-+1, 1-431, pll. I-XVIII (col.; by J. Smit), 33 text-cuts. Vol. XII, pp. I-XV+1, 1-871-++1, pll. I-XVI (col.; by Keulemans and W. Hart), 54 text-cuts. Vol. XIII, pp. I-XVI, 1-7o1-+1, 1-8 (advt.), pll. I-XV (col.; by J. Smit and Peter Smit), 48 text-cuts. Vol. XIV, pp. I-XIX-+1 (I and II missing), 1 insert-slip, pp. 1-494, 1 1. pll. I-X XVI (col.; by J. Smit), 32 text-cuts. Vol. XV, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-371-+1, 1-8 (advt.), pll. I-XX (col.; by J. Smit), 29 text-cuts. Vol. XVI, pp. I-XVI, 1-703-+1, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans), 9 text-cuts. Vol. XVII, pp. I-XI+1, 1-522-++1, pll. I-XVII (col.; by Keulemans and J. Smit), 1 text-cut. Vol. XVIII, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-579+1, 1-8 (advt.), pll. I-XV (col.; by Peter Smit), 26 text-cuts. Vol. XIX, pp. I-XII, 1-484, 1 1., pp. 1-17 (advt.), pll. I-XIII (col.; by Keule- mans and J. Smit), 1 text-cut. Vol. XX, pp. I-XVII-+1, 1-658, 11. pp. 1-17 (advt.), pll. I-X VIII (col.; by Keulemans), 1 text-cut. Vol. XXI, pp. I-VII+1, 1 1. pp. 1-676, 1-17 (advt.), pll. I-XV 96 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. (col.; by Keulemans). Vol. XXII, pp. I-XVI, 1-585, 1 1, pill. I-VIII (col.; by Keulemans and J. Smit), 1 text-cut. Vol. XXIII, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-353+1, 1-17 (advt.), pll. I-IX (col.; by Keule- mans). Vol. XXIV, pp. I-XII, 1-794, 1 1., pp. 1-19 (advt.). pll. I-VII (col.; by Keulemans), text-figs. 1-15, 5 text-cuts. Vol. XXV, pp. I-XV+1, 1-475+1, 1-19 (advt.), pll. I-VIII (col.; by J. Smit), 20 text-cuts. Vol. XXVI, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-687+1, 1-20 (advt.), pll. I-VIII, 1 a, 1 B, Ila, V 4 and V B (=173 pill., col.; by Keule- mans and J. Smit), text-figs. 1-9 and 1-2. Vol. XXVII, pp. I-XV+1, 1-636, 1 1., pp. 1-19 (advt.), pll. I-XIX (col.; by Keulemans and J. Smit). London. Unquestionably the most important work on systematic ornithology that has ever been published. According to the preface of Vol. XXVI (the last pub- lished, although not the last numerically), ‘‘the Catalogue is based, not only upon the immense collection of birds in the Museum, but also upon all other available material contained in public or private collections, or described in zoological literature. It therefore professes to be a complete list of every bird known at the time of the publication of the volume treating of the group to which it belongs.’’ The general plan of treatment involves the full description of each species with a copious synonymy, citation of distribution and catalogue of specimens of each in the British Museum, giving for each specimen the locality and source of receipt. Genera and higher groups are defined and tables given for determination of these and of the species. It was originally intended that Sharpe would prepare the entire work, but other specialists in various groups were called to write certain volumes after the magnitude of the project became apparent. As a result, the accuracy and completeness of the different sections of the work are not uniform. The composition, authorship and apparent date of the various volumes are as follows. Vol. I. Accipitres. Sharpe. Publ. June 1874 (Vol. X XVI, p. V). II. Striges. Sharpe. Pref. dated Dec. 1875; Mathews (Birds of Austr., Suppl. 4, p. 25) cites date of publ. as Dec. 14, 1875. III. Corvidae, Paradiseidae, Oriolidae, Dicruridae and Prionopidae. Sharpe. Introd. dated June 6, 1877; Mathews (l.c.) cites July 24, 1877. IV. Campophagidae and Muscicapidae. Sharpe. Pref. dated March 1879; Mathews (l.c.) cites March 26, 1879; rev. Ibis, July 1879. V. Turdidae (Warblers and Thrushes). Seebohm. Pref. dated Jan. 14, 1881; rev. Ibis, July 1881. VI. Timeliidae (Pt. 1). Sharpe. Introd. dated Dec. 26, 1881. VII. Timeliidae (Concl.). Sharpe. Pref. dated July 1, 1883; rev. Ibis, Oct. 1883. VIII. Paridae, Laniidae and Certhiidae. Gadow. Pref. dated June 28, 1883; tev. Ibis Oct. 1883. IX. Nectariniidae and Meliphagidae. Gadow. Pref. dated Febr. 11, 1884; rev. Ibis, July 1884. 1926. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 97 Dicaeidae, Hirundinidae, Ampelidae, Mniotiltidae and Motacillidae. Sharpe. Pref. dated March 9g, 1885; rev. Ibis July 1885. Coerebidae, Tanagridae and Icteridae. Sclater. Pref. dated May 7, 1886; rev. Ibis, July 1886. Fringillidae. Sharpe. Publ. Febr. 25, 1888 (Ibis, April 1888). Artamidae, Sturnidae, Ploceidae, Alaudidae, Atrichiidae and Menuri- dae. Sharpe. Pref. dated May 14, 1890; rev. Ibis, Dec. 1890. Tyrannidae, Oxyrhamphidae, Pipridae, Cotingidae, Phytotomidae, Philepittidae, Pittidae, Xenicidae and Eurylaemidae. Sclater. Publ. June 28, 1888 (Ibis, Dec. 1888). Dendrocolaptidae, Formicariidae, Conopophagidae and Pteroptochi- dae. Sclater. Pref. dated March 7, 1890; rev. Ibis, July 1890. Upupae and Trochili. Salvin. Cypselidae, Caprimulgidae, Podargidae and Steatornithidae. tert. Pref. dated June 12, 1892; rev. Ibis, Oct. 1892. Leptosomatidae, Coraciidae, Meropidae, Alcedinidae, Momotidae, Todidae and Coliidae. Sharpe. Bucerotes and Trogones. Ogilvie-Grant. Pref. dated June 1, 1892; rev. Ibis, Oct. 1892. Picidae. Hargitt. Pref. dated June 9, 1890; rev. Ibis, Oct. 1890. Rhamphastidae, Galbulidae and Bucconidae. Sclater. Indicatoridae, Capitonidae, Cuculidae and Musophagidae. Shelley. Pref. dated March 28, 1891; rev. Ibis, July 1891. Psittaci. Salvadori. ‘‘It was completed in December last, and is dated 1891, though it was not actually accessible to the public until the middle of last March’”’ (Ibis, July 1892). Columbae. Salvadori. Pref. dated June 30, 1893; rev. Ibis, Oct. 1893. Pterocletes, Gallinae, Opisthocomi and Hemipodii. Ogilvie-Grant. Pref. dated Nov. 17, 1893; incl. in Zool. Rec. for 1893. Rallidae, Heliornithidae, Aramidae, Eurypygidae, Mesitidae, Rhino- chetidae, Gruidae, Psophiidae and Otididae. Sharpe. Pref. dated Febr. 28, 1894; rev. Ibis, July 1894. Limicolae. Sharpe. Pref. dated July 10, 1896; noted at meeting of Brit. Orn. Club on Oct. 21, 1896. Gaviae. Saunders. Tubinares. Salvin. ‘ Pref. dated Dec. 16, 1895 but title-p. dated 1896. Plataleae and Herodiones. Sharpe. Steganopodes, Alcae and Impennes. Ogilvie-Grant. Pref. dated Oct. 6, 1898; copy laid on table at meeting of Brit. Orn. Club on Oct. 19, 1898. Chenomorphae, Crypturi and Ratitae. Sept. 6, 1895. Har- Salvadori. Pref. dated Full citations of the subtitle-pages of each volume (giving contents) are given under the various authors (q.v.). Sharpe’s “‘Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds,” 1899-1909 (q.v.), gives page-references to all the species, genera and other groups treated in the present work. In addition, Vol. IX of the Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, April 1899, is 98 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vot. XVI. devoted to an “Alphabetical Index to the Generic Names Adopted,” etc., in the Catalogue. British Museum. (Oates, Eugene William; Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert; Reid, Philip Savile Grey.) 1901-12. Catalogue | of the | collection | of | birds’ eggs | in the | British Museum. | Volume I [-V]. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1901 [1902; 1903; 1905; 1912]. | (All rights re- served. ). > Catalogue | of the | collection | of | birds’ eggs | in the | British Museum | (Natural History). | Volume I [-V]. | Ratite. Carinate (Tinamiformes - Lariformes) [Carinatze (Charadriifor- mes - Strigiformes) (Vol. IJ.); Carinate (Psittaciformes - Pas- seriformes) (Vol. III.); Carinate (Passeriformes continued) (Vol. IV.); Carinate (Passeriformes completed) (Vol. V.)]. | By | Eugene W. Oates [W. R. Ogilvie-Grant (Vol. V.)]. [ | Assisted by | Capt. Savile G. Reid. (Vols. III and IV.)] | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co. [Longmans, Green & Co. (Vol. V.)], 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; | B. Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly, W.; Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, W. [B. Quaritch, 11 Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W. (Vol. V.)]; | Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., Charing Cross Road, W.C. [Kegan Paul & Co., 43 Gerrard Street, W. (Vols. III and IV.); Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37 Soho Square, W. (Vol. V.)]; | and at the | British Museum (natural history), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1go1 | [1902; 1903; 1905; 1912]. 5 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-252, 1-23 (advt.), pll. I-XVIII (col.; of eggs; by Grénvold). Vol. II, pp. I-XX, 1-400, 1-24 (advt.), pll. I-XV (col.; of eggs; by Grénvold). Vol. III, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-349, 1-24 (advt.), pll. I-X (col.; of eggs; by Grénvold). Vol. IV, pp. I-XVIII, 1-352, 1-25 (advt.), pll. I-XIV (col.; of eggs; by Grénvold). Vol. V, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-547, 1-30 (advt.), pll. I-XXII (col.; of eggs; by Grénvold). London. Prepared somewhat after the plan of the British Museum’s ‘‘Catalogue of the Birds,” 1874-98 (q.v.), but following, with slight variations, the nomenclature of Sharpe’s ‘‘Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds,’’ 1899-1909 (q.v.), with which it corresponds in content of species, volume for volume. Under each species (subspecies are treated binomially) are given a list of bibliographic references, a description of the eggs, and a list of the specimens of the same in the British Museum with their sources. The work was originally entrusted to Oates who prepared the manuscript for most of it. Owing to ill health he was obliged to give up the work after the second volume was completed, and Vols. III and IV were revised and issued by Reid. Various interruptions delayed the appearance of the final volume and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 99 in the meantime many additions were made to the collection, in consequence of which it was found necessary to rewrite most of the original manuscript. This was done by Ogilvie-Grant who appears as author of Vol. V. The preface to Vol. I is dated Febr. 25, 1901 but the Museum’s list of current publications (given in the advertising pages at the back) is dated March 5; the preface to Vol. II is dated Febr. 1, 1902; that of Vol. IT is dated July 7, 1903; that of Vol. IV is dated Febr. 22 but the advertising pages are dated April 1; the preface of Vol. V is dated Sept. 13, 1912. British Museum. (Wilson, Edward Adrian; Pycraft, William Plane.) 1907. > National Antarctic expedition | 1901-1904 | Natural his- tory | Vol. II. | Zoology | (Vertebrata: Mollusca: Crustacea) | [Blazon.] | London: | printed by order of the Trustees of | the British Museum. | 1907 | (All Rights Reserved). 1 vol. 8vo (size of medium 4to), pp. I-XIV, 1-69 (Pt. I), 1-121 (Pt. II), 1-28 (Pt. III), 1-5 (Pt. IV). 1-67, 1-2, 1-12, 1, 1-28, 1-7, 1-2, 1-7, 1-6, pll. I (col.), I-IV (2 col.), I-XIII (col., by E. A Wilson; birds), 1-2, I-II, 3-7 (2 col.), 1-3, 3 pll. (unnum.; 1 of birds), 18 pll. (figs. 1-34), 23 pll. (figs. 1-46; birds), text-figs. 1-8 (birds,.. I-17, 1 (unnum.), 1-30, 1-4, 1-4, 1 map (col.; fold.; in pocket)) London. The second volume of the natural history report of the British National Antarctic Expedition of the S.S. ‘Discovery’ under Captain R. F. Scott. The present volume contains all the ornithology of the report. This is covered by Sections II and III, which comprise, respectively, a general report on ‘‘Aves’’ by Edward A. Wilson, and ‘‘On Some Points in the Anatomy of the Emperor and Adélie Penguins” by W. P. Pycraft. The complete Natural History occupies Vols. I-VI, 1907-12. British Ornithologists’ Union. 1883. Alist | of | British birds | compiled by a committee | of the | British Ornithologists’ Union. | [Vignette.] | [Quot.] | London: | John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row. | 1883. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-229. London. An annotated list of ail the birds ‘‘of which even a single specimen has been obtained in an undoubtedly wild state within the confines of the British Islands.” The official list of the British Ornithologists’ Union, now superseded by the second edition (q.v.), 1915. British Ornithologists’ Union. 1915. Alist | of | British birds | compiled by a committee | of the | British Ornithologists’ Union. | [Vignette.] | [Quot.] | Second and revised edition. | Published by the | British Ornithologists’ Union | and sold by | William Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand, | London, W.C. | 1915. 100 FIELD Museum or NATURAL History—Zoo.ocy, Voi. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X XII, 1-430. London. A revised and more fully annotated edition of the official list of British birds (Cf. ed. 1, 1883.). Appendix I contains a hypothetical list, including species, the records of whose occurrences are not considered satisfactory. Appendix II contains ‘‘Nomina Conservanda.’’ Appendix III is devoted to nomenclatorial problems and changes. British Ornithologists’ Union. (Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert; Wollas- ton, A.F.R.) 1916. Reports on the collections | made by the | British Ornitholo- gists’ Union Expedition | and the Wollaston Expedition | in | Dutch New Guinea, 1910-13. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | Francis Edwards, 83 High Street, Marylebone, W. | 1916. 2 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. I-V+1 (pref., by W. R. Ogilvie-Grant), 1-22, (introd., by A. F. R. Wollaston), 264 ll. (by various authors and variously paged), 20 pll. (9 col.), 40 text-figs., Maps A. and B. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), 236 ll., 21 pll. (4 col.), 36 text-figs. London. The work consists, largely, of articles previously published in various places, assembled and reprinted with both original and new pagination. Volume I contains articles I-X; Vol. II, articles XI-XX. The ornithological matter is contained in the preface, introduction and Part III of Volume I. The sub-title of Part III is “[From the Ibis, Jubilee Supplement 2, 1915] | III | Report on the Birds collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and | the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, | Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History).’’; pp. 1-240, pll. I-VIII (col.), text-figs. 1-3. The plates of birds are by H. Groénvold. Brodrick, William. 1855. See Salvin, Francis Henry; and Brodrick, Falconry in the British Isles. 1873. Idem, Falconry in the British Isles, Second Edition. Broinowski, Gracius J. 1887-91. The | birds of Australia, | comprising | three hundred full-page illustrations, | with | a descriptive account of the life and characteristic habits | of | over seven hundred species, | by | Gracius J. Broinowski. | Vol. I [-VI]. | Published by Charles Stuart & Co. [Published by the Proprietor (Vol. III.) ], | Mel- bourne, Sydney, Adelaide, Brisbane, New Zealand, and Tasmania [Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, and Brisbane (Vol. III.) ]. |[All rights reserved.] {1887. (Vol. III.)} | 1890. { No date (Vol. II.); [All rights reserved.] (Vol. III.); 1890 (Vol. IV.); 1891 (Vols. V and VI.)}. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. IOI 6 vols. in 3, demy folio. Vol. I, 58 Il., pll. I-LII (col.). Vol. II, 74 11, pll. I-LVIII (col.). Vol. III, 63 ll., pll. I-XLVII (col.; 1-25 and 27-29 num. in Arabic.) Vol. IV, 57 ll., pll. I-XLVIII (col.). Vol. V, 66 ll., pll. I-L (col.). Vol. VI, 50 ll., pp. I-XXX (index), 1 1. errata), pll. I-XLVII (col.). Melbourne, Sydney, Adelaide and Brisbane. A series of non-technical descriptions of the appearance and habits of numerous Australian birds, illustrated by chromo-lithographs, the work of the author. Vol. III is dated earlier than Vol. I and contains some plates (those numbered in Arabic) which differ slightly in style from the remainder, giving the volume the appearance of having been prepared at different times. I can find no contemporary review to elucidate matters. The volume is usually quoted as dated. Brook, Arthur. 1924. See Gilbert, H. A.; and Brook, Secrets of Bird Life. Brooks, Allan. 1909. See Dawson, William Leon; and Bowles, The Birds of Wash- ington. Brown, D. G. 1884. The | American bird fancier; | or, | how to breed, rear, and care for | song and domestic birds; | with their | diseases and remedies. | By | D. G. Browne, | author of ‘The Silva Americana,”’ “American Poultry Yard,” etc. | New edition, revised and en- larged. | By Fuller Walker, M.D. | With numerous illustrations. | New York: | Orange Judd Company, | 751 Broadway. | 1884. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. 1-116, 25 woodcuts (named figures) and various miscellaneous tail and head-pieces. New York. A book of little scientific value, being purely a manual for the cage-bird breeder. Brown, Peter. 1776. Nouvelles | illustrations | de | zoologie, | contenant | cinquante planches enluminées | d’oiseaux curieux, | et qui non etés jamais descrits, | et quelques de quadrupedes, | de reptiles et d’insectes, | avec de courtes descriptions systematiques. | Par Pierre Brown. | A Londres: | Imprimé pour B. White, dans Fleet Street. | M. DCC. LXXVI. > [Title also in English.] New | illustrations | of | zoology, | [etc.]. 1 vol. folio (size of folio-post 4to), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-136, pll. I-L (col.; by the author). London. A series of colored figures of various animals, accompanied by descriptions in English and French, on separate pages. The title, also, is in both languages. 102 FIELD Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. Although the book was published in London, the French text and title is given precedence over the English, for which reason I have quoted the title in the former language. Pp. 1-104 and pll. I-XLII are ornithological. The preface is dated May 9, 1776. Brown, Thomas, Captain. 1834. Illustrations | of the | game birds | of | North America | Chiefly the size of Nature | by | Captain Thomas Brown | F.L.S. M.W.S. M.K.S. M.P.S. | Late President of the Royal Physical Society, | &c. &c. &c. | Edinburgh | Frazer & Co. 54 North Bridge; | Wm. Curry Junr. & Co. Dublin; | John Smith & Son Glasgow; | & Smith Elder & Co. 65 Cornhill. | London. | MDCCCXXXIV | Designed & Engraved by James Turvey. 1 vol. columbier folio, 1 1. (engr. tit.), 16 pll. (col.). London. A series of hand-colored engravings, some original, others copied from the plates of Alexander Wilson’s ‘‘American Ornithology,’ 1808-14 (q.v.), Bonaparte’s “American Ornithology,” 1825-33 (q.v.), and possibly other works. The copies are often much altered in engraving, with entirely different backgrounds and coloring from those of the originals. The work is extremely rare and the latest references to it that I can find are in two articles by Walter Faxon in the Auk, 20, pp. 236-241, 1903, where a full collation is given, and l.c. 36, p. 626, 1919. It is advertised for sale by Fraser & Co on (advertising) p. 14 of Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, Vol. XIX (Ornithology Vol. V), 1835, The plates are not numbered and in Faxon’s copy appear to be arranged in slightly different order than in the copy at hand. According to Faxon they represent pll. 69-83 and 102 of Brown’s ‘‘Illustrations of the American Ornithology of Alexander Wilson and Charles Lucian Bonaparte,” etc., published in 1831-35 as a companion to Jameson’s edition of Wilson, 1831 (q.v.). In Faxon’s copy the backgrounds are said to be uncolored, but in the copy at hand they are fully colored; likewise his plates are watermarked 1835 while those at hand are watermarked from 1830 to 1834. The fly-leaf of the present copy bears an autographic inscription ‘‘'To Robert Mann Esqr. with the sincere regards of his friend Thos. Brown. Manchester, 28th July, 1838. Bruner, Lawrence. 1896. Some Notes | on | Nebraska Birds. | A List of the Species and Subspecies Found in the State, with Notes | on Their Dis- tribution, Food-Habits, Etc. | Corrected to April 22d, 1896 | By Lawrence Bruner, | Professor of Entomology and Ornithology, University of Nebraska. | [Reprint from the Report of the Nebraska State Horticultural Society for the Year 1896.] | Lincoln, Neb.: | State Journal Company, Printers. | 1896. 1 vol. post 8vo, 1 p. (tit.), pp. 48-178, figs. 1-51. Lincoln. Reprinted, with the addition of a title-page, without alteration of pagination. According to Palmer (Circ. 17, U. S. Dept. Agr., Biol. Surv., 1896), the paper appeared in May. Rev. Auk, July 1896. Complimentary copy from the author. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. V. Sie, Sele > «. Ags a NORTH AMERICA Thuply Me SE. hae BY ath. ) ia Yi Woy IPreuwn Kio. BLS. MKS. SLPS. “LATE PRESIDENT OF THE KOVAL PHYSICAL NOCTE TY yoLOt fg ‘Sle geome “ BDINBURG EY. . FRAZER & €°9 354 NORTH BRIDGE W* CURRY JUEN® & C®° DUBLIN, JOHN SMITH & SON GLASGOW € RMIT ELDER & Ce. 65 CORNUILL, ~Sondon es mDdDCCCXXKXIY. TITLE-PAGE OF CAPT. THOMAS BROWN’S ‘‘ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GAME BIRDS OF NORTH AMERICA.’’ See p. 102. a Fd 7 i 2 i. =. a mi yd _ a 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 103 Bruner, Lawrence; Wolcott, Robert Henry; and Swenk, Myron Harmon. 1904. A | Preliminary Review | of the | Birds of Nebraska | with synopses | by | Lawrence Bruner Robert H. Wolcott | Myron H. Swenk. 1 vol. 8vo (534x814), pp. 1-116, 5 ll. (index), 9 text-figs. Omaha. An annotated list of species with keys for their determination and for the separa- tion of families and orders. Annotations give the local distribution and status of each species as a Nebraska bird. Originally published, with some differ- ences, in the ‘‘Annual Report, Nebraska State Board of Agriculture for the Year 1903,” 1904. A presentation copy from the junior author. Briinnich, Marten Thrane. 1764. M. Th. Britnnichii | ornithologia | borealis, | Sistens | Collectionem Avium | Ex omnibus, Imperio Danico subjectis, | provinciis, insulisque borealibus | Hafnie factam, | Cum | De- scriptionibus Novarum, | Nominibus Incolarum, | Locis Natalium | et | Icone. | Imprimatur, J. C. Kall. | Hafnie, MDCCLXIV. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 4 pr. Il. (tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-80, 1 pl. (fold.). Copenhagen. A discussion of the birds of Denmark and Danish territory, with bibliographic references, vernacular (as well as binomial Latin) names, accounts of local distribution, and descriptions of many forms, a number of which are new. Various species occurring in North America are newly described herein. Bryan, William Alanson. 1901. A | key | to the | birds of the Hawaiian group. | By | William Alanson Bryan, | Curator of Ornithology in the Museum. | Hono- lulu, H. I.: | Bishop Museum Press. | 1901. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. I-IV, 5-76, pll. XVI-XXX, text-figs. 1-17. Honolulu. A series of tables for the determination of Hawaiian birds, illustrated by photo- graphs of skins. The work was published first in the Memoirs of the Bishop Museum, Vol. I, pp. (257) 259-332. The present copy is inscribed ‘‘To Dr. D. G. Elliot, With the Author’s Compliments.” Bryant, Harold Child. 1918. See Grinnell, Joseph; Bryant; and Storer, The Game Birds of California. Buchanan, Robert. 1869. See Audubon, John James, The Life and Adventures of John James Audubon, the Naturalist, edited by Robert Buchanan. 104 FrELD Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zootoey, Vov. XVI. Buckley, Thomas Edward. 1895. See Harvie-Brown; and Buckley, A Fauna of the Moray Basin. Bucknill, John Alexander Strachey. 1900. The | birds of Surrey | by | John A. Bucknill, M.A. | With illustrations and a map | London | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square | 1900. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-LVI, 1-374, 6 pll. (photogravures), 13 text-cuts (by Mrs. Bell and H. W. Murray), 1 map (tinted). London. A popular account of local birds, with notes on habits and distribution. Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. (Montbeillard, Philib. Guenau de Bexon, l’abbé; Daubenton, Edme Louis.) 1770-86. Histoire | naturelle | des oiseaux. | Tome Premier [-Dixiéme]. | [Blazon.] | A Paris, [ | Suivant la Copie (Vols. VI-X.) ] | del’imprimerie royale. | M.DCCLXX [M.DCCLXXII. M.DCCLXXIV; M.DCCLXXVII; M.DCCLXXVIII; M.DCC- LXXIII; M.DCCLXXIII; M.DCCLXXXIII; M.DCC.LXXXIV; M.DCCLXXXVI]. 10 vols. in 20 (plates in separate volumes), crown folio. Vol. I, 3 pr. Il. (tit. and conts.), pp. J-XXIJ (pref.), 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-313-+1, 11. (pil. and errata), 75 pll. (col.; by Martinet). Vol. IT, 3 pr. Il., pp. 1-488, 1 1. (pll. and errata), 53 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-282, 1 1. (pll. and errata), 98 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, 6 pr. ll., pp. 1-405+1, 11. (pll. and errata), 97 pll. (col.). Vol. V, pp. J-XJ+1, 1-363+1, 11. (pll. and errata), 98 pll. (col.) Vol. VI, pp. J-XIJ, 1-582, 1 1. (pll. and errata), 102 pll. (col.). Vol. VII, tit., 1 1. (pll. and errata), pp. J-XIJ, 1-435, 142 pll. (col.). Vol. VIII, tit., 1 1. (pll. and errata), pp. J-VIIJ, 1-412, 140 pll. (col.). Vol. IX, pp. J-VIIJ, 1-423+1, 11. (pll. and errata), 109 pll. (col.). Vol. X, pp. J-IV, 1-562, 1 1. (pll. and errata), 94 pll. (col.; 35 not ornithological). Paris. 1770 (1771?)-86. One of the early and important landmarks in the history of ornithology. It is based on the nine volumes of ‘‘Oiseaux”’ in Buffon’s ‘‘Histoire Naturelle Gén- érale.”’ first edition, with some changes in the text. Many species of birds are described under vernacular names, and general discussions are given of habits, relationships, etc. Some of the species were later given Latin names by Hermann in his ‘‘Tabula Affinitatum Animalium” (q.v.) of 1783 (reviewed in part by Stresemann in the Novit. Zool. 27, pp. 327-332, June 1920), although the references are not to the present edition but to the original work. Bod- daert, the same year as Hermann, or later, named many of Buffon’s species (apparently from Daubenton’s illustrations, as mentioned below), but where his names clash with those of Hermann, the latter have priority (Cf. Richmond, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 105 Auk, 17, p. 179, 1900.). Gmelin, in the 13th edition of the “Systema Naturae” of Linnaeus, 1788, also named many of Buffon’s birds, but his references are to the original nine volumes of the “‘Oiseaux’’ of the “‘Hist. Nat. Générale,’’ which he quotes under their sectional title of ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux’’ to the resultant confusion with the present edition. The early history of the first editions of Buffon is somewhat as follows. Buffon, in 1749, began the publication of his “‘Histoire Naturelle Générale,” completed in 1804 (after his death), in 44 quarto volumes. Of these, the nine - volumes of birds (Vols. 23-31) appeared from 1770 to 1783.1 A separate edition of the same work in 71 volumes, 12mo, was begun in 1752 and com- pleted in 1805, of which the ornithology occupied 18 volumes (Vols. 47-64). ? In 1765, Daubenton the younger (whose father was collaborator with Buffon in the ‘‘Hist. Nat. Générale’’), instigated by Buffon, commenced the publica- tion of a series of 1008 colored plates, 973 of which are of birds, drawn by Mar- tinet. These were issued without text other than the vernacular names (often from Brisson) on their legends. They appeared in promiscuous order in 42 cahiers, from 1765 to 1780 or a little later in both large and small folio, and appear to lack any definite title or title-page, although the collection seems always to have been known as ‘‘Daubenton’s Planches Enluminées.”’ Daubenton’s work seems to have been intended originally to illustrate the vol- umes of ‘‘Oiseaux’”’ of Buffon’s ‘‘Hist. Nat. Générale,’”’ even though the latter did not commence until the plates were in course of publication. Buffon (Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, I, pp. VJ-IX and VII, p. IJ) and Boddaert (Table, p. VIII) both credit the enterprise with that definite purpose. However, in view of the limited edition of the colored plates,—insufficient to provide a set for each copy of the ‘‘Hist. Nat. Générale,”—a new set of 262 back-and-white plates was prepared for the ornithological volumes of that work (Cf. Buffon, Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, I, p. IX.). At the same time Buffon produced, in ten volumes, a special edition of the ornithology (in both large and small folio) under the title transcribed above, designed expressly to accompany Dauben- ton’s plates. Each volume contains a list of these plates with the order of arrangement and references to the pages where they are to be inserted in the volume, and the text refers to them simply as ‘‘les planches enluminées No.—.”’ No reference is made in the text to 35 non-ornithological plates which accom- pany the present set (and other recorded sets) of the work, except as they are included in the total number of plates mentioned in Vol. VII, p. IJ. Boddaert, on p. 28 of his “Table,’’ identifies pl. 476 of Daubenton as the “Ecorcheur des Philippines” and the “‘Piegriesche de la Louisanie’’ (sic), figs. 1 and 2, and nowhere mentions a ‘‘Tinamou de Cayenne.’”’ In Buffon’s illus- trations, pl. 476 represents the ‘‘Tinamou de Cayenne,”’ while the two shrikes are not figured on any plate. In Vol. I of the text, pp. 237 and 242, Buffon discusses the two shrikes and refers to figs. 1 and 2 of pl. 476, but on a leaf of errata at the close of the volume he deletes these plate-references. Pl. 476 with the figure of the Tinamou, is placed in Vol. II opposite p. 414 where there is a slight accompanying reference to the species, while on p. 223 of Vol. V 1This is the edition quoted by Gmelin and by Hermann, *This edition is quoted by Boddaert in his ‘‘Table des Planches Enluminées de M. D'Aubenton” (Cf. Boddaert, ‘“‘Reprint of Boddaert’s Table,’’ 1874.), where it is cited simply as ‘‘Buffon,” *Boddaert gives 1781 as the date of completion and Newton (Dict. Birds, ano. 10), assigns one year earlier. Buffon, in the Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, (collated herewith), VII, p. IJ, 1783, says that the 42nd and last cahier of Daubenton's plates has just been published. 106 FiELD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Voi. XVI. there is a full discussion with a proper reference to the plate by number. Son- nini, in his edition of Buffon, 1800-05 (q.v.), Vol. 39, p. 358, footn., calls atten- tion to the error but not to the correction. The question arises as to whether or not a plate of the shrikes was ever issued by Daubenton and cancelled by Buffon. Dr. Hellmayr advises me that in a copy of Daubenton’s plates exam- ined by him (preserved as an atlas of plates without accompanying text), pl. 476 represented the Tinamou. It seems most probable that Boddaert never saw the plate of the shrikes to which he refers, nor the errata by which Buffon cancelled all references to such a plate, but that he prepared his remarks from Buffon’s descriptions (including the plate-number); his discussion adds nothing to Buffon’s account. In such case, ‘‘Daubenton’s Planches Enluminées’’ and the illustrations of the present work are strictly identical. A virtual supplement to Buffon’s “Oiseaux” is found in the “Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées” of Temminck and Laugier, 1820-39 (q.v.), and another supplement to both of these in the ‘‘Iconographie Ornithologique”’ of Des Murs, 1845-49 (q.v.), both series being issued in uniform style and size to agree with their predecessor. Temminck and Laugier’s work contains a composite list of Buffon’s (Daubenton’s?) plates and their own, arranged in systematic order. A considerable part of the early volumes of the “Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux”’ was written by Montbeillard whose contributions are published over his own name in Vols. III-VII. In Vol. VII, Buffon announces the retirement of Mont- beillard from the ornithological field and acknowledges the services of Bexon in his place thenceforth, although nothing seems to be published over the latter’s name. The contributions of Montbeillard are as follows. Vol. III, entire volume; IV, pp. 1-204 and 250-405; V. pp. 53-131, 163-183 and 294-363; VI, PP- 1-30, 197-207, 228-372, 389-477 and 491-582; VII, pp. 230-350. Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. 1785-87. > Histoire | Naturelle | générale | et particuliere, | Par M. le Comte de Buffon, Inten- | dant [Buffon, | Intendant (Vols. X- XVIII.) | du jardin du Roi, de l’Acadé- | mie [de | l’Académie (Vols. X-XVIII.) | Francoise et de celle des Scien- | ces [des | Sciences (Vols. X-XVIII.) ], &c. | Oiseaux, Tome I[-XVIII]. | Aux Deux-Ponts, | Chez Sanson & Compagnie. | M. DCC. LXXXV [M. DCC. LXXXV (Vols. II-VI.); M. DCC. LXXXVI (Vol. VII.); ? (Vol. VIII missing.); M. DCC. LXXXVII (Vols. IX-XVIII.) J. 17 (should be 18) vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. J-X XXIV, 1 1. (notice), pp. 1-258, pll. 1-12 (col.). Vol. II, pp. 1-264, pll. 1-11 (col.; 3, 8 and 9 missing). Vol. III, pp. 1-303, pll. I-VI (col.; III-IV missing). Vol. IV, pp. 1-299, pli. I-III and 4-8 (col.). Vol. V, pp. 1-372, pll. 1-7 (col.). Vol. VI, pp. 1-199+1, J-CXLIX+1, 150-154, pill. 4, 3, 2 and 1 (col.; renumbered by hand, 1, 2, 3 and 4). Vol. VII, pp. 1-336, pll. 1-3 (col.). Vol. VIII missing. Vol. IX, pp. 1-377+1, 1-5, pll. 1-6 (col.). Vol. X, pp. 1-246, J-XLIX-+1, 1-4, pll. 1-3 (col.). Vol. XI, pp. 1-400, 1-8, pll. 1-6 (col.). Vol. XII, pp. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 107 1-391-+1, 1-6, pll. 1-4 (col.). Vol. XIII, pp. 1-370, 1-6, pll. 1-6 (col.). Vol. XIV, pp. 1-299+1, J-XVITJ, 1-6, pll. 1-5 (col.). Vol. XV, pp. 1-349, 1-6, pll. 1-7 (col.). Vol. XVI, pp. 1-258, 1-3-+1, pll. 1-7 (col.). Vol. XVII, pp. 1-385+1, 1-3, pll. 1-10 (col.). Vol. XVIII, pp. 1-110, J-CXLIX--1, 1h, pll..1, 2, II and IV (col.). Deux-Ponts (=Zweibrticken). 1785-87 (-91). The ornithological volumes of the ‘‘Deux-Ponts Edition” of Buffon’s work. This edition (according to Oberholser, Bull. 86, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 94, footn., 1914) is the one quoted by Suckow in his ‘‘Anfangsgriinde der theoret. und ange- wandten Naturgesch. der Thiere, 1797-1801. The complete series, published from 1785 to 1791, includes 54 volumes. In the present copy of the ornitholo- gical portion, a former owner has added Latin names to the plates. Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. (Sonnini de Manoncour, Charles Nicolas Sigisbert; Virey, Jules Joseph.) 1800-05. > Histoire naturelle, | générale et particuliere, | par Leclerc de Buffon; | Nouvelle Edition, accompagnée de Notes, et dans laquelle | les Supplémens sont insérés dans le premier texte, ala | place qui leur convient. | L’on y a ajouté l’histoire | naturelle des Quadrupédes et des Oiseaux découvertes | depuis la mort de Buffon, | celles des Reptiles, des Poissons, | des Insectes et des Vers; enfin, l’histoire des Plantes dont | ce grand Naturaliste n’a pas en le tems de s’occuper. | Ouvrage formant un Cours complet d’Histoire Naturelle; | par [redige par (Vols. 43, 409, 50, 53-57, 63 and 64.)| C. S. Sonnini, | membre de plusieurs sociétés savan- tes | Tome trente-neuviéme [mut. mut. (Vols. 39, 40, 43, 49, 50, 53-57, 63 and 64.);]. | [Monogram.] | A Paris, | de l’imprimerie de F. Dufart. | An IX [mut. mut. ]. > Histoire naturelle | des oiseaux, | par Leclerc de Buffon; | Augmentée de Notes, d’Additions considérables, et mise | au cou- rant des connoissances actuelles; avec un grand | nombre de Figures des Oiseaux les plus connus, gravées | d’aprés les Dessins de De Séve. | Ouvrage formant une Ornithologie complette. | Rédigé par [Par (Vols. 58-60.) ] C. S. Sonnini, | membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes [ | et littéraires (Vols. 45-48, 51, 52 and 58.) ]. | Tome premier [mut. mut. (Vols. 37, 38, 41, 42, 44-48, 51, 52, and 58-62.).]. | [Monogram.] | A Paris, | de l’imprimerie de F. Dufart. | An XI (mut. mut. }. 85 (88) vols. crown 8vo; Ornithology in 13 vols. as follows.! Vol. 37 (7), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-381, pll. I-IV (col.). Vol. 38 (2), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-333, pll. V-XVI (col.; XIII wrongly num. XV; VI and VII iThe figure i in italics and parenthesis is the number of the volume in the ornithological series. The ‘An—’ is the date on the respective volume in the present set. 108 FreELD Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. missing). Vol. 39 (3), ‘An IX’; pp. 1-397, pll. XVII-XXIV (col.). Vol. 40 (4), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-360, pll. XXV-XXXIII (col.). Vol. 41 (5), ‘An XI’; 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-399, pll. XX XIV-XLI (col.). Vol. 42 (6), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-368, pll. XLII-LII+1 pl. (unnum.) (col.). Vol. 43 (7), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-333, pll. LIII-LXX (col.). Vol. 44 (8), ‘An XII’; pp. I-X, 11-381, pll. LX XI-LXXXIV (col.). Vol. 45 (9), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-378+1, pll. LXXXV-XCII (col.). Vol. 46 (zo), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-390, pll. XCIII-CII (col.). Vol. 47 (72), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-410, pll. CIII-CIX (col.). Vol. 48 (72), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-399, pll. CX-CXVIII (col.). Vol. 49 (13), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-381, pll. CXIX-CXXVIII (col.; CX XVII and CXXVIII, respectively wrongly num. CXXII and CXXIII). Vol. 50 (74), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-392, pll. CX XIX-CXXXVII (col.). Vol. 51 (75), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-397, pll. CXXXVIII-CXLV (col.). Vol. 52 (16), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-395, pll. CXLVI-CLIV (col:)! Vol: 53 (77); ‘Ag rae: pp. 1-429, pll. CLV-CLX (col.). Vol. 54 (78), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-420, pll. CLXI-CLXVII (col.; CLXVIII listed in index but included in following vol. where it is also listed in the index). Vol. 55, (79), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-142, pll. CLXVIII-CLXXVII (col.). Vol. 56 (20), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-396, pl. CLXXVITI-CLXXXIII (col.; CLXXX wrongly num. CLXXXI). Vol. 57 (27), ‘An X’; pp. 1-400, pll. CLXXXIV-CXCV (col.). Vol. 58 (22), ‘An XII’; pp. 1-383, pll. CXCVI-CCVI (col.; CCII missing). Vol. 59 (23), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-416, pll. CCVII-CCXVIII (col.). Vol. 60 (24), ‘An XI’; pp. 1-389, pll. CCXIX-XXCCVI (col.). Vol. 61 (25), ‘An XIII’; pp. 1-413, pll. CCXXVII-CCXXXII (col.). Vol. 62 (26), ‘An XIII’; pp. 1-468, pll. CCXXXIII-CCXLV (col.; CCXXXVII wrongly num. CCXXXVIII). Vol. 63 (27), ‘An X’; pp. I-XX, 21-396, pll. CCXLVI-CCLIII (col.; CCXLVII wrongly num. CCXLVIII). Vol. 64 (28), ‘An X’; pp. 1-390, pll. CCLIV-CCLVI (col.).; [257 col. pll. (3 missing) by Barraband (Vols. 37-42) and De Séve (43-64).]. Paris. The ornithological volumes of the ‘‘Sonnini Edition” of Buffon, containing Buf- fon’s original text augmented by numerous footnotes signed by Sonnini and by Virey. Many binomial names are cited in these footnotes, being quoted from previous authors, especially from Daudin whose ‘‘Traité élémentaire et complet d’Ornithologie,” 1799-1800, had just appeared. Several reissues of the present edition seem to have appeared and, judging by the mixed dates on the title- pages of the present set, several of them are represented here although no vol- ume bears a date later than that of the completion of the entire work (except- ing the index.) In Vol. I, pp. 19 and 20 are on an inserted leaf which appears to be a replacement for a cancelled leaf; p. 19 has the signature ‘‘B 2*”. Three styles of title-page (with variations) are given, one with the title and numeration 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 109 of the entire series, one with title and numeration for the ornithological series, and one with the general title and the special numeration. In addition, Vol. 43 has the title-page of the general series and the preliminary half-title page of the ornithological series. According to the title-page of the ‘Tables Analytiques’’ or index to this edition of Buffon (by Sue, 1808, q.v.), the entire set (excluding the three volumes of index) is composed of 124 volumes; Engelmann cites 129 (including the ‘“Tab- les’) but his detailed list totals only 124, 64 of which compose the annotated reissue of Buffon’s original text, 61 the new ‘‘Suites 4 Buffon’’ by various au- thors, and 3 the ‘‘Tables Analytiques.’’ The first 64 vols. are numbered in sequence (as well as separately by subjects); the ‘‘Suites’’ are numbered oniy by subjects. Of the entire edition, the present set includes the following. Ouvrage de Buffon. Vols. 22-34, ‘ Quadrupédes,’ (266 pll., 203 col.; Vol. 25 lacks 1 pl.; Vol. 33 be- longs to uncolored issue). Vols. 35-36, ‘Singes,’ (79 col. pll.). Vols. 37-64 ‘Oiseaux,’ (collated in detail above). Suite @ Buffon. Vols. 1-14, ‘Crustacés et Insectes’ by Latreille, (113 col. pll.). Vols. 1-13, ‘Poissons’ by Sonnini, (80 pll., 79 col.). 1 Vol., ‘Cetacées’ by Sonnini, (5 col. pll.). Vols. 1-8, ‘Rep- tiles’ by Daudin, (100 pll., 94 col.). Vol. 1-6, ‘Mollusques’ by Denys-Mont- fort, (72 pll., 53 col.; Vol. 2 belongs to uncolored issue). Vols. 1-3, ‘Tables Analytiques’ by Sue (catalogued separately; q.v.). Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. (Lacepéde, Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville.) 1818. > Guvres | complétes | de Buffon, | Mises en ordre, précédées d’une Notice sur la vie de l’Auteur, et | suivies d’un Discours intitulé: Vue générale des progrés de | plusieurs branches des sciences naturelles depuis le milieu | du dernier siécle; | Par M. le Comte de Lacepéde. | Nouvelle édition, | ornée de nouvelles et superbes figures. | Tome neuviéme. | Paris, | Rapet et Cie, Rue Saint-André-des-Arcs, No. 41. | 1818. 4 vols. in 5 (complete work 17 vols.), post 8vo. Vol. IX, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-608, (pill. 1-30). Vol. X, 2 pr. Il, pp. 1-620, (pill. 31-63). Vol. XI, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-582, (pill. 64-94). Vol. XII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-603, [2 pr. ll., pp. 1-112 (=‘‘Vue Générale des Progrés—des Sciences Naturelles) ], (pil. 95-126). Atlas, 3 orig. wrappers, pll. 1-126 (col.; by Prétre). Paris. The ornithological volumes of one of Lacépéde’s editions of Buffon’s ‘‘Histoire Naturelle’ (Cf. Buffon, ‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux,’ 1770-86.). Buf- fon’s original text is followed closely and only vernacular names are used for the species discussed. Vol. XII closes with a separately paged and titled copy of Lacépéde’s ‘‘Vue Générale des Progrés de Plusieurs Branches des Sciences Naturelles’”’ including a possibly altered reprint of the same author’s ‘““Tableaux Méthodiques des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux’’ (Cf. Lacepéde, ‘‘Vue Générale,” etc., 1819). The entire edition, of which the present set is a part, occupies 17 volumes; the last five were written by Lacepéde and included by the publishers in the set as a sort of supplement. Vol. XII, therefore, closes Buffon’s portion 110 FieLD Museum or NaturAL History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. of the text. In the present copy, all the plates are withdrawn from their respec- tive volumes and bound together in a separate volume with three of the original wrappers. These wrappers are lettered 4th, 5th and 6th livraisons and contain the plates for the 9th, roth and 11th volumes of text, but are undated. Engel- mann gives the dates for the entire work (17 vols.) as 1817-19. Buffon, George Louis Leclerc; and Daubenton, Louis Jean Marie. (Desmarest, Anselme-Gaétan; Lamouroux. ) 1824-31. Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon, | avec les descriptions anatomiques | de Daubenton, | son collaborateur. | Nouvelle édition, | dirigée par M. Lamouroux [commencée par feu M. Lamouroux, Professeur d’Histoire (Vols. VI-XV, XX-X XIX, XX XITII-XL.) | | Professeur d’histoire Naturelle. [Naturelle; | et continuée par M. A. G. Desmarest, | Membre titulaire de l’Académie royale de Médécine, etc., 2 lines (Vols. VI-XV, X X- XXIX, XXXIII-XL.).| | Théorie de la terre.-Tome Ier [Idem, II (-XI) (Vols. II-XI.); Histoire générale des animaux (Vol. XII.); Histoire naturelle de l’homme.-Tome I (-III) (Vols. XIII-XV.); Mammiféres.-TomeI (-XIV) (Vols. XVI-X XI X.); Oiseaux.-Tome I (-XI) (Vols. XX X-XL.) ]. | A Paris, | chez Verdiére et Ladrange, | libraires, Quai des Augustins. | 1824 [ (Vols. I-V, XVI-XIX, XX X-X X XII.); 1825 (Vols. VI-VII, X X-X XI.); 1826 (Vols. VITI-IX, X XTI-X XIII, XX XITI- XXXV.); 1827 (Vols. X, XXIV-XXVI, XXXVI.); 1828 (Vols, XI-XIV,- XXVIT, AXXAVITY: 1825: (Vor a AAVITI, XXXVI): 1830’ (Vols? KA XNEXE AT) nea (Vol. X XIX.) ]. > Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon. | Tome Ier [-XL]. 26 vols. post 8vo; Ornithology in 11 vols. as follows. Vol. XXX, 2 pr. ll. (subtit. and tit.), pp. J-XXVJ, 1-469, pll. 1-16, 1 (bis), 2 bis, 3(bis), 4(bis), 5(bis), 7 bis, 9(bis), 11 bis, 11(ter) (col.). Vol. XXXI, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-458, pll. 17-23, 16(bis), 16 ter, 22 (bis) (col.). Vol. XXXII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-500, pll. 24-36, 42, 23(bis), 23 ter, 24(bis), 28(bis), 29 bis, 30 bis, 34(bis), 36(bis), 36 ter. (col.). Vol. XX XIII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-486, pll. 37-41, 44-55, 38 (bis), 41 (bis), 43 (bis), 48(bis), 51(bis), 54(bis) (col.). Vol. XXXIV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-490, pll. 56-66, 56(bis), 57(bis), 57(ter), 58(bis), 58 ter, 59(bis), 6o0(bis), 6o(ter), 62(bis), 65(bis) (col.). Vol. XXXV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-548, pll. 67-84, 77(bis), 78(bis), 81 (bis) (col.). Vol. XXXVI, 2 pr. ll, pp. 1-496, pll. 90-116, 97 bis, 114 (bis), 115(bis) (col.). Vol. XX XVII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-546, pll. 117-131, 122(bis), 124(bis), 125(bis), 130(bis) (col.). Vol. X XXVIII, 2 pr. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. our ll., pp. 1-473, pll. 85-89, 132-143, 132(bis), 136(bis), 136(ter), 137(bis), 140(bis), 143(bis) (col.). Vol. XXXIX, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-570, pll. 144-167, 155(bis), 156(bis) (col.). Vol. XL, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-486, I-X XVIII (table of figs.), 1-12 (table of pll.), pll. 168- 190, 169 bis. Paris. The ‘‘Lamouroux Edition” of Buffon’s work, not including the supplementary volumes of ‘‘Suite 4 Buffon’’ which are absent from the set at hand. This edition was commenced by Lamouroux whose initials appear at the close of certain footnotes in the earlier volumes. The work was completed by Des- marest who annotated the remainder. Engelmann cites inclusive dates of 1824-32, although the last volume bears the date 1831. The plates, by P. Oudart, are unusually fine. A reprint of this edition was published in Brussels in 1828-33 (q.v.). Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. (Cuvier, Georges Léopold C.F.D.; Richard, A.) 1825-28. Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon | mises en ordre et précédes d’une notice historique | par M. A. Richard, | Professeur agrégé a la faculté de médecine a Paris; | suivies de deux volumes | sur les progrés des sciences physiques et naturelles | depuis la mort de Buffon, | par | M. le Baron Cuvier, | Secrétaire Perpétuel de 1’Académie Royale des Sciences. | [Design.] | A Paris | chez Baudouin fréres, éditeurs [Delanglefréres (Vols. X X-X XVITII.)], | rue de Vaugirard, No. 17 [éditeurs-libraires (Vols. X X-X X- VIII.)], | et chez N. Delangle, éditeur, [Line omitted (Vols. X X-X XVITTI.).] | rue du Battoir, No 19 [rue du Battoir-Saint- André-des-Arcs, No 19 (Vols. XX-X XVIII.) J. | M.DCCC.- XXVII [ (Vols. I-XIII.); M.DCCC XXV (Vol. XIV.) ; M.DCCC- XXVI (Vols. XV-XIX.);M.DCCC.XXVI (Vols. X X-X XITI.); M.DCCC.XXVII (Vols. X XIV and X XVI.); M.DCCC.XXVIII (Vols. XXV, XXVII-X XVIII.) }. > Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon. | Tome premier [II-X XVIII]. [Two vols. atlas without title-pages. }. > Histoire | des progres | des sciences naturelles, | depuis 1789 jusqu’a ce jour, | par | M. le Baron Cuvier, | Conseiller d’état, | Secrétaire Perpétuel [etc., 3 lines.] | [Design.] | A Paris | chez Baudouin fréres, éditeurs, [etc., 4 lines (Compl. I.); Delangle fréres, etc. 3 lines (Compl. II-IV.).] | M.DCCC XXVI [M.DCCC.- XXVIII (Compl. II-IV.)]. > Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon. | Complément. | Tome I [-IV]. 34 vols. 8vo; Ornithology in 10 vols. as follows. Vol. XX, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-448. Vol. XXI, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-430. Vol. XXII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-438. Vol. XXIII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-455. Vol. 112 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. XXIV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-464. Vol. XXV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-504. Vol. XXVI, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-441. Vol. X XVII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-501. Vol. XXVIII, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-483 (incl. general index to Vols. I-X XVIII). Atlas ;(ornithological volume), pll. 1-110, 3 bis, 12 bis, 12 ter, 17 bis, 30 bis, 31 bis, 33 bis, 81 bis (col.; by Vauthier). Paris. One of the numerous editions of Buffon. Various footnotes throughout the work are signed ‘‘A. R.” (=A. Richard). The supplementary volumes do not appear to contain any ornithological matter. A note in the last volume of ‘‘Complé- ment’’ announces that title-pages will be supplied for the two volumes of plates, but those volumes are without titles in the present set. Buffon, George Louis ‘Leclerc; and Daubenton, Louis Jean Marie. (Desmarest, Anselme-Gaétan; Lamouroux. ) 1828-33. Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon, | suivies de ses con- tinuateurs | Daubenton, Lacépéde, Cuvier, Duméril, Poiret, | Lesson et Geoffroy-St-Hilaire. | Buffon et Daubenton. | Théorie de la terre [ (4 vols.); Histoire naturelle de l’>homme (1 vol.); Mam- miféres (5 vols.); Oiseaux (4 vols.); Planches (6 vols.) ]. | Tome I [-IV (Théorie, etc.); Line ommitted (Homme.); I-V (Mammi- féres.); I-IV (Oiseaux.); I. | Théorie de la terre et histoire des minéraux, 34 Pl. | Histoire naturelle de l’homme, 27 Pl. (Plan- ches. I.); I1 | Mammiféres.-Nos 1 a 152 (Planches, II.); III. | Mammiféres.-Nos 153 a 303 (Planches, III.); IV. | Mammiféres.- Nos 304 a 467 (Planches, IV.); V. | Oiseaux.-Nos 1 a 80 (Plan- ches, V.); VI. | Oiseaux.-Nos 81 a 190 (Planches, VI.) ]. | Seule édition compléte, | avec figures coloriées. | A Bruxelles, | chez Th. Lejeune, libraire-éditeur, | Rue des Eperonniers, Sn 8, No 397.| 1828 [1829 (Théorte, etc., II and III; Homme; Mammiferes, IIT; Otseaux, III.): 1830 (Théorie, etc., IV; Mammiféeres, IV and V; Otseaux, IV.); 1833 (Planches, I-VI.) | > Oeuvres | complétes | de Buffon | et de ses continuateurs. | Tome I [-XIV; Planches. | Tome I (-VI)]. [Half-title]. 20 vols. 4to (size of royal 8vo).! Théorie de la Terre, I (I), pp. 1-484. Théorie, etc., II (II), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-483. Théorie, etc., III (III), 2 pr. Ul., pp. 1-503. Théorie, etc., IV (IV), 2 pr. IL, pp. 1-501. Hist. Nat. de l’Homme, (V), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-440. Mammi- féres, I (VI), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-470. Mammiféres, II (VII), pp. 1-492. Mammiféres, III (VIII), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-490. Mammiféres, IV (IX), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-396. Mammiféres V (X), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1+339+1. Oiseaux, I (XI), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-470. Oiseaux, II (XII), pp. 1-476. Oiseaux, III (XIII), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-408. Oiseaux, IV 1Number in parenthesis indicates serial number on half-title page. Se 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. T23 (XIV), pp. 1-415. Planches, I, 4 pr. ll., 4 pll. (2 portrs.), 2 maps. (fold.), pll. 1-6 (Théorie de la Terre), 1-16 (Minereaux), 1-7 (Générale des Animaux), 1 pl.+pll. 1-26 (10 col.; Homme). Planches, II, 2 pr. Il., pll. 1-152 (55 col.; 84 wrongly num. 24; Mammiféres), 1 chart (fold.). Planches, III, 2 pr. ll., pll. 153-303, 167 bis and 167 ter (85 col.; Mammiféres). Planches, IV, 2 pr. IL, pll. 304-467 (88 col.; 324 wrongly num. 323, 338 wrongly num. 332, 333 and 334 with numbers transposed; Mammiféres). Planches, V, 2 pr. ll., pll. 1-80, 1 (bis), 2 bis, 4(bis), 5 bis, 7 bis, 9 bis, 11 bis, 11(ter), 16(bis), 16(ter), 22(bis), 23 bis, 23 ter, 24 bis, 28 bis, 29(bis), 43(bis), 56(bis) and 57(bis) (=99 pll., col.; 23 wrongly num. 25; Oiseaux). Planches, VI, 2 pr. ll., pll. 81-190, 97 (bis) (=91 pll. col.; Oiseaux). Brussels. A Belgian edition of Buffon’s work. Very little information is available con- cerning this issue, but a comparison with the ‘‘Lamouroux Edition” of 1824- 31 (q.v.), shows that the text of the two editions is the same, including the annotations by Lamouroux and Desmarest, although the entire work is reset; typography, pagination and lineation are all different. The plates are the same except that those of the present work are lithographic copies of the original engravings; the lettering on them is somewhat different from that of the originals. The plates are bound separately with special title-pages provided for them (the originals are inserted in the text);some of the plates appear to be missing as may be ascertained by comparison with the list of plates at the close of Vol. XL of the ““Lamouroux Edition” of (for the birds) by comparison with the collation given under the other work. Vols. I of Mammiféres and I of Oiseaux possess an extra set of half-titles and title-pages. This half-title differs from the regular one (possessed in common with all other volumes of the set) in presenting the names of Buffon and Dau- benton above the volume number which is a special number for the subject and not for the entire series. The full title omits the names of Buffon and Dauben- ton, immediately preceding the subject and volume number; in the case of Vol. I of Mammiféres, it also omits the name of Lesson from the list of “‘contin- uateurs,’”’ and bears the date 1827 in place of that of 1828 given on the regular title-page. As noted in the transcription of title, the regular half-title carries a serial number for the entire series, not borne by the full title-page. Daubenton’s name is associated with that of Buffon because he was the actual author of many (if not most) of the painstaking and detailed descriptions in Buffon’s original volumes, although he was not given full credit for his work during Buffon’s lifetime. This is Daubenton the elder, father of the Daubenton who issued the ‘‘planches enluminées”’ to accompany Buffon’s special edition of his ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux’’ 1770-86 (q.v.). Buffon, George Louis Leclerc. (Comte, Achille; Clarke, Benjamin. ) 1841. The | book of birds: | edited and abridged | from the text of Buffon. | By | M. Achille Comte, | Professor of Natural History [etc., 3 lines.]. | Illustrated by One Hundred and Fifty Designs, | by 114 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Victor Adam. | Translated from the original | By Benjamin Clarke, | Author of the ‘‘Zoological Gardens,”’ etc. etc. | London: | R. Tyas, 8, Paternoster Row. | 1841. 1 vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), 3 pr. ll. (illustr. tit., tit. and conts.), pp. V-XXXIII+1, 1-292, pll. 1-38 (col.; by V. Adam). London. An English translation, apparently slightly abridged, of Comte’s ‘‘Description des Oiseaux,” itself an abridged edition of the ornithological portions of Buf- fon’s ‘‘Histoire Naturelle’ (q.v.). The illustrated title-page is headed ‘‘Le Comte’s Book of Birds’. The present copy is from the library of W. H. Mul- lens. Buffon, Henri Nadault de. 1863. See Humbert-Bazile, Buffon sa Famille, ses Collaborateurs et ses Familiers. Buhle, Christian, Adm. Adolph. 1818-28. See Naumann, Johann Friedrich; and Buhle, Die Eierder Vogel Deutschlands. Buhle, Christian Adm. Adolph. 1835. > Die | Naturgeschichte | in | getreuen Abbildungen | und mit | ausfthrlicher Beschreibung | derselben. | Vogel. | Leipzig 1835, | bei Eduard Eisenach. | Zeitz, bei Im. Webel. 1 vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), 3 pr. ll. (tit. and index), pp. 1-354, engr. tit. (=pl. 1 ?), pll. 2-21, 20 (b7s) and 21 (bis), 24-85, 67 (bis=86), 68 (bts=87), 88, 71 (bis=89Q), 90, 75 (bis=9g1), 74 (bis=92), 93-119, 119 (bis), 120-155, 156a, 156b, 157-183 (=185 pll.). Leipzig. The ornithological volume of a general natural history published from 1829 to 1843. The present portion is said by Engelmann to have appeared in 27 parts, and also with colored plates. Representative species of birds from various countries are described and figured. Buller, Walter Lawry. 1872-73. A history | of the | birds of New Zealand. | By | Walter Lawry Buller, Sc.D. | (Resident Magistrate of Wanganui, N.Z.), | Fellow of the Linnean Society, [etc., 4 lines.] | London: | John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row. | 1873. 1 vol. royal 4to (cut to 9%x13), pp. I-X XIII, 2 ll. (reviews), pp. 1-384, 1 1. (notice; between p. 288 and p. 289), 36 pll. (35 col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 1 text-fig. London. A monograph of the subject, with synonymy, native name, description, and ac- count of habits and characteristics of each of 145 species. Only 500 copies of this edition were issued. The plates are hand-colored lithographs. The 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. II5 work was published in 5 parts, the dates of publication of which are given by Mathews (Birds of Australia, VII, p. 447), quoted below. The extent of each part is ascertainable from the Zool. Record (systematic list), and is corrobo- rated in the present copy by particles of the original wrappers which adhere to the butts of the exterior leaves of most of the parts. Publication was as follows. Pt. 1, pp. III-X (prospectus and list of subscribers), 1-72, March 1872; Pt. 2, pp. 73-148, June 1872; Pts. 3 and 4, pp. 149-180 and 181-288-++1. (notice of proposed suppl.), Dec. 1872; Pt. 5, pp. 289-384, I-II (title), XI- XXIII (pref. and introd.), 2 ll. (reviews), April 1873. A second edition was issued in 1887-88 (q.v.), and a supplement thereto in 1905-06. Buller, Walter Lawry. (Hutton, Frederick Wollaston.) 1882. Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department. | James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., | Director. | Manual | of the | birds of New Zealand. | By | Walter L. Buller, C.M.G., Sc.D., F.R.S., | author of “A History of the Birds of New Zealand.” | Published by command. | New Zealand: | by authority: George Didsbury, Government Printer, Wellington. | 1882. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-107, 1 p. (advt.), frontisp. (by Buller), pll. I-III, (IV not publ.), V-XXXVII, ra, XIVa and XXIa (by Keulemans and others), 24 text-cuts. Wellington. A descriptive list of the birds of New Zealand. Descriptions and classification are adopted from Hutton’s ‘‘Catalogue of the Birds of New Zealand,” 1871, the predecessor of the present volume, with changes when absolutely necessary. Sketches of the life histories of the species are taken from the author’s ‘‘A History of the Birds of New Zealand” (1st edition, 1872-73, q.v.), and all but four of the plates are photo-lithographic reductions of Keulemans’s colored plates in that work. Buller, Walter Lawry. 1887-88. A history | of the | birds of New Zealand. | By | Sir Walter Lawry Buller, K.C.M.G., | D.Se., F.R.S., | F.LS., [etc., 8 lines.]. | Second edition. | Volume I [II]. | London: | Published (for the subscribers) by | the author, | 8 Victoria Chambers, Victoria Street, Westminster, S.W. | 1888. 2 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-LX XXIV, 1-250, 3 Il., pll. I-X XIV (col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 83 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-359, pll. XXV-XLIX (=25 pll., 24 col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 18 text-figs. London. This edition is much enlarged and revised from the first one, published in 1872- 73 (q.v.). The plates are new and in the present copy are represented by two specimens of each. One of these is the regular plate as issued with the work, and the second, without legends of any kind, appears to be a special proof- sheet (retouched by hand), more delicately executed than the regular issue, and usually slightly different in color and softer in tone. The work was issued in 13 parts, the dates and content of which I copy from Mathews (Birds of 116 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Australia, VII, p. 447). Pt. 1, pp. 1-32, 4 pll., July 1887; Pt. 2, pp. 33-72, 4 pll., Oct. 1887; Pt. 3. pp. 73-120, 4 pll., Jan. 1888; Pts. 4-6, pp. 121-236, 12 pll., March 1888; Pt.'7 pp. 237-250 and I-LXXXIV, May 1888 (end of Vol. I); Pts. 8 and 9, pp. 1-104, 9 pll., Aug. 1888; Pts. 10 and 11, pp. 105-224, 7 pll., Nov. 1888; Pts. 12 and 13, pp. 225-359 and I-XV, 1o pll., Dec. 1888. According to a note in Vol. II, the edition consisted of 1000 copies. A supplement was issued in 1905-06. Buller, Walter Lawry. 1888. A classified list | of | Mr. S. William Silver’s collection | of | New-Zealand birds | (at the manor-house, Letcomb Regis), | with short descriptive notes | by | Sir Walter L. Buller, K.C.M.G., | D.Sc., F.R.S. | London: | E. A. Petherick and Co., 33 Paternoster Row. | 1888. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-96, 42 text-cuts. London. 1888 (post. May). An annotated catalogue of the species contained in Silver’s collection, part of which won a diploma and medal at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886. Short notes on habits are given for many of the species, along with the distribu- tion of each. A reference list of the exhibition cases containing the collection and the contents of each, follows. One species is described as new, Ocydromus assimilis, but this name was dropped later, without comment, when the author found O. earli Gray to be an earlier name for the same species and changed O. earli auctorum to O. greyt Buller. (Cf. Buller, A History of the Birds of New Zealand, Second Edition, 2, p. 115, 1887-88; Nov. 1888.) Bullmore, William King. 1867. Cornish fauna, | a short account of all the | Animals Found in the County, | with descriptions and remarks | on the habits of many | of the | rarer birds, fishes, &c., | procured during the last six years. | By W. K. Bullmore, M.D., &c. | Truro: | printed by Heard and Sons, Boscawen Street. | 1867. 1 vol. post 8vo, cover tit., pp. 1-64. Truro. An annotated list of the species of the vertebrates of Cornwall. The article was originally published in the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society’s Thirty fourth Ann. Rept., pp. 1-64, 1866 (Sept.), and was reprinted and issued in the present form the following year. The subtitle at the head of p. 1 contains a transcript of the wording of the cover title, followed by “Part one.—Verte- brata.’”’ The ornithology is included in pp. 7-45. Burbach, Otto. 1891. See Lentz, Harald Othmar, Gemeinniitzige Naturgeschichte. Burg, Gustav von. 1889-1923?. See Studer, Th.; and Fatio, Katalog der Schweizer- ischen Vogel. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 127 Burmeister, Hermann. 1840. See Nitzsch, Christian Ludwig, System der Pterylographie. Burmeister, Hermann. 1855-56. > Systematische Uebersicht | der | Thiere Brasiliens, | welche | wahrend einer Reise durch die Provinzen von Rio de | Ja- neiro und Minas geraés | gesammelt oder beobachtet | wurden | von | Dr. Hermann Burmeister, | 0. 6. Prof. d. Zoologie und Direct. d. zool. Mus. der Universitat zu Halle. | Zweiter [Dritter] Theil. | Végel (Aves). | Erste [Zweite] Halfte. | Berlin, 1856. | Druck und Verlag von Georg Reimer. 2 vols. (should be 3; Vol. I not ornithological) post 8vo. Vol. II, pp. I-X, 1-526+1+426 (bs). Vol. III, pp. I-XIV, 1-466. Berlin. A systematic, descriptive account of the birds collected and observed by the author in Brazil. A similar account of the mammals, published in 1854, constitutes Vol. I, not included in the present set. Vol. II (Aves Pt. I) was published in three parts, the first of which (including pp. 1-160 according to. Carus and Engelmann is noted in the Journ. fir Orn., May, 1855; the second (pp. 161- 320, Carus and Engelmann) is noted in the same periodical for Jan. 1856, being cited as of 1855; the third (pp. 321-426, Carus and Engelmann, but probably 321-526+1+426 bis) is given by Carus and Engelmann as of date 1856. Vol. III (Aves Pt. II) is cited entire by Carus and Engelmann under date of 1856 but is not mentioned in the Journ. fir Orn. until March 1857; its preface is dated September 3, 1856 and it probably appeared late in that year. The present copy is from the library of Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen and contains a manuscript index to the genera of birds treated in the two volumes. Burmeister, Hermann. 1856. Anatomie | der | Coracina scutata. | Von | Professor H. Burmeister. | Mit 1 Tafel. | Halle, | Druck und Verlag von H. W. Schmidt. | 1856. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, tit., pp. 1-22, pl. VIII. Halle. A separately paged reprint of Burmeister’s paper of the same title, first published in the Abhandl. Naturf. Ges. Halle, Bd. 3, Jahrg. 1855, pp. 191-212, 1856. The work is bound with Millers’ ‘‘Uber die bisher unbekannten typischen Verschiedenheiten der Stimmorgane der Passerinen’’ and two papers on Mam- malia; the volume bears the autograph of P. L. Sclater. Burnell, Elizabeth F. 1925. See Wyman, Luther E.; and Burnell, Field Book of Birds of the Southwestern United States. Burns, Franklin Lorenzo. 1919. The Ornithology of | Chester County, | Pennsylvania | by | 118 FreLp Museum or NaTuraL History—Zoo.tocy, Vou. XVI. Franklin Lorenzo Burns | in co-operation with local ornitholo- gists | [Quot., 5 lines.] | Boston | Richard G. Badger | The Gor- ham Press. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-122, 21 pll. Boston. Part I is devoted to a discussion of physical features, habitats, biographical notes and reviews of faunal lists. Part II is an annotated list of 247 species and subspecies, with a hypothetical list of 16 forms. Burroughs, John. 1877. Birds and Poets | with other papers | by | John Burroughs, | author of ‘‘Wake-Robin” and ‘‘Winter Sunshine” | New York | Published by Hurd and Houghton | Cambridge: | The Riverside Press | 1877. 1 vol. cap 8vo (45x614), pp. I-IV, 5-263. Cambridge. A literary essay, with many observations on bird life and ways. The first edition. Bushman, An Old. See Wheelwright, Horace William. Butler, Amos W. 1891. A | catalogue | of the | birds of Indiana. | By | Amos W. Butler. > The | Birds of Indiana, | with | illustrations | of many of the species. | Prepared for the | Indiana Horticultural Society, | and | Originally Published in its Transactions for 1890. | By | Amos W. Butler, | of | Brookville. | Wm. B. Burford, printer and binder: I vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 5-135, wrapper, 97 text-cuts. Indiana. An annotated list of species, giving the local distribution and records of occur- rence for each. Originally published as Appendix C, pp. 1-135, of the Trans- actions of the Indiana Horticultural Society for 1890 (1891) and reissued in a limited number of copies in the present form. ‘The second title, quoted above, is from the original wrapper. The present copy is from the library of C. Hart Merriam,—a presentation by the author. A more complete, descriptive catalogue was issued by the author in 1898 as ‘‘The Birds of Indiana’”’ (q.v.). Butler, Amos W. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Butler, Amos W. 1898. > The | birds of Indiana. | A descriptive catalogue of the birds that have | been observed within the state, with an | account of their habits. | By Amos W. Butler. < Twenty-second Annual Report (for 1897) of the Department of Geology and Natural Resources of Indiana. Indianapolis. 1898. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 11g 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 515-1187, pll. XXI-XXV, 112 text cuts. Indian- apolis. A manual of the birds of the state, discussing 321 species and subspecies, 81 hypo- thetical forms and 2 probably erroneous records. Descriptions, migration data, distribution, nidification and notes on habits are given, with keys for determination of the species and higher groups, adapted from the works of Ridgway, Couesand Jordan. The work was issued both in separate form and in the original inclusive report of the State Geologist. Butler, Arthur Gardiner. 1886. British birds’ eggs: | a handbook | of | British odlogy. | By | Arthur Gardiner Butler, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | Illustrated by the Author, in Chromo-lithography. | London: | E. W. Janson, 35, Little Russell Street. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-219, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-XXXVII (col.). London. Short accounts of the nidification of British birds, accompanied by chromo- lithographs of the eggs, the latter sometimes shown in several varieties. A check-list of species breeding in Great Britain is added. On p. 208 is givena table of the dates of publication of the six parts in which the work was issued. These dates are from June to November, 1886; Mullens and Swann quote 1885-86. Butler, Arthur Gardiner. (Aplin, Oliver Vernon; Cordeaux, John; Forbes, Henry Ogg; Macpherson, Hugh Alexander; Mathew, Murray Alexander; Slater, Henry Horrocks; Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. ) 1896-98. British birds | with their | Nests and Eggs | in six vol- umes | Order Passeres [mut. mut.] | (First Part) [mut. mut.] | By Arthur G. Butler, Ph. D. [etc., 5 lines; mut. mut.] | Illustrated by | F. W. Frohawk, M.B.O.U., F.E.S. | Volume I [-VI] | Brumby & Clarke, Limited, | Baker Street, Hull, and 5, Farringdon Avenue, London, E. C. Mutanda. (Vol. I.) As above. (Vol. II.) Order Passeres | (Second Part) | etc. (Vol. III.) Order Picarie. | By Arthur G. Butler, Ph.D., [etc.], | Orders Striges and Accipitres. | By Rev. Murray A. Mathew, M.A., [etc., 2 lines.]. | Order Steganopodes. | By Henry O. Forbes, LL.D. [etc., 2 lines.] | etc. (Vol. IV.) Orders Herodiones and Odontoglosse. | By Henry O. Forbes, LL.D. [etc., 2 lines.] | Order Anseres. | By John Cordeaux, F.R.G.S., [etc., 3 lines.]. | Orders Columbze and Pterocletes. | By W. B. Tegetmeier, | M.B.O.U., [etc., 2 lines.]. | etc. 120 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. (Vol. V.) Orders Gallinz, Fulicariz and Alectorides. | By W. B. Tegetmeier, M.B.O.U., [etc., 2 lines.]. | Order Limicole. | By Rev. Henry H. Slater, M.A., [etc.], | etc. (Vol. VI.) Order Gavie. | By Henry O. Forbes, LL.D. [eic., 2 lines.]. | Order Pygopodes. | By O. V. Aplin, F.L.S. [etc., 2 lines.]. | Order Tubinares. | By Rev. H. A. Macpherson, M.A. [etc., 2 lines.]. | etc. 6 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-208, pll. I-III (col.; eggs), 56 pll. (birds). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-192, pll. IV-VII (col.; eggs), 51 pli. (birds), 2 text-figs. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-175, pll. VIII- XIII (col.; eggs), 45 pll. (birds). Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-218+1, pll. XIV and XV (col.; eggs), 55 pll. (birds), 6 text-figs. Vol. V, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-178, pll. XVI-XVIII (col.; eggs), 62 pll. (birds), 2 text-figs. Vol. VI, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-252, pll. XIX-XXIV (col.: eggs), 49 pll. (birds). London. A very good account of the subject, including discussions of numerous casual visitors not fully recognized as British birds. Vol. I was published in 1896, II in 1896-97, III and IV in 1897, and V and VI in 1898. Vols. I and II were republished by Butler in 1907-08, with additional colored plates, as ‘‘Birds of Great Britain and Ireland” (q.v.). Butler, Arthur Gardiner. 1899. Foreign Finches | in captivity | Second edition. | By | Arthur G. Butler, Ph.D., [etc.] | Corresponding Member of Various Foreign Societies | Author of ‘British Birds Eggs” [etc., 3 lines.] | Illustrated by F. W. Frohawk, M.B.O.U., F.E.S. | Delineator of the series of plates issued with ‘British Birds, with their Nests and Eggs,”’ &c. | Brumby and Clarke, Limited, | Hull and London. | 1899. 1 vol. large superroyal 8vo, 3 pr. ll., pp. I-VIII, 1-317, 60 pll. (col.). Hull and London. Rather wider in scope than its title signifies since it deals with a number of birds not truly finches. Eighty foreign (non-British) cage birds are discussed with regard to their songs and activities in captivity, their food, and occasionally their wild existence. Butler, Arthur Gardiner. 1907-08. Birds | of | Great Britain and Ireland | Order Passeres, complete in two volumes. | By Arthur G. Butler, M.B.O.U., [etc., 5 lines.]. | Illustrated by | H. Grénvold and F. W. Frohawk, M.B.O.U., F.E.S. | Volume I [II]. | Caxton Publishing Co., [London, W.C.:]|Clun House, Surrey Street, Strand, London, W.C. [Caxton Publishing Company, Clun House, Surrey Street, Strand]. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. I2I 2 vols. crown folio (9x11). Vol. I, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-210, pll. I-IV (col.; eggs), 1-56 (col.; birds). Vol. II, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-216, pll. V-VII and VII a (col.; eggs), 57-107 (col.; birds), 2 text-figs. London. A reprint of Vols. I and II of the author’s (and others’) ‘‘ British Birds with their Nests and Eggs,” 1896-98 (q.v.), with some additions but with certain typo- graphical errors of the original left unaltered. The text includes discussions of 26 species not in the earlier volumes, 18 of which occupy an appendix. The plates of the eggs are likewise copied (with altered backgrounds); the plates of the birds appear to be new. No references are given to the original work. Butler, Edward Arthur. 1880. A catalogue | of the | birds of the southern portion of the | Bombay Presidency. | By | Captain E. A. Butler, H. M.’s 83rd regiment. | Contributed to the Bombay Gazetteer. | Bombay: | Printed at the Government Central Press. | 1880. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-113+insert (Addenda), 1 map (tinted). Bombay. The work consists of annotated lists of 426 species of birds from the region and 97 extralimital forms. Buturlin, Sergius Aleksandrovich. 1905. See Alphéraky, Sergius, The Geese of Europe and Asia. Byron, H. S. D. 1907. See Davis, William J., The Birds of Kent. Cabanis, Jean Louis; and Heine, Ferdinand. 1850-63. Museum Heineanum. | Verzeichniss | der | ornithologi- schen Sammlung | des | Oberamtmann | Ferdinand Heine, [No comma (Pts. II-IV.).] | auf | Gut St. Burchard | vor | Halber- stadt. | Mit kritischen Anmerkungen und Beschreibung der [fast (Pts. II-IV.) ] | neuen Arten, systematisch bearbeitet [No comma (Pts. II and III.); sammtlicher Arten systematisch bearbeitet (Pt. IV, Secs. r and 2.) ] | von | Dr. Jean Cabanis, | erstem Custos der K6éniglichen zoologischen Sammlung zu [in (Pt. IV, Secs. 1 and 2.) ] Berlin [ | und | Ferdinand Heine, | Stud. philos. (Pts. II-IV.) }. | I [-IV]. Theil, | die | Singvégel [Schreivégel (Pt. II.); Schrillvégel | und die Zusammenstellung der Gattungen und Arten des 1-3. Theils (Pt. JIJ.); Klettervégel (Pt. IV, Secs. 1 and 2.) | | enthaltend. [ | Heft I: Kuckuke und Faulvégel. (Pt. IV, Sec. 1); Heft 2: Spechte. (Pt. IV, Sec. 2.)] | Halber- stadt, 1850-1851 [1859-1860 (Pt. II.); 1860 (Pt. III.); 1862-63 (Pt. IV, Sec. 1.); 1863 (Pt. IV, Sec. 2.) ]. | In Commission bei 122 Fietp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. R. Frantz {In Commission der Frantz’schen Buchhandlung (G. Loose) (Pt. IV, Secs. 1 and 2.) }. 5 pts. in 2 vols. 4to (size of post 8vo). Pt. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. III-VIII, 1-233+1. Pt. II, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and half-tit.), pp. 3-175+1. Pt. Il, 2 pr. ll., pp. 3-220 (102-220=index, pts. I-III), 1 1. (errata). Pt. IV, Sec. 1, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit. pt. IV, tit. pt. IV, Sec. 1, half-tit. pt. IV Sec. 1), pp. 3-229. Pt. IV, Sec. 2, 2 pr. ll., pp. 3-179 +1. Halberstadt. A catalogue of the ornithological collection of Ferdinand Heine, with detailed synonymy and numerous references and notes, including descriptions of new species. Part I is from the pen of Cabanis, alone; the remainder of the work is by Cabanis and Heine (the younger, son of the founder of the collection). The various signatures of the work are dated, but the dates are those of print- ing, not necessarily of publication. The final signatures of each part are dated as follows. Pt. I, October 23, 1851; II, January 20, 1860; III, November 1, 1860; IV, Sec. 1, April 21, 1863; IV, Sec. 2, December 30, 1863. There is evi- dence that certain portions of the work were distributed in advance of the complete parts. Sclater, on p. VIII of his ‘‘Monograph of the Tanagrine Genus Calliste,”” 1857-58 (q.v.), says, ‘I am informed that the sheets of his work (=pp. 1-32 of Pt. I) containing the Tanagers—though not in England—were in circulation in Germany in the latter part of the year 1850,” and he sinks cer- tain of his own names in favor of those of Cabanis. The Ibis for January 1861 (p. 108) reviews, from an ‘‘early copy,” pp. 1-81 of Pt. III; in the October num- ber, the remainder of the work, as far as a “‘portion of the Index,” is reviewed, also from an ‘‘early copy.’’ Besides these published accounts there is evidence at hand in the form of a separate copy of Vol. III, tit. and pp. 1-82, only, en- closed in a wrapper which is inscribed, ‘‘M. Verreaux a Paris. F. Heine.” Cairns, John S. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Caius, John. See Kay, John. Cairns, Douglas. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Calwer, C. G. 1854. Recensio avium | in | academici | liberi Baronis de Mueller | ornithologico museo | Stuttgardiano | collectarum. | Colligit | Dr. C. G. Calwer. | Stuttgardize MDCCCLIV. | Ex typis officinae regiae. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-77+1, (orig. wrapper). Stuttgart. A systematic catalogue of the collection of birds beloning to Baron Miller. The 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 123 synonymy of the genera and species is given in great detail but there are no descriptions; consequently the few apparently new names (accredited to Miul- ler but never published by him) are nomina nuda. Campbell, Archibald James. 1901. Nests and eggs | of | Australian birds | including the | geo- graphical distribution of the species | and | popular observations thereon | by | Archibald James Campbell | Melbourne | With Map, 28 Coloured Plates and 131 Photographic Illustrations | [Part II. | ] Printed for the Author | by | Pawson & Brailsford, Sheffield | tgor. | (All rights reserved). 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XL, 1-524, frontisp. (portr.), 69 pll. (1 col., by C. C. Brittlebank), 1 map. Vol. II, tit. pp. 525-1102, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-27 (col.; eggs), 47 pll. Sheffield. An excellent account of the nidification of 765 Australian birds, with copious notes from the field and numerous photographs of nests and nesting sites. Colored figures are given of the eggs of a number of species, and there is one colored plate of the Rose-breasted Robins and nest. ?Canivet. 1846. Catalogue | de la | magnifique collection d’oiseaux | de M. le prince d’Essling, Duc de Rivoli, | dont la vente aura lieu aux enchéres publiques | dans sa galerie, rue de Lille, 98, | le 8 Juin 1846 | jusqu’au 25 du méme mois et jours suivants, s’il y a lieu, | a midi précis, | par le ministére de M. Maciet, | Commissaire-Priseur a Paris, cité Trévise, 10. | Exposition publique, du dimanche 31 mai jusqu’au 7 Juin, de midi a 4 heures. | Les acquéreurs payeront, en sus du prix d’adjudication, 5 cent. par franc, applicable aux frais de vente. | Le catalogue se distribue chez MM. Canivet, rue Saint- Thomas-du-Louvre, 24; et Parzudaki, rue du Bouloi, 2, qui se chargeront des commissions des personnes qui ne pourraient pas | assister a la vente. | S’adresser, pour renseignements préalables, a M. Canivet. | Paris, | imprimerie Schneider et Langrand, | rue d’Erfurth, 1. t vol. royal 8vo, tit., pp. 1-41, 1 pl. (col.). Paris. 1846 (ante June). A sale-catalogue of the collection of birds belonging to Prince Masséna d’Essling which was purchased in June 1846 by Thomas B. Wilson and placed in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia where it still rests. The catalogue contains an alphabetical list of the species of each genus with the number of specimens and the habitat, with the genera arranged alphabetically under their respective orders. No parrots are listed although the collection, as purchased by Wilson, contained a number of them, including several new species which were described by Masséna and Souancé in the Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1854, pp. 71-74. The plate, which is not mentioned in the text of the catalogue, may not properly belong here. 124 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. The collection of parrots described by Souancé in the Revue et Magasin de Zoolo- gie, 1856, pp. 54-64, 152-158 and 208-226 is one assembled by Prince Masséna d’Essling after the disposal of the present assortment (Cf. Stone, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1899, pp. 52-5 4, 1900). Capen, Elwin A. 1886. Odlogy of New England: | a description of the | eggs, nests, and breeding habits | of the | birds known to breed in New Eng- land, | with | Colored Illustrations of their Eggs. | By | Elwin A. Capen. | Boston: | Alfred Mudge & Son, Printers, | 24 Franklin Street. | 1886. 1 vol. demy folio, pp. 1-116, pll. I-X XV (col.). Boston. Colored figures of typical examples of the eggs of New England birds accompanied by brief descriptions of the eggs, nests and nesting habits of the species. Cara, Gaetano. 1842. Elenco | degli uccelli | che trovansi nell’Isola di Sardegna | od | ornitologia Sarda | di | Gaetano Cara | incaritato della dire- zione del R. Museo | di Storia Naturale e d’antichita’ | dell‘Uni- versita’ di Cagliari | Membro corrispondente di varie Societa Scientifiche | Dedicata | a | S. A. R. Vittorio Emanuele | Duca di Savoia | [Vignette.] | Torino, | presso i fratelli Reycend e Ca. | Librai di S.S.R.M. | 1842. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-207+1, 11. (errata). Torino. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of Sardinia. Cassin, John. 1853-56. Illustrations | of the | Birds | of | California, Texas, Oregon, British and | Russian America. | Intended to contain descriptions and figures | of all | North American Birds | not given by former American authors, | and a | general synopsis of North American Ornithology. | By | John Cassin, | Member of the Acad- emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; [etc., 5 lines.] | 1853 to 1855. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1856. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-298, pll. 1-50 (col.; 1-20 by George G. White). Philadelphia. This work was issued in ten parts from 1853 to 1855. In 1856 the preface, con- tents and index were added. The perface mentions proposed later volumes of the same series, but they were never published. Fifty species are fully described and figured and many more treated more briefly in the synopsis. Three species are described as new. In the Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, various parts are recorded in the accessions to the library during the quarters preceding the various dates given below. Pts. 1-2 were received during the quarter ending March 31, 1854; 2-5 (2 and 3 also previously recorded), June 30, 1854; '7, Dec. 31, 1854; 8, March 31, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 125 1855. A publication of the same title, but ascribed to Cassin and Stephens and called Pt. 1, is recorded for the quarter ending June 30, 1852. This may be the trial or specimen number which was cancelled as unsatisfactory, according to Coues who lists it under date of 1853. Cassin, John. 1858. See U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports of Explorations and Surveys—for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, Birds. Vol. IX. Cassin, John. 1858. See Wilkes, Charles, U. S. Exploring Expedition, Vol. VIII. Cassin, John. 1859. See Page, Thomas J., La Plata, the Argentine Confederation, and Paraguay. & Cassin, John. 1860. See Baird, Spencer F.; Cassin; and Lawrence, The Birds of North America. 1870. Idem. Castelnau, Francis L. de Laporte de. (Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet.) 1856. > Expédition | dans les parties centrales | de | l’Amérique du Sud, | de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, et de Lima au Para; | exécutée | par ordre du gouvernement Francais pendant les années 1843 a 1847, | sous la direction du Comte | Francis de Castelnau. | Ouv- rage qui a obtenu une médaille hors ligne de la Société de Géog- raphie. | Zoologie. | Oiseaux. | Paris, | Chez P. Bertrand, Libraire- Editeur, | rue de l’Arbre-Sec, 22 | 1855. > Animaux nouveaux ou rares | recueillis pendant l’expédition | dans les parties cen- trales | de | l’Amerique du Sud, | de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, et de Lima au Para; | exécutée | par ordre du gouvernement Francais pendant les années 1843 a 1847, | sous la direction du Comte | Francis de Castelnau. | Ouvrage qui a obtenu une médaille [eic.]. | Oiseaux | par M. O. Des Murs, | Membre de plusieurs societés savantes. | Paris, | Chez P. Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, | rue de l’Arbre-Sec, 22 | 1855. 1 vol. medium 4to, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-98, 1 1., (original wrappers), pll. 1-20 (col.). Paris. The zoology of Castelnau’s expedition, in three volumes, forms Pt. 7 of the com- plete work (contained in 14 vols. in 13, published from 1850-59). The third portion of Vol. I of Pt. 7 (here collated) relates to the birds and was written 126 FieLp Museum or Natura. History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. by Des Murs after the death of Deville who was charged originally with the preparation of that section of the work. The general title (in the first part of the above transcription) is from the original wrapper but does not occur in the complete issue of Vol. I. The title of Vol. I is very similar, reading, ‘‘Expe- dition . . . Géographie. | Septiéme partie. | Zoologie. | Paris . . . 1855.” A second title in the complete volume reads, ‘‘Animaux nouveaux . . . Géogra- phie. | Tome premier. | Paris . . . 1855.’’ The subtitle of the section on Orni- thology follows in its place. Although dated 1855 on both wrapper and title-page, Des Murs’s report appears to have been published a year later. According to the ‘(Comptes Rendus” for Dec. 17, 1855, Vol. 41, p. 1094, the Académie des Sciences received Livrs. 12-14 of the Zoology on that date; the same publication for June 30, 1856, Vol. 42, p. 1275, notes that the Académie des Sciences received Livrs. 15-18 on that date; the same publication for Dec. 15, 1856, Vol. 43, p. 1134, records the receipt of Livrs. 19-20 (Sherborn and Woodward, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 8, p. 164, 1901, erroneously give the date as Dec. 8 and the page reference as 1133). These livraisons include all of the systematic ornithology, which is distributed as follows, according to a ‘‘Table et classification des matiéres contenues dans le premier volume.’’ The “Table” is given on certain preliminary pages of Vol. I of Pt. 7 but is not included in the several sections of that volume issued separately as in the present instance. Livr. 14 contained the ornithological title; Livr. 16, pll. 1-5; Livr. 17, feuilles 1-5 (=pp. 1-40), pil. 6-10; Livr. 18, feuilles 6-10 (=pp. 41-80), pll. 11-14; Livr. 19, feuilles 11-13 (=pp. 81-98+1 1.), pll. 15-16; Livr. 20, pll. 17-20. In the first section of Vol. I of Pt. 7 (Anatomie par M. Paul Gervais), pp. 65-92 and pll. 14-16 are devoted to the ‘‘Deuxiéme Memoire. Description osteolo- gique de l’hoazin, du kamichi, du cariama et du savacou, suivi de remarques sur les affinites naturelles des oiseaux, par M. Paul Gervais.’’ This ornithological matter is distinct from Des Murs’s report and the two are not found together except in the complete volume. Catesby, Mark. 1772-81. See Edwards, George; and Catesby, Verzameling van Uitlandsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen. Cecil, M. W. (Lady William). 1904. Bird notes from | the Nile | by | Lady William Cecil. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Westminster: | Archibald Constable & Co., Ltd., | 2, Whitehall Gardens. | 1904. 1 vol. cap 8vo., pp. I-XII, 1-113+1, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp. (col.), 12 pll., 9 text-figs. London. Popular notes on Egyptian ornithology, ancient and modern. Chamberlain, Montague. 1887. A catalogue | of | Canadian birds, | with | Notes on the Distribution of the Species. | By | Montague Chamberlain. | Saint John, N.B. | J. and A. McMillan, 98 Prince William Street. | 1887. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 127 1 vol. cap 4to (634x834), 1 pr. 1. (title), pp. I-V, 1 1, pp. 1-143. Saint John. An annotated list of species, with scientific and common names and a statement of their known distribution in Canada. A presentation copy to C. B. Cory from the author. Chamberlain, Montague. 1888. A Systematic Table | of | Canadian Birds. | By | Montague Chamberlain. |Saint John, N.B.| Published for the Author. | 1888. 1 vol., medium folio (cut to 12x13), 1 pr. l., pp. I-III, 1-14 (printed only on one side of the paper). Saint John. “The species of the Table are identical with those of the Catalogue of 1887 (q.v.), except for a few additions and eliminations which will be found noted in the Appendices.’’ The species are arranged in tabular form without annotations except in the appendix. Chamberlain, Montague. 1891. See Hagerup, Andreas T., The Birds of Greenland. Chamberlain, Montague. 1891. See Nuttall, Thomas, A Popular Handbook of the Ornithology of the United States and Canada. Chapman, Abel. 1889. Bird-life of the borders | Records of | wild sport and natural history | on moorland and sea | By | Abel Chapman | London: | Gurney and Jackson, 1, Paternoster Row | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst) | 1889. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-286, 1 1. (advt.), 15 pll., 39 text-cuts (1 full page). London. A popular account of experiences and observations in the hunting field. Chapman, Abel. 1924. The | borders and beyond | Arctic... Cheviot... Tropic | [Quot., 2 lines.]. | By | Abel Chapman, M.A. | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | with nineteen coloured plates by W. H. Riddell. and 170 sketches by the author | maps, diagrams, etc. | Gurney and Jackson | London: 33 Paternoster Row | Edinburgh: Tweeddale Court | 1924. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXI+1, 1-489, rp.4+1 1. (advt.), 35 pll. (14 col.), 190 text-figs., 2 maps (fold.). London. Notes and observations on natural history subjects, taken from personal observa- tions of a lifetime, mostly on the borders of England and Scotland. A consider- able part of the subject matter relates to birds. 128 Fre.p Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. ‘Chapman, Frank Michler. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1900. Handbook of birds | of eastern North America | with keys to the species | and descriptions of their plumages, nests, and eggs | their distribution and migrations | and a brief account of their haunts and habits | with introductory chapters on the | study of ornithology, how to identify birds | and how to collect and preserve birds | their nests, and eggs | by | Frank M. Chapman | Assistant Curator [etc., 3 lines.]. | With full-page plates in colors and black and white | and upward of one hundred and fifty cuts | in the text | Sixth edition | New York | D. Appleton and Company | 1900. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 1 1. (advt.), pp. I-XIV, 1-431, pll. I and II (col.), 18 pll., text-figs. 1-115-++1 (on inside of cover=fig. 4). New York. A condensed manual of the birds of eastern North America,—scientific with a minimum of technicalities. The first edition was issued in 1895. See also ed. 1912. Chapman, Frank Michler. (Cooke, Wells W.; Forbush, Edward Howe.) 1907. The warblers | of | North America | by | Frank M. Chap- man | with the codperation of other ornithologists | with twenty- four full-page colored plates, illustrating | every species, from drawings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes | and Bruce Horsfall, and half-tones | of nests and eggs | New York | D. Appleton & Com- pany | 1907. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. V-[X-+1, 1-306, pll. I-XXIV (124 figs.; col.; by Fuertes and Horsfall), 8 pli. (8 figs., nests; 120-figs, eggs). New York. An excellent discussion of 74 varieties of North American warblers, with full descriptions and with the range, migration, habits, song, nest and eggs of each variety thoroughly discussed. Considerable of the text is from published ac- counts by other authors or from manuscript contributions by numerous corres- pondents, to each of whom full credit is given for every quotation. In addition, a chapter on the migration of warblers (pp. 14-20) is accredited to Cooke (who also supplied the migration tables and much of the accounts of distribution throughout the work) and one on the food of warblers (pp. 23-32) is by For- bush. The book is very well illustrated. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1908. Camps and cruises | of an | ornithologist | By | Frank M. Chapman | Curator of Ornithology [etc., 5 lines.]. | With 250 pho- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 129 tographs from nature by the author | New York | D. Appleton and Company | 1908. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-432, frontisp. (col.), 1 pl. (col.), 259 text- figs. New York. A popular account of the author’s experiences in search of material for the ‘‘habi- tat groups” of birds in the American Museum of Natural History, New York City. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1912. Color key to | North American Birds | With Bibliographical Appendix | By | Frank M. Chapman | Curator of Ornithology | in the American Museum of Natural History | Author of [etc., 2 lines.| | With Upward of 800 Drawings | by | Chester A. Reed, B.S. | Revised Edition | New York | D. Appleton & Company | IgI2. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-356, 884 figs. New York. The birds are arranged according to orders, the lower groups then according to families, and the Passeres primarily according to colors, forming a convenient and efficient guide to the beginner for field identifications. The illustrations consist of 725 full figures of birds, colored or tinted except where plumage is gray or black and white, 4 tinted figures of details of bird structure, 29 plain figures of structural details in key to species, 127 full size black and white figures of such details in synopsis of orders and families, and 1 full page figure of bird topography. The first edition was issued in 1903 by Doubleday, Page & Co. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1912. Handbook of birds | of eastern North America | with intro- ductory chapters on | the study of birds in nature | by | Frank M. Chapman | Curator of Ornithology [eic., 3 lines.]. | With full-page plates in colors and black and white | by Louis Agassiz Fuertes | and text-cuts by Tappan-Adney and Ernest Thompson Seton | Revised edition | New York and London | D. Appleton and Company | 1912. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXIX-+1, 1-530, pll. I-XXIV (8 col.), 1 chart (col.; fold.), text-figs. 1-136. New York and London. May 1912. A revised edition of the author’s work of the same title published in 1895 (Cf. sixth ed., 1900.) The work is brought up to date and much material added. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1914. Bird studies | with a camera | with introductory chapters | on the outfit and methods | of the bird photographer | By Frank M. Chapman | Assistant Curator [etc., 4 lines.] | [Fig.] | With 130 FreELD Museum oF NaTturRAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. over one hundred photographs | from nature, by the author | New York and London | D. Appleton and Company | 1914. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-218, frontisp. (=fig. 1), figs. 2-110, 13 initials and tailpieces. New York and London. Studies of various species of birds in the field, illustrated with photographs taken by the author, whose experiences in securing them form an interesting portion of the text. The first two chapters of the book are descriptive of outfit and method in photographing birds. The original edition was published in 1900. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1920. What bird is that? | A pocket museum | of the land birds of | the eastern United States | arranged according to season | by | Frank M. Chapman | Curator of Birds [etc., 2 lines.] | with 301 birds in color | by | Edmund J. Sawyer | D. Appleton and Com- pany | New York London | 1920. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXVI, 1-144, 8 pll. (on the backs of pp. XVII-XXIV;=301 figs.; col.), 9 text-figs. New York. A popular guide to the eastern land-birds with a brief discussion of the various species treated. In the plates, the birds are first arranged according to resi- dence (permanent or transient), and the spring migrants according to dates of arrival at New York City. Chapman, Frank Michler. 1922. Popular edition in colors | Bird-life | A guide to the study of | our common birds | By | Frank M. Chapman | Curator of Ornithology [etc., 5 lines.] | with seventy-five full-page colored plates | after drawings by Ernest Thompson Seton | New York and London | D. Appleton and Company | 1922. vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-88, pll. I-LXXV (col.), text-figs. 1-25. New York and London. A popular account of the commoner birds of eastern North America, prefaced by a general discussion of bird forms, habits and relationships. The first edition was published in 1897. Cheney, John Vance. 1892. See Cheney, Simeon Pease, Wood Notes Wild. Ll Cheney, Simeon Pease. (Cheney, John Vance.) 1892. Wood Notes Wild | notations of bird music | by | Simeon Pease Cheney | Author of the ‘‘American Singing-Book”’ | Col- lected and arranged with appendix, notes, | bibliography, and general index | By | John Vance Cheney | Author of the ‘‘Golden Guess’”’ [etc., 2 lines.]. | Boston | Lee and Shepard Publishers | ro Milk St. next ‘‘The Old South Meeting House”’ | 1892. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 131 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-261, frontisp. (portr.). Boston. An effort to write the songs of numerous New England birds in musical notation, with bits of biographies and other observations interspersed with the descrip- tions. The latter half of the book consists of an appendix containing supple- mentary notes (with references) drawn from various sources, and relating to other sounds in nature beside the songs of birds. This appendix is compiled by John Vance Cheney, editor of the work. Chenu, Jean Charles. (Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet.) 1852-54. > Encyclopédie | d’histoire naturelle | ou | traité com- plet de cette science | d’aprés | les travaux des naturalistes les plus éminents de tous le pays et de toutes les époques | Buffon, Daubenton, Lacépéde, | G. Cuvier, F. Cuvier, Geoffroy Saint- Hilaire, Latreille, de Jussieu, | Brogniart, etc., etc. | Ouvrage resumant les Observations des Auteurs anciens et comprenant toutes les Découvertes modernes | jusqu’a nos jours [Period added Vols. II and IV-VI.).] | Par le Dr. Chenu | Chirurgien-Major [etc.]. | Oiseaux | Avec le collaboration de M. Des Murs, | membre de plusieurs Sociétés savantes. [ | Deuxiéme (-Sixiéme) partie (Period added, Vol. II.) | | [Vignette.] | Paris | Chez Maresq et Compagnie Chez Gustave Havard, | éditeurs de l’encyclopédie, libraire. | 5, Rue du Pont-de-Lodi (Prés le Pont Neuf). 15 Rue Guénégaud (Prés la Monnaie). 6 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-312, 2 11., pll. 1-40 (20 wrongly num. 23), text-figs. 1-405, 1 decoration, tit.-vignette (=fig. 166). Vol. II, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-311, pll. 1-40, text-figs. 1-222, 1 decoration, tit.-vignette (=fig. 55). Vol. III, 4 pr. Il, pp. 1-312, pll. 1-40, text-figs. 1-333, 1 decoration, tit.-vignette (=pl. 7, fig. 1). Vol. IV, (orig. wrapper), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-312, pll. 1-40, text-figs. 1-398, 1 decoration, tit.-vignette (=fig. 223). Vol. V, (orig. wrapper), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-312, pll. 1-40, text-figs. 1-371, 1 decoration, tit.- vignette (=fig. 139). Vol. VI, (orig. wrapper), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-312, pll. 1-40, text-figs. 1-352, 1 decoration, tit.-vignette (=pl. 31, fig. 3). Paris. The above six volumes form the ornithological part of a set of 22 volumes, to which may be added 9 volumes of ‘‘Tables alphabétiques,’’ one to each section of the work, published later than the general text. The volume of the ‘‘Tables”’ on ornithology (by Desmarest) is not included in the present set. This set contains the original wrappers to Vols. IV-VI, dated, respectively, 1853, 1853 and 1854. Waterhouse indirectly gives the date of Vols. II and III as 1852 (Galbuloides and Sylviorthorhynchus), and Gray (Cat. Gen. and Subgen. Birds, 1855) assigns the date 1852 to Vol. I (Strigymnhemipus). 132 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. The work is rare and important as it contains a number of new names. Des Murs is probably the author of most of the ornithological text although he is given slight mention on the title-pages and none on the original wrappers. Christy, Robert Miller. 1890. Essex Field Club Special Memoirs.-Vol. II. | The | Birds of Essex: | A Contribution | to the | natural history of the county. | By | Miller Christy, F.L.S. | With 162 woodcut illustrations, two plans, and | a frontispiece. | Chelmsford: | Edmund Durant & Co., 90, High Street. | Buckhurst Hill: | The Essex Field Club. | London: | Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ltd. | 1890. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-302, 3 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (monochr. ), pli. I-II (col.; plans), 162 text-figs. Chelmsford and London. A catalogue of the species of birds recorded from Essex County, England, giving quotations from early accounts and more recent records of occurrence. Pre- liminary chapters give biographical notices of the principal Essex ornitholo- gists, notices of the chief Essex bird collections, migration tables, and accounts of hawks and hawking and of wild fowl decoys. The illustrations are accredited to various sources. Chubb, Charles. 1913. See Brabourne and Chubb, The Birds of South America. Chubb, Charles. (McConnell, Helen Mackenzie; Quelch, John J.) 1916-21. The birds | of | British Guiana, | based on the collection of | Frederick Vavasour McConnell, | Camfield Place, Hatfield, Herts. | By | Charles Chubb, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., | Zoological Department, British Museum. | With | A Preface by Mrs. F. V. McConnell. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 11 Grafton Street, W. | 1916 [1921]. 2 vols. royal 8vo, Vol. I, pp. I-LIII, 1-528, frontisp. (portr.), 16 pll. (photogr.), 1 map (tinted), pll. I-X (col.), text-figs. 1-95. Vol. II, pp. I-XCVI, 1-615, 8 pll. (photogr.), pll. I-X (col.), text-figs. 1-214. London. An account of the birds of British Guiana, with descriptions, etc. Volume I, p. 3 contains a preface by Mrs. McConnell, and on pp. V-XXXV isa descrip- tion of McConnell’s first Roraima expedition, apparently also from her pen. Volume II, pp. V-LXXVIII, contains a description of the second Roraima expedition, written by John J. Quelch. Clark, Edward B. 1901. Birds of lakeside | and prairie | by | Edward B. Clark | with sixteen illustrations in color | A. W. Mumford, Publisher | Chicago New York. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 133 1 vol. 8vo (534x714), 6 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded., pref., conts. and list of illustrs.), pp. 9-150, 16 pll. (col.). Chicago and New York. Popular essays on bird life in Chicago and the prairies of Illinois and Indiana. The illustrations are from the periodical, ‘‘Birds and Nature.”’ Clarke, Benjamin. 1841. See Buffon, G. L. L., The Book of Birds. Clarke, William Eagle. 1912. Studies | in | Bird Migration | by | William Eagle Clarke | Keeper of the Natural History Department, the Royal Scottish Museum | with maps, weather charts, and other illustrations | Volume I [II]. | London | Gurney and Jackson | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd | 1912. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-323, pll. I-IX, (1 map, 6 charts), 1 text-cut. Vol. II, pp. I-VII, 1-346, pll. X-XXV, 1 text-cut (map). London. A very detailed series of studies of the various aspects of the migration of birds, with special attention to the British and Irish coasts. Some of the chapters are general and others relate to certain species or certain localities. The relation- ship between migrational and meteorological phenomena is given some prom- inence. Clubb, Joseph A. 1914. Handbook and guide | to the | British birds | on exhibition in | The Lord Derby Natural History | Museum, Liverpool. | Illustrated by twelve plates and plan of arrangement. | [Blazon.] | Liverpool: | C. Tinling & Co., Ltd., 53, Victoria Street. | 1914. 1 vol. post 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. V-IX+1, 1-69, 12 pll., 1 chart (floor- plan; fold.). Liverpool. A catalogue of 32 exhibition cases in the Liverpool Museum, with a short discus- sion of the species exhibited in each. The plates are photographs of some of the groups on display. Cobbett, L. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Collett, Robert; and Nansen, Fridtjof. 1899. See Nansen, The Norwegian North Polar Expedition 1893- 1896, IV. An Account of the Birds. Collin, Jonas. 1879. See Kjaerbolling, Niels, To Nye Tavler til Dr. Kjaerbdlling’s Skandinaviens Fugle. ™ 134 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Comte, Achille. 1841. See Buffon, G. L. L., The Book of Birds. Cook, A. J. 1893. Bulletin 94. April, 1893. | Michigan | Agricultural Experi- ment Station | State Agricultural College. | Zodlogical Depart- ment. | Birds of Michigan | Illustrated | By A. J. Cook. | [ Notice, 3 lines. ]. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-148, 11 text-cuts. Lansing. An annotated list of the species of birds occurring in Michigan, prefaced by a local bibliography. Cook, Sullivan. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Cooke, Wells W. 1897. The State Agricultural College | The Agricultural Experiment Station | Bulletin No. 37 | Technical Series No. 2 | The | Birds of Colorado | by | W. W. Cooke | Approved by the Station Coun- cil | Alston Ellis, President | Fort Collins, Colorado | March, 1897 | The Smith-Brooks Printing Company | Denver. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-143. Fort Collins. March 1897. An annotated list of the birds of the state, based on all records obtainable. A de- tailed bibliography is given. Supplements to this list were published later as Bulletins 44 and 56 of the Station, ‘‘Further Notes on the Birds of Colorado,” 1898 and ‘‘A Second Appendix,” 1900 (q.v.), with which the present copy is bound. Cooke, Wells W. 1898. The State Agricultural College | The Agricultural Experiment Station | Bulletin No. 44 | Technical Series No. 4 | Further Notes | on the | Birds of Colorado | An Appendix to Bulletin No. 37, on the | Birds of Colorado | By | W. W. Cooke | Approved by the Station Council | Alston Ellis, President | Fort Collins, Colorado | March, 1898 | The Smith-Brooks Printing Company | Denver. I vol. post 8vo, pp. 145-176. March 1898. Supplementary notes and additions to the original paper on ‘‘The Birds of Col- orado,”’ 1897 (q.v.), published as Bulletin 37 of the Station. A second supple- ment was issued as Bulletin 56, ‘‘A Second Appendix,” 1900 (q.v.). The present copy is bound with the other two papers (and some others) by the same author. Cooke, Wells W. 1900. Bulletin 56. (Technical Series No. 5.) May, 1900. | The Agricultural Experiment Station | of the | Agricultural College of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 135 Colorado. | The | Birds of Colorado | A Second Appendix to Bulletin | No. 37 | By | W. W. Cooke | Published by the Experi- ment Station | Fort Collins, Colorado. | 1900. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 177-239. Fort Collins. May r1goo. A second appendix to Bulletin 37 of the Station, ‘‘The Birds of Colorado,” 1897 (q.v.), bringing the subject-matter up to date. The present copy is bound with the original paper and the first supplement, Bull. 44, ‘‘Further Notes,” etc. (q.v.). Cooke, Wells W. 1907. See Chapman, Frank M., The Warblers of North America. Coombs, Frank B. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Cooper, James Fenimore. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Cooper, James Graham. (Baird, Spencer Fullerton.) 1870. Geological Survey of California. | J. D. Whitney, State Geologist. | Ornithology. | Volume I. | Land Birds. | Edited by S. F. Baird, | from the manuscript and notes of | J. G. Cooper. | Published by authority of the Legislature. | 1870. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-592, 663 woodcuts. Cambridge. A report on the birds of California prepared by Cooper from his own observations and field work, and submitted to Baird for revision and publication. Baird added considerable matter, which appears over his signature, in addition to the technical descriptions which were taken, principally, from Baird, Cassin and Lawrence’s ‘The Birds of North America,” 1860 (q.v.). The general ac- counts, except where signed otherwise, are from the pen of Cooper. Volume II was to have comprised a similar volume on the water birds, but was replaced by the two volumes of Baird, Brewer and Ridgway on ‘‘The Water Birds of North America,” 1884 (q.v.), issued, eventually, in the Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Vol. XII. Cooper, J. W. 1869?. Game Fowls, | their origin and history, | with a | description of the breeds, strains and crosses. | The American and English | modes of feeding, training, and | heeling; | how to breed and cross, | improving quality and preserving feather, | together with a | description and treatment | of all diseases incident to game fowls. | By J. W. Cooper, M.D. | Standard edition. | Published and sold by the author—price $5.00. | Address by mail Dr. J. W. Cooper, West Chester, Pa. 136 FreELD Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-304, 2 pll. (col.). Philadelphia. Title self-explanatory. The work was ‘‘entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1869.” Cooper, Susan Fenimore. 1851. Rural hours. | By | a lady. | [Quot., 4 lines.]. With Illustra- tions. | Fourth edition. | New-York: | George P. Putnam, 155 Broadway. | MDCCCLI. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. I-VI, (7)-521, illum. tit., 20 pll. (col.; 15 ornith.). New York. This work, by the daughter of James Fenimore Cooper, contains, ‘‘in a journal form, the simple record of those little events which make up the course of the seasons in rural life,’’ including numerous references to New England bird life. The first edition appeared in 1850, Cope, Edward Drinker. 1869. See Baily, William L., Our Own Birds. Coquille, Voyage autour du Monde, Sur La Corvette, La—; Zoologie. 1826-30. See Duperrey, L. I. Coquille, Voyage autour du Monde, sur La Corvette, La—; (Narrative). 1839. See Lesson, Réne Primévere. Cordeaux, John. 1897. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. Cordeaux, John. 1899. A list | of | British birds | Belonging to the Humber Dis- trict | (having a special reference to their migrations). | Revised to April, 1899. | By | John Cordeaux, J. P., F.R.G.S., M.B.O.U., | Ex-President Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union [etc., 7 lines.]. | Lon- don: | R. H. Porter, 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1899. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-40. London. A list ‘‘of all species of birds, now included in the British List, which have occurred in the Humber District in the last half century,” with notes on occurrence, migration and nesting. Cordier, A. H. 1923. Birds | Their Photographs and Home Life | by | A. H. Cordier, M.D. | Former Professor [etc., 8 lines.] | With 145 Illus- trations from Photographs of Wild Birds, | by the Author | Pub- lishers Dorrance Philadelphia. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 137 1 vol. 8vo, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-247, 73 pll. (figs. 1-144). Philadelphia. September 1923. A popular account of the habits of 85 species of birds, prefaced by chapters on materials for, and methods of, bird photography. Illustrated from photographs. Cornalia, Emilio. 1850. See Osculati, Gaetano, Esplorazione delle Regioni Equatoriali. Corwin, Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer,—. 1887. See Healy, Michael A. Cory, Charles Barney. 1878. A naturalist | in the | Magdalen Islands; | giving | a des- cription of the islands and list of the birds taken | there, with other ornithological notes. | By | Charles B. Cory. | Illustrated from sketches by the author. | Boston. | 1878. 1 vol. (small) cap 4to, pp. I-IV, 5-93, 2 pll., 1 text-cut. Boston. Pages 7-29 embrace a short account of the islands and the author’s experiences there. Pages 31-78 contain a catalogue of the birds taken or observed in the region. A hypothetical list of species forms an appendix on pages 79-83. Cory, Charles Barney. 1879. Description of a new species | of the | Family Ardeidae, from the Bahama Islands. | By Charles B. Cory.| ... | Boston, October 8, 1879. 1 loose leaf (514x814). Boston. October 8, 1879. The original description of a supposedly new Ardea cyanirostris. The complete publication consists of this isolated leaf. Cory, Charles Barney. 1880. Birds | of the | Bahama Islands; | containing | many birds new to the islands, and a number of undescribed | winter plumages of North American species. | By | Charles B. Cory, | Author of “A Naturalist in the Magdalen Islands,” etc. | Illustrated. | Boston: | Published by the author, | 8 Arlington Street. | 1880. 1 vol. demy ato, pp. 1-250, 8 pll. (hand-col.). Boston. A popular account of one hundred and forty-nine species of Bahama birds with descriptions and notes and a hypothetical list of thirty-six additional forms. Reissued, enlarged, in an edition of 1890 (q.v.). Cory, Charles Barney. 1880-83. The | beautiful and curious | Birds of the World. | By | Charles B. Cory, | Fellow of the Linnean Society of London; [etc., 4 lines. | | Author of ‘‘Birds of the Bahama Islands,” etc. | 138 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.tocy, Vor. XVI. Boston, U.S. A. | 1883. | Published by the Author for the sub- scribers. 1 vol. double-elephant folio, 23 ll., pll. 1-20 (numbered only in index) (hand-col.; 8 by J. Smit). Boston. Issued in seven parts, in an edition of two hundred copies. It consists of hand- colored plates interleaved with pages of descriptive matter not arranged ac- cording to classification. Part I is reviewed in the Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 5, p. 236, Oct. 1880; II (issued Febr. 1881), in 6, p. 111, April, 1881; III in 6, p. 240, Oct. 1881; IV and V, in 8, p. 55, Jan. 1883; VII in Auk, 1, p. 81, Jan. 1884. The plate of the Great Auk, issued in Pt. II is the original of the pic- ture of that bird which, for many years, adorned the cover of ‘‘The Auk.”’ A second copy of the work contains several of the plates in duplicate, uncolored Cory, Charles Barney. 1884-5. The | birds | of | Haiti and San Domingo. | By | Charles B. Cory, | Fellow of the Linnean Society of London; [etc., 8 lines.] | Estes and Lauriat, | Boston, U.S. A. | 1885. 1 vol. folio post 4to, 1 pr. 1., pp. 6-198, pll. 1-23 (numbered only in index; 22 hand-colored), 2 text-cuts (10 figs.); 4 wrappers bound in the back of the volume. Boston. Issued in four parts, according to the wrappers, Parts I-III dated 1884, and Part IV, 1885. A monograph of the birds of the islands mentioned in the title, with synonymy, description and notes for each of the species. Cory, Charles Barney. 1885. A | list of the birds | of the | West Indies, | including the | Bahama Islands and the Greater and Lesser Antilles, excepting | the islands of Tobago and Trinidad. | By | Charles B. Cory. | Estes & Lauriat, | Boston, U.S. A. | 1885. 1 vol. post folio, pp. 1-33. Boston. A list of 482 species, numbered and arranged systematically, without annotations. This impression was cancelled because printed on both sides of the paper, and a corrected impression published the same year. A second edition (q.v.) was issued the following year. Cory, Charles Barney. 1886. A | list of the birds | of the | West Indies, | including the | Bahama Islands and the Greater and Lesser Antilles, excepting | the islands of Tobago and Trinidad. | By | Charles B. Cory. | Re- vised edition. | Estes & Lauriat, | Boston, U. S. A. | 1886. 1 vol. post folio, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and index), Il. 5-34-++1 (printed on one ‘side only). Boston. Similar to the author’s work of the same title, dated the previous year (q.v.), but with some changes and additions. The species are not numbered in this edi- tion and the list is printed on but one side of the paper. Dr. Oberholser advises me that almost all of the present issue was destroyed by fire. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 139 Cory, Charles Barney. 1889. The | birds of the West Indies. | Including | all species known to occur in the Bahama Islands, the Greater | Antilles, the Cay- mans, and the Lesser Antilles, excepting | the islands of Tobago and Trinidad. |*By | Charles B. Cory, | Curator of Birds in the Boston Society [etc., 6 lines.] Author of | “The Beautiful and Curious Birds of the World,” [etc., 4 lines.] | Illustrated. | Estes & Lauriat, | Boston, U.S. A. | 1889. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-324, 2 pll. (maps), 19 text-figs. Boston. A manual of the birds of the West Indies with an extended bibliography of West Indian ornithology and descriptions of the species of birds other than well known North American forms. Much of the text was originally published by the author in ‘‘The Auk,” 1886-1888, and some of the drawings are taken from the same source. Cory, Charles Barney. 1890. The birds | of the | Bahama Islands | containing | Many birds new to the Islands, and a number of undescribed | winter plumages of North American birds. | By Charles B. Cory, | Curator of Birds in the Boston Society [etc., 6 lines.]. | Author of | The Beautiful and Curious Birds of the World, [etc., 4 lines.]. | Revised edition. | Estes & Lauriat, | Boston, U.S. A. | 1890. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-8, 8 ll. (bibliography and list of birds described since 1880), pp. 9-250, 8 pll. Boston. Identical with the edition of 1880 (q.v.) with the exception of 16 pages of addi- tional text and a new title-page. The new text contains an ornithological bibli- ography of the Bahama Islands and a discussion of the species and subspecies of birds described since the earlier edition was published. This edition was made up from the unsold copies of the original work altered as mentioned above. The plates are uncolored. Author’s copy. Cory, Charles Barney. 1892. Catalogue | of West Indian birds, | containing a list of all species known to occur in the Bahama Islands, the | Greater Antilles, the Caymans, and the Lesser Antilles, excepting | the islands of Tobago and Trinidad, | by | Charles B. Cory, | Fellow of the Linnzean and Zodlogical Societies of London [etc., 4 lines.]. | Author of | ‘The Beautiful and Curious Birds of the World,” [etc., 3 lines.]. | Published by the author. | Boston, U.S. A. | 1892. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-163, 1 map. Boston. A list of species with their distribution noted, with remarks on certain forms, and with a complete bibliography of ornithological publications relating to the West Indies. 140 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vov. XVI. Cory, Charles Barney. 1896. Hunting and fishing | in | Florida, | including a | key to the water birds | known to occur in the state. | By | Charles B. Cory. | Curator of the Department of Ornithology [etc., 4 lines.] | Author of | “The Beautiful and Curious Birds of the World,” [etc., 4 lines.]. | For sale by | Estes & Lauriat, | Boston, Mass. | 1896. 1 vol. 8vo (7x9), 1 pr. l., pp. 1-304, frontisp., 1 pl., 320 text-figs. (248 of birds by Edward Knobel). Boston. Pages 133-304 comprise a “Key to the water birds of Florida” with 248 illustra- tions, which is more than a key since it includes an annotated list with succinct descriptions and notes on distribution. Cory, Charles Barney. 1896. A | list of the birds | of | eastern North America | by | Charles B. Cory | For sale by | Bradley Whidden | 18 Arch St., Boston | Boston | 1896. 1 vol. 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 1-42. Boston. A check-list of 570 species and varieties of birds occurring in North America east of the ninetieth meridian. Scientific and common names, ‘A.O.U. number’, and an indication of occurrence in New England, Illinois or Florida, are given for each species. This list was embodied, with an occasional note on other distribution, with some alterations, in the author’s “The Birds of Eastern North America,’’ 1899 (q.v.). The present copy is bound with several other small papers by the same author. Cory, Charles Barney. 1896. A list | of the | birds of Florida | by | Charles B. Cory | For sale by | Bradley Whidden | 18 Arch St., Boston | Boston | 1896. 1 vol. 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 1-24. Boston. A simple list of 352 species and subspecies, with scientific and vernacular names. Cory, Charles Barney. 1897. How to know | the | Ducks, Geese and Swans | of | North America | all the species being grouped according to size and color | - By | Charles B. Cory | Curator of the Department of Ornithology [etc., 4 lines.]. | Author of (etc., 5 lines.]. | For sale by | Little, Brown & Co. | Boston. | 1897. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-95, frontisp., 138 text-figs. Boston. A manual for the determination of North American ducks, geese and swans. Arranged on the same principle as the author’s ‘‘How to Know the Shore Birds,’’ 1897 (q.v.). The present copy is included in one volume with several other papers by the same author. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. I4I Cory, Charles Barney. 1897. How to know | the | shore birds | (Limicole) | of | North America | (south of Greenland and Alaska) | all the species being grouped according to size and color | By | Charles B. Cory | Curator of the Department of Ornithology in the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago; [etc., 4 lines.]. | Author of [etc., 5 lines.]. | For sale by | Little, Brown & Co. | Boston | 1897. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-89, frontisp., 178 figs. Boston. A compact manual for sportsmen and others, to aid in the identification of the North American species of shore birds. Brief, illustrated keys to the species (which are arranged according to size), are followed by a descriptive list ar- ranged in systematic order. The form of the keys was original with the author and are simple and efficient, being designed for persons without technical knowledge. Uniform in size and style with the ‘‘How to Know the Ducks, Geese and Swans of North America,’’ 1897 (q.v.). The present copy is bound with several other papers by the same author. Cory, Charles Barney. 1899. The birds | of | Eastern North America | known to occur east of the ninetieth meridian | Water birds [Part II] | Part I [Land birds] | Key to the families and species | By | Charles B. Cory | Curator of the Department of Ornithology [etc., 4 lines.]. | Author of [etc., 6 lines.]. | Special edition printed for the | Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, II. 2 vols. in 1 vol., superroyal 8vo (7x9). Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (prelim. key and tit.), pp. III-VIII+1, 1-142, 532 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-IX+1, 131-387, frontisp., 722 text-figs. Chicago. A special edition of the author’s work of the same title published in Boston the same year, and differing only in the title-pages. The plan of the work is that successfully followed by the author in his earlier works, ‘‘How to Know the Shore Birds’’ and ‘‘How to Know the Ducks, Geese and Swans,’’ 1897 (q.v.). Appended is a check-list of species, based on the author’s previous ‘‘A List of the Birds of Eastern North America,”’ 1896 (q.v.) but with the addition of sev- eral species and subspecies and annotations relative to distribution, habitat, etc. Costa, Oronzio Gabriele. 1857. > Fauna | del | Regno di Napoli | ossia | enumerazione di tutti gli animali | che abitano le diverse regioni di questo regno | e le acque che le bagnano | contenente | la descrizione de nuovi 0 poco esttamente conosciuti | con figure ricavate da originali viventi e dipinte al naturale | di | Oronzio-Gabriele Costa | Professore di Zoologia | Dottore in Medicina [etc., 4 lines.]. | Uccelli | Napoli | Tipografia di Gaetano Sautto | Vico Cinquesanti, num. 29. | 1857. 142 FretD Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, 2 pr. Il. (subtit. and tit.), pp. I-V+1, 7-88 (end of Pt. I), 1-66, 1 1. (conts.), pll. I-XV (col; by Salv. Calyé). Naples. The ornithological portion of the author’s elaborate work on the fauna of the Province of Naples, Italy. Part I contains a systematic catalogue of species; II, detailed descriptions of certain noteworthy species. The work was pub- lished over a period of years from 1829-1860 (Engelmann, and Carus and Engel- mann) or later [Cat. Library British Museum (Natural History)]. The preface to the present portion is dated 1839 and the title-page, 1857. The preface to Pt. II mentions the intended publication of a third part, to which I can find no other reference. Cotton, John. (Tyas, Robert, ed.) 1854-56?. Beautiful birds | described | Edited from the Manuscript of John Cotton, F.Z.S. | by the | Rev. Robert Tyas, B.A. | Author of | ‘Flowers from the Holy Land,” etc., etc. | With thirty-six illustrations | by James Andrews, F.R.H.S. | Vol. I [IL.; III.]. | London | Madgwick, Houlston & Co., Ltd [Period added (Vols. II and III.).| | 7 Paternoster Buildings, E.C. 3 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XX, 1-92 (Birds of Prey), 1-16 (Thrushes), 1-16 (Warblers), 1-15+1 (Nightingale and other Warblers), 1-16 (Goldcrests and Titmice), 1-16 (Shrikes), 1-16 (Chatterers and Flycatchers), 12 pll. (by James Andrews), 46 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-X, 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-15+1 (Bee-eaters and Swallows), 1-16 (Nightjars and Kingfishers), 1-16 (Cuckoos), 1-16 (Wood- peckers), 1-16 (Wrynecks, Creepers, Honey-eaters and Nectar Birds), 1-16 (Hummingbirds), 113-192, 12 pll., 70 text-figs. Voll. III, pp. I-VIII, 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-198, 12 pll., 75 text-figs. London (n.d.). A popular outline of ornithology, based largely on the classification of Swainson, following a modified “quinary system.”” The work originally appeared in thirty- six monthly parts with colored plates, in 1854-6; the present reissue, with some alterations on the title-page and with uncolored plates, is without date and I am unable to trace its appearance. Coues, Elliott. 1868. ‘A List | of the | Birds of New England. | By Elliott Coues, | Assistant Surgeon, U.S.A. | - | [Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Essex Institute, Vol. V.] | - | Salem, Mass. | Essex Institute Press. | 1868.} > Catalogue of the Birds of North America con- tained in the | Museum of the Essex Institute; - with which is in- | corporated A List of the Birds of New England. | With brief Critical and Field Notes. | By Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A. 1 vol. 8vo, (Title-p. missing.), pp. 1-71. Salem. EE ee 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 143 A repaged copy of the author’s “Catalogue of the Birds of North America con- tained in the Museum,” etc., published in the Communications of the Essex Institute, 5, Art. 12, pp. 249-314, May 1868, with the addition of a title-page (missing) and an index (pp. 67-71). The subtitle is differently divided, also, in the two issues. Coues (Ornith. Bibliogr., rst Instalment, from which the title- page is quoted as above) says that the reprint gives the faunal list precedence over the museum catalogue, but this is true only as regards the title, —the general text is unaltered. Coues adds, of the reprint, ‘‘Only 50 copies extant.” The present copy is inscribed, “C from C” (Cory from Coues?). An extract of this paper from the original periodical is among the pamphlets in this library. Coues, Elliott. 1872. Key | to | North American birds | containing a concise al account of every species of | living and fossil bird | at present known from the continent north of the Mexican | and United States boundary. | Illustrated by 6 steel plates, and upwards of 250 woodcuts. | By | Elliott Coues, | Assistant Surgeon United States Army. | Salem: Naturalists’ Agency. | New York: Dodd and Mead. | Boston: Estes and Lauriat. | 1872. vol. demy 4to., 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-361, 3 pp. (advt.), pll. 1-6, text-figs. 1-238. Boston. The first edition of a justly popular work which has appeared in five editions. Written in an easy style with scientific accuracy the book soon became a stan- dard work of reference, useful alike to the scientist and to the layman. Cf. eds. 1887 and 1903. Coues, Elliott. 1873-74. A | check list | of | North American Birds. | By | Elliott I Coues. | Salem. | Naturalists’ Agency. | 1873. vol. 8vo., pp. 1-137-+1, 1-3 (advt.). Salem. A list of species and subspecies recognized by the author, arranged and numbered consecutively, with an appendix on pages 123-137. The list was printed and a few copies distributed in 1873, without the appendix which delayed the final publication until the following year. The list thus may be quoted as of 1873 and the appendix 1874. In the latter year the same list appeared as part of a volume by the author entitled, “Field Ornithology” (q.v.), the general text of which, later, was incorporated into the ‘Key to North American Birds,” (edi- tions 2 et seq.; cf. ed. 1887) while the “Check List’’ passed through a second edition, without extraneous matter, in 1882 (q.v.). Coues, Elliott. 1874. Department of the Interior. | United States Geological Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | Miscellaneous publications—No. 3. | Birds of the northwest: | a hand-book | of | the ornithology | of the | region drained by the Missouri River | and its tributaries. | By Elliott Coues, | Captain 144 Fretp Museum oF Naturat History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. and Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-791. Washington. A thorough treatment of the subject. Extensive synonymies, distribution of spe- cies, specimens secured on United States government expeditions, field notes on habits, and descriptions of new species and genera, with occasional analytical keys have made an authoritative and readable book. Estes and Lauriat, in 1877, rebound and reissued 214 copies of the book, with a new title-page but otherwise unchanged, as ‘‘Birds of the Northwest. The work was issued in December, 1874 (Coues, Bibl., rst Instalment, p. 702), presumably after the publication of Vol. III of Baird Brewer and Ridgway’s History of North Ameri- can Birds, Land Birds (q.v., 1874) which is quoted in the present work, although both appeared about the same time. Coues, Elliott. 1874. Field | ornithology. | Comprising a | manual of instruction | for | procuring, preparing and preserving birds | and a | Check List of North American Birds. | By | Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A. | [Monogram.] | Salem: | Naturalists’ Agency. | Boston: Estes & Lauriat. | New York: Dodd & Mead. | 1874. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-116, 1-137+1, 1-3 (advt.), 1 text-fig. Salem. The first portion of the volume (pp. 5-116) contains thorough instructions for the bird-collector. This was originally intended for inclusion in the author’s “Key to North American Birds,’”’ 1872 (q.v.), was omitted from the first edition of that work on account of want of space, but was inserted in the second (1884) and subsequent editions, and was later (1890) embodied in the author’s ‘‘Hand- book of Field and General Ornithology” (q.v.). The second part of the present volume comprises the author’s “A Check List of North American Birds” with supplement, —identical in all respects with that work (q.v., 1873-74) which is simply another form of the same publication. Coues, Elliott. 1874. See Baird, Spencer F.; Brewer; and Ridgway, A History of North American Birds, Land Birds. Coues, Elliott. 1878. Department of the Interior | United States Geological Survey of the Territories | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge | Miscellaneous publications—No. 11 | Birds of the Colorado Valley | A repository of | scientific and popular information | concerning | North American ornithology | By Elliott Coues | [Quot.] | Part first | Passeres to Laniide | Bibliographical Appendix | Seventy Illustrations | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1878. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-807, 2 vignettes, text-figs. 1-66. Washington. The general text up to page 565 comprises the first part of a work which was never completed. The bird life of the Colorado Basin is analyzed in detail with short 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 145 characterizations in Latin and complete descriptions in English of each spe- cies, with detailed synonymies, and long discussions of habits and distribution. The genera and higher groups are discussed critically, with reference to habits as well as taxonomy. The Bibliographical Appendix, occupying pages 567-784 marked the begin- ning of a work of which four parts were published at various times and in various places. The present instalment is subtitled ‘‘List of faunal publications relating to North American ornithology.’”’ Further details of the entire work as published are given below under the present author’s ‘‘Ornithological Bibliog- raphy, 1878-80” (q.v.). Coues, Elliott. 1878-80. [Ornithological Bibliography. | 1 vol. 8vo, 979 pp. (variously paged), 7 ll. (extraneous matter). Washington. Part I. Faunal publications relating to North America. Misc. Publ. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 11, 567-784, 1878. (Cf. Birds of the Colorado Valley.). Part II. Faunal publications relating to the rest of America. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. 5, (2), 239-330, 1879 (Cf. Second Instalment Amer. Ornith. Bibliography). Part III. Systematic publications relating to American species, arranged according to families. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. 5, (4), 521-1072, 1880 (Cf. Third Instalment, etc.). Part IV. Faunal publications relating to British birds. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 2 (1879), 359-482, 1880 (Cf. Fourth Instalment, etc.). The four parts given above are all that were ever published. The author’s inten- tion was to complete an entire ornithological bibliography, but, in order to make available to other workers such portions of the whole as were in a more or less finished condition as well as to invite criticism for the betterment of the entire project, the several instalments were published from time to time. So far as perfected, the bibliography is very complete and there are but few omis- sions, but various departments of the subject are not treated, even in the American sections. The collation of each part is given separately under the respective heading. Copies of Parts I-IV have been extracted from their original covers and bound together in one volume which is collated above. The volume was never issued in this form. Coues, Elliott. 1879. [Department of the Interior. | Bulletin | of | the United States | Geological and Geographical Survey | of | the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, | U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | 1879-’80. | Volume V. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1880.] > Volume V. 1879. Number 2. > Art, XVII.-Second Instalment of American 146 FreLD Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. Orni- | thological Bibliography. | By Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A. 1 vol. (pt.) 8vo, pp. 153-330. Washington. September 6, 1879. The bibliography occupies pages 239-330 and gives the titles of faunal publications relating to the ornithology of America other than North America. Together with the first instalment it gives a nearly complete faunal bibliography of the ornithology of the entire continent. The various other instalments are grouped with this one under the present author’s ‘Ornithological Bibliography,” 1878- 80 (q.v.), and in the copy at hand, are bound together in one volume. Coues, Elliott. 1880. [Department of the Interior. | Bulletin | of | the United States | Geological and Geographical Survey | of | the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, | U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. |. 1879-’80. | Volume V. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1880.] > De- partment of the Interior. | United States Geological and Geographi- cal Survey. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-charge. | Bulletin | of | the United States | Geological and Geographical Survey | of | the Territories. | Volume V. . .. Number 4. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | September 30, 1880. > Volume V. 1879. Number 4. | Art. XXVI.-Third Instalment of American Orni- | thological Bibliography. | By Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A. 1 vol. (pt.) 8vo, pp. I-VII, 521-1072. Washington. Sept. 30, 1880. The bibliography occupies pages 521-1066 and contains the titles of all publica- tions treating of particular species, genera or families of birds arranged by families, dates, and author’s names, and relating only to American species. It thus supplements the first and second instalments of the work, and together with them was calculated to form a nearly complete bibliography of American ornithology. A fourth part, relating to British ornithology, was published the same year as the present contribution. The four parts are listed jointly under the present author as ‘‘Ornithological Bibliography,” 1878-80 (q.v.), and are bound together in one volume in the copy at hand. Date is from the original wrapper of this number. Coues, Elliott. 1880. [Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | -19- | Proceedings | of the | United States National Museum. | Vol. II. | 1879. | Published under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1880. ] > Fourth instalment of Ornithological Bibliography: | being a list of faunal publications relating to British birds. | By Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S. A. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-499. Washington. The bibliography occupies pages 359-482 and gives the titles of faunal publica- tions relating purely to British birds in Great Britain, whether or not they occur more or less regularly elsewhere. The various instalments of the “Bibli- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 147 ography” are grouped together under the above author’s “Ornithological Bibli- ography,’’ 1878-80 (q.v.), and, in the present set, are bound together in one volume. Coues, Elliott. 1881-83. See Stearns, Winfred A.; and Coues, New England Bird Life. Coues, Elliott. 1882. The | Coues check list | of | North American Birds. | Second edition, | Revised to Date, and entirely Rewritten, under Direction of the Author, | with a dictionary of the | etymology, orthography, and orthoepy | of the | scientific names | the concordance of previous lists, and a catalogue of his | ornithological publications. | [Monogram.]| | Boston: | Estes and Lauriat. | 1882. 1 vol. demy 4to (634x934), pp. 1-165, 1 1. (advt.). Boston. The ‘‘Check List’’ of 1873-4 (q.v.) brought up to date and enlarged as indicated in the title. Coues, Elliott; and Prentiss, Daniel Webster. 1883. Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | -32- | Bulletin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 26. | Published under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1883. [Second title.] Avifauna Columbiana: | being a | list of birds | as- certained to inhabit the | District of Columbia, | with the times of arrival and departure | of such as are non-residents, and | brief notices of habits, etc. | The second edition, | revised to date, and entirely rewritten. | By | Elliott Coues, M.D., Ph.D., | Professor of Anatomy in the National Medical College, etc., | and | D. Webster Prentiss, A.M., M.D., | Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the National Medical College, etc. | Washing- ton: | Government Printing Office. | 1883. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-133, 1 1. (expl. of pl.), frontisp., 1 pl., 4 maps (fold.; 3 col.), text-figs. 1-100. Washington. Based on a paper by the same authors entitled, ‘‘Natural History. List of birds” (etc. as above) published on pages 399-421 of the Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution . .. for the year 1861, Washing- ton, 1862, the present contribution brings the subject matter up to date and adds information obtained since the publication of the first article. The list is annotated and treats of two hundred and forty-eight species of birds observed in the District of Columbia. 148 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vo. XVI. Coues, Elliott. 1886. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature and Check-list of North American Birds. Coues, Elliott. 1887. Key | to | North American Birds. | Containing a concise account of every species of living and fossil | bird at present known from the continent north of the | Mexican and United States boundary, inclusive | of Greenland and Lower California, | with which are incorporated | general ornithology: | an outline of the structure and classification of birds; | and | field ornithology, | a manual of collecting, preparing, and preserving birds. | The Third Edition, | exhibiting the nomenclature of the American Ornitholo- gists’ Union, and | including descriptions of additional species, etc. | By Elliott Coues, A.M., M.D., Ph.D., | Late Captain and Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army [etc., 6 lines.]. | Profusely illus- trated. | [Monogram.] | Boston: | Estes and Lauriat. | 1887. 1 vol. royal 8vo., pp. I-X, I-IV, XI-XXX, 1-895, frontisp. (col.; by R. W. Shufeldt), text-figs. 1-561. Boston. Printed from the same plates as the second edition (1884) with the addition of an appendix on pages 865-985 in which are included discoveries and nomen- clatorial changes made since the earlier work. Since the ‘‘Check List” of the American Ornithologists’ Union was published in the interim (1886 q.v.), comparisons between it and the systematic arrangement used in the ‘‘Key” are made by means of parallel columns. The second edition, used as the basis for the present one, was an entirely rewritten work although bearing the same general title as the first edition, its predecessor(q.v., 1872). Among the inno- vations, on pages 1-227, are extended chapters on field ornithology and general ornithology which were published later as a separate work (Cf. Coues, Hand- book of Field and General Ornithology, 1890). The chapter on field ornitho- logy was originally published in conjunction with the “Check List’’ in 1874 as a separate work under the title, “Field Ornithology” (q.v.). Coues, Elliott. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Abridged Edition. Coues, Elliott. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature and Check-list. Coues, Elliott. 1890. Handbook | of | field and general | ornithology | a manual of the structure and | classification of birds | with instructions for | collecting and preserving specimens | by | Professor Elliott Coues, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 149 M.A., M.D., etc. | Vice-president American Ornithologists’ Union; [etc., 2 lines.] | Illustrated | London | Macmillan and Co. | 1890 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-343, text-figs. 1-112. London. Extracted from Coues’s ‘‘Key”’ (editions after the first; Cf. ed. 1887.) and pub- lished separately as being of interest to European readers apart from the dis- cussion of American species contained in the main body of the original work. The nature of the text is explained in the title, to which it is desirable to add the remark that for thoroughness of treatment (considering the scope of the sub- ject) this work has not yet been excelled. Coues, Elliott. 1892. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature. Coues, Elliott. 1895. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Second Edition. Coues, Elliott. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Coues, Elliott. 1897. See Audubon, John James, Audubon and His Journals. Coues, Elliott. (Elliot, Daniel Giraud; Farley, J. A.) 1903. Key | to | North American Birds. | Containing a concise account of every species of living and fossil | bird at present known from the continent north of the | Mexican and United States boundary, inclusive | of Greenland and Lower California, | with which are incorporated | general ornithology: | an outline of the structure and classification of birds; | and | field ornithology, | a manual of collecting, preparing, and preserving birds. | The Fifth Edition, | (entirely revised) | exhibiting the nomenclature of the American Ornithologists’ Union, and including | descriptions of additional species | in two volumes. | Volume I [II]. | By Elliott Coues, A.M., M.D., Ph.D., | Late Captain and Assistant Surgeon U.S. Army [etc., 5 lines.]. | Profusely Illustrated. | (Monogram. ] | Boston: | The Page Company | Publishers. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 1 pr. 1., pp. I-XLI-+1, 1-535, 2 pll. (1 col.; by L. A. Fuertes), figs. 1-353. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 537-1152, 1 pl. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), figs. 354-747. Boston. 150 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. The last and most complete edition of the famous “‘Key”’ (Cf. ed. 1872.), published after the death of the author, from manuscript left by him, and with a short appendix listing the species recognized by the American Ornithologists’ Union after the completion of the manuscript. This appendix is presumably by J. A. Farley who edited the manuscript of the work. The plan of the work is similar to that of previous editions but the accounts are much more compre- hensive and contain in the general text some matter previously relegated to an appendix. Many additional illustrations, including two colored plates, are a further improvement to the work. This edition is copyrighted by Dana Estes and Co. and some copies bear the imprint of that firm. The publisher’s preface is dated October, 1903. Pp. XXXV-XLI contain a necrology of Coues by Elliot. Couper, William. 1883. See Samuels, Edward Augustus, The Birds of New England and Adjacent States. 1869. See Samuels, Edward Augustus, Ornithology and Odlogy of New England. 1883. See Samuels, Edward Augustus, Our Northern and Eastern Birds. Courcelles, Pauline de. See Knip, Madame. Coward, Thomas Alfred. (Oldham, Charles; Dockray, John A.) 1910. The | vertebrate fauna | of | Cheshire | and Liverpool Bay | edited by | T. A. Coward, F.Z.S. | author of ‘‘Picturesque Chesh- ire.”’ | In two volumes | Volume I [II]. | The mammals and birds of Cheshire [The Dee as a wildfowl resort] | by | T. A. Coward and C. Oldham, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. [John A. Dockray] | authors of “The birds of Cheshire” [The reptiles and amphibians of Cheshire | by | T. A. Coward and C. Oldham, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Authors of “The Birds of Cheshire” | - | The fishes of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay | by | James Johnstone, B.Sc. (Lond.) | Author of “British Fisheries” and ‘‘Conditions of Life in the Sea’’] | With illustrations from photographs by | Thomas Baddeley | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London | rg1o. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXXITI (ntrod.), 1-472, 34 pll. Vol. II, pp. I-XL, 1-204, 14 pll., 1 map (col.; fold.), 7 text-figs. London. Accounts of the local occurrence, distribution and habits of the vertebrates of the County of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay, England; scientific and vernacular names are given but descriptions are omitted. The ornithological portion comprises ‘‘The Birds of Cheshire,’’ Vol. I, pp. 91-459, and “The Dee as a Wildfowl resort,’’ Vol. II, pp. XXI-XL. There are no plates of birds and the illustrations are mostly of local scenery. An earlier work on the birds of Chesh- ire was published by Coward and Oldham in 1900. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. I51 Coward, Thomas Alfred. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Coward, Thomas Alfred. 1920. The birds | of the British Isles | and their eggs | by | T. A. Coward, F.Z.S., F.E.S. [M.B.0.U. | F.Z.S., F.E.S.] | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | First [Second] series | comprising | Families Corvide to Sulide [Anatide to Tetraonide] | with | 242 [213] accurately coloured illustrations | by Archibald Thorburn and others | repro- duced from Lord Lilford’s work | ‘‘Coloured Figures of the Birds of the British Islands”’ | and 65 [69] photographic illustrations | by Richard Kearton [by E. L. Turner, R. Kearton] | and others | Second impression [Impression not noted] | London | Frederick Warne & Co. Ltd. | and*New York | (All rights reserved) [1920]. vols. cap 8vo (44%4x614). Vol. I, pp. I-VII+1, 1-376, pll. 1-159 (96 col.; by A. Thorburn, J. G. Keulemans and J. Smit). Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 1-376, pll. 1-159 (96 col.; by A. Thorburn and J. G. Keulemans). London. A popular account of the habits and distribution of British birds, well illustrated with colored portraits of the birds and their eggs, and photographs of the birds and their nests in life. Coxe, R. C. 1815-22. See Hunt, John, British Ornithology. Crane, E. H. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. N Crawshay, Richard. 1907. The | birds | of | Tierra del Fuego | by | Richard Crawshay | Captain | Reserve of Officers: late Inniskilling Dragoons | Lon- don | Bernard Quaritch | 1907. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-XL, 1-158, 44 pll. (21 col.; by J. G. Keule- mans), 1 map (col.), 1 text-cut. London. An account of the species of birds observed and collected in Tierra del Fuego by the author, with quotations from the works of other investigators and with some synonymies, notes on habitat and descriptions of the colors of the soft parts of the specimens taken. ‘The book is well illustrated with colored figures of the species and photogravures of scenery. Crichton, Andrew. 1834. See Jardine, William, The Natural History of Gallinaceous Birds. 152 FreLD Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. 1835. See Selby, Prideaux John, [The Natural History of Pigeons]. 1837. See Swainson, William, The Natural History of the Birds of Western Africa. 1844-64? See Swainson, William, The Natural History of the Birds of Western Africa. 1844-64? See Jardine, William, The Natural History of Gallinaceous Birds. 1844-64? See Selby, Prideaux John, The Natural History of Pigeons Cunningham, Robert Oliver. 1871. Notes on | the natural history | of the | Strait of Magellan | and west coast of Patagonia | made during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘“‘Nassau”’ | in the years 1866, 67, 68, & 69 | by | Robert O. Cun- ningham, | M.D., F.L.S., etc. | naturalist to the expedition | with map and illustrations | Edinburgh | Edmonston and Douglas | 1871 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. post 8vo., pp. I-XVI, 1 1., pp. 1-517, 21 pll. (5 tinted), 1 map. Edinburgh. A narrative of a voyage of nearly three years’ duration with special reference to the natural history of the regions visited. Many of the observations and three of the plates are of ornithological interest. Curacoa, Jottings during the Cruise of—. 1873. See Brenchley, Julius L. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert. (Schinz, Hein- rich Rudolph.) 1821-25. Das Thierreich | eingetheilt | nach dem Bau der Thiere | als | Grundlage ihrer Naturgeschichte | und der vergleichenden | Anatomie | von | dem Herrn Ritter von Cuvier | Staatsrath von Frankreich | und | bestandiger Secretar der Academie der Wissen- schaften U.S.W. | Aus dem Franzésischen frey tbersetzt | und mit vielen Zusatzen versehen | von | H. R. Schinz, med. Dr. | Secretar [Mitglied (Vol. IV.) ] der naturforschenden Gesellschaft [etc., 2 lines.]. | Erster [-Vierter] Band. | Saugethiere und Végel [Reptilien, Fische, Weichthiere, | Ringelwiirmer (Vol. II.); Krebse, Spinnen, Insekten (Vol. III.); Zoophyten (Vol. IV.)-]. | Stuttgart und Tibingen, | in der J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung. | 1821 (1822; 1823; 1825]. 4 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XXVIII, 1-894. Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-835. Vol. III, pp. I-XVIII, 1-932, 1 1. (errata). Vol. IV, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-793. Stuttgart. ‘ 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 153 A German translation of Cuvier’s ‘“Régne Animal” (Cf. ed. 1829-30.), edited by Schinz with numerous annotations by the editor. The general discussion of the birds occupies pp. 438-868 and 889 of Vol. I. In Vol. IV, pp. 512-555, Schinz adds descriptions and comments on various species and genera, as an appendix to the earlier text. In Vol. V, also, pp. 562-570, is the ornithological portion of a comparative table showing the genera of Linné (1788) and the present work; a bibliography occupies pp. 635-767 of which 635-658 are strictly ornithological. In at least one instance, Schinz presents a new name in ornithology. On p. 782 of Vol. I, Tringa pygmaea is described and accredited to Brehm. Brehm, how- ever, did not publish his description until the following year (Beitrage zur Vogelkunde, 3, p. 355, 1822) when he named it schinzii, as pointed out by Schinz in the present work (Vol. IV, pl. 529.) Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert. 1825-28. See Buffon, George Louis Leclerc, Oeuvres Completes de Buffon, Richard ed. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert. (Griffith, Ed- ward; Pidgeon, Edward;Gray, John Edward; Swainson, William. ) 1827-35. The | animal kingdom | arranged in conformity with its | organization, | by the Baron Cuvier, | Member of the Institute of France, &c. &c. &c. | with | additional descriptions [supple- mentary additions to each order, (Vols. X and XII-XV.) ] | of [Line omitted (Vols. X and XII-XV.). ] | all the species hitherto named, and of [Line omitted (Vols. X and XII-XV.). ] | many not. before noticed, [Line omitted (Vols. X and XII-XV.). ] | by | Edward Griffith, F.L.S., AS., &c. [A.S., | Corresponding Member etc., 2 lines (Vols. VI-X and XII-XV.); AS., &c. | Corresponding Member etc. 1 line (Vol. XI.) ] | and others, | Volume the first [-tenth and twelfth-fifteenth; Supplementary vol- ume on the fossils (Vol. XJ.) ]. | London: | printed for Geo. B. Whittaker [Whittaker, Treacher, and Co. (Vols. VI-IX, XI and XIII-XV.); Whittaker and Co. (Vols. X and XI.) ]. | Ave-Maria- Lane. | MDCCCXXVII [MDCCCXXIX (Vols. VI-VIII.); MDCCCXXX (Vol. XI.); MDCCCXXXI (Vol. IX.); MD- CCCXXXII (Vols. XIV-XV.); MDCCCXXXIII (Vol. XIII.); MDCCCXXXIV (Vols. X and XII.)}. > The | Class Aves | arranged by the Baron Cuvier, | with | specific descriptions | by | Edward Griffith, F.L.S., A.S., &c. | and | Edward Pidgeon, Esq. | the additional species inserted in the text of Cuvier | by | John Edward Gray, Esq., F.G.S., &c. | Volume the first [second; third]. | London: | printed for Whittaker, Treacher, and Co. | Ave-Maria-Lane. | MDCCCXXXIX 154 FireLD Museum oF NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. A Classified | index and synopsis | of the | animal kingdom | arranged in conformity with its | organization, | by the Baron Cuvier, |Member of the Institute of France, &c. &c. &c. | with supplementary additions to each order, | by | Edward Griffith, F.R.S. S.A. &c. | and others. | London: | printed for Whittaker and Co. | Ave-Maria-Lane. | MDCCCXXXV. 16 vols. demy 4to. (Only the ornithological volumes and index collated here.) Vol. VI (Aves I), 4 pr. Il., pp. 1-548, 32 pll., 1 text- fig. Vol. VII (Aves II), 4 pr. IL, pp. 1-586, 60 pll. Vol. III (Aves III), 3 pr. ll, pp. 1-690, 168 pll. Index and Synopsis (= Vol. XVI?), 1 pr. 1, pp. I-CXIX-+1, 1-328. London. This entire work is a translation into English of Cuvier’s ““Régne Animal’’ (Cf. ed. 2, 1829-30.), with supplementary additions and changes necessary to bring the subject matter up to date. The ornithological text is arranged in system- atic sequence with the account of each order divided into two parts. The first part of each account consists of a careful translation of Cuvier’s text supple- mented by detailed descriptions of species which Cuvier mentioned only by name or not at all. These interpolations are indented on the page and are printed in small type to distinguish them from Cuvier’s text, and appear to be the work of John Edward Gray.! The second part of the account of each order consists of a voluminous account of habits and peculiarities of numerous species, genera and larger groups of the order in question, and it appears probable that Pidgeon is responsible for this portion of the text.2, New names occur on sey- eral of the plates to which reference is made in Pidgeon’s text but not in Gray’s (Cf. Phytotoma bloxami, pl. at p. 319, and Regulus byronensis, pl. at p. 42, both in Vol. VII (Aves II).]. The authorship of these names has been credited to Gray but perhaps should belong to Pidgeon. New names also occur in the systematic lists undoubtedly written by Gray. At the close of Vol. VIII (Aves III), pp. 677-690, occurs ‘“‘Observations on several of the genera and species of the order Passeres of Cuvier, by Wil- liam Swainson,’”’ with page-references to the preceding volumes. The index-volume presents first ‘A Tabular View of the Classification of Ani- mals adopted by the Baron Cuvier; with specific examples.” The ornithology of this synopsis occupies pp. XIII-XXV but is without evidence of authorship. Many of the vernacular generic names adopted by Cuvier are here given in Latin and a species (not necessarily the type) is cited for each. A bibliography closes the volume. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. XLI, 1922) states that the work wasissued in parts (3 to each vol.)and that it wassaid to beaquarterly. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 475, 1919) gives a few dates supplied by Richmond, as follows. Pt. 14 (Aves 1), advertised on Dec. 1, 1827; 15, advertised on March 29, 1828 as to be published on March 31; (16 including 18 pll.) publ. 1A statement on pp. 675 and 676 of Vol. VIII (Aves III) speaks of the systematic portions of the foregoing accounts as having been entrusted to a certain gentlemen who was in possession of unusual opportunities for practical information on the subject. The first of the systematic ac- counts, that of the Accipitres in Vol. VI (Aves I), has a footnote on p. 86 signed by Gray who assumes authorship of the entire preceding list. All footnotes in this section of the text are signed by ‘‘E. P(idgeon).” if signed at all, and reference is sometimes made to J. E. Gray as to another person. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 155 Aug. 6, 1828 (rev. Athenaeum); 19, publ. May 21, 1829 (rev. Athenaeum); 20 (including 16 pll.), advt. on Aug. 15, 1829; 21 (including 21 pll.), adver- tised on Oct. 31, 1829; the three volumes listed in Lit. Gazette for Jan. 23, 1830. The division of the volumes into parts is uncertain. Titles transcribed above are the full title for the general work, the subtitle (or sectional title) for the birds, and the separate title for the.index volume which does not carry the general title. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert; and Latreille, Pierre André. 1829-30. Le | régne animal | distribué d’aprés son organisation, | pour servir de base | a l’histoire naturelle des animaux | et d’intro- duction a l’anatomie comparée. | Par M. le baron Cuvier, | Grand Officier de la Légion-d’Honneur, [etc., 5 lines.] | Avec figures des- sinées d’aprés nature. | Nouvelle édition, revue et augmentée. | Tome I [-V.] [ | Crustacés, arachnides et partie des insectes. | Par M. Latreille, | Chevalier de la Legion-d’Honneur etc., 2 lines. (Vol. IV); Suite et fin des insectes. | Par M. Latreille, | Chevalier etc., 2 lines (Vol. V.)] | Paris, | chez Déterville, libraire, | Rue Hautefeuille, No. 8; | et chez Crochard, libraire, | Cloiture Saint- Benoit, No. 16. | 1829 [1829; 1830; 1829; 1829]. 5 vols. demy 8vo. Vol. I, pp. J-XXXVJ, XXIX-XXXVIIJJ, 1-584. Vol. II, pp. J-XV-+1, 1-406. Vol. III, pp. J-XVJ, 1-504. Vol. IV, pp. J-XXVIJ+1, 1-584. Vol. V, pp. J-X XIV, 1-556, pll. I-XX (by Laurillard; III and IV of birds). Paris. The second edition of Cuvier’s work, succeeding the first edition of Dec. 7, 1816. (For this date cf. Mathews, Novit. Zool. 18, p. 18, 1911.) Vols. IV and V (not ornithological) were prepared by Latreille at Cuvier’s request. The ornitho- logical matter is found in Vol. I, pp. 301-584, and on pll. III and IV in Vol. V. Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, p. 31, 1925) says that Vols. I, II, IV and V appeared before April 11, 1829, and Vol. III not until March 27, 1830; no data given. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert (Voigt, Friedrich Siegfried. ) 1831-43. Das | Thierreich, | geordnet nach seiner Organisation. | Als | Grundlage der Naturgeschichte der Thiere und Ein- | leitung in die vergleichende Anatomie. | Vom | Baron von Cuvier, | Gross- officier der Ehrenlegion [etc., 6lines.]. | Nach der zweiten, vermehr- ten Ausgabe tibersetzt und | durch Zusatze erweitert | von | F. 5. Voigt, Hofrath [etc., 5 lines (Vols. I-III.); Geheimen Hofrath etc., 5 lines (Vols. IV-VI.).] | Erster [-Sechster] Band, | die Saugethiere und Vogel [die Reptilien und Fische (Vol. ITI.); die Mollusken (Vol. [II.); die Anneliden, Crustaceen, Arachniden und 156 FreLtp Museum oF NatTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. | die ungefligelten Insekten (Vol. IV.); die eigentlichen Insekten (Vol. V.); die Zoophyten (Vol. VI.)] enthaltend. | Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1831 [1832; 1834; 1836; 1839; 1843]. 6 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XLVIII, 1-975. Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-539. Vol. III, pp. I-XVIII, 1-621. Vol. IV, pp. I-XIV, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-516. Vol. V, pp. I-XXVII-+1, 1-686, 1 1. (errata). Vol. VI, pp. I-XVI, 1-579. Leipzig. ' Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal,’’ second edition of 1829-30 (q.v.), translated into Ger- man by Voigt and published with notes and additions by the editor. The ornithological matter is contained in Vol. I, pp. 344-958 and 960-961. An annotated bibliography is given at the close of Vol. VI. New names occur in this edition which must be credited to Voigt. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert. [D’Orbigny, Alcide. | 1838-43. Le | régne animal | distribué | d’aprés son organisation, | pour servir de base a l’histoire naturelle des animaux, | et d’intro- duction a l’anatomie comparée, | par | Georges Cuvier. | Edition | accompagnée de planches gravées, | représentant | les types de tous les genres, | les caractéres distinctifs des divers groupes et les modifications de structure | sur lesquelles repose cette classifica- tion; | par | une réunion de disciples de Cuvier, | MM. Audouin, Deshayes, Alcide D’Orbigny, Doyére, Dugés, Duvernoy, Lauri- llard, | Milne Edwards, Roulin et Valenciennes. | Paris | Fortin, Masson et Cie, Libraires, | Successeurs de Crochard, | Place de l’Ecole-de-Médecine, N. 1. | Imprimé chez Paul Renouard, | Rue Garanciére, n. 5. > Les oiseaux. | avec un atlas, | par M. Alcide D’Orbigny. | Texte [Atlas. ]. 2 vols. demy 4to (7x10-%). Text, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-V+1, 1-370, 1 pl. (engr. tit.). Atlas, 2 pr. ll., 102 Il., pll. 1, 2, and 1-100 (=102 pll., 95 col.; by Verner, D’Orbigny and E. Travies). Paris. These two volumes represent the ornithological portion of the ‘Disciples Edition” of Cuvier, published in 22 vols. from 1838-49. The volume of text appears to be a verbatim reprint of the ornithological part of Vol. I of the second edition of the ‘‘Régne Animal’ (q.v., 1829-30). The ‘Atlas’? with its explanatory descriptions of the plates contained therein, is probably to be accredited en- tirely to D’Orbigny. The plates are very fine for the period. According to Engelmann, the ornithology of this series occupied 27 livraisons. Sherborn [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), 10, p. 555, 1922] records the exact dates on which the various parts were received at the British Museum. The dates may be summarized as follows. Pp. 1-66, 1838; 67-82, 1839; 83-90, 1844; (“obviously an imperfection supplied later’); 91-106, 1840; 107-114, 1841; 115-122, 1842 (“‘obviously an imperfection supplied later’); 123-138, 1841; 139- 258, 1842; 259-370, 1843. (“As neither plates nor explanation to plates are dated, I presume they accompanied the text,”—Sherborn). 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 157 Cuvier, Georges Léopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert. (Blyth, Edward.) 1840. Cuvier’s | Animal Kingdom, | Arranged according to its Or- ganization; | forming the basis for | a natural history of animals, | and | an introduction to comparative anatomy. | Mammalia, birds, and reptiles, The Molluscous animals, by Edward Blyth. by George Johnston, M.D. The fishes and Radiata, The articulated animals, by Robert Mudie. by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. Illustrated by three hundred engravings on wood. | London: | Wm. S. Orr and Co., Amen Corner, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCXL. vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-670, text-figs. 1-209 (67-132 of birds), 1-142. London. An English translation of the second edition of Cuvier’s ‘‘Régne Animal,” 1829- 30 (q.v.), with additions supplied by various editors entrusted with the dif- ferent sections. Blyth is responsible for the ornithology which occupies pp. 154-267 and 67-132. Oberholser (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 35, p. 79, 1922) cites the genus Habia from this edition. Cuvier, Georges L. C. F. D. 1844-64? See Selby, Prideaux John, [The Natural History of Par- rots |, reissue. Lo Dam, D. C. van. 1868. See Pollen and Dam, Recherches sur le Faune de Madagas- car. Danford, C. G. 1889. See Rudolf Franz Carl Josef, Crown Prince of Austria, Notes on Sport and Ornithology. Darwin, Charles. (Gould, John; Eyton, Thomas Campbell; Gray, George Robert.) 1838-44. The | zoology | of | the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, | under the command of Captain Fitzroy, R.N., | during the years | 1832 to 1836. | Published with the approval of | The Lords Commis- sioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury. | Edited and Superintended by | Charles Darwin, Esq. M.A. F.R.S. Sec. G.S. | Naturalist to the expedition. | Part I [-V]. | Fossil Mammalia: [Mammalia (Pt. II.); Birds, (Pt. III.); Fish. (Pt. IV.); Reptiles, (Pt. V.)] | by | Richard Owen, Esq. F.R.S. [etc., 2 lines. (Pt. I.); George R. Water- house, Esq. etc., 2 lines (Pt. II.); John Gould, Esq. F.L.S. (Pt. III.); the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S.,&c. (Pt. IV.); Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. etc., 2 lines. (Pt. V.).] | Lon- 158 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. don:|published by Smith, Elder and Co. 65, Cornhill. | MDCCCXL [MDCCCXXXIX ;MDCCCXLI; MDCCCXLII; MDCCCXLIII]. > [Pt. ITI.] Birds, | Described by | John Gould, Esq. F.L.S. | with | a notice of their habits and ranges, | by Charles Darwin, Esq. M.A. F.R.S. Sec. Geolog. Soc. | and with an anatomical ap- pendix, | by T. C. Eyton, Esq, F.L.S. | Illustrated by numerous coloured engravings. 5 pts. in 3 vols, medium 4to. Pt. I, tit., pp. I-IV (pref.), I-IV (conts. and pll.), 1-111, pll. I-X XXII (3 fold.). Pt. II, 2 pr. Il., (subtit. and tit.), pp. I-IX+1, 1-97+1, 1 1. (index), pll. 1-35 (32 col.), 4 text-figs. Pt. III, 4 pr. ll. (subtit., tit., list of pll. and errata), pp. I-II, 1-156, 4 ll. [index), pll. 1-50 (col.; by J. Gould). Pt. IV, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-172, pll. 1-29. Pt. V, pp. I-VI, 11. (list of spp. and pll.), 1-51, pll. 1-20. London. The report on the zoological collections obtained by the members of the Beagle expedition. As indicated above, Pt. III is devoted to the birds. The “de- scriptions of the new species and names of those already known’”’ were supplied by Gould, but owing to the incompleteness of his manuscript, Darwin was obliged to emend and enlarge certain portions of this part of the text. Darwin acknowledges the assistance of Gray in the matter of synonymy and general arrangement, and gives frequent references to him in places where his assist- ance has been used. He also states (“‘Advertisement,”’ pp. I and II) that Gould is to be credited with all new descriptions of genera and species and he (Darwin) with all accounts of habits and ranges, although he has not indicated the divi- sion of text throughout the work. The case proves to be not so simpleas it seems. The generic names of some of the new species have been altered to accord with generic changes proposed herein by Gray, as, for example, Myiobius magniro- stris, p. 48, pl. VIII. Gould’s manuscript name, Tyrannula magnirostris, is cited in synonymy but appears on the plate, while the new combination is given without authority other than that it follows Gray’s proposal of Myiobius for Tyrannula of Swainson. In this case, the authorship of the species may remain with Gould since the plate has priority over the text (see below), but Darwin appears to be properly the author of the new combination of names. In the case of Myiobius parvirostris, described on the same page but not figured, Darwin also becomes the author of the species. In other cases, generic names have been altered in similar manner but the new names are used, likewise, on the plates whence they cannot be quoted as of Gould, since Gould never used the combination of terms, even in manuscript. Such cases, including Pachyramphus albescens, p. 50, pl. XIV, must bear Dar- win’s name as author. In still other cases, as that of Opetiorhynchus nigro- fumosus, p. 68, Gould’s manuscript specific name is subordinated owing to supposed synonymy, but it had already appeared on the plate (Pl. XX in the example given) whence it may still be quoted as of Gould. Most of the new species, fortunately, are described and accredited properly without discrepancy. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 159 Among other material and matter ascribed to Gray is a page of “‘Corrigenda”’ (on a leaf following the list of plates). This is easily overlooked but important since it contains several new names which may have priority over Gray’s “List of the Genera of Birds,’’ second edition, 1841 (q.v.), from which they are usually quoted. Eyton’s anatomical “Appendix” occupies pp. 147-156. The entire report was issued in parts, of which the ornithology comprised Nos. 3, 6,9, 11 and 15. The dates and contents of each were obtained by Sherborn from the publishers and given by him (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 20, p. 483, 1897) as follows. Pt. 3, pp. 1-16, July 1838; Pt. 6, pp. 17-32, Jan. 1839; Pt. 9, Pp. 33-56, July 1839; Pt. Il, pp. 57-96, Nov. 1839; Pt. 15, pp. 97-164, March 1841. Each part contained 10 plates, presumably issued in numerical se- quence; a review of the first three numbers on birds (given in the Rev. Zool. for Nov. 1839, pp. 338-339) cites pll. 1-30. Sherborn does not cite the allocation of title-pages and other preliminary matter (including the page with Gray’s “Corrigenda’’); it is presumed that they appeared with Pt. 15. Daubenton, (le jeune), Edme Louis. 1765-80. [Planches enluminées d’histoire naturelle ]. See Buffon, George L.L., Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1770-86. Daubenton, Louis Jean Marie. 1824-31. See Buffon, George L. L.; and Daubenton, Oeuvres com- plétes de Buffon. 1828-33. Idem. David, Armand; and Oustalet, Emile. 1877. Les | oiseaux de la Chine | par | M. L’Abbe Armand David, M.C. | ancien missionnaire en Chine, | Correspondant de 1’Institut, du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, etc. | et | M. E. Oustalet | Docteur és Sciencés, Aide-Naturaliste au Muséum, | Membre Correspondant de la Société Zoologique de Londres | Avec un Atlas de 124 Planches, dessinées et lithographiées | par M. Arnoul et coloriées au pinceau [Atlas] | Paris | G. Masson, éditeur | Libraire de 1’Académie de Médecine | Boulevard Saint-Germain, en face de l’Ecole de Médecine | M DCCC LXXVII. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Text, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-VII+1, 1-573. Atlas, pp. I-VI+1 1, pll. 1-124 (col.). Paris. A catalogue of the birds of China so far as known to the date of publication, with synonymies, descriptions and notes on distribution, variation and other re- lative matter. The plates are clear and well drawn. Davie, Oliver. 1885. An | egg check list | of | North American birds | giving accurate descriptions of the color and size of the eggs, | and loca- tions of the nests of the land and water | birds of North America. | 160 FiELD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. By Oliver Davie. | First edition. | Columbus, O. | Hann & Adair, | 1885. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-77. Columbus. The original edition of the book afterwards issued, in several editions, under the title of ““Nests and Eggs of North American Birds” (Cf. ed. 4, 1889, and ed. 5, 1898). Pages 5-54 are occupied by the check list of species, classified according to Ridgway’s ‘‘Nomenclature of North American Birds” (q.v., 1881) with both scientific and vernacular names and with brief descriptions of the eggs, position of the nests, and the distribution of the species. Pages 55-73 contain more or less detailed ‘‘Notes” on some of the species. The remainder of the book con- sists of ‘Brief Directions for Collecting and Preserving Birds’ Eggs and Nests.” The book is printed throughout on light cardboard, yellow in color. Davie, Oliver. 1889. Nests and eggs | of | North American birds | by | Oliver Davie | The fourth edition | Introduction by J. Parker Norris. | Illustrations | by | Theodore Jasper, A.M., M.D. and W. Otto Emerson | Columbus | Hann & Adair | 1889. 1 vol. 8vo, 5 pr. ll., pp. 1-455-+1, I-XII, pll. I-XIII. Columbus. One of the earliest “classics’’ on North American oology, containing descriptions of the nests, eggs, and nesting habits of the birds of the country. The original edition (1885) was published under a slightly different title, ‘‘ An Egg Check List of North American Birds’’ (q.v.), and in a much more abbreviated form. A fifth edition was issued in 1898 (q.v.). Davie, Oliver. 1898. Nests and eggs | of | North American Birds | by | Oliver Davie | Author of ‘Methods in the Art of Taxidermy,” Etc. | The fifth edition | Revised, augmented and illustrated | Part II. | Ornithological and odlogical collecting | (The preparation of skins, nests and eggs for the cabinet.) | Columbus: | The Landon Press. | 1898. 1 vol. 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-509-+1, 1-18 (Pt. II), I-XXI (index), 7 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (by Fuertes, from The Osprey), 168 text-figs., pll. 1-5 (on num. pp.). Columbus. A revised edition of the earlier work of the same title, 1889 (q.v.), brought up to date and illustrated by a profusion of figures of varying degrees of excellence or imperfection. These figures are numbered according to the “A. O. U. Check-List”” number of the species which they represent. There is a second impression of the fifth edition, published in Philadelphia by David Mackay, 1900(?). It differs in the title-page and possibly other slight particulars. Davies, Hugh. 1790. See Pennant, Thomas, Indian Zoology. 1795. See Latham and Davies, Faunula Indica. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. ~ 262 Davis, William J. (Byron, H. S. D.) 1907. The | birds of Kent. | By | William J. Davis, | Author of “Birds of the Dartford District,” etc. | [Vzgnette.] | Dartford: | Printed and Published by J. and W. Davis, | 31 & 33, Hythe Street. | 1907. | London: | Elliot Stock, Paternoster Row. | [All rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (advt., half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. 1-304, 1 1. (insert), 2 ll. (advt.), frontisp., 1 map (fold.), 1 text-fig. (dec- oration). Dartford and London. An annotated list of the birds of the county with descriptions of the eggs and nests of the various species and accounts of the local records and distribution ofeach. Pp. 261-270 contain “‘ A list of the birds observed in East Kent during the past twenty years by Mr. H. S. D. Byron, St. Peter’s, Thanet.’’ The unpaged leaf at pp. 260-261 contains ‘‘ Appendix II.” Pp. 299-304 are headed “Memorandum” and are left blank. Dawson, William Leon; and Jones, Lynds. 1903. The birds of Ohio | A complete, scientific and | popular description of the 320 species of birds | found in the state | by | William Leon Dawson, A.M., B.D. | with introduction and analyt- ical keys by | Lynds Jones, M.Sc. | Instructor in zoology in Ober- lin College. | Illustrated by 80 plates in color-photography, and more than 200 | original half-tones, showing the favorite haunts of the | birds, flocking, feeding, nesting, etc., from photo- | graphs taken by the author and others. | Sold only by subscription | Columbus | The Wheaton Publishing Co. | 1903 | All rights reserved. 2 vols. imperial 8vo. Vol. I., pp. I-XLVII+1, 1-368, pll. 1-41 (col.), 155 half-tones. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 369-671, pll. 42-80 (col.), 57 half-tones. Columbus. A popular account of the birds of the state, illustrated with photographs and col- ored plates from the “Birds and Nature” series. Dawson, William Leon; and Bowles, John Hooper. (Jones, Lynds; Brooks, Allan.) 1909. The birds of Washington | A complete scientific and | popular account of the 372 species of birds | found in the state | by | William Leon Dawson, A.M., B.D., of Seattle | author of ‘The Birds of Ohio” | assisted by | John Hooper Bowles, of Tacoma | Illustrated by more than 300 original half-tones of birds in life, nests, | eggs, and favorite haunts, from photographs by the | author and others. | Together with 40 drawings in the text and a series of | full-page color-plates. | By Allan Brooks | Original edition | printed only for 162 FreLpD Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. advance subscribers. | Volume I [II] | Seattle | The Occidental Publishing Co. | 1909 | All rights reserved. 2 vols. imperial 8vo. Vol. I, 3 pr. Il., pp. I-XVI+3, 1-458, 8 pll. (col.; by Allan Brooks), 168 half-tones. Vol. II, 3 pr. IL, pp. I-III+3, 459-997, 4 pll. (col.; by Allan Brooks), 193 half-tones. Seattle. A popular account of the birds of the state of Washington, with descriptions, scientific and common names, recognition marks, nesting data and copious notes on habits. A supplementary chapter on ‘‘Analytical Keys” is by Lynds Jones, and a “British Columbia Supplement with annotations by Allan Brooks” follows. The present set forms copy No. 242 of the “Original Edition” of 350 copies. Many of the paragraphs are copied verbatim from the senior author’s “Birds of Ohio”, 1903 (q.v.). Dawson, William Leon. 1923. The Birds of California | A Complete, Scientific and | Popular Account of the 580 Species and Subspecies of Birds | Found in the State | By | William Leon Dawson | of Santa Barbara | Director of the International Museum of Comparative Odlogy, Author of “The Birds of Ohio” | and (with Mr. Bowles) of ‘‘The Birds of Washington” | Illustrated by 30 Photogravures, 120 Full-page Duotone Plates and More Than | 1100 Half-tone Cuts of Birds in Life, Nests, Eggs, and | Favorite Haunts, from Photographs | Chiefly by | Donald R. Dickey, Wright M. Pierce, Wm. L. Finley | and the Author | Together with 44 Drawings in the Text and a Series of | 110 Full-page Color Plates | Chiefly by | Major Allan Brooks | Format De Luxe | Large Paper Edition | Complete in Four Volumes | Volume One [-Four] | South Moulton Company | San Diego, Los Angeles, San Francisco | 1923 | Sold Only by Subscription. All Rights Reserved. 4 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll., pp. I-XVII+1, 1-522, 62 pll. (39 col.,-37 by Allan Brooks, 1 by George Miksch Sutton and 1 photo- graph; 15 duotones and 8 photogravures), 252 text-figs. (halftones). Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1 1. pp. 523-1034, 73 pll. (34 col. by Brooks; 34 duotones and 5 photogravures), 284 text-figs. (halftones). Vol. III, pp. I-XIV, 1 1., pp. 1035-1548, 62 pll. (15 col. by Brooks; 38 duotones and g photogravures), 340 text-figs. (halftones). Vol. IV, pp. I-XIV, 11., pp. 1549-2121, 63 pll. (22 col.,-20 by Brooks, 1 by Louis Agassiz Fuertes and 1 photograph; 33 duotones and 8 photo- gravures), 272 text-figs. (halftones). Los Angeles. A popular description of the birds of California and their habits, copiously illus- trated with many fine color-plates and photographs from life. Published in a variety of editions. The present copy is number sixty-seven of the “Large Paper Edition, De Luxe,” autographed by the author. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 163 Deane, Ruthven. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Dearborn, Ned. 1898. A | preliminary list | of the | birds | of | Belknap and Merri- mack Counties | New Hampshire | with notes | by | Ned Dear- born | Presented to the faculty of the New Hampshire College | of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts as a thesis | for the degree of Master of Science, | June, 1898 | Durham | New Hampshire College | 1898. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-34. Durham. An annotated list of species based on personal observations and records by other observers. The paper is bound with several other contributions by the same author. Dearborn, Ned. 1903. See Weed, Clarence M.;and Dearborn, Birds in their Relations to Man. Decken, Carl Claus von der. (Finsch, Otto; Hartlaub, Gustav.) 1870. > Baron Carl Claus von der Decken’s | Reisen in Ost- Afrika | in den Jahren 1859-1865. | Herausgegeben im Auftrage der Mutter des Reisenden, | Fiirstin Adelheid von Pless. | Wissen- schaftlicher Theil. | Vierter Band. | Die Végel Ost-Afrikas. | Leipzig und Heidelberg. | C. F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung. | 1870. > Baron Carl Claus von der Decken’s | Reisen in Ost- Afrika. | Vierter Band: | Die Végel Ost-Afrikas | von | Dr. O. Finsch und Dr. G. Hartlaub. | Mit 11 Tafeln in Buntdruck. N. d. Natur gez. von O. Finsch. | Leipzig und Heidelberg. | C. F. Winter’sche Verlagshandlung. | 1870. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1 1., pp. 1-897-+1, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-X (col.; by O. Finsch), 1 pl. (metric and inch scale). Leipzig and Heidelberg. This work forms the fourth and last volume of the complete work (4 volumes in’6) and comprises a monograph of all of the birds of East Africa by Finsch and Hartlaub. A report discussing only those birds collected by Baron von der Decken was published the year previously in Section 1 of Volume III of the same work, under the authorship of J. Cabanis. The present account is con- siderably more comprehensive. The illustrations are lithographed in colors. Degland, Come Daguet. 1849. Ornithologie | Européenne, | ou | catalogue analytique et raisonné | des | oiseaux observés en Europe, | Par C.-D. Degland, | Docteur en’médecine [etc., 4 lines.]. | Tome premier [deuxiéme]. | 164 FreLpD Museum or NaturaL History—Zootoey, Vout. XVI. Se trouve: | A Paris, A Lille, | Libraire Encyclopédique de Roret, chez L. Danel, imprimeur, | Rue Hautefeuille, 10. Grande- Place. | MDCCCXLIX. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-632. Vol. II, 1 pr. 1. pp. 1-540. Paris and Lille. Diagnoses and descriptions of the apecies and higher groups of the birds of Europe with synonymies and various pertinent observations. The work is full of errors and was criticised in detail by Bonaparte in his “Revue Critique de de l’Ornithologie Européenne de M. le Docteur Degland (de Lille),”’ 1850 (q.v.). A second edition was published by Z. Gerbe after the death of Degland (Cf. Degland and Gerbe, 1867.). The present copy is from the library of H. B. Tristram. Degland, Come Daguet; and Gerbe, Z. 1867. Ornithologie | Européenne | ou | catalogue descriptif, analy- tique et raisonné | des | oiseaux observés en Europe | Deuxiéme edition, entiérement refondue | par | C. D. Degland Z. Gerbe | Membre de la Société impériale des Sciences, [etc., 3 lines.] Pré- parateur du Cours d’Embryogénie comparée [etc., 3 lines.]. | Tome I [II] | Paris | J. B. Bailliére et Fils, | Libraires de 1’Académie Impériale de Médecine, | 19, rue Hautefeuille, pres le boulevard Saint-Germain | Londres Madrid New-York | Hippolyte Bailliere C. Bailly-Bailliére Bailliére Brothers | 1867 | Tous droits résérves. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXX (I and II missing), 1-610. Vol. IT, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-637. Paris. M. Degland, at the time of his death, was preparing a supplement to his earlier work of the same title (q.v., 1849).. The manuscript was edited by Gerbe who combined it with the earlier work and published it in the form of a new edition of the complete treatise, under joint authorship, although his own réle was principally that of editor. Some of the errors of the first edition are corrected but others are unnoticed. A so-called supplement was published in 1912 by E. L. Trouessart, under the title of “(Catalogue des Oiseaux d’Europe”’ (q.v.). DeKay, James Ellsworth. 1844. > Zoology | of | New-York, | or the | New-York fauna; | comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals hitherto ob- served within the | state of New-York, with brief notices of those occasionally found near | its borders, and accompanied by appro- priate illustrations. | By James E. De Kay. | Part II. Birds. | Albany: | Printed by Carroll and Cook, printers to the Assembly. | 1844. 1 vol. in 2 vols., medium 4to, engr. title-p., pp. III-XII, 1-380, 1 L, pil. 1-141 (col.; by J. W. Hill). Albany. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 165 A systematic account of the birds of the region, with descriptions, synonymies and annotations of the species, and diagnoses of the genera and higher groups. The Natural History of the State of New York was published in 20 volumes, of which the five volumes of Zoology were written by DeKay. The present work forms Part II of the zoological series. Only 300 copies were issued with the plates colored. The Edward E. Ayer Library also contains a set of original paintings by J. W. Hill including 76 of the illustrations of the above volume. See Hill, J. W., [Illustrations for DeKays’ “Zoology of New York’’]. Delacour, Jean; and Jabouille, Pierre. 1925. Archives d’histoire naturelle | publiées par la | Société Na- tionale d’Acclimatation de France | I | Recherches ornitholo- giques: | dans la Province de Quangtri | (Centre Annam) | et quelques autres régions de 1’Indochine Francaise | par | Jean Delacour | Président de la Section d’Ornithologie de la Société Nationale d’Acclimitation [etc., 7 lines.] | et | Pierre Jabouille | Administrateur de 1re classe des Services Civils de 1’Indochine [etc., 4 lines.] | Paris | Au Siége de la Société: 198, Boulevard Saint-Germain (VIIe) | 1925. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-XII, 1-197, pll. I-XXVII+XI bis (17 of birds; 9 col.; by Delacour, Grénvold, A. Millot, etc.), 1 text-fig. (reduction of Pl. XVI). Paris. A detailed report on the birds collected in the Province of Quangtri, Central Annam, French Indo China, by the authors. The new species (although noted herein as “sp. nov.,”’ etc.) were described previously in the Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, XLV, pp. 28-35, 1924. An account of the collection was also published in the Ibis, January 1925, pp. 209-260, pll. VI and VII (=XI bis and XXVI of the present work), and text-figs. 8 and 9 (=pll. II and III of the present work). The brochure appears to be the first number of a projected series of papers. As the style and extent of the remainder are uncertain, I have catalogued this one under the individual, instead of collective, title. Delamarre de Monchaux, Le Comte. 1923. Encyclopédie pratique | du | naturaliste | IX. | > Les oiseaux | Les oiseaux | chanteurs | principales espéces d’Europe | par | Le Comte Delamarre de Monchaux | Correspondant de l’Académie d’Agriculture [etc., 4 lines.] | 96 planches [Design.] 174 figures coloriées noires Paul Lechevalier | éditeur | 12. Rue de Tournon | Paris Vie | 1923. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. I-LXIII+1, 1 p. (unnum.)+pp. 1-106+1, pll. 1-96 (col.; by Walter Heubach; on 48 ll.), pll. (=text-cuts) I-XIX, 1 text-fig. (unnum.). Paris. An introduction to the principal song-birds of Europe, with general introductory chapters and an account of each species opposite a colored plate of the same. 166 Fretp Museum or NatTurAL History—Zoo.oecy, Vout. XVI. Fourteen volumes of the ‘‘Encyclopédie”’ are listed on p. II, of which two are zoological, the remainder botanical; the present is the only volume on birds. Denne, David. 1896. See Wintle, Ernest D., The Birds of Montreal. Denton, Sherman F. 1889. Incidents | of a | collector’s rambles | in | Australia, New Zealand, and | New Guinea | by | Sherman F. Denton | Artist to the U.S. Fish Commission, Washington, D. C. | With Illustrations by the Author | Boston 1889 | Lee and Shepard publishers | ro Milk Street next ‘‘The Old South Meeting House” | New York Chas. T. Dillingham | 718 and 720 Broadway. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 1-272, frontisp., 14 pll. (on num. pp.), 40 text-figs. Boston. A popular narrative of the author’s experiences on a collecting trip to Australia and neighboring countries in 1881 and 1882. Notes on the habits of some of the birds encountered are included in the account and 10 of the illustrations are of birds. Descourtilz, J. Théodore. 5 1854-56? Ornithologie brésilienne | ou | histoire des oiseaux du Brésil, | remarquables par leur plumage, leur chant ou leurs habi- tudes. | Par | le Dr. J. T. Descourtilz, | Membre de la Société Linnéenne de Paris et de la Société Auxiliare de l’Industrie | de Rio de Janeiro. | [Blazon.] | Rio de Janeiro: | Editeur, Thomas Reeves. 1 vol. columbier folio, pp. 1-42, pll. 1-48 (col.). Rio de Janeiro. This work contains descriptions and figures of 164 species of Brazilian birds, in- cluding 15 new species and a new genus. According to Carus and Engelmann, and Coues, it was issued in four parts under dates of 1854-56, but the reverse of the title-page is lettered, ‘“Londres:| de l’imprimerie de Joseph Masters et Cie., | Rue d’Aldersgate, 1852." This title-page appeared in Pt. I. A sep- arate copy of Pt. I is at hand, bound in original wrappers (boards) containing pp. 1-14 and pll. 1-12; the cover-title agrees with the title transcribed above to which is added the dedication (also on p. 3) and the words, ‘‘Part I.’”’ The examination of the complete work, with respect to slight peculiarities of typography and arrangement, reveals rather conclusively that Pt. II probably contained pp. 15-22 and pll. 13-24; Pt. III, pp. 23-32 and pll. 25-36; Pt. IV, pp. 33-42 and pll. 37-48, but no dates are available for any part. Carus and Engel- mann also cite an edition in English, without date. Desfontaines, René Louiche. (Newton, Alfred, ed.) 1880. The Willughby Society. | Desfontaines’s | Mémoire | sur | quelques nouvelles espéces d’oiseaux | des cétes de Barbarie. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 167 [Vignette.] | Edited by | Alfred Newton, M.A., F.R.S., etc, | London: MDCCCLXXX. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-IV, “‘tit. (of periodical), pp. 496-505-++1, pll. X-XVI (by Fossier)”’ 2 ll. (advt.). London. A facsimile reprint of the pages of the ‘‘Histoire del’Académie Royale des Scienc- es’ for 1789, in which appeared Desfontaines’s ‘‘Mémoire,” and of the plates accompanying the same. The reprint was issued by the Willughby Society (q.v.). Deslongchamps, Eugene. See Eudes-Deslongchamps. Desmarest, Anselme-Gaétan. 1805-(1807). Histoire naturelle | des | tangaras, | des manakins et des todiers, | par Anselme-Gaétan Desmarest; | Avec figures imprimées en couleur, d’aprés les dessins de Mademoiselle | Pauline de Courcelles, éléve de Barraband. | Paris, | Garnery, rue de Seine; | Delachaussée, rue du Temple, No. 37 | XIII.= 1805. 1 vol. superroyal folio, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-8, 34 ll., pp. 1-12, 24 Il., 72 pll. (col.). Paris. The work was published in 12 livraisons, the contents of which may be ascertained from the “‘Avis servant de table’”’ which gives the final arrangement of plates in the volume and the livraisons in which plates and text appeared. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. XLIII, 1922) cites Livrs. 1-4, 1805; 5-10, 1806 and 11-12, 1807. The present copy, bound in boards, has on the front cover the date “XIV.=1805” with other slight alterations in the wording of the title. This cover may have been one of the wrappers of the work as issued. Englemann’s citation quotes two volumes, 1805, (49 and 23 plates, duplicated— colored and uncolored), with a portrait of the author. I can find no other reference to the portrait in any bibliographies. The present copy seems to have belonged to Lorenz von Oken whosesurname is inscribed on the inside of the cover. A second copy differs in having the index to the plates bound as a fourth preliminary leaf instead of at the close of the volume. Desmarest, Anselme-Gaétan. 1825-31. See Buffon, George L. L.; and Daubenton, Oeuvres com- plétes de Buffon, 1824-31. 1828-33. Idem, 1828-33. Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1842. Ova | avium plurimarum | ab O. Des Murs, | e Societate Cuvieriana, Parisiis, collecta. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-24. Paris. A simple list of avian species under Latin names, with the general distribution indicated for most of them. The date is given on p. 3. It appears to bea 168 FreELpD Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. catalogue of the species represented in an oological collection of the author’s, but there is no explanatory text of any kind. The title is listed by Engelmann. Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1845-49. Iconographie ornithologique | Nouveau recueil général | de planches peintes | d’oiseaux, | Pour servir de Suite et de Complé- ment aux Planches Enluminées de Buffon, | Editions in-folio et in-4to de l’Imprimerie Royale, 1770, | et aux planches coloriées | de MM. Temminck et Laugier de Chartrouse, | mémes formats, | accompagné d’un texte raisonné, critique et descriptif, | pub- lié | par O. Des Murs, | membre de plusieurs sociétés savantes. | Figures dessinées et peintes par Oudard, Peintre attaché au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Paris. | Premiére partie. | A Paris, | chez Friedrich Klincksieck, libraire, rue de Lille, No 11; | et a l’étran- ger, | A Londres, chez Williams et Norgate. A Vienne, chez Braumiiller, Seidel, libraires de la Cour I. et R. | A Berlin, chez A. Hirschwald. A Saint-Pétersbourg, chez Bellizard et Cie. | 1849. 1 vol. demy folio, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-11-+1, 146 IL, pll. 1-72 (col.; 1-24 by Alphonse Prévost, 25-72 by Oudart). Paris. Published in 12 livraisons of 6 plates each with corresponding text. The text of each species is separately dated but as these dates are not consecutive through- out they probably represent the completion of the manuscript and not the dates of issue. Sherborn (Index Animaliam, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. XLIII, 1922) gives the following dates. Livr. 1, post Aug. 1845; 2, Febr. 1846; 3, July 1846; 4-6, Febr. 1847; 7, post Jan. 1847; 8, post March 1847; 9, post July 1847; 10 post Sept. 1847; 11, post Febr. 1848, 12, post Dec. 1848 = 1849. The plates are very finely executed. Errors in the numbering are as follows; 51 is num. 53; 53,-51; 69,-70; 70,-71; 71,-68; The work forms a supplement to Buffon’s ‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux,”’ 1770-86 (q. v.), and the ‘‘Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées’’ of Temminck and Laugier, 1820-38 (q.v.). Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet, 1846-49. See Petit-Thouars, Voyage Autour du Monde sur le Frégate La Vénus, 1846-55. Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1847-54. See Gay, Claudio, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologia, 1844-54. Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1852-54. See Chenu, Jean Charles, Encyclopédie d’Histoire Na- turelle. Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1856. See Castelnau, Francis de, Expédition dans la Parties Cen- trales de Amérique du Sud. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 169 Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet. 1886. Musée ornithologique | illustré | Description | des oiseaux aS d’Europe | leurs ceufs et de leurs nids | Tome premier [deuxiéme; troisiéme | 1re Partie: Texte, pages 1 A 200.-Planches 1 A 94; troisiéme | 2e Partie: Texte, pages 201 a fin.-Planches 95 a 150; quatriéme] | Les Oiseaux d’Eau ou Palmipédes [de Rivage et les Coureurs (Vol. II.); des Champs et des Bois ou Passereaux (Vol. III, Pts.'1 and 2.); de Proie ou Rapaces (Vol. IV.) ] | [Vig- nette.| | Paris | J. Rothschild, Editeur | 13, Rue des Saints-Péres, 13 | Droits réservés. > Les oiseaux d’eau [Les oiseaux (Vols. JI-IV.) | derivage et de terre (Vol. II.); des champs et des bois (Vol. III.); de proie (Vol. IV.) ] | Classification-Synonymie-Description [Classification- Synonymie-Description-Mceurs (Vols. II-III.) ] Mceurs [| (Vols. I and IV.); line omitted (Vols. II-III.) ] | Iconographie | et | Histoire Naturelle des Palmipédes [Echassiers (Vol. II.); Pas- sereaux (Vol. III.); Rapaces (Vol. IV.) ] | par | O. Des Murs | Membre de la Société royale [etc., 3 lines.) ] Avec 80 [65; 150; 50 | chromotypographies | [Design and monogram.] | Paris | J. Rothschild. Editeur | 13, Rue des Saints-Péres, 13 | 1886 [1887 (Vols. III and IV.) }. vols. in 5, demy 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-200, pll. 1-80 (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-XI+1, 1-176, pll. 1-65 (col.). Vol. III, Pt. 1, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-200, pll. 1-94 (col.). Vol. III, Pt. 2, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 201-315, pll. 95-150 (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 1-214, pll. 1-50 (col.). Paris. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of Europe, of which the reviewer in the Ibis, 1886, p. 193, had little to say in commendation. ‘The colored plates of birds, nests and eggs are largely from F. O. Morris’s ‘‘A History of British Birds,” 1870 (q.v.) and “A Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of British Birds,” 1866-67 (q.v.), and from Bree’s ‘‘A history of the Birds of Europe not observed in the British Isles,’’ 1859-63 (q.v.). Despott, Giuseppi. 1915. Alist | of the | birds of Malta | compiled for the | University Museum of Natural History | by | Gius. Despott, | Curator of the Museum. | Malta | Government Printing Office. | 1915. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. Il. (tit., pref.), pp. 1-39. Malta. An annotated list of 340 species, giving, for each, the English, Italian and Maltese vernacular names, the status of the species as a Maltese bird and an indication if specimens are present in the University Museum. The present copy is bound with several other papers on the same subject by Despott. 170 FreELD MusEuM oF NaTuRAL History—Zoo tocy, Vor. XVI. Dewar, Douglas. 1909. Birds of | the plains | by Douglas Dewar, F.Z.S., I.C.S. | with sixteen illustrations | from photographs of living birds | by Captain F. D. S. Fayrer, I.M.S. | London: John Lane The Bodley Head | New York: John Lane Company MCMIX. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 2 Ul. (list of illustrs. and half-tit.), pp. 1-257, 11 ll. (advt.), 16 pll. London. Accounts of a number of the birds of the plains of India, written in popular form. An appendix contains a list of British birds found in India and a glossary of Indian words used in the text. Dewar, Douglas. 1915. Birds of the | Indian hills | by Douglas Dewar | A companion volume to | the bird volumes of “‘The Fauna of British India’ | London: John Lane, The Bodley Head | New York: John Lane Company | Toronto: Bell & Cockburn MCMXV. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-263-+1. London. A popular introduction to the common birds of the Himalayas, the Nilgiris and the Palni Hills of India. Some of the matter is reprinted from various period- icals and newspapers. The bird volumes of ‘’The Fauna of British India” to which reference is made in the title, are those by Oates and Blanford, 1889- 98 (q. v.). Dewar, Douglas. 1923. Indian birds | being a key to the common | birds of the plains of India | by Douglas Dewar | A companion volume to | the bird volumes of ‘‘The | Fauna of British India” & | Jerdon’s ‘‘Birds of India” | London | John Lane The Bodley Head Limited. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-230, 11. (advt.). London. A popular work for the identification, in the field, of common birds of the plains of India, exclusive of the game birds. Pages 23-85 contain a series of keys in which the birds are classified according to structural peculiarities, color and habits. A list of Hindustani names of various species is prefixed. The re- mainder of the book contains a descriptive list with references to other publi- cations which discuss each of the species in question. The first edition was issued in 1910; the revised edition, of which this is a later reprint, in 1920. Dewar, John M. 1924. The bird as a diver | a contribution to the natural | history of diving birds | by | John M. Dewar, M.D. | London | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn, W.C. | 1924. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-173. London. A detailed study of the various factors influencing and accompanying the diving habit in birds which practise this action. Twenty-three species of diving birds and nearly six thousand dives were studied in the course of the investiga- tion. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER,. I7I Diener, Carl. (Lambrecht, Koloman.) 1921. > Fossilium Catalogus | 1: Animalia. | Editus a | C."Diener. | Pars 12: | K. Lambrecht | Aves. | [Design.] | W. Junk | Berlin W. 15. | 1921. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-104. Berlin. March 25, 1921. A catalogue of all fossil birds, giving bibliographic references and synonyms and noting the specimens on which the various species were based. It is marked as Pt. 12 of Section 1 of the complete work which, apparently, is planned to embrace all fossils. The explicit date is from the original wrapper. Dietrich, Friedrich. 1912. Die Vogelwelt | in der Umgebung von | Hamburg | Eine Anleitung zu ornithologischen Beobachtungen | von | Dr. Fr. Dietrich | [Trade-mark.] | Hamburg 1912 | Verlag von C. Boysen. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-V+1, 11., pp. 1-116. Hamburg. A series of essays on the bird-life of the neighborhood of Hamburg, written in the form of narratives of field-journeys. At the close of the foregoing, are given a check-list of the 130 species of birds treated in the essays, several tables for the determination of some of the species according to appearance, song and nidification, a migration-table, a breeding calendar and a short bibliography. Diggles, Silvester. 1877. Companion | to | Gould’s Handbook; | or, | synopsis | of the | birds of Australia. | Containing | nearly one-third of the whole, or about 220 examples, | for the most part | From the Original Drawings. | By Silvester Diggles. | Vol. I [II]. | In this volume the following genera are treated of - | eagles, falcons, and hawks, | owls, goat-suckers, and swallows, | kingfishers and shrikes, | fly-catchers, robins, and wrens, | larks, finches, and thrushes, | bower birds, and crows, | honey-eaters, cuckoos, and creepers, | etc., etc. [parrots, | pigeons and quails, | mound builders, | waders, | swimmers, | etc., etc.] | Brisbane: | Printed by Thorne & Greenwell, Edward Street. | MDCCCLXXVII. 2 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-IX+1, 61 1l., 60 pll. (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 65 ll., 63 pll. (col.). Brisbane. (1866-77.) Originally published in parts under the title, “The Ornithology of Australia,” from 1866-70, with 126 plates. Later, after the work was brought to a close, the matter was indexed, the title changed, and the book issued as collated above. Three plates were omitted from the later issue and noted in the in- dices, “description only,” although they had been published in the original. This may have been due to the necessity for redrawing the first six parts during the course of publishing the original, in order to permit an increase in the circu- lation. The missing plates and errors in the indices of plates are as follows,— 172 Fietp Museum oF NaturaL History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. 11A not republished; 43A not distinguished from 43; 75A listed as 75 and not republished, while 75 is not listed; 96A listed and republished but not numbered; 106 not republished. The original dates and numbers are given by Mathews, Austral Avian Record 3, pp. 102-108, 1915. Dillwyn, Lewis Llewellyn. 1855. See Motley, James; and Dillwyn, Contributions to the Natural History of Labuan. Dionne, Charles Eusebe. 1883. Les | oiseaux du Canada | par | C.-E. Dionne | Curateur du Musée Zoologique de l’Université Laval | [Vignette.] | Québec | Imprimerie de P.-G. Delisle | 1883. 1 vol. r2mo, pp. I-XLITI+1, 1-284+1 1., text-figs. 1-35. Quebec. An annotated list of the birds of Canada with keys to the genera and short des- criptions of the species and families. The fly-leaf bears, “Elliott Coues from the author, June 1883”’, and the letter which accompanied the presentation is attached to the reverse. The original wrapper is bound with the volume. It bears the same title, a different vignette and the substitution of the word “typographie” for “imprimerie.” Dionne, Charles Eusebe. 1889. Catalogue | des | oiseaux | de la Province de Quebec | avec des notes sur leur distribution geographique | par | C.-E. Dionne | [Vignette.] | Québec | Des presses 4 vapeur de J. Dussault, 1 Port Dauphin | 1889. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-119-+1. Quebec. A list of species with some synonymies and notes on distribution. Dionne, Charles Eusebe. 1906. Les | oiseaux | de la | Province de Quebec | par | C.-E. Dionne | Maitre-és-Arts, [etc., 6 lines.]. | [Vignette.] | Québec | Dussault & Proulx | 1906. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-414, 1 1. (errata), (orig. wrappers), pll. I-VIII (after various artists), text-figs. 1-21, various decorations. Quebec. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of the province. The preface is dated Sep- tember, 1906. Dixon, Charles. 1883. See Seebohm, Henry, A History of British Birds, 1882-85. Dixon, Charles. 1888. Our rarer birds | being | studies in ornithology & oology | by | Charles Dixon | author of | ‘Rural Bird-Life,’ [etc., 2 lines.] | with twenty illustrations by Charles Whymper | and a frontispiece by 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 173 J. G. Keulemans | [Seal.] | London | Richard Bentley & Son, New Burlington Street | Publishers in Ordinary to Her Majesty the Queen | 1888. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1 1., pp. 1-373+1, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp., 20 text-cuts. A popular account of the habits of some of the rarer British birds. Dixon, Charles. 1893. Jottings about birds | By Charles Dixon | With Coloured Frontispiece by J. Smit | London: Chapman and Hall, Ld. | 1893 | [All rights reserved]. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VI, 11., pp. 1-239, frontisp. (col.). London. Miscellaneous notes about birds. Pages 1-78 contain an annotated list of the birds of Algeria, and pages, 170-179, a similar list for St. Kilda. Dixon, Charles. 1897. Curiosities of bird life | an account of the sexual adornments, wonderful | displays, strange sounds, sweet songs, curious | nests, protective and recognitory colours, | and extraordinary habits of birds | by | Charles Dixon | author of | ‘‘The Migration of British Birds,” [etc., 2 lines.]. | London | George Redway | Hart Street, Bloomsbury | 1897. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-322. Bloomsbury. A popular account of peculiarities in form, color and habits of birds. Dixon, Charles. 1900. Among the birds | in | northern shires | by | Charles Dixon | Author of “Rural Bird-Life”’ [etc., 3 lines.| | with coloured frontis- piece and forty other illustrations | by Charles Whymper | Blackie and Son Limited | London Glasgow and Dublin | 1900. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-303, 1 pl. (col.), 40 text-figs. London. A popular account of bird-life in the northern parts of the British Isles. Dixon, Charles. 1900. The Game Birds and Wild Fowl | of | The British Islands. | By Charles Dixon, | Author of | ‘Rural Bird-Life,”’ [etc., 5 lines.]. | Second Edition, enlarged, improved and thoroughly revised by the Author. | With | 41 coloured plates, representing 56 coloured illustrations drawn specially | for this Edition | By Charles Whym- per. | Sheffield: | Pawson & Brailsford, Publishers, High Street and Mulberry Street. | 1g00. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-476, pll. I, II, Ila, III-XI, XIa, XII-XXXIV (XXXV not issued), XXXVI-XL (=41 pll., col.). Sheffield. 174 Fretp Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. ~ z An account of the habits of British game birds, with notes on distribution, re- lationships and classification, and with synonymy and a paragraph of diag- nostic characters of each species. Originally issued in 1893 in smaller form without plates, and reissued in 1895 with minor changes. The present edition is cited by Mullens and Swann in 4to, and folio. The present copy is imperial 8vo, as collated above. Dixon, Charles. 1909. The bird-life of | London | by | Charles Dixon | with illus- trations in | colour and black and white | [Vzgnette.] | London | William Heinemann | 1909. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-335, 24 pll. (8 col.; by John Duncan). London. A popular discussion of the birds known to have been found within a fifteen mile radius of St. Paul’s, London. Dixon, George. (Beresford, William?) 1789. A | voyage round the world; | but more particularly to the | north-west coast of America: | performed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and Queen Charlotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Dedicated, by permission, to | Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dixon. | London: | Published by Geo. Goulding, | Haydn’s Head, No. 6, James Street, Covent Garden. | 1789. 1 vol. flatcap folio, pp. (I, II missing), III-XXIX+1, 11., pp. 1-360, 1-47, 17 pll., 5 charts. London. A narrative of the voyage, with occasional notes about birds. On pages 356-360 are descriptions of four birds accompanied by as many plates by W. Lewin. The narrative consists of a series of letters written by one of the officers on board the Queen Charlotte to a friend in London, and afterwards edited by Captain Dixon who added the detailed notes in the appendix. The letters are signed “W. B.,”’ which, from the list of ship’s officers given by Portlock in his work of the same title and date as the present one (q.v.), seems to point to William Beresford, Assistant Trader. The official account of the voyage is given by Captain Portlock, Commander of the Expedition, in his book. Dockray, John A. 1910. See Coward, Thomas A., The Vertebrate Fauna of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay. Dombrowski, Robert Ritter von. (Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen, Victor Ritter von.) 1912. Ornis Romanie | Die Vogelwelt rumanien’s | systematisch und biologisch-geographisch beschrieben | von | Robert Ritter von Dombrowski | Bukarest. | Staatsdruckerei. | 1912. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-872, I-LIV (index), 2 text-figs. Bucharest. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 175 A monograph of the birds of Roumania with descriptions of new races, at least one of which is credited to Tschusi and Dombrowski. The book is reviewed in the Ornithologische Jahrbuch for May-August, 1912, pp. 152-154. Donovan, Edward. 1794-1819. The | natural history | of | British birds; | or a | selec- tion of the most rare, beautiful, and interesting | birds | which inhabit this country: | the descriptions from the | Systema Na- ture | of Linnzus; | with | general observations, | either original, or collected from the latest | and most esteemed | English orni- thologists; | and embellished with | figures, | drawn, engraved, and coloured from the original specimens. [ | Vol. II (-X; [II and V missing.).| | By E. Donovan. | London: | Printed for the author; and for F. and C. [F. C. and J. (Vols. VI-X.) ] Rivington, | No. 62, St. Paul’s Church-yard [Rivington, No. 62, | St. Paul’s Church- yard, and No. 3 Waterloo-Place, | Pall Mall [Vol. X).]. 1794 [1795; (1796, Vol. III.); 1797; (1798, Vol. V.); 1809; 1816; 1817. 1818; 1819]. 10 vols. (incl. 2 vols. of third ed.) in 5, cap 4to (5%4xg). Vol. I, 57 Il., pll. 1-24 (col.). Vol. II, 4oll., pll. 25-48 (col.). Vol. III (missing) ; Vol. IV, 51 1l., pll. 73-100 (col.). Vol. V (missing). Vol. VI, 30 ll., pll. 125-148 (col.). Vol. VII, 50 11., pll. 149-172 (col.). Vol. VIII, 37 l1., pll. 173-196 (col.). Vol. IX, 34 11., pll. 197-220 (col.). Vol. X, 56 ll., pll. 221-244 (col.). London. Title self-explanatory. The plates are not well drawn and are often inaccurate, but the hand-coloring is delicate and gives the book an artistic, if not scientific, importance. According to Mullens and Swann the work seems to have been issued in 50 monthly parts, each consisting of 2 plates and the accompanying text. The first five volumes were reissued in 1799 and the entire work in 1815- 20. The present set contains Vols. III and V of the last edition in place of the corresponding numbers of the first edition to which the remaining volumes belong. These two volumes are collated separately below under their own dates, 1815-20 (q.v.). Donovan, Edward. 1815-20. > The | natural history | of | British birds; | or a | selec- tion of the most rare, beautiful, and interesting | birds | which inhabit this country: | the descriptions from the | Systema Natu- re | of Linnzus; | with | general observations, either original, or collected from the latest | and most esteemed | English ornitholo- gists; | and embellished with | figures, drawn, engraved, and coloured from the original specimens. | Vol. III. | By E. Donovan. | A new edition. | London: | Printed for the author; and for F, C. and J. Rivington, | No. 62, St. Paul’s Church-yard. 1815. 176 FreLD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zootocy, Vo. XVI. > The | natural history | of | British birds; | or, aselectionof the | most rare, beautiful, and interesting | birds | which inhabit this country. | The descriptions from the Systema Nature of Linnzus | with | general observations, | either original, or collected from the | latest and most esteemed | English ornithologists: | and embel- lished with | figures, | drawn, engraved, and coloured from the original specimens. | By E. Donovan, F.L.S. W.S. | Author of the Natural Histories of British Fishes, Insects, Shells, Quadrupeds, &c. | In ten volumes, | Vol. V. | London: | Printed for the author; | and for F. C. and J. Rivington, 62, St. Paul’s Church-yard, | and 3, Waterloo-Place, Pall-Mall; | By R. Gilbert, St. John’s-Square Clerkenwell. | 1820. 2 vols. (should be 10; included in set of 1st ed.) cap 4to (534xg). Vol. III, 37 11., pll. 49-72 (col.). Vol. V, 49 lL, pll. ro1-124 (col.). London. The third edition of these two volumes. The present copies are bound with a set of the original edition, 1794-1819 (q.v.), to replace the corresponding original numbers which are missing. Donovan, Edward. 1834. The | naturalist’s repository, | or | miscellany | of | exotic natural history, | exhibiting | rare and beautiful specimens | of | foreign birds, insects, shells, | quadrupeds, fishes, and marine productions; | more especially such | new subjects | as have not hitherto been figured, or correctly described; | forming a | com- pendium of the most interesting modern discoveries | in zoology. | By | E. Donovan, F.L.S. W.S., &c. | Author of the Natural His- tories of British Birds, Insects, Fishes, Shells, and Quadrupeds; | Insects of China, India, and New Holland. | In five volumes, | with one hundred and eighty coloured plates. | Vol. I [-V]. | London: | Printed for the author, and Simpkin & Marshall. | MDCCCXXXIV. 5 vols. 4to (size of 8vo). Vol. I, 104 ll., pll. 1-36 (col.). Vol. II, 119 lL., pll. 37-72 (col.). Vol. III, 53 ll., pll. 73-108 (col.). Vol. IV, 59 ll., pll. 109-144 (col.). Vol. V, 501l1., pll. 145-180 (col.). London. The ornithological matter is contained on 52 leaves and 28 plates in the first four volumes, thus; Vol. I, 23, ll., pll. 2, 5, 7, 10, 14, 17, 20, 23, 25, 30, 33; Vol. II, 18 11., pll. 39, 42, 45, 48, 63, 64, 68, 72; Vol. ITI, 611., pll. 74, 80, 92, 96, 98; Vol. IV, 5 ll., pl. 112, 117, 128, 137. Errors in numbering of plates, aside from those mentioned in prefatory footnotes, are 20 and 19 transposed and 81 wrongly numbered 84. Among those noted in the footnotes, 25 is wrongly numbered 27. This work was published originally in parts. Engelmann cites inclusive dates of 1823-27 as does Hagen (Bibliotheca Entomologica, 1, p. 177), but Agassiz cites 1821 et. seq. The preface to Vol. I is dated March 1, 1823, and as this 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 177 came out with the twelfth and last part of that volume as indicated therein, it is fairly certain that the first part was issued early in 1822. The first plates of Vol. I are dated April 1822 and the last, April 1, 1823; the last in Vol. II, March 1, 1824; Vol. III, April 1, 1825; Vol. IV, March 1, 1826; Vol. V, Dec. 1, 1826. The present set is supplied with new title-pages dated, as transcribed above, 1834; but the body of the work is identical with the original. That this format is nothing but the old letterpress and plates with new titles is in- dicated by the fact that the watermarks on the plates of Vol I are dated 1821 and those of Vol. V, 1824, a circumstance hardly likely if the work had been reprinted. Hagen (loc. cit.) records a ‘‘Neue Titel-Ausgabe. 1834.” D’Orbigny, Alcide Dessalines. 1838-43. See Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D., Le Régne Animal. d’Orbigny, Alcide Dessalines. 1839-40. See Sagra, Ramon de la, Histoire Physique, Politique et Naturelle de l’Ile de Cuba. D’Oyly, C. 1829. See Smith, C.W.; and D’Oyly, Oriental Ornithology. Dresser, Henry Eeles. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; Walden, Viscount = Hay, Arthur.) 1871-82. A history | of | the birds of Europe, | including all the species inhabiting the | western palearctic region. | By | H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. | Volume I [-VIII]. | London: | pub- lished by the author, | 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W. | 1871-1881. 8 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-II (illustr. tit. and ded.), pp. IX- XIII+1 (list of subscribers), III-XLVI, 1-102 (prefatory mat- ter and indices). Vol. II, illustr. tit., pp. I-VIII, 322 ll., 95 pill. (col.), 2 text-figs. Vol. III, illustr. tit., pp. I-VIII, 310 Il., 86 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Vol. IV, illustr. tit., pp. I-VIII, 318 ll., 92 pll. (90 col.), 4 text-figs. Vol. V, illustr. tit., pp. I-VIII, 334 ll., go pll. (col.), 6 text-figs. Vol. VI, illustr. title, pp. I-VIII, 354 Il., 92 pll. (col.), 8 text-figs. Vol. VII, illustr. titl., pp. I-VIII, 330 ll., 89 pll. (88 col.), 4 text-figs. Vol. VIII, illustr. tit., pp. I-VIII, 333 l., 89 pll. (col.), 2 text-figs. (Vol. IV of the present set lacks plate No. 259; Vol. V and VI each contain a duplicate plate belonging to Vol. VII.) London. A very thorough manual of the subject, beautifully illustrated by J. G. Keule- mans, Joseph Wolf, E. Neale and others. Unfortunately for the reader, neither pages nor plates are numbered, except in the indices. The work was issued in 84 parts without regard to sequence of subject matter, and reference to the tables is necessary to determine the date of publication of any subject. Volume 178 FreELD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. I appeared last, in December, 1881, according to the original wrapper which is bound with that volume in the set at hand, but Mullens and Swann give 1882 as the final date. The author gives credit to R. B. Sharpe for certain parts of the earlier numbers (I-XII), 1871, and to A. Walden (Marquis of Tweeddale) for other contributions. A “Supplement” (q.v.) was issued in 1895-96. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1876. See Eversmann, Edward, Reprint of Eversmann’s Addenda ad Celeberrimi Pallasii Zoographiam Rosso-Asiaticam. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1876. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1884-86. A monograph | of the | Meropide, | or | family of the bee-eaters. | By | H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, [etc., 4 lines.] | [Vignette.] [Quotation.] | London: | Published by the author at 6 Tenterden Street, W. | 1884-1886. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. I-XX, 1-144, 34 pll. (col.; by J. G. Keule- mans). London. A thorough discussion of the group. The hand-colored plates are very fine. Issued in parts, the actual dates of publication of which are given at the close of the volume. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1893. A monograph | of the | Coraciidaw, | or | family of the roll- ers. | By | [H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., | Ex-President of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, [etc., 4 lines.] | [Vignette] | [Quotation.] |Published by the author at Topcylffe Grange, | Farnborough, R. S. O., Kent. | 1893. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. I-XX, 1-111, 27 pll. (col.; by J. G. Kuele- mans). Farnborough. A thoroughly detailed study of the group, with excellent hand-colored plates. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1895-96. Supplement | to | a history | of | the birds of Europe, | including all the species inhabiting the | Western Palaearctic Re- gion, | forming | volume IX. | By | H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c | London: | published by the author (by special permission), | at the office of | The Zoological Society of London, | 3 Hanover Square, W., | and at | Topclyffe Grange, Farnborough, R.S.O., Kent. | 1895-1896. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 179 1 vol. royal 4to, illustr. tit., pp. I-XXV-+1, 1-441, pll. 634-722 (col.; by Keulemans, J. Wolf and Thorburn). London. The present volume may be considered as Vol. IX of the author’s “History of the Birds of Europe,’ 1871-82 (q.v.). It was intended to treat only of species not included in the original work, but offers occasional corrections to the original letterpress, also. This “Supplement” appeared in nine parts, the dates of which are given in a synopsis of the letterpress, on pp. V-VIII. For the most part the plates accompanied their respective descriptions, but occasionally substitutions were made which are noted on the wrappers but not in the letter- press. The distribution of the plates among the nine parts is as follows. Pt. I, pll. 634-644; Pt. II, pll. 645-650, 652-654 and 657; Pt. III, pll. 651, 655-663 and 665; Pt. IV, pll. 664 and 666-674; Pt. V, pll. 675-684; Pt. VI, pll. 685-693 and 696; Pt. VII, pll. 695, 697-700, 704, 706, 708, 711 and 713; Pt. VIII, pill. 694, 701, 702, 705, 709, 714-716 and 719; Pt. IX, pll. 703, 707, 710, 712, 717, 718 and 720-722. The descriptions are indexed on pp. V-VIII where, however, they are numbered in a sequence of species which does not correspond with the numbers on the plates. Errors in the names of Melizohpilus deserticola, Parus cinereus and Bucanetes obsoletus (called M. deserticolus, Parus atriceps and Erythrospiza absoleta on the plates) are corrected on the wrappers, in the lists of plates. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1905-10. Eggs | of | the birds of Europe | including all the species inhabiting the | western palearctic area | by | H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, [etc., 4 lines.] | [Vignette.] | Vol. I.- Letter-press [II. -Plates] | Lon- don | Published by the author (by special permission) | at the office of | The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds | 23 Queen- Anne’s Gate, W. | 1910. 2 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I. pp. I-XX, 1-837, 167 figs. Vol. II, 79 ll., 106 pll. (col.). London. Originally published in 24 parts. Pages 1-505 are arranged in apparently mis- cellaneous order due to an alteration in the proposed sequence. A table, show- ing the original and revised numeration of pages and plates and the numbers of the parts in which each appeared, is given in the prefatory matter of Vol. I, pp. IX-XX. The parts were issued as follows, according to the current num- bers of the Ibis. Pt. I, 1905, (rev. Ibis, Jan. 1906); II, Dec. 1905; III-IV, Jan.-April 1906; V-VI, Nov. 1906; VII-VIII, May 1907; IX-X, Oct. 1907; XI-XIII, 1908 (rev. Ibis, April 1908); XITI-KIV, 1909 (Zool. Record; rev. Ibis, April 1909). XVII-XVIII, April 1909; XIX-XX, Sept. 1909; XXI-XXII, Febr. 1910; XXIII-XXIV, Nov. 1910. The book presents a detailed discus- sion of the nesting habits and breeding ranges of European birds with half- tones of nests and nesting sites and colored figures of the eggs. Dresser, Henry Eeles. 1902-03. A manual of | Palzarctic birds | by | H. E. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | author of ‘‘The Birds of Europe,” etc., etc. | 180 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. [Vignette.] | Part I [II] | London | Published by the author at 3 Hanover Square, W. | 1902 [1903] | All rights reserved. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VII+1, 4 IL, pp. 1-498, frontisp. (by J. Wolf). Vol. II, 4 pr. ll., pp. 499-922, frontisp. (col.; by J. Wolf). London. A list of 1219 species and subspecies of Palaearctic birds, with synonymies, short descriptions, and brief notes on distribution and habits. Subspecies are treated binomially. Droste-Hiilshoff, Ferdinand. 1869. Die Vogelwelt | der | Nordseeinsel Borkum. | Nebst | einer vergleichenden tibersicht | der | in den stidlichen Nordseelandern | vorkommenden Végel | von | Ferd. Baron Droste-Hilshoff, | Geschaftsfthrer der Deutschen Ornithologen-Gesellschaft [etc., 3 lines.|. | Nebst einer lithographirten Tafel und einer Karte. | Minster, | Selbstverlag des Verfassers. | In Commission bei W. Niemann. | 1869. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIX+1, 1-389-+1, 1-16 (suppl.), 2 pll. (fold.; 1 monochr.). Minster. An account of the birds of the island of Borkum, with descriptions of the various species and notes on habits, migrations, etc. The supplement contains a com- parative review of the birds of the southern coasts of the North and East Seas, with the species arranged in various lists according to habitat, occurrence, etc. Dubois, Alphonse. 1861-72. See Dubois, Charles Frederic; and Dubois, Alphonse, Les Oiseaux de |’Europe et leurs Oeufs. Dubois, Alphonse. 1866. See Dubois, Charles Frédéric, Catalogue Systématique des Oiseaux de 1’Europe. Dubois, Alphonse. 1871. Conspectus | systematicus & geographicus | avium Europe- arum, | auctore | Alph. Dubois, | Doctore Scient. Nat.; [etc., 2 lines.]. | Bruxellis, | Apud C. Muquardt, H. Merzbach, Succrs, | MDCCCLXXI. | Depositum. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-35. Brussels. A check-list of European birds, giving the names of 253 genera and 575 species, (in addition to numerous “‘varietates climactericae”’) with the general distribu- tion of the various forms. Dubois, Alphonse. 1902-04. Synopsis avium | nouveau | manuel d’ornithologie | par | Alphonse Dubois | Docteur en Sciences Naturelles, [etc., 6 lines.] | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 181 Premiére [Deuxiéme] partie | (1899-1902) [(1902-1904)] | Brux- elles | H. Lamertin, éditeur | 20, Rue du March-Au-Bois | 1902 [1904]. 2 vols. foliopost 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-729+1, pll. I-XII (col.; by the author). Vol. II, pp. I-IX+1, 731-1339, pll. XIII-XVI (col.; by the author). Brussels. A synonymic list of species, with marginal notations regarding the distribution of each. The work was issued in 17 parts of which 1-10 comprise Vol. I, and 11-17, Vol. II. Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, pp. 37-38, 1925) has recorded (erroneously under the authorship of Charles Frédéric Dubois) the dates of receipt of the various parts at the British Museum, together with the pagination of the contents of each part; the plate-numbers are from a copy in the U. S. National Museum examined by Dr. Hellmayr. The dates of receipt at the British Museum, etc., are as follows. Pt. 1, pp. 1-80, pl. 1, recd. Oct. 21, 1899; 2, pp. 81-160, pl. 2, Febr. 17, 1900; 3, pp. 161-224, pll. 3-4, May 9, 1900; 4, Pp. 225-288, pll. 5-6, Aug. 21, 1900; 5, pp. 289-368, pl. 7, Jan. 22, 1901; 6, pp. 369-448, pl. 8, May 4, 1901; 7, pp. 449-528, pl. 9, Aug. 3, 1901; 8, pp. 529-608, pl. 10, Nov. 2, 1901; 9, pp. 609-688, pl. 11, (dat. 1901), Febr. 11, 1902; 10, pp. 689-729, I-XV, pl. 12 (no pl. recorded by Mathews), (dat. March 1902), May 8, 1902; 11, pp. 731-834, pl. 13, Oct. 18, 1902; 12, pp. 835-914, pl. 14, Jan. 3, 1903; 13, PP. 915-994, pl. 15, June 13, 1903; 14, Pp. 995-1074, pl. 16, Aug. 29, 1903; 15, pp. 1075-1169, no pl., Febr. 6, 1904 (recorded in Zool. Record for 1903); 16 and 17, pp. 1171-1339, I-X, (dat. July 1904), Aug. 27, 1904. Plate IV is wrongly numbered V1. Dubois, Alphonse. 1907-13. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Dubois, Charles Frédéric. 1854-60. Planches coloriées | des | oiseaux de la Belgique | et | de leurs ceufs; | par Ch. F. Dubois, | Membre [Membre Honoraire (Vol. III.)] | de plusieurs sociétés savantes. | Tome Ier [II; III]. | Avec 120 [140; 152] planches. | Bruxelles - Leipzig - Gand. | C. Muquardt. | 1854 [1857; 1860]. 3 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. IL-CLV-+1, 108 IL, pll. 1-89, 1a, 9a, 54a, 55a, 55b, 56a, 56b, 72a, 76a, 77a, 77b, 78a, 79a, 79b, I-XVII (=120 pll., col.; by the author; Roman numerals, eggs). Vol. II, 1 pr. 1., 114 l1., pll. 90-190, 93a, 94a, 95a, 96a, 1o1a, rorb, 123a, 144a, 151a, 161a, 166a, 172a, 179a, 180a, 185a, 190a, XVIII- XXXVI, XXXVIA (=157 pll., col.; by the author; Roman numer- als, eggs). Vol. III, 1 pr. 1., pp. CLVII-CLX, 149 Il., pll. 191-300, Igla, 203a, 294a, 295a, XXXVII-LXXIV (=152 pll., col.; by the author; Roman numerals, eggs). Brussels. A series of 429 hand-colored plates of Belgian birds, with appended synonymies, brief discussions of habits, and descriptions of the genera and higher groups. 182 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. There are numerous errors in the numbering of the plates and pages (or leaves), which are numbered to correspond. The following errors have been noted. P. 2 is wrongly numbered 4; p. and pl. 13,-12; p. 14,-13; pl. 17,- 16; p. and pl. 22,-23; Pp. 38,-37; p- and pl. 44,-43; pl. 75,-90; p. 75,-89; pl. 77b,-67b; p. and pl. 114,-115; p. and pl. 119,-118; pl. 160,-15?; pl. 161,-15?; pl. 183,-185; p. 214,- 114; pl. 254,-154; pl. 260,-246; p. and pl. 270,-242; pl. XLII,-XXXIX. There are no pages for pll. 1a, 9a, 17, 151a, 158, 160, 161a, 180a; Nos. 104 and 105 are on one page of text. The work was published in 141 livraisons concerning which not much informa- tion is available. The ‘Revue et Magasin’’ records Livrs. 116-130 as of 1860, in the periodical for December of that year; in the number for October 1861, Livrs. 131-141 are recorded as of 1859-60. An advertisement on p. IV of Vol. I of Dubois and Dubois’s ‘‘Les Oiseaux de l’Europe,”’ 1861-72 (q.v.), the present work is advertised as having been published in 1854-60 although in the preface to Vol. II of the same work, Alphonse Dubois remarks that the book was commenced (not necessarily published) in 1851. The present series was continued by the ‘‘Les Oiseaux de 1’Europe’’ which treats of the birds of Europe not found in Belgium; the two works together con- stitute an illustrated review of the birds of all Europe. Dubois, Charles Frédéric; and Dubois, Alphonse. 1861-72. Les | oiseaux de l’Europe | et | leurs ceufs, | décrits et dessinés d’aprés nature | par | Ch.-F. Dubois, | membre honoraire de plusieurs sociétés savantes, | et | Alph. Dubois fils, | Docteur en Sciences Naturelles [etc., 2 lines; etc., 3 lines (Vol. ITI.).] | Deuxiéme série, | espéces non observées en Belgique. | Tome premier. [second] | Avec 167 [avec 152] planches coloriées. | Bruxelles - Leipzig - Gand, | chez C. Muquardt [Chez C. Muquardt, H. Merzbach, Succr.]. | 1868 [1872.] | Tous droits réservés. 2 vols. superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XLVI, 139 Il. (complete?), pll. 1-106, 1a, 2a, 2b, 2c, 5a, 5b, 5¢, 5¢,. 19a, 20a, 228> 234, aap, 27a, 298, 328, 34a, 35a, 35b, 36a, 38a, 41a, 41b, 43a, 44a, 50a, 50b, 55a, 728, 74a, 75a, 82a, 83a, 88a, 99a, 105b, ro6a, I-XVIII, XIVa, XVa, XVI, XVIIa, XVILTA. (col.; Roman numerals, eggs). Vol. II, pp. XLVII-CXXII, 132 Il. (complete?), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 107-202 (131, 169, 185, 189 and 191 missing), I11a, 114a, 116a, isa, 119a, 119b, 1248, 1278, 131a, 131b, 134a, 1354, 13 70,1800) 140a, 144a, 145a, 149a, 149b, 152a, 155a, 155b, 157a, 158a, 1604, 160b, 163a, 163b, 163c, 164(bzs), 164a, 174a, 174b, 175b, 175¢, 177(bis),177a, 180a, 199b, XIX-XXXVII (col.; Roman numerals, eggs.) Brussels. A continuation of the senior author’s ‘‘Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux de la Bel- gique,”’ 1854-60 (q.v.). The earlier series discussed the birds of Belgium; the present volumes relate to European species not found in Belgium. The above enumeration of plates is as given in the lists of contents of the two vol- umes, with the exception of pll. 164 (bis) and 177 (bis) which are not listed. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 183 Actually, many of the plates are differently numbered (with the leaves usually numbered to correspond). The following mistakes have been noted. Vol. I: (page and plate) 2c, wrongly numbered 2b; 5b,-5a; 32a,-33a; 52,-59; 59,-52; 82a,-83a, 105b,-105a. Vol. II: (page and plate) 114a, wrongly numbered 114; 119,-118b;119a,-119; 119b,-119a; 127,-125a; 1278,-127; 131,- 134; I41,-142, 142,-141; 144-145 (only on page); 152a,-152b; 158,-158a; 169, -168a; 173,-174; 174b,-174a; 175b,-175a; 181,-182; 183,-181b; 184,-182; 185,- 183; 186,-184( only on plate); 189,-183; 191,-192. There are no pages of text for pll. 2a, 2c, 5a, 5C, 41a, 116, 131b, 155a, 1578, 164 (bis), 177 (bis), and 184, but this may be due to imperfection in the copy. This work, like its predecessor, appeared in livraisons with (according to the Ibis, Oct. 1864, p. 396) three plates and accompanying text to each part. The various parts were so mixed in contents that it is impossible to fix the dates of most of the plates with even approximate accuracy. Livrs. 1-10 are re- viewed in the Revue et Magasin for July, 1862, p. 280, as having appeared in 1861; 11-25 in the same periodical for April, 1864, p. 118, as of 1861-62; 26-40 in the same for Sept. 1866, p. 351, as of 1863-64; 78-98 in the same for Jan. 1870, p. 34, as of 1866-69. In the same journal for Jan. 1870, p. 351, it is stated that Livrs. 182-218, complete series (=41-'77, present series), had been delayed but would be issued shortly. The contents of a few assortments of livraisons are given in the references cited. Livrs. 1-10 are said to contain the text to pll. 10, 80, 87, 88, 90, 93, 94 and 118; 26-40 are said to contain pill. 13, 15, 16, 21, 22, 47, 70, 83, 102, 103, 116, 118, 136, 140 and VI; 78-98 are said to contain the following species (named in the review but here given by number), -1a, 27a, 32a, 35b, 36a, 43a, 44a, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50a, 50b, 60, 66 and 88a, together with (in Livrs. 89-91) the title-page, preface, descriptions of genera and list of contents (pp. I-XLVI) of Vol. I. This preface bears the date of April 1868; that of Vol. II, December 1871. Vol. I is autographed by ‘Dr. Gustav Flor, Dorpat, 1868,” and Vol. II, the same ‘'1872” so the dates on the title-pages are probably correct. The present work appears to contain an occasional new name such as, for example, Phylloscopus pallasti, proposed on p. 83 of Vol. I although relegated to the synonymy of Reguloides superciliosus on p. CIX of Vol. II. C. F. Dubois died in 1867 leaving his son, Alphonse Dubois, the junior author, to complete the work. The preface to Vol. I is signed by Alphonse who speaks of certain alterations which he intends to make in the plan of the work. The present copy has bound with it the authors’ “Catalogue Systématique des Oiseaux de l’Europe,”’ 1866 (q.v.). The present copy is from the library of “Othmar Reiser, Sarajevo, 1888.’ Dubois, Charles Frédéric; and Dubois, Alphonse. 1866. [Catalogue systématique des Oiseaux de l’Europe. | 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-16. Brussels. A check-list of 570 species of European birds, giving the scientific and vernacular names of each and marking those species not known from Belgium and those not yet figured in the authors’ current “Les Oiseaux de 1’Europe,’’ 1861-72 (q.v.). The preface, signed May 1865, is an appeal addressed to ornitholo- gists to supply data needed to complete the larger work, the particular need of which the present list may serve to indicate. This paper, in the present 184 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vo. XVI. copy, is without title-page and is bound with Vol. I of the “Les Oiseaux de l'Europe” but it is reviewed in the “Revue et Magasin’’ for Sept. 1866, p. 351, aS a Separate publication. The title given above is from the heading of p. 3. Duges, Alfred. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Dugmore, A. Radclyffe. 1920. Bird homes. The nests | eggs and breeding habits of | the land birds breeding in the | eastern United States; with | hints on the rearing and pho- | tographing of young birds | by | A. Rad- clyfie Dugmore | Illustrated with photographs | from nature by the author | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Com- pany | 1920. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-183, 48 pll. (16 col.), 11 text-cuts. Garden City and New York. A popular discussion of the subject, with short descriptions of the species and of their nests and eggs. The species are arranged according to the situations in which their nests are built. The first edition of the work was published in 1900. Dumont D’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. (Quoy, Jean René Const.; and Gaimard, Jean Paul.) 1830-35. > Voyage | dé découvertes | de l’Astrolabe | Exécuté par ordre du Roi, | pendant les années 1826-1827-1828-1829, | sous le commandement | de M. J. Dumont D’Urville. | Zoologie | par | MM. Quoy et Gaimard. | Tome premier [second]. | Paris [Comma added.| | J. Tastu, éditeur-imprimeur, | No 36, Rue de Vaugirard. | 2820. [1832: (Vol. Tf, Pia) s 8g VEE, PE ak > Voyage | de la corvette | 1’Astrolabe | exécuté | pendant les années 1826-1827-1828-1829 | sous le commandement | de | M. Jules Dumont D’Urville | Capitaine de Vaisseau. | Atlas. | [Vzg- nette.| | Paris | Publié par J. Tastu, Editeur. | MDCCCXXXIII. | L’écriture gravée sur acier par Hacq. 4 vols. 8vo and superroyal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-L, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 5-268. Vol. II, (Pt. 1), tit., pp. 1-320; (Pt. 2), 2 ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 321-686. Atlas (in 2 vols.); Mammals, Pll. 1-28 (23 col.); Birds, 1-31, (col.; by Prétre, Prévost and Oudart); Fishes, 1, 5(=2), 3, 4, 7, 10-12, 14, 15, 19, 20, (col.); Mollusks, 1-66, 65 (bis =67), 68-93, 45 bis, 66 bis, (col.); Zoophytes, . 1-26, (col.); Insects, 1-12, (col.). Paris. Part of the zoological report (by Quoy and Gaimard) from the complete report on the voyage of the Astrolabe. The text, in the present copy, is incomplete 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 185 but contains all the ornithologica! matter, which is in Vol. I. The Zoology (excluding Entomology) forms the 3rd division of the complete report and is advertised in each of the volumes at hand as comprising 5 volumes while the Entomology forms the 4th division in 1 volume. However, only 4 vols. of the 3rd division appear to have been issued. Furthermore, the indices of Vol. I (pp. 261 and 265) refer to the preceding pages as constituting only a first part of that volume, so a second part, evidently, was in contemplation (probably to discuss the fishes and reptiles, which are not elsewhere treated). Vol. II was issued in two parts, as indicated in the collation. The concluding portion of the text relating to the Mollusks, the text for the Zoophytes and that for the Insects are missing although the plates are all present. The plates, in the copy at hand, are bound in two volumes with duplicate title-pages, all up to Mollusk Pl. 25 being contained in the first volume and the remainder in the second. Details as to dates of publication are very meager but are summarized by Sher- born and Woodward in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, 8, p. 333, 1901. The dates given on the title-pages of Vols. I and II (Pts. 1 and 2) appear to be accurate. Fortunately the plates bear only vernacular names and their dates are, therefore, unimportant. The entomological plates issued in 1835, extend the full date of the present copy to that year. The ornithological matter occupies pp. 153-259 and respective portions of the errata and indices of Vol. I. It consists almost entirely of descriptions of new species of birds from New Guinea, New Zealand, Celebes, Australia and other points reached on the voyage, with occasional descriptions of imperfectly known or unfigured birds previously described by former workers. Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. (Hombron; Jacquinot, Honoré; Pucheran, Jacques. ) 1842-54. > Voyage | au Pole Sud | et dans l’océanie [et | dans l’océanie (Atlas.)] | sur les corvettes | l’Astrolabe et la Zélée; [No semicolon (Atlas.).] | exécuté par ordre du Roi [Line omitted (Atlas.).] | pendant les années 1837-1838-1839-1840, [No comma (Atlas.).] | sous le commandement | de M.J. [M. (Aflas.)] Du- mont-d’Urville, [No comma (Ailas.).] | Capitaine de vaisseau; [Comma (Vol. II.); no punctuation (Ailas.).] | publié par ordon- nance de sa Majesté, [publié par ordre du gouvernement, (Vols ITI-V.); same, without comma (Ailas.).] | sous la direction supé- rieure | de M. Jacquinot, Capitaine de vaisseau, Commandant de la Zélée. [et sous la direction supérieure de M. Jacquinot, Capitaine de vaisseau, Commandant de la Zélée (Ailas.)] | Zoologie, [No comma (Atlas.).| | par MM. Hombron et Jacquinot. [Line omitted (Atlas.).] | Tome premier. [-quatriéme.; line omitted (Atlas.).] | Paris, [No comma (Atlas.).] | Gide et Cie [et J. Baudry (Vols. III-V and Atlas.)|, éditeurs, [No comma (Atlas.).] | Rue des Petits-Augustins [Rue Bonaparte (Vols. III-V.)], 5. [No period 186 Fietp Museum or NaturRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. (Atlas.).] | 1846 [1853 (Vols. III and IV.); 1854 (Vol. V.); 1842 a 1853 (Atlas.)]. 7 vols. in 6, 8vo and superroyal folio. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and subtit.), pp. 1-404. Vol. II, 3 pr. Il., pp. 1-384. Vol. III, pp. 1-166 (Mammals and Birds), 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-56, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-107. Vol: IV, 3 pr: Il., pp. 1-422. Vol. V, pp. I-VITI;°2-132. Atlas (Pt. 1), 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and index to all zool. pll.), pll. 1-6, 9-10, 13-24, 2A, 2B, 4 bis, IOA, I17A, 20A-20D (26 |col.; mammals); 1-33, 12 bis, 24 bis, 25 bis, and 31 bis (36 col.; by Oudart, Werner and A Prévost; birds). Atlas (Pt. 2), 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pll. 1-7-+2 bis; 1, 2, 6 (=3); 1; 1-5; I-19; 1-3; 1-3; 1-9; 3-12, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21-29; (col.). Paris. The zoological portion of the complete report on the voyage of the Astrolabe and Zélée. Vol. III contains all the text relating to birds. This is found in Part 1 of the volume, pp. 6-166 under the subtitle ‘‘Zoologie, Mammiféres et Oiseaux par M. Honoré Jacquinot et M. le Dr. Pucheran,”’ of which pp. 47-158 and 164- 166 are ornithological. Although Jacquinot’s name appears on the subtitle- page, a statement in the introduction (obviously by Pucheran although un- signed) announces that neither Hombron nor Jacquinot is to be held respons- ible for errors in the nomenclature adopted in the succeeding text for which he (Pucheran) is alone to blame. It is evident that Pucheran must be quoted as author of the ornithology and mammalogy. (Mathews (Birds of Australia 7, p. 461) states that he possesses a copy of this portion with Pucheran’s name alone on the subtitle-page. However, on pp. 128-152 is an article credited to Jacquinot, entitled, ‘“Remarques sur quelques points de l’Anatomie et de la Physiologie des Procellarides, et Essai d’une nouvelle Classification de ces Oiseaux.”” This appears to be the paper by Hombron and Jacquinot published in the ‘Comptes Rendus” XVIII, pp. 353-358, number for March 4, 1844 (pubi. March 11?). Vol. III is correctly dated 1853 according to Sherborn (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, 7, p. 390). The plates of birds appeared at various dates from May 1842 to July 1846, as tabulated on p. 16 of Vol. III, and all of these antedate the text. However, all of the plates except Pl. 32 contain only vernacular names. PI. 32 (published in April 1844) is illustrative of Jacquinot’s article on the Procellariidae and contains several generic and specific names which are antedated by the number of the ‘“Comptes Rendus’”’ mentioned above. [Illustrations are given of the bill of Priocella garnotii which is a nomen nudum in the text under the spelling, “Prioc. Garnotti.’’ Some of the species figured by Hombron and Jacquinot in the Atlas were described by Gray (Genera of Birds) and Bonaparte (Conspectus Avium) before Pucheran’s text appeared. These references are quoted by Pucheran. Duperrey, Louis Isidore. (Lesson, René Primévere; Garnot, Prosper.) 1826-30. > Voyage | autour du monde, | Exécuté par Ordre du Roi, | Sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant | les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, | sous le Ministére et conformé- ment aux instructions de S.E.M. le Marquis | de Clermont-Ton- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 187 nerre, Ministre de la Marine; | Et publié sous les auspices | de Son Excellence Mer le Cte de Chabrol, | Ministre de la Marine et des Colonies, | par M.L.I. Duperrey, | Capitaine de Frégate, Chevalier de Saint-Louis et Membre de la Légion d’Honneur, | Commandant de 1’Expédition. | Zoologie, | par MM. Lesson et Garnot [par M. Lesson (Vol. II, Pts. 1, 2.)]. | Tome Premier [Second].=1 re [2 e] Partie. | [Vignette.] | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, libraire-édi- teur, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. | 1826 [1828; 1830; 1830]. > Voyage | autour du monde, | Exécuté par Ordre du Roi, | sur | La Corvette de Sa Majesté, | La Coquille, | Pendant les années | 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825, | Sous le Ministére de S.E.M. le Marquis de Clermont-Tonnerre, | et publié | Sous les Auspices de Son Excellence M. Le Cte. De Chabrol, Ministre de la Marine et des Colonies; | par | L. I. Duperrey, | Chevalier de St. Louis et de la Légion d’Honneur, Capitaine de Frégate, | Commandant de l’Expédition. | Histoire naturelle, Zoologie. | Atlas. | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, libraire-éditeur, | Rue Hautefeuille No. 23. | 1826. | Ecrit par C. F. Ermeler. De 1’Imprimerie de Rémond. Gravé par Abel Malo. 2 vols. (4 pts.) and Atlas,in 5 vols. Vol. I, Pt. 1, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. age tit.) pp sey, 1-360." Val,) Ti. Ptola-eopeo lly pps 361-743. Veni, Pir spr lee pp a-47r. Vol fl Pts, 2 prs il pp tex]; 9-319", 1 1. (subtit. ““Deuxiéme Division”), pp. 1-155. Atlas, tit., 4 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. 1-50, 21 bis, 31 bis, 35 bis (mammals and birds; 49 col.; 10-50 of birds by Prétre and Prévost); 1-7 (reptiles; col.); 1-38 (fishes; col.); 1-16 (mollusks; col.); 1-5 (crustaceans; col.); 1-21, 14 bis (insects; col.); 1-16 (zoophytes; col.). Paris. The zoological portion of Duperrey’s report on the voyage of La Coquille. This portion is by Lesson and Garnot, each of whom supplied certain sections of the text as indicated in the headings of the chapters. The ornithological matter is all contained in Vol. I, Pts. 1 and 2. The complete zoology appeared in 28 livraisons, the dates of which have been recorded by Sherborn and Wood- ward in the Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist., (7), '7, pp. 391-392, 1901, from rec- ords in the ‘Bilbiographie de la France.’ Mathews discovered the allocation of the ornithological plates in current numbers of Férussac’s ‘Bull. de Sciences Naturelles,”’ and has republished the figures in the Austral Avian Record, 2, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 49-54, 1913. The combined data are as follows for the text and for the plates of birds. Vol.I: Livr. 1, pp. 1-48, pll. 13, 20 and 28, Nov. 1, 1826; 2, pp. 49-88, pll. r1, 34, 36 and 43, Jan. 17, 1827; 3, pp. 89-128, pll. 12, 19, 26, 32 and 47, April 18, 1827; 4, pp. 129-168, pll. 31,37, 40, 41, 42 and 50, July 25, 1827; 5, pp. 169-216, pil. 18, 22, 25, 35, and 45, Oct. 17, 1827; 6, pp. 217-256, pll. 21, 21 bis, 27, 1Pp. 1-8 were not published, being reserved for the preface which, however, required more space than was originally intended and actually appeared on pp. I-XIJ. 188 FreLp Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 33 and 39, March 22, 1828; 7, pp. 257-296, pll. 10, 17, 30, 44 and 48, June 21, 1828; 8, pp. 287-352, pll. 15, 24, 38, 46 and 49, Nov. 29, 1828; 9, pp. 353-408, pll. 14 and 16, Febr. 28, 1829; 10, pp. 409-456, pll. 23, 29 and 35 bis, April 4, 1829; II, pp. 457-504, pl. 31 bis, May 30, 1829; 12, pp. 505-560, July 4, 1829; 13, pp. 561-600, Nov. 21, 1829; 14, pp. 601-648, Jan. 9, 1830; 15, pp. 649- 696, April 3, 1830; 16, pp. 697-743, May 1, 1830. Vol. II, Pt. 1: Livr. “16” (=17), pp. 1-24, June 12, 1830; 18, pp. (25-471), ?-1830; 19, ? (plates only ?) Dec. 11, 1830; 20, ?, April 30, 1831; 21, ?, June 11, 1831; 22, ?, July 2, 1831; 23, ?, Aug. 6, 1831; 24, ?, Sept. 17, 1831. Vol. II, Pt. 2, Sect. 1: Livr. 25, pp. 1 (=9?)-216, Nov. 12, 1831; 26 (pt.), pp. 217-319, Dec. 10, 1831. Vol. II, Pt. 2, Sect. 2: Livr. 26 (pt.), pp. 1-182, Dec. 10, 1831; 27 pp. 129-135, Jan. 28, 1832; 28, pp. 136-155, ?-1832. The plates of the birds antedate the corresponding descriptions in the text and hence must be cited, under Lesson and Garnot together, for certain names. Some of the species were first described elsewhere (Annales des Sciences Natur- elles, Lesson’s ‘Manuel d’Ornithologie,’ etc.) by Lesson or Garnot, although this is not always indicated in the present work where these species are again described, ostensibly as new. Furthermore, Lesson and Garnot do not always agree as to the nomenclature of some of the birds and sometimes discuss the same species under different names. The authors’ general remarks in early chapters occasionally contain a characterization of a species which has priority over the detailed description in a later chapter. Thus the hummingbird, Thaumastura cora, is treated as follows. Orthorynchus Cora Lesson and Garnot, Voy. Coquille, Zool., pl. 31, fig. 4 (livr. 4), July 25, 1827; orthorynchus Cora Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol. I, Pt. 1, p. 252 (livr. 6), March 22, 1828; Ornismya Cora Lesson, Manuel d’Orn., 2, p. 82, June 1828; Ornismya Cora Lesson, Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouches, pp. XXI, 52, pl. VI, 1829; Orthorynchus Cora Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. 1. p. 682 (livr. 15), April 3, 1830. A narrative of the voyage, with occasional notes on zoology and with a number of colored plates of birds and mammals, was published by R. P. Lesson in 1839 (q.v.). Dupetit-Thouars, Abel Aubert. See Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubert du. Du Plessis, J. : 1758-60. See Edwards, George, Gleanings of Natural History, 1758-64. 1805. Idem, 1805-06. Durand, David. 1745-51. See Edwards, George, Histoire Naturelle d’Oiseaux peu Communs. D’Urban, William Stewart Mitchell; and Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1892. The | birds of Devon. | By | W. S. M. D’Urban, F.L.S., F.E.S., | formerly Curator of the Albert Memorial | Museum, Exeter, | and | The Rev. Murray A. Mathew, M.A., F.L.S., | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 189 Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, | Vicar of Buckland Dinham, Somerset. | With an introduction and some remarks on the | migration of Devonshire birds. | Illustrated by Coloured Plates, Photographs, and Maps. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1892. | [All Rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. post. 8vo, pp. I-LXXXVII-+1, 1-459+1, 1-7-+1, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-IV (col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 4 pll., 3 maps. London. An account of the distribution and habits of the various species, with notes on local records of occurrence. This is the first edition. In 1895 a supplement seems to have been issued, and also a second edition of the whole work including the supplement; a copy of the second edition is collated below. D’Urban, William Stewart Mitchell; and Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1895. The | birds of Devon. | By | W.S. M. D’Urban, F.L.S., | formerly Curator of the Albert Memorial | Museum, Exeter, | and | The Rev. Murray A. Mathew, M.A., F.L.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, | Vicar of Buckland Dinham, Somerset. | With an introduction and some remarks on the | ’ migrations of Devonshire birds. | Illustrated by Coloured Plates, Photographs, and Maps. | Second edition, with supplement. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1895. | [All Rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-LXXXVII-+1, 1-459+1, 1-7+1, 1-31, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-IV (col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 4 pll., 4 maps. London. Printed from the same plates as the first edition (q.v., 1892), with a slightly altered title-page and the addition of a 31-page supplement containing matter acquired after the date of publication of the first edition. This supplement is said to have been issued separately the same year as the present edition. Dutt, William Alfred. (Patterson, Arthur; Bird, M. C. H.; Everitt, Nicholas. ) 1903. The | Norfolk Broads | by | William A. Dutt | assisted by numerous contributors | with forty-eight coloured and twenty-nine uncoloured | illustrations by Frank Southgate | Methuen & Co. | 36 Essex Street W.C. | London | 1903. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-379, 73 pll. (48 col.), 4 full-page cuts, 1 map. London. An interesting account of the marshlands of eastern Norfolk, beautifully illus- trated. There are many ornithological notes scattered through the book, and certain sections are devoted to the natural history of the region. Principal among these latter are, Chapter XIII, “Wild Life on Breydon,” by Arthur Patterson; Chapter XIV, “Bird Life,’’ by the Rev. M. C. H. Bird; Chapter XXII, ‘Wild-fowling,’’ by Nicholas Everitt; and Appendix II, “A List of the Birds, Mammals, Reptiles, Amphibians, and Fishes of Broadland” (pp. 348- 190 FiELD Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. 360 “Birds’’) by the author. Eight colored and thirteen uncolored plates are illustrations of birds or relate to bird-shooting. Dutton, F. G. 1883-88. See Greene, William Thomas, Parrots in Captivity. Dwight, Jonathan, Jr. Ig10. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. Dzieduszycki, Wladimir, Graf. 1880. Grfl. Dzieduszycki’sches | Museum | in | Lemberg. | Lem- berg. | I Vereins-Buchdruckerei. | 1880. > Grfl. Dzieduszycki’sches | Museum | in Lemberg. | I Abthei- lung. | Zoologie | Wirbelthiere. | II. | Vogel | gesammelt, bestimmt und verzeichnet | von | Wladimir Graf Dzieduszycki. | Lemberg. | I Vereins-Buchdruckerei. | 1880. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XLI+1, 1-204, 1-20, 3 pll. (plans; 2 fold.). Lemberg. An annotated catalogue of the collection of birds belonging to the author. Pp. I-XXIV contains a general account of the author’s museum and collections with floor plans of the building. The remainder of the volume is entirely orni- thological, paged continuously with the first part but with a second title (as above). Judging from the arrangement of the volume, the first part was intended to be prefixed to each of whatever separate reports were issued on the various departments of the museum. In series, the present volume would be Part II of Section I of a complete report. Eaton, Elon Howard. 1910-14. New York State Education Department [The University of the State of New York] | New York State Museum | John M. Clarke, Director | Memoir 12 | Birds of New York | by | Elon Howard Eaton | Part 1 [2] | Introductory chapters; water birds and game birds [general chapters; land birds] | [Contents, 8 lines, double column (Pt. 1.); 6 lines, double column (Pt. 2.)] | Albany | University [The University] of the State of New York | 1910 [1914]. 2 vols. medium 4to. Vol. (Pt.) 1, pp. 1-501, 3 ll. (fold.; migration tables), 75 ll. (fold:: Sect. 1, pts. 1-15; 2, pts. 1-18; 3, pts.°1-21; 4, pts. 1-21:-local lists), 42 printed guard-sheets, pll. 1-42 (col.; by Fuertes), 1 map (insert, fold., col.), 22 text-maps. (col.), 79 text-cuts. Vol. (Pt.) 2, pp. 1-719, 64 printed guard-sheets, pll. 43-106 (col.; by Fuertes), 65 text-cuts. Albany. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. I9I An excellent and comprehensive report on the birds of the state. Descriptions of each species are followed by detailed discussions of distribution, haunts and habits, and special chapters are devoted to general subjects. Photographs and drawings are scattered through the text and a series of fine colored plates by Fuertes illustrates the various species accurately and artistically. Eaton, John Matthews. (Moore, John.) 1858. Dedicated | to the young and inexperienced fancier. | A | treatise | on the art of | breeding and managing | tame, domes- ticated, foreign, | and | fancy pigeons, | carefully compiled from the best authors, with observations and reflections, | containing all that is necessary to be known of tame, domesticated, foreign | and fancy pigeons, in health, disease, and their cures. | By | John Matthews Eaton. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Published for, and to be obtained of, the author, | 81 Upper Street, Islington Green, Lon- don, N. | 1858. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIX, 20-200, 18 pll. (col.; by D. Wolstenholme). London. A curious volume on pigeon-breeding, illustrated by hand-colored engravings. The fore part of the book (pp. VII-109, is composed of an earlier work by John Moore (1735) entitled, ‘‘Columbarium: or the Pigeon-House,’”’ with footnotes by the present author, new or extracted from other works to which due credit is given. Much of the remainder of the work consists of similar extracts. Eckeberg, Carl Gustav. i 1765. See Osbeck, Peter, Reise nach Ostindien und China. Eckstorm, Fannie Hardy. 1901. The woodpeckers | by | Fannie Hardy Eckstorm | with illustrations | [Design.] | Boston and New York. Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1901. 1 vol. post 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., conts. and list of illustrs.), pp. I-131, 5 printed guard-sheets, 5 pll. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), 21 text-cuts. Boston and New York. A popular account of the habits and peculiarities of woodpeckers in general and several North American species in particular. The book is intended for juvenile consumption and contains considerable reliable information, pleasantly written. Eder, Robert. 1908. Die Végel Niederésterreichs | von | Robert Eder. | [Design.] | 1908. | Médling bei Wien. | Selbstverlag des Verfassers. | Druck J. Pasternak, Médling. I vol. crown 8vo, tit., pp. I-IJI+1, 1-108. Médling. A contribution to the ornithology of the southern portion of the Province of Lower Austria. 192 FreLD Museum or Natural History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Edwards, Alphonse Milne. See Milne Edwards, Alphonse. Edwards, George. 1743-51. A| natural history | of | Uncommon birds, | and of | Some Quadrupedes, \ ine Reptiles, Insects, &c. Exhibited in Two Hundred and Ten Copper-Plates, | From Designs copied immediately from Nature, and curiously coloured after Life. | With a full and accurate Description of each figure. | To which is added, | A brief and General Idea of Drawing and Paint- ing in Water-Colours; with Instructions | for Etching on Copper with Aqua Fortis: Likewise some Thoughts on the Passage of | Birds; and Additions to many of the Subjects described in this Work. | In Four parts. | By George Edwards, | Library-Keeper to the Royal-College of physicians. | [Vignette.] | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians, in Warwick-Lane. > [Pt. [.] A | natural history | of | birds. | Most of which have not been figur’d or describ’d, and | others very little known from ob- scure or too brief | Descriptions without Figures, or from Figures very ill | design’d. | Containing | The Figures of Sixty Birds and Two Quadrupedes, engrav’d | on Fifty-two Copper Plates, after curious Original Drawings from | Life, and exactly Colour’d. | With full and accurate Descriptions. | By George Edwards. | Natura semper eadem, sed Artes sunt varie. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians in Warwick-Lane. | M.DCC.- XLII. . > [Pt. II.] A | natural history | of | birds, | Most of which have not been figured or described, and | others very little known, from obscure or too brief | Descriptions without Figures, or from Figures very ill | designed: | containing | The Figures of Sixty-One Birds and Two Quadrupedes, engrav’d | on Fifty-Three Copper Plates, afrer (sic) curious Original Drawings from | Life, and exactly Colour’d. With full and accurate Descriptions. | To which is added, | An appendix, by Way of Illustration. | Part II. | By George Edwards. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians in Warwick-Lane. | M.DCC.XLVII. > [Pt. III.] A | natural history | of birds, | The most of which have not hitherto been figured or | described, and the rest, by Reason of obscure, or too | brief Descriptions, without Figures, or of Figures very | ill design’d, are hitherto but little known. | This part exhibits | The Representations of Fifty-Nine Birds, engraven other Rare and Undescribed animals, FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. VI. 1] L R the great pied Mountain Finch or Srambin - 172k Edwards’ firsh eflay leyrar LA Ethung a Bat UNPUBLISHED DRAWING BY GEORGE EDWARDS, FROM THOMAS PENNANT’S COPY OF EDWARDS ‘‘A NATURAL HISTORY OF UNCOMMON BIRDS.’’ See pp. 192-104. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 193 on Fifty-Two | Copper Plates, and coloured in their natural and proper Colours, | after curious Original Paintings, design’d from the Life: With a | full and accurate Description of each Bird. | Part III. | By George Edwards, Library-Keeper to the | Royal College of Physicians. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians in Warwick-Lane. | M. DCC. L. > [Pt. IV.] A | natural history | of | birds. | The most of which have not hitherto been either figured or described, | and the Rest, by Reason of Obscure, or too brief Descriptions with- | out Figures, or of Figures very ill designed, are hitherto but little | known. | Containing | The Representations of thirty-nine Birds, engraven on thirty-seven Copper-Plates, | after curious Original Drawings from Life; together with a full and accurate | Description of each. | To which are added, by way of Appendix, | Sixteen Copper-Plates, representing the Figures of many curious and undescribed | Animals, such as Quadrupedes (both Land and Amphibious) | Serpents, Fishes and Insects: | The whole Containing | Fifty-three Copper- Plates, which is the full Number given in each of the foregoing Parts of | this Work. Every Bird, Beast, &c. is colour’d from the Original Painting, ac- | cording to Nature. | Part IV. and Last. | By George Edwards, | Library-Keeper to the Royal College of Physicians. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians, in Warwick-Lane. | M.DCC.LI. 2 vols. (4 pts.) crown folio (9x114). Pt. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and introd.), pp. I-XXIV, 1-52, frontisp. (col.), pll. 1-52 (col.), 1 pl. (extra). Pt. II, pp. I VIII, 53-128, pll. 53-105 (col.), 1 pl. (uncol.). Pt. III, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 106-157, pll. 106-157 (col.; 130 and 156 not numbered). Pt. IV, 4 pr. ll. (subtit., ded., pref. and list of subscrs.), pp. 158-248, pll. 158-210 (col.). London. A series of colored plates (190 of birds) accompanied by detailed descriptions and accounts of the animals and other objects depicted. Parts I and IJ compose Vol. I, and III and IV, Vol. II. The author seems to have intended each volume to be the last one, but extended the work to four parts and continued it under the title of “Gleanings of Natural History’’ (q.v.) to seven parts. The work was issued under the subtitles; the full title, with the introduction, was added at the completion of the fourth part. The four parts of the present title were translated into French and issued, mostly, subsequent to their respective originals (Cf. ‘‘Histoire Naturelle d’Oiseaux,” 1745-51.). Another English edition, differing from the present one in various ways, was published with the same dates on the title-pages but may have been of later issue (Cf. following title.). A larger (medium folio) edition (q.v.) appeared about 1805, after the author’s death. Edwards's work, with Catesby’s ‘Natural History of Caro- lina,’ was translated into German by Huth and published in 1768-76, and 194 FreELD Museum oF NaturAt History—Zoovtocy, Vor. XVI. this combined work was retranslated into Dutch by Houttuyn and published in 1772-81 as the ‘‘Verzameling van Uitlandsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen’”’ (q.v.). Edwards uses vernacular names in the general text, following these by Latinand English names in the catalogues placed at the close of Pts. II and IV; but these Latin names, even if binomial, are pre-Linnean and untenable. Linné later named many of the species in his ‘Systema Naturae’’ and further, in 1776, published a ‘Catalogue of the Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Insects, Plants, &c. con- tained in Edwards’s Natural History,” (q.v.), sometimes considered as part of Edwards’s volumes. See also, “Some Memoirs of the Life and Works of George Edwards,”’ 1776. The present copy is of unusual interest since it, together with the accompanying volumes of the ‘‘Gleanings,’’ belonged to Thomas Pennant and contains numer- ous personalia. The Latin name of each species of bird, according to Latham’s “Index Ornithologicus”’ (q.v.), is written at the bottom of the respective plate in Pennant’s handwriting and a manuscript index of these names (in the “Nat. Hist.’”’ and the ‘‘Gleanings’’) with references to Edwards and Latham, is en- closed in an envelope fastened in the front of Vol. I. At the end of Pt. II is placed the beginning of a manuscript list of North American birds figured by Edwards, also by Pennant. In addition, there is an uncolored plate of ‘“The great pied Mountain Finch or Bramlin. 1739” (the last two figures being engraved backwards), below which is written by Pennant, “Edwards’ first Essay towards Etching a Bird’’ (See frontispiece, Pt. II.). Other personalia are in the corresponding volumes of the “Gleanings” (q.v.). Edwards, George. 1743-51?. A | natural history | of | uncommon birds, | and of | Some a a Fishes, Reptiles, Insects, &c. Exhibited in Two Hundred and Ten Copper-Plates, | From De- signs copied immediately from Nature, and curiously coloured after Life. | With a full and accurate Description of each figure. | To which is added, | A brief and General Idea of Drawing and Painting in Water-Colours; with Instructions for | Etching on Copper with Aqua Fortis: Likewise some Thoughts on the Passage of Birds; | and Additions to many of the Subjects described in this Work. | In Four parts. | By George Edwards, | Library-Keeper to the Royal College of physicians. | [Vgnette.] | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians, in Warwick-Lane. > [Pt. II] A | natural history | of | birds, | Most of which have not been figur’d or describ’d, and | others very little known from obscure or too brief | Descriptions without Figures, or from Figures very ill | design’d. | Containing | The Figures of Sixty Birds and Two Quadrupedes, en- | grav’d on Fifty-two Copper Plates, after curious Original | Drawings from Life, and exactly colour’d. | With full and | accurate Descriptions. | By George Edwards. | Natura other Rare and Undescribed animals, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 195 semper eadem, sed Artes stint varie. | London: |: Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians, in Warwick-Lane. | M DCC XLII. > [Pt. IT.] A | natural history | of | birds, | Most of which have not been figured or described, and | others very little known, from obscure or too brief | Descriptions without Figures, or from Figures very ill designed: | containing | The Figures of Sixty-One Birds and Two Quadrupedes, engrav’d | on Fifty-Three Copper Plates afrer (sic) curious Drawings from | Life, and exactly Colour’d. With full and accurate Descriptions. | To which is added, | An Appendix, by Way of Illustration. | Part II. | By George Edwards. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians in Warwick- Lane. | M.DCC.XLVII. > [Pt. III.] A | natural history | of | birds, | The most of which have not hitherto been figured or | described, and the rest, by Reason of obscure, or too | brief Descriptions, without Figures, or of Figures -very | ill design’d, are hitherto but little known. | This part exhibits | The Representations of Fifty-Nine Birds, engraven on Fifty-Two | Copper Plates, and coloured in their natural and proper Colours, | after curious Original Paintings, design’d from the Life: With a | full and accurate Description of each Bird. | Part III. | By George Edwards, Library-Keeper to the | Royal College of Physicians. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians in Warwick-Lane. | M.DCC.L. > [Pt. IV.] A | natural history | of | birds. | The most of which have not hitherto been either figured or described, | and the Rest, by Reason of Obscure, or too brief Descriptions with- | out Figures, or of Figures very ill designed, are hitherto but little | known. | Containing | The Representations of thirty-nine Birds, engraven on thirty-seven Copper-Plates, | after curious Original Drawings from Life; together with a full and accurate | Description of each. | To which are added, by way of Appendix, | Sixteen Copper-Plates, representing the Figures of many curious and undescribed | Animals, such as Quadrupedes (both Land and Amphibious) | Serpents, Fishes and Insects: | The whole Containing | Fifty-three Copper-Plates, which is the full Number given in each of the fore- going Parts of | this Work. Every Bird, Beast, &c. is colour’d from the Original Painting, ac- | cording to Nature. | Part IV. and Last. | By George Edwards, | Library-Keeper to the Royal College of Physicians. | London: | Printed for the Author, at the College of Physicians, in Warwick-Lane. | M.DCC.LI. 196 FrELD Museum oF Natura. History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. 2 vols. (4 pts.) in 4, crown folio (9x11). Part I, 2 pr. ll. (full tit. and introd.), pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-52, (pll. 1-52; col.). Pt. II, pp. I-VIII, 53-128", (pll. 54-104+1; col.). Pt. III, 2 pr. Il. (subtit. and ded.), pp. 106-157, (pll. 106-157; col.). Pt. IV, 4 pr. ll. (subtit., ded., pref. and list of subscrs.), pp. 158-248, (pll. 158-210; col.). ) Lon- don. second edition of Edwards’s work of the same title (Cf. foregoing), with the same dates on the title-pages but with numerous alterations. The whole of Pt. I is reset (including the full title and introduction which, in the original edition, were published after, or with, Pt. IV); the dedication and preface are repaged and the list of subscribers is omitted; the resetting of the general text has altered the style of typography but not the pagination except that the last paragraphs on pp. 19 and 20 have been interchanged. In Pt. II the subtitle page appears to be unaltered, and the text the same, except in the appendix (pp. 107-214). The matter on pp. 121-124 and at the bottom of p. 120 (auto- biographical details) has been deleted, but to avoid changes in the pagination of pp. 125-128, the missing page-numbers have been crowded onto pp. 119 and 120, as indicated in the collation. Pts. III and IV appear to be unchanged. The original illustrations (if any were published with this edition) are missing, being replaced by water-colored copies made by an unknown artist. Pl. 105 is missing, but the portrait of a Samoyed, p. 118, is numbered 105 and is colored; it is uncolored and unnumbered in the original edition. Each part is bound separately, with the French edition (q.v.) of each part added at the close. The title-page, only, of ‘‘Some Memoirs of the Life and Works of George Edwards” (Cf. Robson, J., 1776) is included in Pt. I. There is no indication of the actual dates of publication of this edition. It is evidently subsequent to that which I have interpreted as the original edition, since an accounting is made for the eliminated pages. The French translation, which certainly dates after the original in Pts. I-III, retains the matter which is eliminated in the present edition, and this suggests that the present edition may have followed the French one. Edwards, George. (Durand, David.) 1745-51. Histoire naturelle | d’oiseaux peu communs: | et d’autres | Animaux rares & qui n’ont pas été Decrits, | Consistant Sere Poissons, Reptiles, Insectes, &c. Planches en Taille douce, | Avec une ample & exacte Description de chaque Figure. | A laquelle on a ajouté | Quelques Reflexions sur les Oiseaux de Passage; & un Supplément a plusieurs | des Sujets qui sont décrits dans cet Ouvrage. | En quatre parties. | Par George Edwards, | Bibliothécaire du Collége-Royal des Mede- cins. | [Vignette.] | A Londres: | Imprimé pour 1l’Autour au Collége- Royal des Médecins. MDCCLI. en Représentés sur Cent Dix 1Pp, I19, 120 and 121 and pp. 122, 123 and 124 occupy opposite sides of one leaf] 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 197 Nv > (Pts. I-II.] Histoire naturelle | de | divers oiseaux, | Quin’avoient point encore été figurez ni décrits, | ou qui n’étoient que peu connus d’aprés des | descriptions obscures ou abrégées sans figures, | ou d’aprés des figures mal dessinées: | contenant | Les figures de LX [LXI (Pt. II.)]. Oiseaux & de deux Quadrupedes, gravez | sur LII [LIII (Pt. II.)]. Planches sur les desseins Originaux,d’aprés le Naturel vivant, | & fidellement coloriez; avec des descriptions pleines & éxactes. [ | A quoi on a joint, | Par voye d’Appendice, quelques Eclaircissemens sur |’Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. | II. Partie.] | Par George Edwards. | Traduit de l’Anglois par M.D. de la S.R. | Natura semper eadem; sed Artes varie. [Line omitted (Pt. II.).] | A Londres, | Imprimé pour |’Auteur: au Collége des Medecins in [en (Pt. II.)] Warwick-Lane. | M DCC XLV [M DCC XLVIII (Pt. JJ.)}. > [Pts. III-IV.] Histoire naturelle | de | divers oiseaux. | Qui n’avoient point encore été figures ni décrits, ou qui n’étoient | que peu connus d’aprés des descriptions obscures ou abrégées | sans figures, ou d’aprés des figures mal dessinées. | Contenant | Les figures de LIX [XXXIX (Pi. IV.)] Oiseaux, gravées sur LII [XXXVII (Pt. IV.)] Planches sur les desseins | originaux; d’aprés le Naturel vivant, & fidellement coloriées; [avec des des- criptions pleines & exactes. (Pt. IV.)] | avec des descriptions pleines & exactes. [Line missing (Pt. IV.).] | [Design (Pt. III.); A quoi on a joint par voye d’Appendix, | Seize Planches qui représentant les figures de plusieurs Animaux rares & qui n’ont | pas encore été décrits, comme de Quadrupedes (Terrestres & Amphibies,) | de Serpens, de Poissons, & d’Insectes: | Le tout compris | Dans LIII Planches, ce qui fait un nombre égal a celui de chacune des Parties | précédentes. Chaque Animal est colorié sur le dessein original, qui a été fait | immédiatement d’aprés Nature. (Pt. IV.)] | III [IV]. Partie. | Par George Edwards, | Bibliothécaire du Collége Royal des Medecins. | A Londres: | Imprimé pour ]’Auteur: au Collége Royale des Médecins en | Warwick-Lane. M DCC LI. vols. (4 pts.) in 4, crown folio. Pt. I, 5 pr. ll. (full tit., introd., subtit., ded.), pp. I-XXI, I-LII+1. Pt. Il, 2 pr. ll. (subtit. and ded.), 1 p. (blank), pp. LIII-CV, 1-26. Pt. III, 2 pr. ll. (subtit. and ded.), 1 p. (half-tit.), pp. CVI-CLVII. Pt. IV, subtit., 1 p. (ded.), pp. CLVIII-CCX, 211-236. London. The French translation (by David Durand) of Edwards’s “‘A Natural History of Uncommon Birds,” 1743-51 (q.v.), with some alterations. The French descrip- 198 FreELD Museum oF NaTurRAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. tions are arranged in the same sequence as the English accounts, but the first description is on a right-hand page and the second one on the opposite side of the leaf, while the first English account is on a left-hand page with No. 2 on the following leaf. Thus when the two editions are combined and interleaved, the English and French descriptions of each plate are on opposite pages, between which the plate may be conveniently inserted. Some copies are bound in this manner but the set at hand has the French text of each part collected separately at the end of the volumes. The dates, as shown above, differ from those of the English edition. Further evidence that the translation was published sub- sequent to the original English edition is found on p. 105 of Pt. II, where it is stated that “there is a French Translation of this Work design’d.”” The French text is continued by the French portions of the author’s “Gleanings of Natural History,’’ 1758-64 (q.v.). The translator of the present work has added, at the bottom of p. XXVII, Pt. I, an original observation on the migration of birds. This was quoted by Edwards in Pt. II of the English edition, p. 116 and again on p. 10 of Part II of the present translation. The present copy is bound with what appears to be a second edition of the English text of 1743-51 (q.v.); there is no French text in the copy of the original issue of the same years, also collated above. Edwards, George. (Du Plessis, J.; Barker, Edmond.) 1758-64. Gleanings | of | natural history, | exhibiting figures of | quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. [quadrupeds, birds, fishes, insects, &c. (Pt. II.)] | Most of which have not, till now, been either Figured or Described. | With | descriptions of seventy [one hundred (Pt. IJ.); Eighty-five (Pt. IJI.)] different Subjects, | Designed, Engraved, and Coloured after Nature, | On fifty [fifty- two (Pt. III.)] copper-plate prints. [ | Part II.; Part III.] | By | George Edwards, | Fellow of the Royal Society, and of the So- ciety of | Antiquaries, London. | London: | Printed for the author, at the Royal College of Physicians, | in Warwick-Lane. | M DCC LVIII [M DCC LX; M DCC LXIV]. [Title also in French-, “Glanures d’histoire naturelle,’ or ‘‘Glanures de l'histoire na- turelle” (Pt. IITI.), etc.]. 3 parts in 3 vols., crown folio (9 x 114%). Pt. I, 4 pr. Il. (Engl. tit French tit., half-tit. and ded.), pp. 1-108, frontisp. (portr.), 50 pll. (col.; num. 211-260 in text; only 8 num. on pll.), 2 pll. (col.; extras), 1 text-fig. Pt. II, 6 pr. ll. (tits., ded. and list of subscrs.), pp. I-XXXV-+1, 109-220, 50 pll. (col.; num. 261-310 in text; only 9num. on pll.). Pt. III, 4 pr. ll. (tits., ded. and list of subscrs.), pp. I-VII+1, 221-347, 52 pll. (col.; num. 311-362 in text; only 8 num. on pll.). London. The continuation of the author’s “A Natural History of Uncommon Birds,” 1743-51 (q.v.), with separate pagination but with the plates, 128 of which are ornithological, numbered in sequence following those of the earlier work. 1926. CATALOGUB OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 199 Usually, as in the present case, both works are bound uniformly and considered as Pts. I-VII of one work. The present volumes are somewhat differently ar- ranged than those of the ‘‘Natural History.” Separate titles in English and French are given, and the text is in both languages, in parallel columns. The translation of Pts. I and II is by Du Plessis; that of Pt. III, by Barker. As with ‘‘A Natural History of Uncommon Birds,” a second edition was issued with the same dates on the title-pages, but with some differences in the text (Cf. following title.), and another edition in medium folio in 1805 (q.v.). It is likewise incorporated into the “Verzameling van Uitlandsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen,’’ 1772-81 (q.v.). Thepresent set, with that of the“Natural History,’’belonged to Thomas Pennant and contains various evidences of his ownership. The Latin names of the birds, following Latham, are written at the foot of the respective plates in Pennant’s handwriting, with an occasional critical note. The back cover of Pt. III con- tains a manuscript letter to Pennant signed by George Edwards, respecting a painting which Edwards was presenting to Pennant, and on the opposite page is a brief notation by Pennant regarding the disposition made of the gift. A loose sheet contains an uncolored print of the figures of the ‘Black Linnet” and “Olive-coloured Linnet’’ from Pl. 362, trimmed to the shape of the birds and mounted on the sheet on which are written the names of the species. The vol- ume is further augmented by the addition of uncolored copies of 11 plates from Albin’s ‘Supplement to the Natural History of Birds,” 1740 (q.v.), 1 from his “History of Esculent Fish,” 1794 and 1, ornithological, from an unknown source but resembling Albin’s plates and possibly an unpublished example of his work. Pt. I is enriched by the addition of two unpublished plates by Edwards representing two species of Quadrumana, one of which is further figured on Pl. 218. On p. IX of Pt. II, Edwards notes several plates which were not drawn by himself. Edwards, George. (Du Plessis, J.; Barker, Edmond.) 1758-64?. Gleanings | of | natural history, | exhibiting figures of | quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. [quadrupeds, birds, fishes, insects, &c. (Pt. II.)] | Most of which have not, till now, been either Figured or Described. | With | descriptions of seventy [one hundred (Pt. IJ.); Eighty-five (Pt. III.)] different Subjects, | Designed, Engraved, and Coloured after Nature, | On fifty [fifty- two (Pt. III.)] copper-plate prints. [ | Part II.; Part III.] | By | George Edwards, | Fellow of the Royal Society, and of the Society of Antiquaries, London. | London: | Printed for the author, at the Royal College of Physicians, | in Warwick-Lane. | M DCC LVIII [M DCC LX; M DCC LXIV]. [Title also in French,-‘‘Glanures d’histoire naturelle,”’ or ‘“Glanures de l’histoire naturelle’ (Pt. III.), etc.). 3 parts in 3 vols., crown folio (9 x 11). Pt. I, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., ded., Engl. tit. and_French tit.), pp. 1-108, (pll. 211-260; col.), 1 text-fig. 200 FieLD Museum or NATURAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Pt. II, 6 pr. ll. (tits. -ded. and list of subsers.), pp. I-XXXV-+1}, 1-220, (pll. 261-310; col.). Pt. III, 4 pr. ll. (tits. ded. and list of subscrs.), pp. I-VII+1, 221-347, (pll. 311-362; col.). London. A second edition of the work of the same title and date (q.v.) and continuing the second edition of the “Natural History of Uncommon Birds,” 1743-51(q.v.). The edition differs from the original in several particulars. The preface is shortened by the omission of certain matter (which is not strictly ornithological) on pp. II-VIII and XX-XXIV and the numbers of the missing pages are grouped together on four adjoining pages, as indicated in the footnote to the collation. The title-pages and general text appear to be unaltered but the original plates (if any in this edition) are missing, being replaced by copies in water-colors by unknown artists. At the end of Pt. III is bound a copy of Linné’s “Catalogue of the Birds,” etc., 1776 (q.v.). Edwards, George; and Catesby, Mark. (Houttuyn, Martinus; Huth, George Leonhard; Seligmann, Johann Mich.) 1772-81. Verzameling | van | uitlandsche en zeldzaame | vogelen, | benevens eenige vreemde | dieren en plantgewassen: | in ’t Engelsch naauwkeurig beschreeven en naar | ’t Leven met Kleuren afge- beeld, | door | G. Edwards en M. Catesby: | Verfolgens, ten opzigt van de Plaaten merkelyk | verbeterd, in ’t Hoogduitsch uitgegeven | door | J. M. Seligmann: | Thans in ’t Nederduitsch vertaald en met | aanhaalingen van andere Autheuren | verrykt, door | M. Houttuyn, Medic. Doctor. | Eerste [-Vyfde] band, | behelzende | Het eerste en tweede [derde en vierde (Vol. II.); vyfde en zesde (Vol. III.); zeevende en achste (Vol. IV.); negende (Vol. V.)] deel. | Te Amsterdam, | By Jan Christian Sepp, Boek- verkooper. | MDCCLXXII [MDCCLXXVI (Vols. II-IV.); MDCCLXXXI (Vol. V.)]. 5 vols. in 4, royal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. I-XVI, 1-84, pll. I-CII (col.; 100 of birds). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-108, 2 ll. (list of pll. in Vol. II), pll. I-CXIV (col.; 109 of birds; LIV wrongly num. IV). Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-118, pll. I-CV (col.; 89 of birds). Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll, pp. 1-56 (Pt. 7.), 1-56 (Pt. 8 and conts.), pll. I-C (col.; 77 of birds). Vol. V, tit., pp. 1-90, 11. (conts. of Vol. V), 3 ll. (index to Vols. I-V), pll. I-LII (col.; 50 of birds). Amsterdam. In 1749-76, there was published in Nuremberg a German translation, by G. L. Huth, of Edwards’s ‘‘A Natural History of Uncommon Birds” and “Gleanings of Natural History”’ (q.v.) and Catesby’s “Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands,’’ combined into one work under the title of “Samm- lung verschiedenen auslandischer und seltener Végel.’’ This was published in 1 pp. I-IV and V-VIII occupy opposite sides of a single leaf, as do pp. XIX-XXI and XXII-XXIV 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 201 nine parts. The plates of Edwards and Catesby were re-engraved by Seligmann and some of those by Edwards further embellished by the addition of figures of plants not in the originals. The present work is a translation of the German work, into Dutch, by Houttuyn with Seligmann’s plates. The text appears to follow Edwards and Catesby closely, with the addition of descriptions of the new botanical subjects; the plates are rather good copies of the originals (with the additions mentioned), differing from them somewhat in coloration. The nine parts of the German book are embraced by the five volumes, each of which was published with two parts of the translation except Vol. V which closed the work with Part 9. In Vols. I-III the pagination is continuous for each volume, through both parts contained therein; in Vol. IV each part (Pts. 7 and 8) is paged separately. In the present copy, Vols. IV and V are bound in one volume. Edwards, George. 1776. See Robson, J., Some Memoirs of the Life and Works of George Edwards. Edwards, George. 1805?. A | natural history | of | birds. | Most of which have not been figured or described, and others very | little known, from obscure or too brief descriptions without | figures, or from figures very ill designed. | Containing the figures of | Sixty Birds and Two Quadrupedes, | engraved on fifty-two copper-plates, | after curious original drawings from life, and exactly coloured. | With full and accurate Descriptions. | By George Edwards. | Natura semper eadem, sed artes sunt varie. | London: | Published by Will. Gardiner, No. 98, Pall-Mall, and Messrs. | Robinsons, Paternoster- Row. | M.DCCC.II. | T. Rickaby, Printer, Peterborough-court, Fleet-street. > [Idem, 7 lines.] | Containing the figures of | Sixty-one Birds and Two Quadrupedes, | engraved on fifty-three copper-plates, | after curious original drawings from life, and exactly coloured, | With full and accurate Descriptions. | To which is added, | an appendix, by way of illustration. | Part. II. | By George Edwards. | London: etc. ]. > A | natural history | of | birds. | the most of which have not hitherto been figured or described, and | the rest, by reason of obscure or too brief descriptions, | without figures, or of figures very ill designed, | are hitherto but little known. | This part exhibits the representations of | Fifty-Nine Birds, | engraven on fifty-two copper-plates, | and coloured in their natural and proper colours, | after curious original paintings, designed from the life: | 202 FiELD Museum oF NaTtTuRAL History—Zoo.Locy, Vor. XVI. With a full and accurate Description of each Bird. | Part III. | By George Edwards. | London: [etc.]. > A | natural history | of birds, | most of which have not hitherto been either figured or described, and | the rest, by reason of obscure, or too brief descriptions without | figures, or of figures very ill designed, are hitherto | but little known, | containing the representations of | Thirty-nine Birds, | engraved on thirty-seven copper-plates, | With full and accurate Descriptions. | To which are added, by way of appendix, | sixteen copper-plates, representing the figures of many curious and | undescribed animals, such as quadrupedes (both land and | amphibious), serpents, fishes, and insects: | the whole containing | fifty-three copper-plates, which is the full number given in each of the foregoing | parts of this work. | Part IV. | By George Edwards. | London: | Published by Will. Gardiner, No. 48, Pall-Mall, and Messrs. | Robinsons, Pater- noster-Row. | M.DCCC.III. | C. Rickaby, Printer, Peterborough- court, Fleet-street. 2 vols. (4 parts), medium folio. Part I, 1 pr. 1., pp. V-XXIII+1,1-52 pll. 1-52 (col.). Part II, pp. I-IV, 53-126, pll. 53-105 (col.). Part III, 2 pr. Il., pp. 106-157, pll. 106-157 (col.). Part IV, 1 pr. 1, pp. 158-210+1, 218-249, pll. 158-210 (col.). London. A posthumous edition of Edwards’s “A Natural History of Uncommon Birds,”’ 1743-51 (q.v.), with minor alterations in the text and with all the plates but Nos. 134 and 179 in reverse (backwards), lettering and numbering included. They appear as though they had been transferred from drawings or printed sheets and not printed from the copper plates. Pll. 134 and 179 are in natural position and show the impression of the edges of the copper-plates, which the remainder do not. All the plates are exceptionally finely colored and of softer finish than those of the original edition. The general title-page is omitted. Although 1802 and 1803 are given on the subtitles of each part, there are plates in each part which are watermarked 1803 and 1805, from which it would appear that the reissue (including that of the “Gleanings of Natural History” con- tinuing the present work) appeared entire, in 1805 or 1806. According to Mul- lens and Swann, a large-paper edition, 1802-1805, to which this apparently belongs, was issued in an edition of twenty-five copies only. The changes in the text are principally those of wording, certain antiquated terms being re- placed by more modern ones, but the typography is entirely different. Parts IT and II form the first volume; III and IV, the second. As in the original edition, the work was continued by ‘‘Gleanings of Natural History’’ (q.v.). Edwards, George. (Du Plessis, J.; Barker, Edmond.). 1805-06. Gleanings | of | natural history, | exhibiting figures of | quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. | most of which have not, till now, been either figured or described. | With | descriptions of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 203 seventy different subjects, designed, engraved, and | coloured after nature, | on | Fifty Copper-plate Prints. | Volume V. | By George Edwards. | London: | Published by Will. Gardiner, No. 98, Pall- Mall, and Messrs. | Robinsons, Paternoster-Row. | M.DCCC.YV. | C. Rickaby, Printer, Peterborough-court, | Fleet-street. > [Title also in French, ‘‘Glanures | d’histoire naturelle,’’ etc. ]. > Gleanings | of | natural history, | exhibiting figures of | quadru- peds, birds, fishes, insects, &c. | Most of which have not, till now, been either figured or described; | with | Descriptions of one hun- dred different Subjects, | designed, engraved, and coloured after Nature, | on fifty copper-plate prints. | Part II. | By | George Edwards, | Fellow of the Royal Society, and of the Society of Anti- quaries, London. | London: | Printed by George Sidney, North- umberland Street, Strand. | 1806. > [Title also in French]. > Gleanings | of | natural history, | containing figures of | quadru- peds, birds, insects, plants, &c. | Most of which have not, till now, been either figured or described: | with | Descriptions of eighty- five different Subjects, | designed, engraved, and coloured after Nature, | on fifty-two copper-plate prints. | Part III. | By | George Edwards, | Fellow of the Royal Society, and of the Society of Anti- quaries, London. | London: | Printed by George Sidney, North- umberland Street, Strand. | 1806. > [Title also in French]. 2 vols. (3 parts), medium folio. Part I, 2 pr. ll, pp. I-XXXV-+1, 1-138, pll. 211-276 (col.). Part II, 4 pr. ll., pp. 139-215-++1, pll. 277-310 (col.). Part III, 3 pr. U., pp. I-VII+1, 217-347, pll. 311- 362 (col.). London. The continuation of the posthumous edition of Edwards’s ‘‘Natural History of Birds” (q.v.) and similar to it in all respects. As in the original edition, 1758-64 (q.v.), French and English versions are given in parallel columns and a French title-page is supplied. Translations are by Du Plessis and Barker as in the original edition. Plates 232, 278, 298, 316, 317 and 337 are in natural position; the rermainder are reversed. Some plates in each part are watermarked 1803 and 1805 and the latter date, consequently, is the earliest one possible for any part. Part I comprises the first volume; Pts. II and III, the second. The work is uniform with the reissue of the “Natural History of Birds’ and probably came out with it, all parts together. Edwards, John. 1819. See Ross, John, A Voyage of Discovery. Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. (Hemprich, Friedrich Wilhelm. ) 1828-33. {Symbolae physicae | seu | icones et descriptiones | cor- porum | naturalium novorum aut minus cognitorum. quae ex itin 204 FreELD Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. eribus | per | Libyam Aegyptum Nubiam Dongolam | Syriam Arabiam et Habessiniam | publico institutis sumptu | Friderici Guilelmi Hemprich | et | Christiani Godofredi Ehrenberg | Medi- cinae et Chirurgiae Doctorum | studio | annis MDCCCXX- MDCCCXXV | redierunt. | Regis iussu et impensis | publico usui obtulit | superstes | Dr. C. G. Ehrenberg, | Eques Ordinis Aquilae Rubrae [etc., 2 lines] | Pars zoologica I. | Berolini ex offi- cina Academica. | Venditur a Mittlero. | MDCCCXXVIII}. > [Symbolae physicae | seu | iconeset descriptiones | avium | quae ex itinere | per | Africam borealem et Asiam | occidentalum | Frid- erici Guilelmi Hemprich | et | Christiani Godofredi Ehrenberg | Medicinae et Chirurgiae Doctorum | studio | novae aut illustratae redierunt. Percensuit | et | regis iussu et impensis | editit | Dr. C. G. Ehrenberg. | Decas prima. | Berolini ex officina Academica. | Venditur a Mittlero. | MDCCCXXVIII]. > Avium decas I. | Continuata explicatio. | Observatae collect- aeque 133 avium species africanae et asiaticae | denuo et scrupu- lose | collatis exuviis, percensentur, multae primum adumbrantur. 1 vol. superroyal folio, (tit. missing), subtit., 32 ll. (signs. a-i, k-u, x-z and aa-gg), pll. I-X (col.; by Miller). Berlin. The ornithological portion of Ehrenberg’s report on the collections made by him- self and Hemprich (who died in the field) on their expedition to northern Africa and western Asia in 1820-25. Numerous new species are described, all of which must be credited to Ehrenberg although most of them are initialed ‘‘H. et E.”’ in the text. The work is often quoted as “Hemprich & Ehrenberg, Symbolae Physicae,” etc. According to the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), signatures a and b (4 Il.) and all the plates were issued in 1828; the remaining signatures (1 leaf each) appeared in 1833. These later signatures are dated December 1832, January 1833 and February 1833. A review of the types of the new species of birds, described herein, is given by Dresser and Blanford in the Ibis, 1874, pp. 335-343. Certain plates were left unpublished by Ehrenberg, and these were later discussed and described by various specialists in a ‘“Symbolae physicae seu icones adhuc ineditae,”’ etc., published in 1899-1900. The ornithology of this supplement consists of a single plate (Pl. XI) of skeletal features of Ciconia abdimii, named but not otherwise discussed in the text in Vol. (I) Zoologica, 1899. Eliot, Willard Ayres. 1923. Birds of | the Pacific coast | including a brief account of the distribution | and habitat of one hundred and eighteen | birds that are more or less common to | the Pacific Coast states and British | Columbia, many of which are | found eastward to the Rocky | 1From copy in the John Crerar Library, Chicago. 2From wrapper of copy in the library of the Bavarian State Museum at Minich; transcribed by r. C. E. Hellmayr. No title-page in this copy. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 205 Mountains and beyond | By | Willard Ayres Eliot | with fifty-six color plates by | R. Bruce Horsfall | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | The Knickerbocker Press | New York and London | 1923. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-211, 56 pll. (col.; by R. Bruce Hors- fall). New York. A popular account of a number of birds of the western coast of the United States. The illustrations are badly reproduced, being carelessly printed and inaccurate as to color in many cases. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1864-65. A | monograph of the Tetraoninae, | or family of the grouse. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Fellow of the Zoological Society of London [etc., 4 lines.] | New York: | Published by the author, No. 27 West Thirty-third Street. | 1865. 1 vol. double-elephant folio (18% x 23), 26 1l., 27 pll. (col.; by D. G. Elliot, J. Wolf and Wm. S. Morgan). New York. Published in five parts; Pts. I-II, 1864; JII-V. 1865 (according to Coues). Subject matter is distributed as follows according to the index number in the list of plates. Pt. I—numbers 2, 7, 10, 13, 14, 23; II—3, 4, 9, 12, 15, 18; IlI—s, 8, 16, 17, 19; IV and V (published together)—1, 6, 11, 20, 21, 22, 1 (eggs) and 2 (eggs). Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1866-69. The | new and heretofore unfigured species of | the birds | of | North America. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Chevalier de l’Ordre Italien [etc., 5 lines.] | Vol. I [II]. | New York: | Published by the author. | 1869. 2 vols. double-elephant folio (18% x 23). Vol. I, 45 IL. 29 pll. (col.; by D. G. Elliot, J. Wolf and Edw. Sheppard), 18 text-figs. Vol. II, 46 ll., 43 pll. (col.; by D. G. Elliot, J. Wolf and Edwin Sheppard), 5 text-figs. New York. Published in fifteen parts; Pts. I and II, 1866; III-VIII, 1867; IX-XII, 1868; XIII-XV, 1869 (according to Coues and the Ibis). More explicit dates are suggested by the review of Pt. I in the Ibis for Oct. 1866; that of Pt. IV in Oct. 1867; that of IX in July 1868. The subject matter is arranged as follows, according to the index numbers. Numbers 1 to 40 are in Vol. I, and 41 to 114 in Vol. II. Pt. I—numbers 8, 26, 48, 95, 108; II—36, 49, 52, 58, 62; III— 17, 22, 61, 97, 104; IV—z2s5, 27, 78, 84, 107; V—7, 30, 53, 63, 81; VI—z24, 37, 47, 106, 109; VII—28, 50, 56, 66, 69, 70; VIII—10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 46, 88, 89, 111; IX—5, 29, 35, 60, 93, 94; X—3, 16, 20, 51, 85, 86; XI—o, 18, 32, 43, 75, 76; XII—21, 31, 40, 41, 71, 72; XIII—33, 38, 39, 42, 80; XIV and XV— (issued together)—59, 65, 67, 68, 77, 99, 101, introductory matter and title- pages. The introduction treats of thirty-two species not given in the general text. These are listed in the indices of both volumes in their proper relations to the other forms, with references to the introduction. Some of them are 206 FreLp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI: figured in the text-cuts,—their index numbers are 1, 4, 6, II, 19, 23, 34, 44, 45, 54, 55, 57, 64, 73, 74, 79, 82, 83, 87, 90, 91, 92, 96, 98, 100, 102, 103, 105, IIO, 112, 113 and 114. The genus Exanthemops is new. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1867. A | monograph | of | the Pittidae, | or, | Family of Ant Thrushes. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Fellow of the Zoological Society of London [etc., 2 lines.]. | New York: | D. Appleton & Company, 443 & 445 Broadway. | 1867. 1 vol. imperial folio, pp. 1-102, 31 pll. (I-XXXI in index; col.; by the author and P. Oudart). New York. A reprint of the author's original work of the same title which was published in 6 parts in the years 1861-63. The plates are hand-colored lithographs from drawings mostly by Elliot. Whether they are from the original stock or are reprinted, Iam uncertain. The original edition appeared with title-page dated 1863. Apparently there are no important changes (if any) in the text, although the pagination is continuous throughout the volume instead of separate for each species as in the original printing. Except for the alteration in the date, the title-page is unchanged. A later edition, revised and much enlarged, was issued in 1893-95 (q.v.). Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1870-72. A | monograph | of the | Phasianide | or | family of the pheasants. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Knight of the Royal Portuguese Order [etc., 7 lines.] | Volume I [II]. | 1872: | Published by the author, 27 west thirty-third street, | New York. 2 vols. double-elephant folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-XXX, 44 I1., 33 pll. (31 col.; by J. Wolf and J. Smit). Vol. II, 57 ll., 48 pli. (col.; by J. Wolf and J. Smit). New York. Issued in six parts irrespective of sequence of pages; Pt. I, June 1870 (rev. Ibis, Oct. 1870); II—V, 1871 (rev. Ibis, Oct. 1872); VI, Oct. 1872 (dat. March, but issued in Oct.; rev. Ibis, Jan. 1873). The subject matter of each part is dis- tributed as follows, according to the number of the volume and the index- number as given in the list of plates. Part I —(Vol. I.), numbers 4, 8, 12, 15, 20,27, 28, (Vol. LL.), 12) 14,18, 21,.24, 32, 41, 44; Part, E—(Vol-1)) 15,6, 10; IH, 25,30, (Vol. 1I.), 1, 05, 25; 26, 31,34; 37, 30, 475 bart D—(Vol 107, aa 22, 23, 33, (Voli II.)y 3; 8, 9, 15, 23, 27, 28, 36, 38, 40; Part IV—(Vol. I.), 9, 17, 21, 26, 31, (Vol. II.), 2, 4, 6, 10, 29, 30, 35, 42, 43; Part V—(Vol. I.), 3, 13, 14, 16, 18, 24, 29, 32, (Vol. IL.), 5, 7, 16, 19, 22, 33, 45, 46; Part VI—(Vol. I.), 1, 2, 30 bis, (Vol. II.), 13, 13 bis, 17, and introductory text which is placed in Vol. I. Considered by many to be the finest of Elliot’s monographs. The hand- colored plates are excellent. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 207 Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1873. A | monograph of the Paradiseide | or | birds of paradise. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Commander of the Royal Order [etc., rz lines.| | 1873: | Printed for the subscribers, by the author. 1 vol. double-elephant folio (1814 x 23), pp. I-X XXII, 45 ll., 37 pll. (36 col.; by J. Wolf and J. Smit). London. Issued in seven parts. The work contains full descriptions, synonymies and dis- cussions of the species, with fine hand-colored plates. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1877-82. A | monograph | of the | Bucerotide, | or | family of the hornbills. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Commander of the Royal Orders of [etc., ro lines.] | Author of [etc., 4 lines.] | Published for the subscribers by the author. | 1882. 1 vol. demy folio, pp. I-X XXII, 75 ll., 60 pll. (57 col. by J. G. Keule- mans; 3 plain by J. Smit), 7 text-figs. London. A comprehensive treatment of the entire family of hornbills. The work was issued in ten parts with the subject matter distributed as follows, according to the number of the species (not plate) as given in the list of plates in the volume. Pt. I—species No. 10, 18, 24, 29, 40, 54; II—1, 7, 13, 16, 35, 39, 52; I1I—a, We Ady eae oy Il, 2t, Aly om, 50% V-—20) 39,/97, 45, 46, 50, 51; VI-—3, 14, 23, 36, 46, 573 VIL—8, 12, 19, 31, 42, 49; VIII—3, 17, 27, 38, 43, 60; TX— 5, 22, 33, 58, 59; X—9, 25, 28, 30, 44 (plate XLIV not issued). The introduc- tory matter appears to have been issued in Part X; possibly the two plates (and accompanying text) of generic characters were also issued in that part. The dates of publication are slightly confused. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History) cites 1876-82, but Pt. lis reviewed as of 1877 in the Ibis for July of that year and is cited in the Zoological Record for 1877. The Catalogue of a Collection of Books on Ornithology in the Library of Frederic Gallatin, Jr. cites two formats (both designated as ‘‘Original Edition”), an imperial folio dated 1876-82 and an imperial 4to dated 1877-82, both with original wrappers. Pts. II-1V are cited in the Zool. Rec. for 1877 and given as of that date in the Ibis for Oct. 1878. Pt. V is cited by the Zool. Rec. for 1878 but is given as of 1877 in the Ibis for Oct. 1878. Pt. VI is cited by the Zool. Rec. for 1879 but dated 1878 in the Ibis for Jan. 1880. Pts. VII and VIII are given as of 1880 by the Zool. Rec. and the Ibis for Jan. 1881. Pt. IX is given as of 1881 and X as of 1882 in the Zool. Rec. of 1882 and the Ibis of Jan. 1883. Both the Zool. Rec. and the Ibis quote a ‘‘small folio” but they may refer to different formats. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1878-79. Smithsonian contributions to knowledge. | 317 | A | classification | and | synopsis of the Trochilidz. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, F.R.S.E., Etc. | (Accepted for publication, January, 1878. ]. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-277, text-figs. 1-127. Washington. 208 FieLp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. A thorough monograph of this interesting family of birds, with keys to the genera and species. The various signatures are dated April, 1878 to March 1879, but the entire work was published in April 1879, according to a statement on p. XIV of the table of contents of Vol. XXIII of the Smithsonian ‘‘Contributions,”’ of which the present paper forms Article V. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1893-95. A | monograph of the Pittida, | or. family of ant-thrushes. | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, | Commander of the Royal Orders [etc., 12 lines.| | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly, W. | 1893-1895. 1 vol. elephant folio, pp. I-XXXIII+1, 55 ll., 51 pll. (col.; by D. G. Elliot, W. Hart, P. Oudart and Maubert). London. Published in five parts: Pt. I, April 1893 (rev. Auk., Jan. 1894); II, Jan. 1894 (dat. Dec. 1893 but apparently not issued until Jan. 1894; rev. Ibis, April 1894); III, 1894 (dat. Febr.; rev. Auk., July, 1894); IV, 1894 (dat. Sept.; rev. Auk, Jan. 1895); V, 1895 (dat. Jan. 1895; rev. Auk, Jan. 1896; rev. Ibis, July 1895). The subject matter is distributed as follows, according to the index number of the species. Part I—numbers 2, 7, 12, 17, 18, 22, 36, 40, 45, 473 Ii, 4, 9, 13, 19, 25, 35, 41, 46; ms, 10, 23, 29, 31, 32, 34, 43; v3; 14, 20, 21,24, 28, 38, 30, 42, 44; V—6, 8, 11, 15; 16) 255, 26, 27, 30, 335.476 An enlarged and revised edition of the author’s earlier work of the same title (Cf. ed. 1867.). A few of the plates of this work are taken from the earlier one but most of them are new, while the text is entirely rewritten. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1895. North American Shore Birds | A history of the | snipes, sand- pipers, plovers and their allies | inhabiting the beaches and marshes of the | Atlantic and Pacific coasts, the prairies, | and the shores of the inland lakes and | rivers of the North American continent; | their popular and scientific names, together with a full | description of their mode of life, nesting, migration and | dispersions, with descriptions of the summer and | winter plumages of adults and young, so that | each species may be readily identified. | A Refer- ence Book for the Naturalist, Sportsman and Lover of Birds | by | Daniel Giraud Elliot, F.R.S.E., Etc. | Ex-president American Orni- thologists’ Union | Curator of Zodlogy in the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago; Author of ‘‘Birds of | North America,” Illus- trated Monographs of Ant Thrushes, Grouse, | Pheasants, Birds of Paradise, Hornbills, Cats, Etc. | With seventy-four plates | New York | Francis P. Harper | 1895. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-XVI, 17-268, 72 pll. (by Edwin Sheppard), 2 text-figs. New York. A popular and scientific account of the habits and distribution of the shore birds of North America, illustrated in black-and-white, with an appendix containing V 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 209 analytical keys for the determination of the various families, genera and species. The present copy is number 12 of a large paper edition of which only 100 copies were issued, autographed by the author. It is also a presentation copy to Mr. Edward E. Ayer from Mr. Elliott. Reviewed in detail by Coues in the Auk, 13, pp. 64-67, 1896, where it is given a publication-date of Sept. 26. A second edition appeared in 1897. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1897. The | gallinaceous | game birds | of | North America | in- cluding the partridges, grouse, ptarmigan, and wild turkeys; with accounts of their dis- | persion, habits, nesting, etc., and full descrip- | tions of the plumage of both adult and young, to- | gether with their popular and scientific names | A book written both for those who love to seek these birds afield with | dog and gun, as well as those who may only desire to learn the | ways of such attractive creatures in their haunts | by | Daniel Giraud Elliot, F.R.S.E., etc. | Ex-President of the American Ornithologists’ Union | Author of [etc., 4 lines.]. | With forty-six plates | Second edition | New York | Francis P. Harper | 1897. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 19-220, 1 1., 1 1. (advt.), pll. 1-46 (by Edwin Sheppard), color charts on inside back cover. New York. A companion volume to the author’s “‘North American Shore Birds,’ 1895 (q.v.), with which it agrees in manner of treatment. Reviewed by Coues in the Auk, 15, Pp. 63-65, 1898. This second edition appeared in November, a month after the first edition was published. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1898. The | wild fowl | of the | United States | and | British possessions | or the | swan, geese, ducks, and mergansers | of | North America | with accounts of their habits, nesting, migra- | tions, and dispersions, together with descrip- | tions of the adults and young, and keys | for the ready identification of the species | A book for the Sportsman, and for those desirous of knowing how to | distinguish these web-footed birds and to learn | their ways in their native wilds | By | Daniel Giraud Elliot, F.R.S.E., etc. | Ex- President of the American Ornithologists’ Union | Author of the New and Heretofore Unfigured Birds [etc., 7 lines.] | With sixty- three plates | New York | Francis P. Harper | 1898. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XXII, 19-316, frontisp., pll. 1-63 (by Edwin Sheppard, D. G. Elliot, and J. Wolf). New York. A companion volume to ‘‘North American Shore Birds” and “The Gallinaceous Game Birds of North America,” 1895 and 1897, by the same author. A popular account of the species and their habits, with keys for their determination. A presentation copy from the author to Dr. S. E. Meek. 210 Fretp Museum or NATuRAL History—Zoo.toey, Vor. XVI. Elliot, Daniel Giraud. 1903. See Coues, Elliott, Key to North American Birds, Fifth Edition. Erebus and Terror, The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S.—. 1844-75. See Richardson, John; and Gray. Eschscholz, Friedrich. (Rathke, Martin Heinrich.) 1829-33. Zoologischer Atlas, | enthaltend | Abbildungen und Be- schreibungen neuer Thierarten, | wahrend des | Flottcapitains von Kotzebue | zweiter Reise um die Welt, | auf der Russisch-Kaiser- lichen Kriegsschlupp Predpriaetié in den Jahren 1823-1825 | beo- bachtet | von | Dr. Friedr. Eschscholz, | Professor und Director des zoologischen Museums an der Universitat zu Dorpat [etc., 2 lines; weiland Professor [etc., 2 lines., Pt. V.)]. | Erstes Heft. [-Viertes Heft.; Fanftes Heft, | herausgegeben | von | D. Martin Heinrich Rathke, | Hofrath und Professor zu Dorpat. | Mit dem Bildnisse des Dr. Eschscholz.] | Berlin, 1829 [1829; 1829; 1831; 1833]. | Gedruckt und verlegt | bei G. Reimer. 1 vol. (5 pts.) crown folio. Pt. I, pp. I-IV, 1-17, pll. I-V (col.; 1 of birds). Pt. [7)tit., pp.:1-13, pll. VI-X (col). Pt. TE, tity ppesce, pll. XI-XV (col.; 1 of birds). Pt. IV, tit., pp. 1-19, pll. XVI-XX (col.; 1 of birds). Pt. V, pp. I-VIII, 1-28, pll. XXI-XXYV (col.), 1 pl. (frontisp. to vol.; portr.). Berlin. A series of descriptions of zoological material collected on Kotzebue’s second voyage around the world, 1823-26, with colored plates by the author and E. Bommer. Three plates relate to birds,—pll. II, XII and XVII. Of the species and genera described, Thinocorus rumicivorus retains validity in both names; the others are synonyms. Pt. V was edited and issued by Rathke after the death of Eschscholz. The preface to Pt. I is dated May 1829. The present copy is from the library of F. D. Godman. Eudes-Deslongchamps, Eugene. 1880? Catalogue descriptif | des | Trochilidés | ou | oiseaux- mouches aujourd’hui connus | Revue d’aprés les exemplaires du Musée de Caen | par | M. Eug. Eudes-Deslongchamps | Professeur de Zoologie a la faculté des sciences de Caen | Ier fascicule avec planches | Prix: 15 francs | Caen.-F. Le Blanc-Hardel, imprimeur | Rue Froid, 2 et 4 | (Savy, Libraire-éditeur, 77, Boulevard St-Germain Deyrolles, Naturaliste, 23, Rue de la Monnaie 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-489, pll. II-VI (by the author). Caen. Paris 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 211 The first part (all published) of a proposed monograph of the humming-birds, with special reference to the collections of the Museum of Caen. The original publication appeared in the Annuaire Mus. Hist. Nat. Caen, 1 pp. 59-534, pill. II-VI, 1880. What changes, aside from those of pagination, exist in the present reprint, I do not know. The copy at hand was autographed by the author in presentation to Professor Owen. The genus Melanotrochilus is proposed as new. Evans, Arthur Humble. 1890-99. See Wilson, Scott B.; and Evans, A. H., Aves Hawaiienses. Evans, Arthur Humble. 1903. See Turner, W., Turner on Birds. Evans, Arthur Humble. 1909. > The | Cambridge natural history | edited by | S. F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.R.S. [etc., 2 lines.] | and | A. E. Shipley, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge [etc., 2 lines.] | Volume IX > Birds | By A. H. Evans, M.A., Clare College, Cambridge | Macmillan and Co., Limited | St. Martin’s Street, London | 1909. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-635, 2 ll. (advt.), 1 map (fold., col.), text-figs. 1-144. London. A general review of the birds of the world, comprising “‘ a short description of the majority of the forms in many of the Families, and of the most typical or important of the innumerable species included in the large Passerine Order. Prefixed to each group is a brief summary of the Structure and Habits; a few further particulars of the same nature being subsequently added where neces- sary, with a statement of the main Fossil forms as yet recorded.” An enor- mous amount of information is compressed into a small space in this excellent volume. The first impression was in 1899. Evans, Arthur Humble. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Evans, Arthur Humble. 1916. The Birds of Britain | their distribution | and habits | by | A. H. Evans, M.A., F.Z.S., M.B.0O.U. | Cambridge: | at the University Press | 1916. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-275, 94 text-figs. Cambridge. A popular introduction to the orders, suborders and families of British birds, with accounts of the habits and characteristics of the commoner species. A list of occasional visitors is added at the close of the volume. The book is primarily intended for schools and is accurate and instructive. The illustra- tions are almost all from photographs, mostly from life, and show birdsand nests. Evans, William Edward. 1888. The | songs of the birds; | or, | analogies of animal and | spiritual life. | By the late | Rev. W. E. Evans, M.A. | formerly 212 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.toecy, Vou. XVI. Canon of Hereford, and author of | ‘‘Family Prayers.” | [Quot., 5 lines.] | New edition with numerous illustrations | Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, Ltd. | St. Dunstan’s House, Fetter Lane, Fleet Street. | 1888. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-282, 47 text-figs. London. A juvenile work in which the habits of a number of British (chiefly of Hereford- shire) birds are described, with moral reflections and conclusions drawn there- from. ‘The first and second editions were published in 1845 and 185r. Everitt, Nicholas. 1903. See Dutt, W. A., The Norfolk Broads. Eversmann, Eduard. (Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich.) 1823. Reise | von | Orenburg nach Buchara | von | Eduard Evers- mann | Dr. der Medezin and Philos. Mitgliede der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Moskau, | nebst einem | Wortverzeichniss aus der Afgahnischen Sprache | begleitet | von einem naturhistorischen Anhange und einer Vorrede | von | H. Lichtenstein Dr. | Mitgliede der K6énigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften [etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit zwei Kupfern und dem Plane von Buchara. | Berlin, 1823. | Im Verlage von E. H. G. Christiani. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-35, 2 pll., 1 map.. Berlin. Eversmann’s narrative of his journey from Orenburg to Bokhara, with occasional notes on the animal life of the region traversed. An appendix contains a de- tailed report by Lichtenstein on the zoological collections of the expedition, in which the birds are treated on pp. 125-139. Various new species are des- cribed. The plates are not ornithological. Further notes on some of the species were given by Eversmann in his ‘‘Addenda ad Celeberrimi Pallasii Zoographiam Rosso-Asiaticam,’’ 1835-1842 (Cf. reprint, 1876.). Eversmann, Edward. (Dresser, Henry E.) 1876. Reprint | of | Eversmann’s Addenda | ad | Celeberrimi Pallasii | Zoographiam Rosso-Asiaticam. | Edited by | H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., &c. | London: | published by the editor, | 6 Ten- terden Street, Hanover Square, W. | 1876. { Addenda | ad celeberrimi Pallasii zoographiam [ad | celeberrimi Pallasii [Fasc. II.); ad | celeberrimi Pallasii [Fasc. III.)] | Rosso- Asiaticam [soographiam Rosso-Asiaticam (Fasc. II.); zoographiam Rosso-Asiaticam (Fasc. IIJ.)]. | Aves [Fasciculus II; Fasciculus III]. | Auctore [Auctore | (Fasc. II and III.)] Dre. Eduardo Eversmann. | [Design.] | Kasani [Casani (Fasc. II and III.)]. | In officina Universitatis Typographica [Ex Universitatis officina typographica (Fasc. II and III.)]. | 1835 [1841; 1842]. } 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. I-II, ‘‘1-32, 1-16, 1-19.’’ London. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 213 Facsimile reprints of the three facsiculi of Eversmann’s ‘‘ Addenda,” published originally at Kasani in 1835, 1841 and 1842. The originals are extremely rare owing to a fire in the publishing house which destroyed the stock on hand. The preface of the reprint is dated Sept. 11, 1875. The papers contain descriptions and accounts of birds and other animals of Orenburg Province and adjacent portions of former Asiatic Russia. The material was obtained from various sources including the author’s own collection made on the journey which he describes in his ‘‘Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara,”’ 1823 (q.v.). Some of the species are new. The only relation which the work bears to Pallas’s “‘Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica,’’ 1811-14, is that it treats of the same region and supplies discussions which supplement those in the earlier work. Eydoux, Fortuné. 1839. See Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Théodore, Voyage autour du Monde, executé sur “La Favorite,” . . . Zoologie. Eydoux, Fortuné. 1841. See Vaillant, Voyage autour du Monde, sur La Bonite, 1841-52. Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1836. A history | of the | rarer British birds. | By T. C. Eyton, esq. | [Vignette.] | Illustrated with Woodcuts. | London: | Long- man, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman; | and Houlston and Son, Paternoster-Row. | MDCCCXXXVI. > A | catalogue | of | British Birds, | By T. C. Eyton, esq. | London: | [Imprint and date as on general title page. | I vol. cap 4to, pp. I-VI, 11. (corrigenda), pp. 1-101-++1, 80 woodcuts; pp. I-VI, 11. (erratum), pp. 1-67. London. The first part of this work was intended by the author as a supplement to Bewick and Beilby’s “History of British Birds’ 1797-1804 (q.v.). The second part, separately paged, titled and prefaced (also, according to Coues, separately issued), is listed in the table of contents of the first part; hence both parts evi- dently are to be considered under the single title as given above. Asin Bewick, many of the vignettes are not of ornithological interest. Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1841. See Darwin, Charles, The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Beagle, 1838-43. Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1867. Osteologia avium; | or, | asketch of the osteology | of birds. | By | T. C. Eyton, Esq., F.G.S., F.L.S., | And Corresponding Member of Institute of Philadelphia. [ | Plates.] | To be had of Mr. Prince, at Mr. J. Gould’s, Charlotte Street, | Bedford Square, London. | Published by R. Hobson, Wellington, Salop. | 1867. 214 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo tocy, Vor. XVI. 2 vols. foliopost 4to. (Text), pp. I-VI (tit., pref. and bibliogr.), I-X (introd.), 1-229-+1, I-VII (index). Plates, tit., pp. I-IV (list of pll.), pll. (Introduction) 1-4; (Skeletons) 1a-4a, 14 bis, 2a bis, IB-8B, IC, ID, IE-5E, IF-3F, (4F not publ.), 5F-13F, IG, IH-4H, II, IJ, IK-15K, IL-12L; (Details) 1-17, 17 (bis), 18, 19.1 (+19), 20-28, 28 (bis), 29-35, 35 (ter), 35 bis, 36-40, ?(=41; erased and rewritten by hand). Wellington. This work contains descriptions of the complete osteology of many species of birds and of the distinctive features in the skeletons of others. The plates are careful drawings of skeletons entire and in detail, by Erxleben. A supplement (q.v.) was published in 1869. Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1869. Supplement to | osteologia avium; | or, a sketch. of re osteology | of birds. | By | T. C. Eyton, Esq., F.G.S., F.Z.S, | And Corresponding Member of Institute of Philadelphia. | To be had of Mr. Prince, at Mr. J. Gould’s, Charlotte Street, | Bedford Square, London. | Published by R. Hobson, Wellington, Salop. | 1869. vol. foliopost 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and index), 18 pll. (by G. Scharf). Wellington. A series of plates illustrating the osteology of ducks, geese and swans (with the sterna of an Alca, Phalacrocorax and Podiceps) not included in the original “Osteologia Avium,” 1867 (q.v.). Five of the plates are new; the remainder are from the author’s ‘‘A Monograph of the Anatidae.”’ Lal Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1869. A | synopsis | on | the Anatidz, | or | duck tribe. | By | T. C. Eyton, esq., F.G.S., F.Z.S., | And Corresponding Member of the Natural History Society of | Philadelphia. | Wellington, Salop: | printed by R. Hobson, Market Square. | MDCCCLXIX. 1 vol. cap 4to, 3 pr. lL, pp. 1-141. Wellington. A second edition of the “Monograph of the Anatidae or Duck Tribe” of 1838, without the plates. It contains condensed descriptions (in Latin and English) of the species, genera, and higher groups of the ducks of the world. Faber, Friedrich. 1825-26. Ueber | das Leben | der | hochnordischen Végel. | Von | Friedrich Faber, | Konigl. Danischem Regimensquartermeister und Auditeur [etc., 4 lines.]. | [Monogram.] | Mit vier Tabellen. | Leipzig: | Ernst Fleischer. | 1826. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-321-+1, 1 1. (advt.), tables (I)-IV (fold.), 1 insert (fold; num. 321 B). Leipzig. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 215 A study of the life of birds, with references to boreal species. The book was issued in two parts and contains two subtitle-pages, the first, dated 1825, at the be- ginning of the work, and the second, dated 1826, occupying pp. 159-160. The present copy is from the F. D. Godman library. Fabricius, Otho. 1780. Favna | Groenlandica, | systematice sistens | animalia Groen- landiae occiden- | talis hactenvs indagata, qvoad nomen | speci- ficvm, triviale, vernacvlvmqve; synonyma avcto- | rvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locvm, victvm, genera- | tionem, mores, vsvm, captvramqve singvli, provt | detegendi occasio fvit, maximaqve parte secvn- | dvm proprias observationes | Othonis Fabricii | ministri evangelii, qvondam Groen- | landis ad Coloniam Fri- derichshaab, posthaac Norvagis | Drangedaliae, nvnc vero Danis Hopvnti ivtiae, mem- | bri societatis scientarvm qvae est Hafniae. | [Vignette.] | Hafniae et Lipsiae, | Impensis Ioannis Gottlob Rothe, avlae atqve vnivers. reg. bibliopolae. | MDCCLXXX. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-452, 1 pl. (fold.). Copenhagen and Leipzig. Descriptions of the animals of Greenland. The birds are discussed on pp. 53- 124, including Nos. 33, 34, 34b and 35-85 and forming Pt. II of the text. Fantham, H. B. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Farley, J. A. 1903. See Coues, Elliott, Key to North American Birds, Fifth Edition. Farren, William. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Farren, William. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Farwell, Ellen Drummond. 1919. Bird Observations | Near | Chicago | by | Ellen Drummond Farwell | Introduction by | Mary Drummond | With Illustrations | Privately Printed. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-192, 10 pll. Chicago. Jottings and notes on birds made by the author for her own information and amusement. 216 FreLtp Museum or Natural History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. Fatio, Victor. 1869-1904. Faune | des | vertébrés | de | la Suisse | par | Victor Fatio, Dr. Phil. | Volume I [-V] | Histoire naturelle | des | mam- miféres [oiseaux | Ire partie | rapaces, grimpeurs, percheurs, bailleurs | et passereaux (Vol. II, Pt. I.); oiseaux | II me partie | gyrateurs, sarcleurs, échassiers, hérodions, | lamellirostres, toti- palmes, longipennes et uropodes (Vol. II, Pt. II.); reptiles et des batraciens (Vol. III.); poissons | 1re partie | I. Anarthroptéry- giens | II. Physostomes | cyprinidés (Vol. IV.); poissons | IIme partie | Physostomes (suite et fin) | anacanthiens, chondrostéens | cyclostomes (Vol. V.)] | Avec 8 planches dont 5 coloriées [Avec 3 planches hors texte, dont 2 en couleurs, 1 carte géographique coloriée, | 135 figures dans le texte, dont 127 originales, et 26 tableaux. (Vol. IJ, Pt. I.); Avec 1 planche en couleurs, hors texte, | 120 figures originales, dans le texte, 23 tableaux et une 2e appendice | a la premiére partie. (Vol. II, Pt. II.); Avec 5 planches dont 3 coloriées (Vol. III.); Avec 5 planches, dont 2 en couleur, comprenant 178 figures originales. (Vol. IV.); Avec 4 planches, dont 1 en couleur, comprenant 84 figures originales. (Vol. V.)]| Genéve et Bale | H. Georg, libraire-éditeur [Georg & Co, libraires-éditeurs (Vol. II, Pts. I and II.); H. Georg, libraire- éditeur | Paris, J. B. Bailliére et fils (Vol. III.)] | 1869 [1899: 1904; 1872; 1882; 1890] [ | Tous droits réservés. (Vols. II-IV.)]. 5 vols. in 6, 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-410, 1 1. (errata), pll. I-VIII (5 col.). Vol. II, Pt. I, 2 pr. lL, pp. VII-X, 1 1. (expl. of map), pp. 1-840, 1 insert-slip (dir. to binder), pl. I, 1 map. (col.), text-figs. 1-135. Vol. II, Pt. II, 2 pr. l., pp. I-II, 841-1743, I-XXXVI (introd. to Vol. II), 1 insert-slip (dir. to binder), 3 print. guard-sheets, pll. II-IV (col.; by Hainard), text-figs. 1-120. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-XII, 1-603, pll. I-V (3 col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-XIV, 1-786, 1 1., pp. I-VI, pll. I-V (2 col.). Vol. V, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-LXXX, 1-576, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-13+1, 1-13, pll. I-IV (1 col.). Geneva and Basel. Detailed monographs on the vertebrate fauna of Switzerland. The ornithology comprises Vol. II, Pts. I and II which appeared out of order at the end of the series. This portion of the work consists of a very thorough manual of the birds of Switzerland. Fatio, Victor. 1889-1901. See Studer, Theophil; and Fatio, Katalog der Schwei- zerischen Vogel. 1889-date. Favorite, La, Voyage autour du monde. . . sur la corvette—. 1839. See Laplace, M. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 217 Fehringer, Otto. 1922. Die Singvdgel | mitteleuropas | von | Professor Dr. Otto Fehringer | Heidelberg. | Mit 96 farbigen Tafeln nach Aquarellen von Kunstmaler | Walter Heubach und 17 Textabbildungen | [Blazon.] | Heidelberg | Carl Winters Universitatsbuchhandlung. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-107, pll. 1-96 (col.; by Heubach; on 48 ll)., text-figs. 1-17. Heidelberg. A popular work on the song-birds of central Europe. Following a general dis- cussion of especial interest to cage-bird fanciers, a list is given of the various species in question and of related forms. The general text describes the appear- ance, habits and song of representative species of each arbitrary group, with a colored plate opposite to the text of each. Two copies are at hand, one bound in cloth, the other in boards, half cloth. Filippi, Filippo de. 1865. Note | di un viaggio | in | Persia | nel 1862 | di | F. de Filippi | Professore di Zoologia [etc., 4 lines.]. | Volume unico | Milano | G. Daelli & C. editori | 1865. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 2 ll. (index and subtit.), pp. 1-396, 11. (errata), text-figs. 1-7 (non-ornithological). Milan. A narrative of the author’s travels in Persia in 1862, with voluminous notes on the natural history of the country. Chapter XX, pp. 340-363, is devoted to a discussion and list of the animals of western Persia, containing the ornitho- logical matter on pp. 344-352. Descriptions of various species and subspecies discovered by Filippi are given here but they seem to have been published elsewhere previously. In the general text, on p. 162, Curruca cinerea var persica is described for the first time. Finley, William Lovell. 1907. American Birds | studied and photographed | from life | by | William Lovell Finley | illustrated from photographs by | Herman T. Bohlman | and the author | Charles Scribner’s Sons | New York 1907. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-256, 47 pll. New York. Observations on the habits of a number of North American birds, illustrated by photographs of the birds in question. Entertainingly written and with a great deal of first hand information. The photographs are excellent. Finn, Frank. 1900. A | guide | to the | zoological collections | exhibited in the | bird gallery | of the | Indian Museum. | By | F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S., | Deputy Superintendent. | [Blazon.] | Calcutta: | Printed by Order of the Trustees of the Indian Museum. | 1900. | Price Twelve annas. 218 Fretp Museum or NatTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and errata), pp. 1-131. Calcutta. A descriptive catalogue of the collection of birds exhibited in the Indian Museum. Structural differences of the higher groups are mentioned but the author has “devoted considerably more space to peculiarities of habit, and the economic importance of the several groups.’’ Introductory chapters relate to general anatomy, geographical distribution, etc. The collection is not restricted to Indian birds. Finn, Frank. 1907. Ornithological | & other oddities | by Frank Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. | Late Deputy Superintendent of | the Indian Museum, Calcutta | With fifty-six illustrations | reproduced from photo- graphs | London: John Lane, The Bodley Head | New York: John Lane Company MCMVII. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 11., pp. 1-295, 32 pll. (27 ornithological). London. Mainly devoted to birds and to a discussion of unusual habits or other peculiari- ties of numerous forms. Several chapters are of a general nature and one or two relate only to mammals. The illustrations are mostly from photographs of living animals. Finn, Frank. 1915. Indian sporting birds | by | Frank Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. | Late Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta | Author of ‘“‘The Waterfowl of India and Asia’’ [etc., 2 lines.] | With over 100 Illustrations from Hume and Marshall’s | ‘“‘Game-Birds of India, Burma and Ceylon” | London | Francis Edwards | 83A High Street, Marylebone, W. | 1915. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-280, 103 pll. (col.; by W. Foster, M. Herbert, S. Herbert, E. Neale, C. Davenport and A. W. Strutt), London. A popular account of the habits and distribution of the game birds of India, illustrated with chromo-lithographs taken from Hume and Marshall’s ‘‘The Game Birds of India, Burmah and Ceylon,”’ 1879-81 (q.v.). Finn, Frank; and Robinson, E. Kay. 1922-23. Birds of Country | Their Eggs, Nests, Life, Haunts and our Identification | By | Frank Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. | and | E. Kay Robinson, F.Z.S. | Vol. I [II] | About | 800 | Illustrations | and | 30 beautiful | Coloured | Plates | | [Cut.] | | Arranged | in | Alphabetical | Order | from most | Up-to-Date | Knowledge | London: Hutchinson & Co., Paternoster Row. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 219 2 vols. foliopost 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit., conts. and list of illustrs.), pp. 1-480, 18 pll. (col.), 573 text-figs. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 481-960, 4 ll. (index), 12 pll. (col.), 592 text-figs. London. The greater part of the book is devoted to a popular account of the birds of Great Britain, identified under their vernacular names which are arranged alpha- betically. A part of Vol. II (pp. 720-884) contains an account of “Birds of the Empire’ in which characteristic, interesting species from world-wide British territories are briefly described and discussed under their common names. ‘These are arranged geographically under Asia, Africa, America and Australia. Vol. II closes with a general chapter on the classification of birds. The book is profusely illustrated with half-tones of which at least one occurs on every page. Many of these are photographs of living birds; the remainder are photographs of mounted specimens or reproductions of drawings. The work appears to have been published in parts, the first of which, including Pp. 1-40, is reviewed in the Ibis for July, 1922. Finsch, Otto. 1865. Index | ad | Caroli Luciani Bonaparte | Conspectus Generum Avium. | Auctore | O. Finsch. | Lugduni Batavorum, | apud | E. J. Brill. | 1865. 1 vol. 4to (size of 8vo), pp. 1-23. Leyden. An index to the genera in Bonaparte’s ‘‘Conspectus Generum Avium,” 1850-57 (q.v.). The present copy is in the original wrapper which is lettered the same as the title-page. Finsch, Otto; and Hartlaub, Gustav. 1867. Beitrag | zur | Fauna Centralpolynesiens. | Ornithologie | der | Viti-, Samoa- und Tonga-Inseln | von | O. Finsch und G. Hartlaub. | Mit 14 nach der Natur lithographirten und colorirten Kupfertafeln. | Halle, Druck und Verlag von H. W. Schmidt. | 1867. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XL, 1-290, pll. I-XIV (col.; by O. Finsch). Halle. A detailed treatise on the birds of the region mentioned, with full synonymies, descriptions and notes. The illustrations are hand-colored. The present copy is from the F. D. Godman library. Finsch, Otto. 1867-68. Die Papageien, | Monographisch bearbeitet | von | Otto Finsch [Dr. Otto Finsch], | Conservator der zoologischen Sammlung [Sammlungen] der Gesellschaft ‘‘Museum” zu Bremen [etc., 3 lines. (Vol. II, Pts. r and 2.)] | Erster Band [Zweiter Band. | Erste (Zweite) Haelfte]. | Mit einer Karte und einer lithographirten Tafel [Mit 5 nach der Natur lithographirten und colorirten Tafeln und | Uebersichts-Tabellen zur geographischen Verbreitung. (Vol. 220 FIELD MusEuM oF NATURAL History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. II, Pt. 1.); line omitted (Vol. II, Pt. 2.).]. | Leiden, E. J. Brill. [Vol. II, Pt. 2 has this line obliterated by a pasted slip on which is printed, ‘‘Rotterdam, | Van Baalen & Sdéhne (van Hengel & Eeltjes).’’] | 1867 [1868]. 2 vols. in 3, 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-561+1, 11. (errata), pl 1 (by O. Finsch), 1 map (col.). Vol. II, Pt. 1, pp. I-VII-+1, rrll., pp. 1-498. Vol. II, Pt. 2, 1 pr. 1., pp. 499-996, 2 Il., pll. 2-6 (col.; by O. Finsch). Leiden. A very thorough monograph of the parrots and their allies, with a bibliography, a detailed discussion of distribution, anatomy, classification, etc., and a diag- nostic treatment of each species. Finsch, Otto. 1869-75. See Heuglin, Martin Theodor von, Ornithologie Nordost Afrika’s. Finsch, Otto; and Hartlaub, Gustav. 1870. See Decken, Carl Claus van der, Reisen in Ost-Afrika in den Jahren 1859-1865. Finsch, Otto. 1870-76. See Brehm, Alfred Edmund, Gefangene Vogel. Finsch, Otto. 1876. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Finsch, Otto. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Finsch, Otto. 1899. O. Finsch: | Systematische Uebersicht | der | Ergebnisse seiner Reisen | und schriftstellerischen Thatigkeit | (1859-1899). | Mit Anmerkungen und Anhang: Auszeichnungen. | Berlin. | Ver- lag von R. Friedlander & Sohn. | 1899. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-153. Berlin. An annotated catalogue of the author’s voyages, publications, exhibited collec- tions, membership in organizations, decorations, geographical namesakes, pub- lished biographies and portraits and new species and genera named by or for him. Finsch, Otto. 1901. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung der | rezenten Tierformen. | In Verbindung mit der | Deutschen 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 221 Zoologischen Gesellschaft | herausgegeben von der | Ké6niglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. | General- redakteur: Franz Eilhard Schulze. | [Quot.] | 15. Lieferung. | Aves. | Redakteur A. Reichenow. | Zosteropidae | bearbeitet von | Dr. Otto Finsch, | Abteilungs-Vorstand am Reichs-Museum ftir Naturgeschichte in Leiden. | Mit 32 Abbildungen. | Berlin. | Ver- lag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | Ausgegeben im Marz rgor. 1 vol. (pt.) superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-54, 1 1. (‘‘Nomenclator generum et subgenerum.’’), 1 fig. (topography of bird), text-figs. 1-31. Berlin. March. 1gor. A monograph of the family of White-eyes, with brief descriptions, synonymies, notes on distribution and keys to genera and species. A bibliography is in- cluded. See also under “Tierreich.”’ Fischer, Jacob Benjamin. (Hagen, Karl Gottfried.) 1791. Versuch | einer | Naturgeschichte | von | Livland, | entwor- fen | von | J. B. Fischer. | Zwote vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. | Mit Kupfern. | Kénigsberg, | bey Friedrich Nicolovius. | 1791. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-826, pli. I-IV (3 fold.). Konigsberg. The second edition of Fischer’s work (the first edition of which was published in 1778) revised and edited by Hagen. The work is a general natural history of animals, plants and minerals of Livland. Pp. 1-132 relate to the geography and meteorology of the region; pp. 163-236 discuss the birds. The preface is dated Jan. 5, 1791. Fischer, Wilhelm Johannes. 1914. Uber die Vogelfauna | Wiirttembergs. | Inaugural-Disserta- tion | zur | Erlangung der Doktorwiirde | der | hohen naturwis- senschaftlichen Fakultét | der Eberhard-Karls-Universitat in Tubingen | vorgelegt von | Wilhelm Johannes Fischer | aus Winnenden. | Verlag des Bundes fir Vogelschutz e. V. | Stuttgart 1914. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-309. Stuttgart. A study of the avifauna of Wiairttemburg with reference to the local occurrence and distribution of the species. Fisher, Albert Kenrick. 1890. See Warren, Benjamin H., Report on the Birds of Pennsyl- vania, Second Edition. Fisher, Albert Kenrick. 1893. U.S. Department of Agriculture | Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy | Bulletin No. 3 | The | hawks and owls | of 222. Fretp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. the | United States | in their relation to agriculture | Prepared under the direction of | Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Ornithologist | by A. K. Fisher, M.D. | Assistant Ornithologist | Published by authority of the Secretary of Agriculture | Washington | Govern- ment Printing Office | 1893. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-210, pll. 1-26 (col.; by J. L. and R. Ridgway). Washington. A thorough discussion of the economic value of American hawks and owls. Each species is treated in detail with appended descriptions and tables based on the examination of the birds’ stomachs. The plates are lithographed in colors. Fitz Gerald, Edward Arthur; and Vines, Stuart. (Gosse, Philip.) 1899. The | highest Andes | A record of the first ascent | of Acon- cagua and Tupungato in | Argentina, and the exploration | of the surrounding valleys | by | E. A. Fitz Gerald | author of ‘‘Climbs in the New Zealand Alps” | with chapters by | Stuart Vines, M.A., F.R.G.S. | and contributions by | Professor Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., G. C. Crick, F.G.S. | R. I. Pocock, G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. | I. H. Burkill, Philip Gosse | with two maps by A. E. Light- body, A.M.I.C.E., F.R.G:S., | fifty-one illustrations, and a pan- orama | Methuen & Co. | 36 Essex Street, W.C. | London | 1899. vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-390, 46 pll. (1 fold.), 2 maps (col.; fold.), 6 text-cuts. London. A narrative of exploration in the Andes of Argentina; mostly geographical, but with zoological observations scattered through the text and with more detailed discussions of animal life in the appendices. Appendix C, Pt. II, pp. 342-352, by Philip Gosse, relates exclusively to birds which are treated under two head- ings, “‘Birds of the Aconcagua Valleys’ and ‘‘Birds Collected at Lujan, Fifteen Miles South of Mendoza.”’ None of the illustrations are ornithological. al Fitzsimons, F. W. 1923. The natural history | of South Africa | by | F. W. Fitzsimons, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., etc. | Director, Port Elizabeth Museum | Birds | in two volumes | Vol. I [II]. | With 10 coloured plates and numerous | illustrations from photographs, etc. | Longmans, Green and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London, E.C. 4 | New York, Toronto | Bombay, Calcutta and Madras | 1923. 2 vols. demy 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-288, pll. I-V (col.; by O. G. Finch-Dawes and J. G. Keulemans), 1 pl., 189 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 1-323, pll. VI-X (col.; by J. G. Keulemans), 93 text- figs. London. A popular account of the birds of South Africa. Volume I consists of a general account of the economic importance of birds. Volume II contains a list of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 223 South African birds with notes on their diet, a discussion of the description, distribution and habits of the birds illustrated in both volumes, and a system- atic list of the species. The colored plates are from other publications as acknowledged in the preface. Flagg, Wilson. 1875. The | birds and seasons | of | New England. | By Wilson Flagg, | author of ‘'The Woods and By-ways of New England.”’ | With Illustrations. | [Quot., 2 lines.| | [Monogram.] | Boston: | James R. Osgood and Company, | Late Ticknor & Fields, and Fields, Osgood, & Co. | 1875. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-457, 5 pll. (photograv.; scenery; should be 12 pll.). Boston. A series of pleasing essays on nature in New England, in which birds occupy a large share of the discussions. The author shows considerable familiarity with his subject and writes in an easy, entertaining manner. Coues lists 12 plates in the copy examined by him but the present example has only 5, although it does not appear to have been mutilated. Fleming, John. 1822. The | philosophy | of | zoology; | or | a general view of the | structure, functions, and classification | of animals. | By John Fleming, D.D. | minister of Flisk, Fifeshire, | Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, of the Wernerian | Natural History Society, &c. | In two volumes. | With engravings. | Vol. I [II]. | Edin- burgh: | printed for Archibald Constable & Co. Edinburgh: | and Hurst, Robinson & Co. London. | 1822. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. V-LII, 1-432, pll. I-V (by M. F.; 1 of birds). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-618. Edinburgh. Vol. I contains detailed observations which “relate to what may be termed the Motive, the Sentient, the Nutritive, and Reproductive Functions of Animals. The various Organs of the animal frame have been described, their actions inves- tigated, and the important purposes of life, to which they are subservient, have at the same time been pointed out.’’ Vol. II, Pt. I, discusses distribution, migration, hibernation, etc. and Pt. II relates to classification. Under the latter head, the birds are treated in detail on pp. 218-265 with a descriptive list of 227 genera and the citation of one or more species under each. This list is the portion of the work of principal ornithological interest; it contains new generic names. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 451, cites a review in Froriep’s ‘‘Notizen,” No. 43, July, 1822. Fleming, John. 1828. A | history | of | British animals, | exhibiting the | descriptive characters and systematical | arrangement | of | the genera and species of quadrupeds, birds, | reptiles, fishes, mollusca, and 224 FreLpD Museum or NatTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. I radiata | of the United Kingdom; | including | the indigenous, extirpated, and extinct | kinds, together with periodical | and occasional visitants. | By | John Fleming, D.D. F.R.S.E. M.W.S. &c. | minister of Flisk, Fifeshire; | and author of the ‘‘Philosophy of Zoology.”’ | Edinburgh: | printed for Bell & Bradfute, Edin- burgh; | and James Duncan, London. | MDCCCXXVIII. vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-565, 1 1. (errata). Edinburgh. Sufficiently explained by the title. The birds are on pp. 41-146. Synoptic tables are given for the various genera, Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 451) notes a review of this work in the Edinburgh New Philos. Zool. Journal for Jan.-March, 1828, p. 412, dated April 1. Floericke, Kurt. 1892-93. Versuch einer | Avifauna der Provinz Schlesien. | Von | Dr. Curt Floericke, | Assistenten am zoologischen Institut der Universitat Marburg. | I [II]. Lieferung. | Marburg. | Universi- tats-Buchdruckerei (C. L. Pfeil). | 1892 [1893]. 1 vol. (2 pts.) 8vo. Pt. 1, pp. 1-157, pl. I. Pt. II, tit., pp. 163-321, pl. II (col., fold.). Marburg. A descriptive and biographical review of the birds of Silesia. Historical notes and a bibliography are given in the prefatory chapters. The present copy is in the original wrappers. Floericke, Kurt. 1922. Dr. Kurt Floerickes | Vogelbuch | Gemeinverstandliche Naturgeschichte | der mitteleuropadischen Vogelwelt | fur | Forst- und Landwirte, Jager, Naturfreunde und | Vogelliebhaber, Lehrer und die reifere Jugend | und fur alle Gebildeten des deut- schen Volkes | Mit 50 Tafeln in Buntdruck nach Original-Aqua- rellen | von Kark Neunzig | Zweite, bedeutend vermehrte, ganz- lich | umgearbeitete und neu illustrierte Auflage | [Design.] Stuttgart 1922 Wiesbaden Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung Pestalozzi-Verlagsanstalt. vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-496, frontisp. (portr.), pll. I-LIV (53 col.; 50 birds, 3 eggs, 1 stomach-contents and pellets), col. fig. (on cover), text-figs. 1-99. Stuttgart and Wiesbaden. A popular work on the birds of central Europe, illustrated by colored plates of the species. The author has discarded the rule of priority wherever it excites his abhorrence of tautonymous names, either binomial or trinomial, and as a result he has accepted synonyms or supplied new names for species and subspe- cies in a great number of cases. Among the noticeable innovations is the inclu- sion of Cisticola, Troglodytes and Cinclus in the Timeliidae. The first edition of this work was published in 1907 or 1908. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 225 Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1860. Des manuscrits | de Buffon | avec | des fac-simile de Buffon et de ses collaborateurs | par | P. Flourens | membre de 1’Académie Francaise [etc., 8 lines.]. | Paris | Garnier fréres, libraires-édi- teurs | 6, Rue des Saints-Péres et Palais-Royal, 215 | 1860. 1 vol. 12m0, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and notice), pp. -XCV-+1, 1-298, frontisp. (portr.), 8 inserts (fold.; facsimiles). Paris. A study of the life of Buffon and of his manuscripts, with voluminous notes on the parts played by his collaborators in the production of his ‘Histoire Nat- urelle Générale,’ 1749-1804 (Cf. Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, 1770-86.). Forbes, Henry Ogg. 1885. A naturalist’s wanderings | in the | Eastern Archipelago | a narrative of travel and exploration | From 1878 to 1883 | by | Henry O. Forbes, F.R.G.S., | Member of the Scottish Geographi- cal Society [etc., 3 lines.] | with numerous illustrations from the author’s sketches | and descriptions by Mr. John B. Gibbs | [Vignette.] | Second edition | London | Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington | Crown Buildings. 188, Fleet Street | 1885. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-536, frontisp. (col.), 14 pll., 4 insert-maps (col.; 3 fold.), 87 text-figs, London. The narrative of the author’s travels in the East Indies, to the Cocos-Keeling Islands, Java, Sumatra, Timor-Laut, the Moluccas, Buru and Timor. Many ornithological notes are scattered through the text and special reports on birds are found in the appendices to several parts, on pp. 44, 268-274, 355-368 and 409-410. The colored frontispiece, one plate and two figures are ornithological. The first edition is also dated 1885. Forbes, Henry Ogg. 1897-98. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds. 1896-98. Forbes, Stephen Alfred. 1889-95. See (Illinois) State Laboratory of Natural History, Natural History Survey of Illinois, The Ornithology of Illinois. Forbes, William Alexander. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Forbes, William Alexander. 1885. Inmemoriam. | The collected | scientific papers | of the late | William Alexander Forbes, M.A., | Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge; Lecturer on comparative anatomy at | Charing Cross Hospital; Prosector to the Zoological Society of London. | Edited | 226 FreLp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. by | F. E. Beddard, M.A., | Prosector to the Zoological Society of London. | With a preface | by | P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., | Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. | Lon- don: | R. H. Porter: 6 Tenterden Street, W. | 1885. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1 1., pp. 1-496, frontisp. (etched portr.), pll. I-XXV (15 col.), 141 text-figs. London. A collection of the scientific papers of Mr. Forbes, 68 in number (43 relating to ornithology), with marginal references to original publications. Of the plates, 18 are ornithological (9 col.), and of the text-figures 102 relate to birds. The book was published as a memorial by the Zoological Club of which Forbes had been a member. Forbush, Edward Howe. 1907. See Chapman, Frank M., The Warblers of North America. Forbush, Edward Howe. 1913. Useful birds | and their protection. | Containing | brief descriptions of the more common and useful species of | Massa- chusetts, with accounts of their food habits, | and a chapter on the means of attract- | ing and protecting birds. | By | Edward Howe Forbush, | Ornithologist to the Massachusetts State Board of | Agriculture. | Illustrated by the author, | C. Allan Lyford, Chester A. Reed, and others. | Fourth Edition. | Published under Direction of | The Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture, | By Authority of the Legislature. | 1913. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. I-XX, 1-451, frontisp. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), 52 pll. (pll I-LX, numbered by cuts), text-figs. 1-171. Boston. A very thorough discussion of the economic ornithology of Massachusetts, includ- ing the descriptions of the various species, accounts of their habits and food, and various chapters of a more general nature. The first edition was issued in 1907. Forbush, Edward Howe. 1916. A history of the | Game Birds, Wild-Fowl | and Shore Birds | of | Massachusetts and Adjacent States | Including those used for food which have disappeared since the | settlement of the country, and those which are now hunted | for food or sport, with observa- tions on their | former abundance and recent decrease | in num- bers; also the means for | conserving those still | in existence | By Edward Howe Forbush | State Ornithologist of Massachusetts | Second Edition, 1916 | Issued by the | Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture | By Authority of the Legislature of 1912. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 227 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-636, frontisp. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), 30 pll. (pll. I-XX XVI, numbered by cuts), 108 text-figs. Boston. An account of the game birds of New England, with special reference to their economic importance and abundance, with descriptions and figures of the species, notes on food habits, causes of decrease in numbers and other interesting facts. The first edition of this work was issued in 1912. The present edition is largely a reprint of the first with the addition of appendices embodying certain necessary changes and additions and with alterations of certain figures. Forrest, Herbert Edward. 1919. A handbook | to the | vertebrate fauna | of | North Wales | by | H. E. Forrest, | author of ‘“The Vertebrate Fauna of North Wales”; | ‘‘Fauna of Shropshire,” | etc. | Witherby & Co | 326 High Holborn London | 19109. 1 vol. post 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit., introd. and conts.), pp. 1-106. London. A resumé of the species of vertebrates of present or former occurrence in North Wales, giving the status and distribution of each species. Addenda and cor- rigenda given to the author’s “The Vertebrate Fauna of North Wales,” 1907, are making the present work a sort of appendix to the larger, descriptive volume. Forskal, Petrus. 1775. Descriptiones | animalium | avium, amphibiorum, | piscium, insectorum, vermium; | quz | in itinere orientali | observavit | Petrus Forskal. | Prof. Haun. | Post mortem auctoris | edidit | Carsten Niebuhr. | Adjuncta est | materia medica kahirina | atque | tabula maris rubri geographica. | Haunie, 1775. | Ex officina Molleri, aule Typographi. | Apud Heineck et Faber. 1 vol. cap 4to, pp. 1-20, I-XXXIV, 1 1., pp. 1-164, frontisp. (map). Copenhagen. A posthumous work on the animal life of the Arabian Peninsula, with descriptions of numerous species, local names, etc. The ornithological portion is found on pages VI-VIII and 1-12. Figures of some of the animals (including one bird) were published the following year under the title, ‘“Icones Rerum Naturalium”’ (q.v.). Forskal, Petrus. 1776. Icones | rerum | naturalium, | quas | in itinere orientali | depingi curavit | Petrus Forskal, | Prof. Haun. | Post mortem auctoris | ad regis mandatum | eri incisas editit | Carsten Nie- buhr. | Haunie, | Ex officina Moélleri, aula Typographi. | MDCCLXXVI. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-15, pll. I-XLIII (8 fold.; 1 of birds). Copen- hagen. 228 FieLpD Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Illustrations of some of the species of plants and animals described in the author’s “Flora Aegyptiaco-Arabica” and his “Descriptiones Animalium,”’ 1775 (q.v.) with page and number references to the earlier works. Pl. XXI is ornitho- logical. A posthumous work. Forster, John Reinhold. 1788. Enchiridion | historiae | naturali | inserviens, | quo | ter- mini at delineationes | ad | avium, piscium, | insectorum et plantarum | adumbrationes | intelligendas et concinnandas, | secundum | methodum systematis Linneani | continentur, | edi- tore | Io. Reinholdo Forster, | LL. Med. et Philos. D. et LL. AA. M. | In tenui labor. | Virgil. | Halae, | prostat apud Hemmerde et Schwetschke. | MDCCLXXXVIII. 1 vol. post 8vo, 8 pr. ll. (tit., ded., pref.), pp. 1-224. Halle. Largely a glossary of technical terms in ornithology, ichthyology, entomology and botany (separately treated), with the characters of orders and genera listed at the close of each section. Pages 1-38 contain the ‘““Fundamenta et termini ornithologiae secundum metodum et ad ductum celeberrimi equitis Caroli a Linné.”” Most of the characters given for the birds are not decisive enough for determination per se, since no specific names are quoted, but at least one genus, Gavia, dates from this work. The book is quite rare. The present copy is from the library of W. A. Stearns. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 451) states that the work was noticed in the Géttinger Anzeiger for March 27, 1788, p. 489. Forster, John Reinhold. 1790. See Pennant, Thomas, Indian Zoology. Forster, John Reinhold. 1795. See Latham, John; and Davies, Faunula Indica. Forster, John Reinhold. (Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich.) 1844. Descriptiones | animalium | quae | in itinere ad maris australis terras | per annos 1772 1773 et 1774 suscepto | collegit observavit et delineavit | Ioannes Reinoldus Forster | regiae socie- tatis scientiarum Londinensis sodalis | nunc demum editae auc- toritate et impensis | academiae litterarum regiae Berolinae | curante | Henrico Lichtenstein | academiae socio. | Berolini ex officina academica | MDCCCXLIV. | Vendit Duemmleri libraria. 1 yol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-424, 11. Berlin. Descriptions of 305 species of animals collected by Forster in 1772-75 during a journey to S. Africa, Australia, New Zealand, etc. The book was published posthumously by Lichtenstein who added many annotations. The preface is dated January 1844. Some of the species are antedated by Wagler in his “Systema Avium” and in Heft. 5 of the Isis, 1829, where the names are accred- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 229 ited to Forster’s (unpublished) manuscript. The present copy contains the bookplate of Frederick DuCane Godman. Forster, John Reinhold. (Sclater, Philip Lutley, ed.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Forster’s | Catalogue of the Animals of North America, | or | Faunula Americana. | [Vignette.] | Edited by | Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. | London: | 1882. {A | catalogue | of the | animals | of | North America. | Con- taining, | An Enumeration of the known Quadrupeds, Birds, | Reptiles, Fish, Insects, Crustaceous and | Testaceous Animals; many of which are New, and | never described before. | To which are added, | short directions | for | Collecting, Preserving, and Transporting, | all Kinds of | natural history curiosities. | By John Reinhold Forster, F.A.S. | [Quot., 3 lines.]. | London: | Sold by B. White, at Horace’s Head, in Fleet Street. | M.DCC.LXXI.\ 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, “1-43, 1 pl. (by M. Griffith),” 2 ll. (advt.). London. ‘1771.’ 1882. Pages 6-34 contain a list of North American animals, with the birds on pp. 8-17. A large number of binomial names are used, some of them for the first time, but since there are no descriptions, the names are here nomina nuda. The copy is a reprint issued by The Willughby Society (q.v.). The preface by the editor contains a short account of the author. Forster, John Reinhold. (Sclater, Philip Lutley, ed.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Forster’s | Animals of Hudson’s Bay. | [Vzgnette.] | Edited by | Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., Ph. D., F. R. S. | London: | 1882. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, ‘'382-433,” 2 Il. (advt.). London. “1772.” 1882. Miscellaneous accounts of a number of birds from Hudson’s Bay, followed by detailed descriptions of eight supposed new species. The paper is entitled, “An Account of the Birds sent from Hudson’s Bay; with Observations relative to their Natural History; and Latin Descriptions of some of the most uncom- mon’’; it was published originally in the Philosophical Transactions of London, 1772, Art. XXIX, pp. 382-433. A copy of the original, also, is in the collection of pamphlets in the Ayer Library. The present copy is reprinted by The Wil- lughby Society (q.v.). The editorial preface gives some account of the origin of the work. Forster, Thomas Ignatius Maria. (Forster, Edward, Jr.) 1817. Observations | of the | natural history | of | swallows; | with a | collateral statement of facts | relative to their | migration, and to their brumal torpidity: | and | a table of reference to authors. | Illustrated with | figures of five species, | engraved on wood, by Willis. | To which is added, | a general catalogue of 230 FieELD Museum or NaturaL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. British birds, | With the Provincial Names for each, &c. &c. &c. | By Thomas Forster, F.L.S. | Corresp. Memb. Acad. Nat. Sciences at Philadelphia, &c. &c. &c. | Sixth edition, enlarged. | London: | Printed for T. and G. Underwood, 32, Fleet Street; Baldwin, | Cradock, and Joy, Paternoster Row; and Treuttel and | Wirtz, at Paris and Strasbourg. | 1817. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I (?)-XIV, 11., pp. 1-97, 5 pll. London. The first edition of this work was issued in 1808 under the title of ‘‘Observations on the Brumal Retreat of the Swallow,” etc. There are two sixth editions of 1817, differing, it is said, in the titles, that of the other edition reading “the swallow tribe” instead of ‘‘swallows” (1. 5) and with the “sixth edition enlarged” omitted. The ‘“‘Catalogvs avium | in | insulis Britannicis habitantivm. | Cvra et stvdio | Edvardi Forsteri, Ivnioris.’”” occupies pages 65-97 and is the same as issued separately by Edward Forster under his own name in the same year. The “Extract of a Journal of Natural History, - - during several Years, at Clapton, near London’”’ on pages 55-63, is also ascribed to the author- ship of Edward Forster by Mullens and Swann. Fraser, Louis. 1846-48. Zoologia typica, | or | figures of new and rare mammals | and birds | described in the Proceedings, or exhibited in the col- lections | of the | Zoological Society of London. | By | Louis Fraser, | (late Curator to the Society;) | Naturalist to the Niger Expedition, 1841-2. | London:-Published by the author. | 1849. | To be had of Messrs. Hyde & Co., 61, Fleet Street. 1 vol. demy folio, 1 pr. 1. (tit.), pp. I-VIII, 70 11., illum. tit., 70 pll. (col.; by H. M. Turner, Jr., and Charles Couzens). London. A series of seventy colored plates illustrating new and rare mammals and birds not before figured (a large proportion of which had been described by the author), with a page of notes accompanying each plate. The work was issued in an edition of 250 copies, and was originally planned as a more extended publication. Of the plates, 42 relate to birds, figuring 46 species. The dates are little known. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LVI, 1922) notes that ‘“Ten parts had appeared by the end of 1846; 2 parts of Birds are recorded as 1847 in Arch. f. Nat. 1848 (2), 3; and the whole was finished by 1848 (zbid. 1849) (2), 1." Carus and Engelmann cite 20 parts and 100 plates under dates of 1848-49. Frauenfeld, Georg Ritter von. 1868. Neu aufgefundene Abbildung | des | Dronte | und eines zweiten kurzfligeligen Vogels, wahrscheinlich des | poule rouge au bec de bécasse | der Maskarenen | in der Privatbibliothek S. M. des verstorbenen Kaisers Franz. | Erlautert von | Georg Ritter von Frauenfeld. | Mit 4 Tafeln. | Herausgegeben von der K. K. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 231 Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft. | Wien. | C. Ueberreuter’sche Buchdruckerei (M. Salzer). | 1868. 1 vol. superroyal folio, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-16, 1 1., pll. 1-4 (2 col.). Vienna. A discussion of various references to, and figures of, the dodo and other extinct birds. Freycinet, Louis de. (Quoy, Jean René Const.; and Gaimard, Jean Paul.) 1824-26. > Voyage | autour du monde, | Enterpris par Ordre du Roi, | sous le Ministére et conformément aux instructions de S. Exc. M. le Vicomte du Bouchage, | Secrétaire d’Etat au Départe- ment de la Marine, | Executé sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne, | pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820; | Publié sous les Auspices | de S. E. M. le Comte Corbiére, Secrétaire d’Etat de la Marine et des Colonies, | Pour la partie Nautique; | par M. Louis de Freycinet, | Capitaine de vaisseau, Chevalier de Saint-Louis et de la Légion d’honneur, Correspondant de | 1’Aca- démie royale des sciences de l'Institut de France, &c.; Commandant de l’expédition. | Zoologie, | par MM. Quoy et Gaimard, médecins de l’expédition. | [Vignette.] | Paris, | chez Pillet Ainé, imprimeur- libraire, Rue Christine, No 5. | 1824. > Voyage | autour du monde | Fait par ordre du Roi, | sur les corvettes de S. M: 1’Uranie et la Physicienne, | pendant les années 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. | Histoire naturelle: Zoologie. | Planches. | Paris, | imprimerie en taille-douce de Langlois. | 1824. 2 vols. medium ato and superroyal folio. Text, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. 1-712. Atlas, tit., pp. 1-15 (expl. of pll.), pll. 1-96 (71 col.; 27 of birds, col., by P. Oudart and Prétre). Paris. The zoological portion, by Quoy and Gaimard, of Freycinet’s report on the voyage of the Uranie and Physicienne. The ornithological matter is contained in Chapters V and VI, (‘Description des Oiseaux,” pp. 90-141, and ‘‘Remarques sur les Oiseaux pélagiens et sur quelques autres Palmipédes,”’ pp. 142-169,) and in a general discussion of mammals and birds in Chapter II, pp. 12-50. Pil. 13-39 are ornithological. The zoology of the voyage appeared in 16 livraisons, the dates of which are given by Sherborn and Woodward (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., (7), 7, p. 392, 1901) as follows. Livr. 1, pp. 1-40, June 26, 1824; 2, pp. 41-88, July 31, 1824; 3, pp. 89-128, Aug. 28, 1824; 4, pp. 129-184, Sept. 18, 1824; 5, pp. 185-232, Oct. 9, 1824; 6, pp. 233-280, Nov. 20, 1824; 7, pp. 281-328, Dec. 18, 1824; 8, pp. 329-? (6 sheets), Jan. 29, 1925; 9, pp. ?-424 (6 sheets), March 26, 1925; 10, pp. 425-?, May 7, 1825; 11, pp. ?-496, May 7, 1825; 12, pp. 497-? (5 sheets), August 6, 1825; 13, pp. ? (5 sheets), Oct. 1, 1825; 14, pp. ?-616, Dec. 17, 1825; 15, pp. 617-? (6 sheets), April 26, 1826; 16, pp. ?-712 (6 sheets), June 14, 1826. Probably the plates appeared with the corresponding text. 232 FreELD Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Fric, Antonin Jan {= Fritsch, Ant. ]. 1877. The | birds of Europe | by | Ant. Fritsch, M.D. | London | Tribner & Co., Ludgate Hill | Prague: the author | 1877. 1 vol. royal folio, 1 pr. 1., 6 ll., pll. 1-61 (col.). London. The plates of the present work are the same as those of the author’s “Natur- geschichte die Végel Europa’s” published in Prague, 1853-70,! which included a second volume of text. There was also issued an edition in the Czech lan- guage which was not completed so far as I can learn. The spelling of the Eng- lish names in the present edition leaves room for doubt that this was actually published in London. It may be a reissue of certain pages of the original edition with an English title page. The text of this issue consists of a list of species with references to the plates and to several published works of Johns, Bree, and Degland and Gerbe, and with the names in Latin, German, English and French. Friderich, C. G. (Bau, Alexander.) 1923. Friderich | Naturgeschichte | der | Vogel europas | Sechste, | dem gegenwartigen Stand der ornithologischen Wissenschaft | entsprechend vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage | Neu bearbeitet von | Alexander Bau | Mit 551 naturtreuen Farbendruckbildern auf 50 Tafeln, | 35 Textbildern, 1 Tafel mit Darstellungen der Raubvogelflugbilder | und 3 Tafeln mit 116 Abbildungen von Vogeleiern | [Blazon.] | Stuttgart 1923 | E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung | (Erwin Nagele) / G.m.b.H. vol. imperial 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., pref. and conts.;=pp. A-H?), pp. J-N+1, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. I-LXXVII+1, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-884, 1 1. (advt.), pll. 1-53 (col.; 3 of eggs; by Aug. Specht), 1 pl. (uncol.), 34 text-figs. Stuttgart. Sixth edition of C. G. Friderich’s ‘‘Naturgeschichte aller deutschen Zimmer-, Haus-, und Jagdvégel,’’ etc., first published in 1847 7; revised by Bau. The work consists of a popular natural history of the birds of Europe, illustrated by chromolithographs. Originally, as indicated by the title of the first edition, the scope was less extended. Frisch, Jodocus Leopold. 1817. See Frisch, Johann Leonhard, Vorstellung der Vogel Deutsch- lands. Frisch, Johann Leonhard. 1795. See Bechstein, Johann Matthaus, Gemeinniitzige Naturge- schichte Deutschlands, 1789-95. 1A copy of Lief. 1 was presented to the Deutschen Ornithologen-Gesellschaft at a meeting held July 13, 1853. Cf. Journ. far Orn., Extra Heft (Errinnerungsschrift), I Jahrg., p. 9, 1853. *Carus and Engelmann and others quote 1849; a preface to the present work gives 1847. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 233 Frisch, Johann Leonhard. (Frisch, Jodocus Leopold; Zorn von Plob- sheim, Friedrich August. 1817. Vorstellung | der | Vogel Deutschlandes | und | beylaufig auch einiger | Fremden; | nach ihren Eigenschaften beschrieben | von | Johann Leonhard Frisch | Rector des Gymnasii zum grauen Kloster in Berlin und Mitgliede der Konig]. | Akademie der Wis- senschaften, | in Kupfer gebracht, | und nach ihren natiirlichen Farben dargestellt | von | Ferdinand Helfreich Frisch | Kupfer- stecher in Berlin. [ | Supplementheft zu den XII Klassen, aus XI Blatt.] | Berlin, | gedruckt bey Friedr. Wilhelm Birnstiel, Kénigl. privil. Buchdrucker, 1763. | Jetzt Verlag der Nicolaischen Buch- handlung seit 1817. 1 vol. in 2 vols., crown folio, 104 ll. (incl. 25 tits. and subtits.), frontisp., pll. 1-241, ad 31, 1148, ad No. 212, Suppls. 28, 31, 33, 106, 107, 109, 152, 157, 165, 185A and 185B (col.; 102-104 of bats). Berlin. ) A later edition of the author’s “Vorstellung der Végel Deutschlands,” originally published in 1733-63 in 14 parts and a supplement. Johann Leonhard Frisch, according to a prefatory note, died at the completion of the fourth part of his work, from which point it was taken up by his son, Jodocus Leopold Frisch. The supplement, including Latin and vernacular indices to the plates, was written by Baron von Zorn, Most of the plates were prepared by a third son, Ferdinand Helfreich Frisch who died after twenty-two years of work upon them, and the remainder, after various difficulties, were completed by his son, Johann Christoph Frisch. The text is not voluminous. According to Schalow (Beitrage zur Vogelfauna der Mark Brandenburg, pp. 63-64, 1919), the present issue was produced by the Nicolaischen Verlags- buchhandlung (legal successors of Birnstiel, publisher of the original edition) from a stock of old plates supplied with new title-pages. Schalow says that he knows of no copy of the reprint with text or with the full set of 255 plates, but the copy at hand seems to be complete in every detail. The full number of plates, all colored, are in the atlas, accompanied by the general title-page (transcribed above) which is new. The reprinted title-pages for the various parts of the atlas are bound with the text in a separate volume. These titles are thirteen in number instead of fourteen as in the original, owing to certain changes. The original Pts. 1-3, embracing Class I of the author’s divisions, were issued separately with three distinct title-pages; in the present reprint there is only one inclusive title-page for all three parts, to which is added the (presumably) original leaf of preface. Also, there is a title-page for the sup- plementary plates, similar to the general title-page of the work but differing as transcribed (in brackets) above; no such title-page occurred in the original, according to Schalow’s collation (l.c., pp. 51-61). The text is of composite construction. That of Classes I and II (issued in Pts. 3 and 4 of the original) is new and is supplied with new subtitle-pages, dated 1817. The subject matter in this may be revised since that of each Class occupies (including the respective subtitle-pages) 13 pages instead of 234 FieLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo .ocy, Vou. XVI. 11 of the original as collated by Schalow. The letterpress and subtitles of Classes JII-XII (Pts. 4-14 of the original edition) and the text of the supple- ment (without title here or in the original) appear to belong to the first edition intact. There are minor differences between the subtitles and the transcrip- tions of the originals as presented by Schalow, but they are such as might be due to printer’s errors in the copy. The number of pages is unaltered and the paper is unquestionably old and different from that used in the undoubtedly reprinted portions of the work. It seems probable, therefore, that in making up the new edition of this work, the publishers may have utilized a stock of old plates and most of the letter- press but reprinted such portions as were needed to make complete copies of the stock on hand. Schalow (l.c.) has given voluminous notes regarding the details of compo- sition and publication of the original work. A review of the species was given by Johann Leonhard Frisch in Suppl. I of Vol. III of J. M. Bechstein’s ‘‘Ge- meinnitzige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands,”’ 1789-95 (q.v.). Frivaldszky, Joannes. 1891. Aves Hungaria. | Enumeratio systematica avium Hungarize cum notis | brevibus biologicis, locis inventionis virorumque | a quibus orjuntur. | E mandato commissionis Hungaricae secundi ornithologorum | universalis congressus | conscripsit | Joannes Frivaldszky | Consiliaris Regius [etc., 2 lines.]. | [Vignette.] | Budapestini. 1891. Typis Societatis Frankliniane. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 1-197, 1 pl. (col.), 12 text-figs. Budapest. An annotated list of 325 species of Hungarian birds. } Fiirbringer, Max. 1888. Untersuchungen | zur | Morphologie und Systematik | der | Vogel | zugleich ein Beitrag zur Anatomie der Sttitz- und Bewe- gungsorgane | von | Max Furbringer | 0.6 Professor der Anatomie [etc., 2 lines.] | Mit 30 Tafeln | [Quot., 2 lines.] | I. Specieller [II. Allgemeiner] Theil | Brust, Schulter und proximale Fligelregion der Végel [Resultate und Reflexionen auf morphologischem Ge- biete | Systematische Ergebnisse und Folgerungen] | Amsterdam | Verlag von Tj. Van Holkema |. 1888. 2 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. III-XLIX-+1, 1-834. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 835-1751, pll. I-XXVIII, XXIXa, XXIXb, XXX (col.; 3 fold.; by author). Amsterdam. A detailed treatise on the anatomy and classification of birds. Volume I deals particularly with the osteology, neurology and myology of the shoulder-girdle; Volume II, with exceedingly detailed studies of the classification of birds based on their complete anatomy. An extended bibliography. is appended 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 235 Fiihrer, Ludwig von. 1894-1905. See Reiser and Fuhrer, Materialen zu Einer Ornis Balcanica. Gadow, Hans. 1883. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cichlomorphe: Part V. | Containing the families | Paride and Laniide | (Titmice and Shrikes), | and | Certhiomorphe | (Creepers and Nuthatches). | By | Hans Gadow, Ph.D. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1883. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. VIII. Gadow, Hans. 1884. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cinnyriomorphe: | containing the families | Nectariniide and Meliphagide | (Sun- birds and Honey-eaters). | By | Hans Gadow, M.A., Ph.D. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1884. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. IX. Gadow, Hans. 1899. See Wilson, Scott B.; and Evans, A. H., Aves Hawaiienses, 1890-99, Gadow, Hans. 1893-96. See Newton, Alfred, A Dictionary of Birds. Gaimard, Jean Paul. 1824-26. See Freycinet, Voyage Autour du Monde... sur les corvettes .. . l’Uranie et la Physicienne. Gaimard, Jean Paul. 1830-35. See Dumont D’Urville, Jules, Voyage de Découvertes de lV Astrolabe. [Gallatin, Frederic, Jr. ] 1908. Catalogue | of a collection of | books on ornithology | in the library of | Frederic Gallatin, Jr. | [Vgnette.] | New York | Privately printed | MCMVIII. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-177+1, 3 printed guard-sheets, 3 pll. (2 portrs., 1 bird). New York. An annotated catalogue of the ornithological books in the library of Frederic Gallatin, Jr., compiled by The Knickerbocker Book Shop. 236 Fre_p Museum oF NaTturaL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Gardiner, Edward Gardiner. 1884. Beitrige | zur | Kenntniss des Epitrichiums | und der | Bildung des Vogelschnabels. | Inaugural-Dissertation | zur | Er- langung der philosophischen Doctorwtrde | der | hohen philo- sophischen Facultét der Universitat Leipzig | vorgelegt von | Edward G. Gardiner | aus Boston, U. S. of A. | Leipzig 1884. 1 vol. royal 8vo, tit., pp. 1-50, 1 1., pll. I-II (fold.). Leipzig. A study of the embryonic development of the avian bill, especially with refer- ence to the epitrichial layer. Gardiner, Linda. 1923. See Hudson, William Henry, Rare Vanishing & Lost British Birds. Garnot, Prosper. 1826-30. See Duperrey, L. I., Voyage autour du Monde, sur la Corvette, La Coquille. Garrod, Alfred Henry. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Giatke, Heinrich. 1891. Die Vogelwarte Helgoland. | Von | Heinrich Gatke, | Ehren- mitglied des Britischen Ornithologen-Vereins [etc., 5 lines.| | Her- ausgegeben | von | Professor Dr. Rudolf Blasius. | Braunschweig | Joh. Heinr. Meyer. | 1891. 1 vol. 8vo, 7 pr. ll., pp. 1-609, frontisp. Braunschweig. An important contribution to the study of bird-migration, based on the obser- vations of fifty years in a region unusually favorable for that subject of investi- gation. There is a second edition of the work in German as well as a trans- lation into English, “‘Heligoland as an Ornithological Observatory,” 1895 (q.v.). Giatke, Heinrich. (Rosenstock, Rudolph, transl.) 1895. Heligoland | as an | ornithological observatory | the result of fifty years’ experience | by | Heinrich Gatke | Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society of London [etc., 5 lines.] | Trans- lated by | Rudolph Rosenstock, M. A. Oxon. | [Vignetie.] | [Quot., 2 lines.) | Edinburgh: David Douglas, 10 Castle Street | 1895 | [All rights reserved ]. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 1, pp. 1-599, frontisp., 1 pl., 13 text-figs. Edinburgh. A translation of the author’s “‘ Die Vogelwarte Helgoland,” 1891 (q.v.), with corrections and additions supplied by the author. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 237 Gault, Benjamin True. (Ridgway, Robert; Allen, Arthur A.) 1922. Check list | of the | birds of Illinois | Together with a short | list of 200 commoner | birds and Allen’s | Key to Birds Nests | Published by the | Illinois Audubon Society | 10 South La Salle Street, Chicago | 1922. 1 vol. (pamphlet, 414x714), pp. 1-80, 1 text-map (col.). Chicago. Most of the book (pp. 30-80) is occupied by a check-list of all birds recorded from Illinois, with notes on status and distribution. A shorter list of the commoner species is prefixed. Ridgway contributes an introductory chapter giving an account of the zonal distribution of species, especially as regards the species breeding in the Lower Austral, and those breeding in the Transition, Zones, with list of Illinois trees similarly restricted. Allen’s ‘‘Key to Birds’ Nests”, from Bird-Lore 22, pp. 369-373, is reprinted by permission. Gay, Claudio. (Des Murs, Marc Athanese Parfait Oeillet.) 1844-54? > Historia | fisica y politica | de Chile | segun documen- tos adquiridos en esta republica | durante doce afios de residencia en ella | y publicada | bajo los auspicios del supremo gobierno | por Claudio Gay | ciudadano Chileno, | individuo de varias sociedades cientificos nacionales y estrangeras, | Caballero de la Legion de Honor. | Zoologia. [Line omitied.] | Tomo primero [Laminas]. | [Blazon.] | Paris | en casa del autor. | Chile | en el Museo de Historia Natural deSantiago. | MDCCCXLVII [MDCCCXLVIII]. 2 vols., demy 8vo and demy folio. Text, pp. 1-496. Atlas, cover-tit., 25 pll. (21 col.; by Werner, A. Prévost, P. Oudart and Cl. Gay; 14 ornith., 13 col.). Paris. The complete work of the above title comprises 23 volumes of text and 2 volumes of plates. Of the text, 8 volumes relate to zoology, the first of which (collated above) contains the mammals and birds. The ornithology occupies pp. 183-496 and was written by Des Murs (according to statements on pp. 11 and_183) while Gay contributed only field notes. In spite of this fact, several of the new names on the plates are followed by Gay’s name. Vol. 8 of the zoological series, treating of Mollusks and Zoophytes and published in 1854, contains some ornithological matter as follows. P. 474 contains descriptions of Fulica chilensis (new) and Rhynchops nigra; p. 477, errata and corrigenda; p. 478, an index to the plates of birds (and mammals); pp. 479-486, a concordance of common and scientific names, including those of birds; pp. 487-499, a general index to the orders, families and genera of the entire work. (A typewritten copy of the ornithological portions of pp. 474 and 477 has been inserted in the present volume.) Authorities appear to agree as to the date of publication of the volume of text in the present copy. The date of the plates is open to question. All the zoological plates occur, in the complete work, in Vol. II of the atlas, but they were issued at widely different times. Those in the present set (com- prising all of the mammals and birds) are accompanied by an original wrapper dated 1848. This wrapper is lettered very like the title-page of text and is 238 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. transcribed above in lieu of the title-page of Vol. II of the atlas. There is nothing to show, however, that it appeared with any of the plates which are now associated with it; its printed date agrees with the date of publication of Vol. II of the zoological text which had nothing to do with birds or mammals. Des Murs, in his ‘‘Iconographie Ornithologique,’”’ 1845-49 (q.v.), gives very good evidence that some of the plates preceded the text. In Livr. 1, in the discussion of the genus Merganetta (pp. 2 and 3 of the unpaged text relating to that genus), he says, ‘‘Dés la méme année (=1844), M. Gay .. . l’a égale- ment fait figurer dans l’Atlas de son immense Ouvrage sur le Chili. . . et lui a donné le nom de Raphipterus.” In Livr. 8 of the “‘Iconographie,” in the dis- cussion of the genus Sylviorthorhynchus (in the last paragraph), he says, ‘‘Nous avons établi ce Genre particulier . .sur une jolie Espéce qu’a découverte M. Gay, et que ce savant Voyageur nous avoit confiée pour en joindre la descrip- tion 4 la figure qu’il en a publiée dans son Grand Ouvrage sur le Chili.” In the text to pll. 5 and 45, Raphypterus chilensis Gay and Sylviorthorhynchus desmuru are quoted from Gay’s “‘Historia fisica y politica de Chile,” 1844. Fulica chilensis, described by Des Murs in Vol. VIII, 1854, is mentioned by Bonaparte in the ‘Comptes Rendus” for Dec. 19, 1853, p. 925. Hartlaub also cites it in the Journal fir Ornithologie, 1, Extra-Heft, 1853, publ. 1854. Bona- parte quotes Gay as the authority for the name without giving the reference; Hartlaub quotes the “Historia fisica’’ and says that Des Murs is about to pub- lish, or has published, a figure of the species in that work, but that he has not seen a copy of it. Neither citation thus supplies any definite information as to whether the name had been published on a plate or in the text at the time of writing. An uncolored plate of osteological details is headed, ‘‘Ornitologia”’ (without number). The first two colored plates of birds are marked, “Ornitologia No. 1” and “ Ornitologia No. 2.’’ The plate of Raphipterus chilensis is lettered, “Zoologia No.” (blank) and all the remaining plates of birds are labeled, ‘‘Or- nitologia No.’’ (blank). Dr. Richmond, who has supplied me with various references on this work, remarks (in litt.) that the earliest plates to be pub- lished appear to be those marked, ‘‘Zoologia No.” Gengler, J. 1906. Die | Végel des Regnitztales | und seiner Nebentaler | von Furth bis Bamberg | mit Einschluss von | Nurnberg und Umge- bung | von | Dr. J. Gengler | Mitglied der Deutschen Ornitholo- gischen Gesellschaft [etc., 4 lines.]. | Mit 12 vom Verfasser gemalten Tafeln. | 1906 | Druck und Verlag von U. E. Sebald | Nurnberg. vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-191-++1, V-XIII-+1, 11. (errata), 12 pil. (11 col.; by Gengler). Nuremberg. An annotated list of 283 species of birds found in the lower valley of the Regnitz River, Germany. Diagnostic markings, bibliographic references, distribution and other notes are given. : Lal 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 239 Gengler, J. 1920. Balkanvoégel. | Ein ornithologisches Tagebuch | von | Dr. J. Gengler. | Mit 15 Abbildungen. | 1920 | Verlagsbuchhandlung H. A. Pierer | Altenburg S.-A. und Leipzig. t vol. 8 vo, pp. 1-210, 1 1. (advt.), pll. I-VI (figs. 1-15). Altenburg and Leipzig. An account of the birds observed and collected by (and for) the author during the German military operations in the Balkan Peninsula, 1916-1918. An itiner- ary is followed by a systematic list of 261 species and subspecies, a bibli- ography, and a detailed discussion of the birds included in the list. Gentry, Thomas George. 1876-77. Life-histories | of the | birds of eastern Pennsylvania | by | Thomas G. Gentry, | Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, [etc., 2 lines.] | In two volumes. Vol. I. | Philadelphia: | published by the author. | 1876. > Life-histories | of the | birds | of eastern Pennsylvania, | by | Thomas G. Gentry, | Member of [etc., 3 lines.] | Volume II. | Salem, Mass. | The Naturalists’ Agency. | 1877. 2 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. Il, pp. XI-XIV, 11, pp. 1-399. Vol. II, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-336. Philadelphia. 1876. Salem. 1877. A popular account of the birds of eastern Pennsylvania, chiefly valuable for its notes on the food-habits of the various species, based on analyses of stomach- contents. Originally projected as a work to be complete in two volumes, it was later found to exceed the proposed limits and the subject matter beginning with the wading-birds was reserved for a third volume which was never published. The present copy is from the library of Elliott Coues to whom it was presented by the author. A manuscript letter from the author to Dr. Coues is inserted in Volume I. Gentry, Thomas George. 1878. The | house sparrow | at | home and abroad, | with some | concluding remarks upon its usefulness, | and | copious references to the literature of the subject. | By | Thomas G. Gentry, | author of Life-Histories of Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania, | Member of the Philadelphia Academy [etc., 4 lines.]. | Philadelphia: | Clax- ton, Remsen, and Haffelfinger. | 1878. 1 vol. 8 vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. V-VI, 7-128, frontisp. (col.; by Edwin Shep- pard). Philadelphia. The first American work dealing entirely with the English Sparrow. The question of the bird’s usefulness or undesirablility is fully discussed with conclusions which agree with most of the modern opinions based on longer familiarity with the species. A bibliography is appended. A presentation copy to C. B. Cory from the author. 240 FirLp Museum oF NaturaL History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI.. Gentry, Thomas George. 1880-82. Nests and eggs | of | birds of the United States. | Illus- trated. | [Fig. of Chipping Sparrow.] | By Thomas G. Gentry, | Author of [etc., ro lines, in 2 columns] | Philadelphia. | Published by J. A. Wagenseller. | 1882. 1 vol. crown folio, 1 pr. 1., pp. V-X, 1-300, frontisp. (portr.), illum. title-p., 54 pll. (col.; by Edwin Sheppard). Philadelphia. Published in 25 parts. A popular account of the nesting habits of fifty species of North American birds with chromolithographic illustrations of the species and of their nests and eggs. One of the plates is duplicated in the present copy. The illuminated title page is the only complete one. The text is not always reliable. A critical review of the work is given in the Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 1882, pp. 246-249. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. (Jacquemont, Victor.) 1842(?)-43. Description | des | collections | de Victor Jacquemont. | Mammiféres et Oiseaux, | par | M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hi- laire, | Membre de 1’Institut [etc., 3 lines.]. | 1842-1843. | Paris.- Typographie de Firmin Didot fréres, rue Jacob, 56. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. 1-90, 1 1. (index), pll. 1-8 (7 col.; by Werner and A Prévost; 2 ornithological). Paris. An author’s (advance?) copy of the ornithological and mammalogical portion of Jacquemont’s “Voyage dans I’Inde.’’ In the complete work, the text is found in Vol. IV and the plates in Atlas, Vol. II, both under date of 1844 al- though the letterpress for the mammals and birds appears to have been pub- lished in 1843. Geoffroy presented a copy of this section of the work to the Académie Royale des Sciences de Paris on May 8, 1843 (recorded in the Revue Zoologique, 1843, p. 151), but it is impossible to say whether it was an author’s separate (as collated above) or the regular number of the “Voyage.”’ The copy at hand is enclosed in an original wrapper of the ‘‘Voyage’’ on which the livraison-number is not marked, but which is dated 18431. It is probable, therefore, that the date 1842-1843 on the title-page is misleading. This title- page is not found in the complete work, being replaced by one lettered simply, “Description | des | collections. | Zoologie. | IV. I’%. The ornithology oc- cupies pp. 81-89 and pll. 7-8. One new species of bird, Ardea brag, is de- scribed and figured. Georgi, Johann Gottlieb. 1765. See Osbeck, Peter, Reise nach Ostindien und China. 1Voyage | Dans l'Inde, | par | Victor Jacquemont, | Pendant les Années 1828 A 1832. | Publié sous les auspices | De M. Guizot, | Ministre de l’Instruction Publique, | Livraison. | Paris, | Typographie de Firmin Didot Fréres, Libraires, | Imprimeurs de l'Institut de France, | Rue Jacob, No. 56. | 1843 [Figured Border.]). Copy in John Crerar Library, Chicago. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 241 [Gerini, Giovanni. | 1767-76. [Storia Naturale degli Uccelli. | 5 vols. in 1, superroyal folio (14x18), pll. I-CVIII (col.; by Viol. Vanni, Lor. Lorenzi and S. Manetti; XVIII, LXXXV and ? miss- ing). Florence. A series of execrable drawings, hand-colored, of various birds from various coun- tries. Above each of them is inscribed a vernacular Italian name with a Latin equivalent, sometimes binary, sometimes not. Below, each plate bears a dedication to some personage or other. There is no title-page and the back of the cover is inscribed simply “Volatili.’”” The above title is taken from the “Atlante Ornitologico” of Arrigoni degli Oddi, 1902 (q.v.), pp. 122-123, 1902. Gerini’s names have not been accepted, except occasionally as with Falco mertllus (Pll. XVIII and XIX) cited by Sharpe (Hand List 1, p. 275, No. 34, 1899) and Madarasz (Magyarorszag Madarai, Pt. VI, p. 234, r901). Accord- to Paolo Savi (Ornithologica Toscana, 1, pp. V-VI, 1827-31), Gerini, having died in 1751, is not responsible for any of the above work other than for the assembling of the collection of birds which forms the basis of the drawings; the publication is ascribed to certain unnamed individuals without a knowledge of ornithology. Buffon (Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1, p. VJ, footn., 1770) mentions this work as being noticeable for the inferiority of its plates and the unscientific nature of its nomenclature, which, he says, renders the natural history of birds more confused rather than simplified. Gervais, Paul. 1839. See Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Théodore, Voyage autour du Monde executé sur La Favorite, . . . Zoologie. Giacomelli, F. . 1881. See Watkins, Morgan George, Pictures of Bird Life in Pen and Pencil. Giacomelli, H. 1885. See Adams, William Henry Davenport, The Bird World Described with Pen and Pencil. Gibbs, Morris. 1879. Article XXIV.-Annotated List of the Birds of | Michigan. | By Dr. Morris Gibbs. > Bulletin. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories, 5, No. 3, pp. 481-497, Nov. 30, 1879. 1 pamphlet, 8vo, pp. 481-497. Washington, Nov. 30, 1879. An annotated list of 310 species and subspecies, with brief annotations giving dis- tribution and status of each, and with occasional references to special records. Extracted from the Bulletin in which it appeared. Gibbs, Morris. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. 242 Fietp Museum oF Natura History—Zoovtocy, Vor. XVI. Giebel, Christoph.Gottfried Andreas. 1872-77. Thesaurus | ornithologiae. | Repertorium | der gesamm- ten ornithologischen Literatur | und | Nomenclator | sammtlicher Gattungen und Arten der Végel | nebst Synonymen und geo- graphischer Verbreitung. | Von | Dr. C. G. Giebel, | Professor der Zoologie und Director des zoologischen Museums | der Universitat in Halle. | Erster [-Dritter] Band. | Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1872 [1875; 1877]. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 3 ll., pp. 1-868. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 1-787. Vol. III, pp. I-VI, 1-861. Leipzig. Issued in 8 half-volumes. The work is divided into two general sections, the first of which is devoted to an ornithological bibliography (Vol. I., pp. 1-252), and the second to a “nomenclator ornithologicus” (Vol. I, pp. 253-868; Vol. Il and III, complete). The bibliography is arranged in a very heterogeneous manner and is almost useless, while the “nomenclator”’ is not entirely reliable. Giglioli, Enrico Hillyer. 1886. Ministero di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercio. | Direzione Generale dell’ Agricoltura. | Ufficio Ornitologico. | Avifauna Italica | Elenco delle specie di uccelli | stazionarie o di passaggio in Italia | collo loro sinonimia volgare | e con notizie piu specialmente intorno alle migrazioni ed alla nidificazione | compilato dal Dot- tore | Enrico Hillyer Giglioli | Professore [etc., 3 lines.] | Per servire alla inchiesta ornitologica. | [Blazon.] | Firenze. | Coi tipi dei successori Le Monnier. | 1886. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-623, 11. Florence. An annotated list of species of the birds of Italy, with a compilation of the com- mon names used for them in various districts and an account of their distribu- tion. Giglioli, Enrico Hillyer. 1889-91. Ministero di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercio. | Dire- zione Generale dell’ Agricoltura. | Ufficio Ornitologico. | Primo resoconto | dei resultati della inchiesta ornitologica in Italia. | Parte prima [seconda; terza ed ultima] | Avifauna Italica [Avifaune locali.; Notizie d’indole generale] | Elenco sistematico delle specie di uccelli [Risultati della inchiesta ornitologica (Pt. IJ.); Migra- zioni, nidificazione, alimentazione, ecc. (Pt. III.)] | stazionarie o di passagio in Italia [nelle singole provincie (Pt. II.); Line omitted (Pt. III.).] | con nuovi nomi volgari e colle notizie sin qui fornite dai collaboratori | nella inchiesta ornitologica [2 lines omitted (Pts. II and III.).) | compilato dal Dottore | Enrico Hillyer Giglioli | Professore [etc., 3 lines.]. | Con una carta delle stazioni 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 243 ornitologiche in Italia. [Line omitted (Pts. II and IITI.).] | [Bla- zon.| | Firenze. | Coi tipi dei successori Le Monnier. | 1889 [18g90; 1891 |. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VII+1, 1-706, 1 map. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-693, 2 ll. (errata and addenda). Vol. III, pp. I-VII+1, 1-518. Florence. An elaboration and revision of the author’s ‘“‘Avifauna Italica” of 1886 (q.v.). In Vol. I the species are treated in systematic order, with a list of vernacular names and notes on distribution arranged by districts, provinces and specific localities. In Vol. II a list of species is given for each province, with a des- cription of the physical characteristics of each region. Vol. III contains gen- eral remarks and notes on migration, nidification, alimentation, etc., arranged by provinces. No species are described. Giglioli, Enrico Hillyer. 1907. Ministero di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercio | Direzione Generale dell’ Agricoltura | Ufficio Ornitologico | Secondo reso- conto | dei risultati della inchiesta ornitologica in Italia | Avifauna Italica | Nuovo elenco sistematico delle specie di uccelli | stazio- narie, di passagio o di accidentale comparsa in Italia; | coi nomi volgari, colla loro distribuzione geografica, | con notizie intorno alla loro biologia, ed un esame critico delle variazioni | e delle cosidette sottospecie | compilato dal Dottore | Enrico Hillyer Giglioli | Professore ordinario di Zoologia e Anatomia dei Vertebrati | nel R. Istituto di Studi Superiori in Firenze, Membro del Comitato ornitologico internazionale | e Direttore dell’ Ufficio ornitologico | [Blazon.] | Firenze | coi tipi dello stab. tipografico S. Giuseppe | 1907. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo (634 x 934), pp. I-X XIV, 1-784. Florence. A second edition of Pt. I of the author’s “Primo Resoconto,”’ etc., 1889 (q.v.). No descriptions are given and the text consists almost entirely of lists of ver- nacular names of the species and accounts of the distribution of each. No sub- species are recognized. Dultz & Co., Munich, in their ‘‘Antiquariats-Katalog 19,”’ 1916, announce their purchase of the full stock of this book which they quote under publication date of 1911, but the work was reviewed in the Journal far Ornithologie in January 1908 and in the Auk in April of the same year, and, no doubt, was actually published in 1907 as given on the title-page. Gilbert, H. A.; and Brook, Arthur. 1924. Secrets | of bird life | by | H. A. Gilbert | and | Arthur Brook | with forty-one photographs | Arrowsmith::London::W.C.1. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-203, 32 pll. London. An account of the authors’ experiences in photographing British birds. The narrative appears to be by the senior author, while the junior author is res- ponsible for the photographs which form the excellent illustrations. 244 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. Gill, Theodore Nicholas. 1874. See Baird, Spencer F.; Brewer; and Ridgway, A History of North American Birds, Loud Birds. Giraud, Jacob P., Jr. 1844. The | birds of Long Island. | By J. P. Giraud, Jr., | Member of the Lyceum of Natural History, New-York, Corresponding | Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, &c. | New-York: | Published by Wiley & Putnam, 161 Broadway. | To- bitt’s Print, 9 Spruce st. | 1844. 1 vol. 4to (5% x 87%) pp. I-XXI-+1, 11., pp. 1-397, 1 pl. New York. A general account of the habits of the birds found on Long Island, with descrip- tions and some synonymy. Girton, Daniel. (Thompson, W.) 1805. The new and complete | pigeon-fancier; if or. | modern treatise | on | domestic pigeons: | containing | The most valuable Information concerning the Nature, Pro- | perties, and Manage- ment of all their various Species, | under the following heads: | 1. An useful, comprehensive and entertaining Natural History of | Pigeons. -2. Full and ample Directions for building a Pigeon- House, or Dove-Cote. -3. Plain and necessary Instructions for stocking and | managing the Pigeon-House, or Dove-Cote, with a particular Account | of those Pigeons which are most advantageous for that Purpose; and | an Abstract of the Laws now in Force relating to Pigeons. -4. Ac- | count of the best Methods now in Practice, for preventing Pigeons | from leaving their Habitations. -5. An accurate and clear Descrip- | tion of all the valuable Species of Fancy-Birds and Toys now bred in | England, France, and Holland. -6. Rules necessary to be observed in | distinguishing the Sexes of young Pigeons. -7. Useful Particulars re- | lative to coupling or matching of Pigeons. -8. The most eligible Me- | thods of erecting and furnishing a Loft for Pigeons. -9. Remarks | and Observations on the Diet proper for Pigeons. -10. The Diseases | of Pigeons, with the best Remedies for each Distemper, as prac- ticed | by the most experienced Fanciers. -11. General Remarks on Pigeon- | Fanciers and Pigeon-Keepers; with Advice highly worthy the At- | tention of both. | The whole | Being an useful, instructive, and sure Guide to Pigeon-Fanciers | in every Sphere of Life, com- prehending all that is necessary | to be known in the whole delight- ful Fancy of Pigeons. | By Daniel Girton, Esq. | of the County of Bucks. | A new Edition, revised and improved by Mr. W. Thomp- FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. Vil. Abandern der Vogel Einflufs des Klima’s. Nach zoologischen, zunichstvon den europdischen Landvégeln entnommenen Beobachtungen dargestellt, mit den entsprechenden Erfahrungen bei den europdischen Siugthieren verglichen, und durch Thatsachen aus dem Gebiete der Physiologie, der Physik und der physischen Geographie erlautert. Von D™ CONSTANTIN LAMBERT GLOGER zu Breslau, Mitgliede der kaiser]. Leopoldinisch -Carolinischen Akademie der Naturforscher, der schlesischen Gesellschaft fir yaterlandische Cultur, und der naturforschenden Gesellschaften zu Halle und Gorlitz. PIPED oj §258 | Breslau 1833. In Commission bei Alugust Schulz und” Comp. Gedrockt in der Akademischen Buchdrockerei zu Berlin. TITLE-PAGE OF GLOGER’S ‘‘DAS ABANDERN DER VOGEL.’’ See p. 245. iat eee | A a Ye a 70 q ar viet | ire A “a iy es Te ’ . - , ae Sire . Me me 4 i ) marl s ae ‘ : Sa adh aes Ss * 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 245 son, | Author of the New and Complete Bird-Fancier and | the Gardener’s Calendar. | Embellished with correct Portraits of Twelve of the most choice | Pigeons, drawn from the Life. | Lon- don: | Printed by S. Couchman, Throgmorton-Street; | For Alex. Hogg & Co. at the King’s-Arms, | No. 16, Paternoster-Row. | [Price only One Shilling and Sixpence. ]. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 1-63-+1 (advt.), frontisp. London. The first edition of this curious little book was published in 1799. Gladstone, Hugh Steuart. 1923. Notes on the birds | of | Dumfriesshire | a continuation of | The Birds of Dumfriesshire | by | Hugh S. Gladstone | M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., F.S.A. (Scot.) | Dumfries | Published by the Council of the Dumfriesshire and Galloway Natural His- tory | and Antiquarian Society, Dumfries and Maxwelltown Ewart Public Library. | 1923. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-112, 2 ll. frontisp., 3 pll. Dumfries. Intended as a continuation of the same author’s ‘“The Birds of Dumfriesshire,” published in 1910, bringing the subject matter up to date. Edition limited to 250 copies of which this is copy No. 8. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1833. Das | Abandern der Vogel | durch | Einfluss des Klima’s. | Nach | zoologischen, zunachst von den europaischen Landvoégeln | entnommenen Beobachtungen dargestellt, mit den entsprechen- den | Erfahrungen bei den europaischen Saugethieren vergleichen, | und | durch Thatsachen aus dem Gebiete der Physiologie, der Physik | und der physischen Geographie erlautert. | Von | Dr. Constantin Lambert Gloger | zu Breslau, | Mitgliede [etc., 3 lines.|. | Breslau 1833. | In Commission bei August Schulz und Com. | Gedruckt in der Akademischen Buchdruckerei zu Berlin. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XXIX+1+11., 1-159. Breslau. A very detailed study of climatic variation of birds. The paper closes with a “‘Systematisches Verzeichniss der klimatischen Varietaten der europdischen Landvégel und der auf sie gegriindeten Nominal-Species.’’ The present copy is bound with the author’s “Schlesiens Wirbelthier-Fauna,”’ and a prev- ious owner has added to the volume a photograph of the author. The preface is dated Dec. 1832. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1833. Schlesiens | Wirbelthier-Fauna. | Ein | systematischer Ueber- blick | der | in dieser Provinz vorkommenden | Saugethiere, Végel, Amphibien | und Fische; | mit Rucksicht auf | den allgemeinen 246 FieLpD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Character des Landes, so wie auf das locale | und quantitative Vorkommen seiner Thiere, namentlich mit | Angabe ihres Anstei- gens auf Berghéhen und ihrer wichtigsten | Abanderungen. | Von | Dr. Constantin Lambert Gloger, Mitgliede [etc., 5 lines.]. | Breslau, 1833. | Druck und Verlag von Grass, Barth und Comp. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-78. Breslau. 1833 (after Sept. 17). An annotated list of the vertebrate fauna of Silesia. The birds are treated on pp. 15-64, where 282 species are listed. Vernacular and Latin names are used, the latter emended to conform to the author’s puristic views. The copy is bound with the author’s “Das Abandern der Végel,” with a photograph of Gloger supplied by a former owner of the volume. The preface of the present work is dated Sept. 17, 1833. The classification adopted by Gloger is some- what advanced for his time. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1834. Vollstandiges Handbuch | der | Naturgeschichte der Végel | Europa’s, | mit besonderer Ritcksicht auf Deutschland. | Von | Dr. Constantin Lambert Gloger, | Mitgliede der Kaiserlichen Leo- poldinisch-Carolinischen Akademie [etc., 5 lines.]. | Erster Theil, | die deutschen Landvégel enthaltend. | Breslau 1834, | bei August Schulz und Comp. | Gedruckt bei Grass, Barth und Comp. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-LVI, 1-600. Breslau. 1834 (post Nov. 15). An incomplete work on the birds of Europe, especially of Germany. Although the present volume is noted as ‘‘Erster Theil,’’ it is the only portion of the work published and treats of the land birds. Some new names are used in the nomen- clature, but these are largely emendations, so far as species are concerned. The work marks an important advance in other particulars of classification, and Gloger herein is the first ornithologist to divide his Passerine group into two suborders based on the presence or absence of song-muscles!. The volume, according to Engelmann, appeared in 6 sections but the single date is quoted for all. The preface is dated November 15, 1834. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1841-42. Gemeinniitziges | Hand- und Hilfsbuch | der | Naturge- schichte. | Fur gebildete Leser aller Stande, | besonders | fur die reifere Jugend und ihre Lehrer. | Von | Dr. C. W. L. Gloger, | Mit- gliede der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen Akademie der Naturforscher [etc., 5 lines.]. | Erster Band, | enthaltend | die erste Halfte der Naturgeschichte der Thiere, | nebst | erfahrungs- massigen Andeutungen | aber | den gegenwartigen Zustand und Erfolg des Unterrichts in dieser Wissenschaft, nament- | lich auf Gymanasien, und Vorschlagen tber fernere Einrichtung desselben im Newton, Dictionary of Birds, Introd., p. 57, 1893. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 247 Ver- | haltnisse zu seinem wirklichen Zwecke. | Breslau, 1842. | Verlag von Aug. Schulz & Comp. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXXXIV, 1-495+1. Breslau. Intended as the first volume of a general work on natural history, but actually all that was published. It treats only of mammals and birds, the latter on PP. 175-476 and 477. New generic names, many of them valid, are used. The index purports to show the new names used in the work by showing them printed-in italics, but not all of the names so printed are new and there are many omissions. The work seems to have appeared in 7 parts. Engelmann cites 7 parts and there are 7 original wrappers bound in at the close of the volume at hand, the last one being marked ‘Heft. 7 (schluss),’”’ the figure and last word being hand-written. Some of these wrappers are stained and the mark has been transferred to the pages which, apparently, were originally enclosed therein; one wrapper is shorter than the pages of text and the first and last pages of its original contents show a correspondingly broad grimy margin; and at 6 places in the book the butts of the leaves show traces of the original green wrappers adhering to the sheets. From this evidence it seems fairly certain that Heft 1 contained pp. 1-80; 2, pp. 81-160; 3, pp. 161-240; 4, Ppp. 241-320; 5, Pp- 321-400; 6, pp. 401-448; 7, pp. 449-496+1 and I-XXXXIV. Pp. 477- 480 are alone in doubt. They comprise the last page of text and the first pages of the index and consist of a single folded sheet which is not part of signature 30 (pp. 465-476) nor of signature 32 (pp. 481-496+1). Two leaves are missing from signature 30 (whose final 3 pp. may have been blank), and Pp. 477 has a note printed at the foot cancelling a (former?) p. 477}, so it is apparent that an original p. 477 has been suppressed and replaced by that one which contains the first page of the index on its reverse. There is no evidence, however, to show that this reissue was not published in Heft 7. The original wrappers for Pts. 1-5 are undated; those of 6 and 7 are dated 1842. These figures agree with those of Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LX, 1922) who, from other sources, cites pp. 1-400 as of 1841 and 401-496 and I- XXXXIV as of 1842. Thomas (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, (6), 15, p. 189, 1895) quotes a reference to pp. 1-160 dated May, 1841, which gives an ap- proximate date for the first two parts of this rare work. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich. 1802. See Linné, Karl von, A General System of Nature. Gobel, C. F. 1905. See Alphéraky, Sergius, The Geese of Europe and Asia. Godman, Frederick DuCane. 1879-1904. See Salvin, Osbert; and Godman, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Aves. Godman, Frederick Du Cane. 1882. See Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich, Catalogus Rerum Naturalium Rarissimarum, The Willughby Society. ‘Carton far Seite 477 etc.” 248 Fietp Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Godman, Frederick Du Cane. (Pycraft, William Plane.) 1907-1910. A | monograph | of the | petrels | (order Tubinares) | by | Frederick Du Cane Godman | D.C.L. F.R.S. | President of the British Ornithologists’ Union | with hand-coloured plates | by J. G. Keulemans | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London | 1907-1910. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-LV+1, 1-381, pll. 1-103, 54, 98A and 102A (106 pll, col.; by J. G. Keulemans). London. Published in five parts which are reviewed in the Zoological Record and current numbers of the Auk and the Ibis. The accounts in the Zoological Record and the Auk do not agree as to the pagination and plate-numbers included in the various parts; that in the Auk appears to be more probably incorrect since it is not consistent in itself. The following arrangement seems to be correct. Pt. I, dated Dec. 1907, pp. 1-68, pll. 1-19 +5A; II, March 1908, pp. 69-152, pill. 20-39; III, Sept. 1908, pp. 153-232, pll. 40-66; IV, April 1909, pp. 233-296, pll. 67-84; V, May 1910, pp. 297-381, I-LV, pll. 85-103-+98A and 102A. According to the reviewer in the Auk, 27, pp. 350-351, July 1910, Salvin originated the idea of publishing the present work and had some of the plates prepared at the time of his death. Godman took over the project and, with the acknowledged assistance of R. B. Sharpe, published the work as it exists. Pp. XIV-XX contain an essay by Pycraft “On the Systematic Position of the Petrels.”’ The present copy is No. 122 of the edition, which was limited to 225 copies. Goeldi, Emilio Augusto. 1894-1900. As | aves do Brasil | por | Emilio Augusto Goeldi | Dr. Ph.; Director do Museu Paraense | Primeira [Segunda?] parte | Livraria Classica de Alves & C. | Rio de Janeiro | 46, Rua Gon- calves Dias, 46 S. Paulo | 9, Rua de Quitanda, 9 | 1894 [19007] 1 vol. cap 8vo, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-664, 1-82 (index). Rio de Janeiro. Published in two parts, of which the first part, issued in 1894, embraced pp. 1-311, and the second part, issued in 1900, pp. 311 (reprinted?)-664 and 1-82 (index). The present copy lacks the 1894 issue of p. 311 and the title page of the second part which may be, mut. mut., the same as that of the first part. Pt. II is reviewed in the Ibis for 1901, p. 501, as of date 1900. The book contains a running account of the distribution and occurrence of the birds of Brazil, without descriptions. In the years 1900-1906, there was published, as an illustrative supplement to this work, the “Album de Aves Amazonicas” (q.v.). A preliminary half-title of the present work reads, ‘““Monographias Brasileiras | II,” the first number of the series being the author’s “Os Mammiferos do Brasil” published in 1893. Goeldi, Emilio Augusto. 1900-06. Museu Goeldi | (Museu Paraense) | de historia natural e ethnographia | Album de aves Amazonicas | organisado pelo Professor | Dr Emilio A. Goeldi. | Director do mesmo Museu | 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 249 Publicacao iniciada por ordem de S. Excia o Sfir Dr José Paes de Carvalho, | Ex-Governador | e continuada dob o governo de S. Excia o Sir Dr Augusto Montenegro | Desenhos do Sfir. Ernesto Lohse, desenhista-lithographo do museu Goeldi | Supplemento illustrativo a’obra ‘“‘Aves do Brazil’ | pelo Dr Emilio A. Goeldi | Livraria classica de Alves & Cie, Rio de Janeiro, 1894-1900 (2 volumes) | 1900-1906. [Jilustr. border. | 1 vol. medium 4to (in original fascicles). Fasc. I, pll. 1-12. Fasc. II, pll. 13-24. Fasc. III, title, pp. 1-46+1 1, 12 ll. (9 printed), pill. 25-48. Plates lithographed in colors; by Ernesto Lohse.) Belem (Para). A collection of 48 plates in color illustrating Goeldi’s ‘Aves do Brasil,” (q.v.). Reference to that work is made on the plates and in the index. Fasc. I is dated 1900; II, 1902; ITI,1906. Goffin, A. 1862. See Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Historie, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, 1862-81 (-1907). Gordon, William John. 1892?. Our country’s birds | and how to know them. | A guide to all the birds of Great Britain. | By | W. J. Gordon. | With an illustration in colour of every species | and many original diagrams by | G. Willis and R. E. Holding. | Nineteenth thousand. | Lon- don: | Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent & Co., Limited. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-152, pll. I-X XXIII (col.), 38 text- cuts. London. A popular handbook for the identification of British birds. The plates are lithographed and mostly inaccurate as to color. The original impression ap- pears to have been issued in 1892. Goss, Nathaniel Stickney. 1883. A catalogue | of the | birds of Kansas. | By | N. S. Goss. | Published under the direction of the Executive Council. | Topeka, Kansas: | Kansas Publishing House. | 1883. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 5-34-+insert-slip (errata). Topeka. An annotated list of the species of birds known to occur in Kansas, A revised edition was published in 1886 (q.v.). Goss, Nathaniel Stickney. 1886. A revised catalogue | of the | birds of Kansas | with descrip- tive notes of the nests and eggs of the | birds known to breed in the state. | By N. S. Goss. | Published under the direction of the 250 FreLD Museum oF NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Executive Council. | May, 1886. | Topeka: | Kansas Publishing House: T. D. Thacher, State Printer. | 1886. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 11., pp. 1-76. Topeka. May 1886. The author’s ‘A Catalogue of the Birds of Kansas,” 1883 (q.v.), revised and somewhat elaborated, with the addition of species not recorded in the first work. Goss, Nathaniel Stickney. 1891. History | of the | birds of Kansas | By N. S. Goss. | Illus- trating 529 birds. | Topeka, Kansas: | Geo. W. Crane & Co., printers and binders. | 1891. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-692, 1 1. (index to pll.), pll. I-XXXV, 1 text-fig. Topeka. A manual of the birds of the state, with complete descriptions and accounts of habits and nidification. The illustrations are from photographs of mounted birds in the author’s collection and show most of the species although many of them are of little use for purposes of identification. The general descrip- tions are quoted from Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, Ridgway, and Coues, but there are many original notes on the colors of soft parts, habits, songs, etc., which are useful and important. Gosse, Philip Henry. (Hill, Richard.) 1847. The | birds of Jamaica. | By | Philip Henry Gosse; | assisted by Richard Hill, Esq., of Spanish-Town. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.XLVII. 1 vol. 12mo, 1 1. (advt.), 1 pr. 1., pp. I-X, 1-447-++insert-slip (errata). London. An account of the habits of the birds of Jamaica, a large proportion of which appears to have been compiled from the notes of Richard Hill. A number of new species are described by the author. A volume of 52 colored plates was published in 1849 by the same author under the title of “Illustrations of the Birds of Jamaica,” (q.v.). Gosse, Philip Henry. 1849. Illustrations | of the | birds of Jamaica. | By | Philip Henry Gosse. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | 1849. 1 vol. folio (7 x 10%), 2 pr. ll. (tit., advt. and conts.), pll. II, IV, VI-X, “XI, XIV; XVIEXXIV, XXXVI; XXXIT AXRTY; XXXVII, XXXVIII, XL-XLII, XLIV, XLV, LII, LIII, LVI, LVIII-LXII, LXIV-LXVII, LXXIV, LXXXIV, LXXXV, XC, XC CHyeCly¥,CVIII, CX, CX, CRIT MCX Al Seale col.; by the author). London. A series of colored plates intended to illustrate the author’s ‘Birds of Jamaica,” 1847 (q.v.), to which page-references are given on the plates. The original 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 251 plan was to give a figure of each species described in the earlier work, but this was modified ‘‘by omitting such species as had been well figured before, in works easily available to the British public.” Two species are figured (on pl. XXII and XLV) which are not mentioned in the text. The present volume has inscribed on the fly leaf, “The late W. Yarrell’s copy,’ and bears, also, the bookplate of Henry Wemyss Feilden. Gosse, Philip. 1899. See Fitz Gerald, Edward A.; and Vines, Stuart, The Highest Andes. Gould, John. (Vigors, N. A.) 1831-32. A | century of birds | from | the Himalaya Mountains. | By | John Gould, A.L.S. | London: | 1832. 1 vol. imperial folio, 6 pr. Il., 72 Il., 80 pll. (col.; by E. Gould). London. This work appeared in two forms, one with the backgrounds of the plates uncol- ored, the other with them colored. The present copy belongs to the latter series. Although no actual dates of publication appear to be available, a remark by Vigors in an early number of the Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London, Vol. I. pp. 170 and 176, (meeting for Dec. 27, 1831) indicates that the work was being, or had been, issued in regular monthly parts. This would tend to show that publication was commenced in 1831 or earlier. Some of the plates were exhibited to the Society at a meeting held on Noy. 23, 1830; see Proceedings, Vol. I, p. 6. The plates were executed by Mrs. (E.) Gould from Gould’s sketches and the scientific descriptions, with most, if not all, of the remaining letterpress, were written by Vigors to whom Gould makes acknowledgment in the ‘‘Advertisement”’ on a preliminary leaf. Whether or not the nomenclature of the various species should be quoted from this folio or from the Proc. Comm. Sci. Corr. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. I, in which the descriptions were published somewhat con- temporaneously, depends on the actual dates of publication of the two works, but the authorship, in any case, is that of Vigors, not of Gould. The descrip- tions in the “‘Proceedings’’ were issued as follows, quoting the pagination of Vol. I. Pp. 7-9, Jan. 6, 1831; 22-23, Febr. 1, 1831; 35, March 2, 1831; 41-44, April 6, 1831; 54-55, May 6, 1831; 170-176, March 2, 1832. The 80 hand- colored plates contain 102 figures of birds, of which 2 represent species (and sexes) figured twice; the remaining roo figures form the basis for the title of “Century.”” This was the first of Gould’s famous folios. Gould, John. 1832-37. The | birds of Europe. | By | John Gould, F.LS., &c. | In five volumes. | Vol. I [-V]. | Raptores [Insessores; Insessores; Rasores.Grallatores; Natatores]. | London: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20 Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1837. 5 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1 1., pp. 1-4, 51 Il., 50 pill. (col.). Vol. II, rox lL., 99 pli. (col.; nos. 51-149). Vol. III, 95 IL, 252 Frerp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. 93 pl. (col.; nos. 150-242). Vol. IV, 105 11., 103 pll. (col.; nos. 243- 345). Vol. V, 105 ll., 103 pll. (col.; nos. 346-449; 447 and 448 on one plate). London. Issued in 22 parts, the first of which appeared June 1, 1832. The remainder were planned to appear on the first of each third month thereafter. The preface was written on August 1, 1837, which would have been in time for the issuance of Pt. XXII on September 1 in accordance with the program, but whether the program was followed throughout I am unable to determine. The plates in the bound volumes are in accordance with a ‘“‘General List of Plates,’’ widely differing from the order of publication. As to the plates in each number, Iam able to allocate but a few. Pt. I apparently contained, among others, plates 23, 27, 61, 216, 233, 260 and 379; Pts. I and III included pll. 19, 53, 59, 97, 120, 148, 160, 204, 217, 246, 258 and 289; Pt. X contained pll. 28, 159, 282 and 314: Pt. XI included pl. 297. The plates, drawn by Gould and E. Lear, were hand- colored by Mrs. Gould. Gould, John. (Owen, Richard.) 1833-35. A | monograph | of | the Ramphastide, | or | family of toucans. | By | John Gould, F.L.S. | London: | published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1834. > {A | Monograph | of the | Family of Ramphastidae [Ram- phastidae (Pt. III.)] | or Toucans; [or | Family of Toucans. (Pt. III.)| | By | J. Gould, | F.L.S. | Pt. 1. [1 crossed out and replaced by “2” (Pt. II.); line omitted, but “Pt. 3’ added by hand (Pt. III.).] | To be completed in Two Parts. [Price £ 2-0 (Pt. III.)| | London. | Published by the Author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1833 [1835 (Pt. III.)]. | Printed by C. Hull- mandel. } 1 vol. imperial folio, 47 ll., 34 pll. (33 col.; by J. and E. Gould and E. Lear). London. Published in three parts. Through the kindness of Dr. C. E. Hellmayr and of Dr. A. Laubmann of the Bavarian State Museum at Munich, I am enabled to transcribe the titles and give the contents of the several parts, from a copy in the library of the Mtinich Museum. They are as follows. Pt. I contained text and plates of Pteroglossus bitorquatus, Ramphastos cari- natus, Pter. ulocomus, R.. culminatus, Pter. maculirostris, Pter. hypoglaucus, R. discolorus, Pter. prasinus, Pter. regalis, R. swainsonti, Pter. sulcatus, and Pier. bailioni. Pt. II contained the title-page (dated 1834), the preface, in- troduction, etc., descriptions of the generic characters of the genera Ramphastos and Pteroglossus and the text and plates of Pter. azarae, Pter. inscriptus, R. toco, Pter. castanotis, R. cuviert, R. ariel (tucanus Linne?), Pter. culik, R. ery- throrhynchus, Pter. aracari, R. vitellinus, Pter. viridis, a new description of R. culminatus, and Owen’s paper and plate of ‘Observations on the Anatomy of the Toucan.’”’ An insert-slip is attached to the cover, entitled ‘“To the binder,” giving the sequence to be followed in arranging the letterpress and plates, and closing with the statement, “The description of Ramphastos culminatus, given 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 253 in Part I, to be cancelled, and the one in Part II inserted in its stead.’ Pt. III contained text and plates of R. citreopygus, R. osculans, Pter. pluricinctus, Pier. humboldtii, Pter. langsdorffiii, Pter. nattererii, Pter. reinwardtit, Pter. derbianus, Pter. haematopygus and Pter. pavoninus. There is another insert- slip in this part addressed “‘To the binder,”’ giving a new order of arrangement for the contents of the work at the close of which is placed Owen’s contribu- tion; then follows the same note as in Pt. II regarding the cancellation of the original text of R. culminatus and the statement, ‘“The Synopsis Specierum given in Part II to be cancelled, and the one in Part III inserted in its stead. N.B. The directions to the Binder in Part II to be disregarded.”” The present copy lacks the original text of Ramphastos culminatus. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 79, in a paper read July 8, 1834, (publ. Nov. 25, 1834) there isa statement to the effect that Gould’s monograph of the Ramphastidae “ is just completed’’; this statement presumably refers to the completion of the two parts mentioned on the original wrappers of Pts. I and II and fixes the approximate date for Pt. II. In 1852-54, Gould issued a new edition of the work (q.v.) under the same title as the present, and in 1855 published his “‘Supplement to the First Edi- tion” (q.v.), giving the text and plates of the species included in the revised, but not the original, edition. Gould, John. 1836-38. A | monograph | of | the Trogonide, | or | family of trogons. | By | John Gould, F.L.S., &c. | London: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Pub- lished by the author, 20 Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1838. 1 vol. imperial folio, 2 pr. Il., pp. I-VII+1, 39 Il., 36 pll. (col.). London. Published in 3 parts. Part I is mentioned by Swainson in Vol. I of his ‘On the Natural History and Classification of Birds” in “The Cabinet Cyclopaedia” of Dionysius Lardner (q.v.), and therefore must date 1836 or earlier. I do not know what species were included in this part. In Vol. II (pp. 337 and 338), Swainson cites Trogon elegans, T. ambiguus, T. melanocephala, Harpactes mala- baricus, M. erythrocephalus, and Calurus resplendens from Gould’s work, so that these species were undoubtedly included in Part I or in Parts I and II if both were in print before July, 1837. A second edition, quite different from the first, was published in 1858-75 under the same title (q.v.). Gould, John. 1837-38. The | birds of Australia, | and the adjacent islands. | By John Gould, F.L.S., &c. | Part I [II]. | [List of contents.] | Lon- don: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | August, 1837 [February, 1838]. 2 parts (all published) in 1 vol. imperial folio. Part I, cover-tit., 10 ll., 10 pll. (col.). Part II, cover-tit., 10 ll., insert-slip (notice to subscribers), 10 pll. (col.). London. 254 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. After the commencement of the present book, Gould found himself so handi- capped by lack of specimens that he cancelled the work and set out for Austra- lia to procure more and better material. After his return he began the publi- cation of “The Birds of Australia’”’ (q.v., 1840-48). Of the plates in the present work, Nos. 6, 7, 9 and 10 of Pt. I, and 3, 4, 8, 9 and 10 of Pt. II were reprinted in the later work with occasional minor alterations in colors; the remainder were redrawn. This unfinished folio is said to be the rarest of Gould’s works. Gould, John. 1837-38. A synopsis | of the | birds of Australia, | and the adja- cent islands. | By | John Gould, F.L.S., &c. | Author of various works [eic., 3 lines.] | London: | Published by the author, 20 Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1837-38. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, 77 ll., pp. 1-8, 73 pll. (col.). London. Issued in 4 parts: Pt. I (19 pll.), January, 1837; Pt. II (18 pll.), January, 1837; Pt. III (18 pll.), April, 1838; Pt. IV (18 pll.), April 1838. The work consists chiefly of diagnoses, descriptions, and synonymies of the species figured on the plates. Pages 1-8 at the conclusion of Pt. IV contain original descriptions of several new genera and 36 new species which were read before the London Zoological Society in December, 1837 but not published by that body until December 5, 1838 (P. Z. S. Lond. 1837, pp. 138-157), after the appearance of the present volume. Gould, John. 1837-38. [Price £1 15s. (Pt. II.)] | Icones avium, | or | figures and descriptions | of | new and interesting species of birds | from various parts of the world. | By | John Gould, F.L.S., &c. | forming a supplement | to his previous works. | Part I. [Part II] | [List of spectes, 5 lines in double column (Pt. I.).; Monograph of the Capri- mulgidez, | part I. | List of species, 4 lines, in double column (Pt. ITI.) | London: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | August, 1837 [August, 1838]. 2 parts (all published), imperial folio. Part I, cover-tit., 10 ll., ro pll. (col.). Part II, (cover-tit.), 8 ll., 8 pll. (col.). This work was interrupted by Gould’s departure for Australia in search of material for his work on the birds of that region, and was never resumed. Certain of the species were described in papers read in advance before the Zoological Society of London, but in most cases these descriptions were never published in the “‘Proceedings”’ of that body. Four species in Pt. I (Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the subjoined list ), ascribed to ‘‘Proc. of Zool. Soc. Part. V., 1837’, without pagination, were not so published and must date from the present work; two species (Nos. 7 and 9) were published but are antedated by the folio. In Pt. II, five species (Nos. 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8), ascribed to ‘‘Proc. of Zool. Soc. Part VI 1838,” without pagination, did not appear except in the present book. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 255 The two parts contained the following species as listed on the wrappers. Pt. I:-Eurylaimus (Crossodera) Dalhousieae, Todus multicolor, Ianthocincla phenicea, Calliope pectoralis, Microura squamata, Paradoxornis flavirostris, Pteroglossus (Selenidera) Gouldit, Numida vulturina, Ortyx plumifera, Cursor- tus rufus. Pt. Il:-Amblypterus anomalus, Nyctidromus Derbyanus, Semeio- phorus (Macrodipteryx?) vexillarius, Lyncornis cerviniceps, Lyncornis macrotis, [Lyncornis] Temminckii, Batrachostomus auritus, Nyctibius pectoralis. Gould, John. 1838-41. See Darwin, Charles, The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M.S. Beagle, 1838-43. Gould, John. 1840-48. The | birds of Australia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.Z.S., [etc., 5 lines.] | In seven volumes. | Vol. I [-VII]. | Lon- don: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1848. 7 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, 9 Il., pp. V-CII, 1-13-+1, 37 il., 36 pll. (col.), text-figs. 1-3. Vol. II, 106 ll., 104 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 99 I1., 97 pl, (cal); Vol, IV; 1061L,, ton pill, (col.+ 2 fold.). Vol. V, o4 Ih; 92 pll. (col.). Vol. VI, 84 11., 82 pll. (col.). Vol. VII, 87 ll., 85 pll. (col.). London. This sumptuous work was issued in 36 parts, of which Pt. I appeared in 1840, Pts. II-V in 1841, VI-IX in 1842, X-XIII in 1843, KXIV-XVII in 1844, XVIII- XXI in 1845, XXII-XXV in 1846, XXVI-XXIX in 1847 and XXX-XXXVI in 1848. According to Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, p. 48, 1925, the first part was dated December 1, 1840, and Pts. II-X XXII appeared regularly on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 thereafter, except that Pts. XX XIII- XXXVI were all dated and(appeared on) December 1, 1848. The final arrange- ment in the completed volumes is irrespective of the sequence of issue. The actual year of publication of each plate may be ascertained from F. H. Water- house’s ‘‘The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould,’ 1885 (q.v.). Owing to delay in the publication of the various sheets of the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, to which Gould submitted the descriptions of his new species for early publication, many of the new names must date from the present work. This work forms a thorough treatise on the birds of the Australian region (in- cluding an occasional species from outlying territory) with 600 hand-colored plates executed from drawings by the author and Mrs. (E.) Gould. Three years after the completion of this work the author commenced a supplement (q.v.) which was completed in 1869. On August 1, 1848, the introductory matter of the present work (pp. V-CII and 1-13) was issued under the title of “Introduction to the Birds of Australia” (q.v.), preceding the folio containing the same material by four months. In 1865 the text of the entire work, in- cluding the supplement and even further enlarged to bring the subject matter to date, was issued without plates as a ‘Handbook to the Birds of Australia” 256 FreLpD Museum oF NaTuRAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. (q.v.). Prior to the present folio, the author issued his ‘‘A Synopsis of the Birds of Australia,”’ 1837-38 (q.v.), and two parts of a folio entitled “The Birds of Australia and the Adjacent Islands,’’ 1837-38 (q.v.). The latter work was cancelled, due to the insufficiency of specimens for study, and the author pro- ceeded to Australia for the collection of more ample material, incorporating the results of his investigations in the present issue of the work. Gould, John. (Sturm, Johann Heinrich Christian Friedrich; Sturm, Johann Wilhelm; Owen, Richard; Wagner, Rudolf.) 1841-47. J. Gould’s | monographie | der | Ramphastiden | oder | Tukanartigen Voegel. | Aus dem Englischen Ubersetzt, | mit Zusetzen und neuen Arten vermehrt | von | Johann Heinrich Christian Friedrich Sturm, | der kaiserl. naturforschenden Gesell- schaft [etc., 2 lines.] | und | Johann Wilhelm Sturm, | der kénigl. bayer. botan. Gesellschaft [etc., 3 lines.] | Erstes [-Viertes] Heft | [List of contents, 5 lines in double column, (Pts. I-III.); 3 lines double column and 4 lines full width, (Pt. IV.).] | Nurnberg, 1841 [1841; 1842; 1847]. | Gedruckt auf Kosten der Herausgeber. | (Panierstrasse S. Nr. 709.). 1 vol. crown folio, 42 ll., 38 pll. (36 col., by J. Gould and Friedrich Sturm; 2 plain, by G. Scharf and A. Képpel). Nurnberg. Issued in four parts, with dates as given above. Pts. I-III contained 10 plates and 10 leaves of text, each; Pt. IV contained 6 colored plates and the accom- panying text, and a translation of Owen’s article on the anatomy of the toucan with its plate, to which is added a second plate and further remarks by Rudolf Wagner. The principal part of the general text is based on Gould’s Mono- graph of the Ramphastidae,”’ 1833-35 (q.v.), of which it is, in places, a literal translation; but considerable of the matter is rewritten or revised and there are additional species described herein for the first time. The plates are some- times redrawn and reduced from Gould, but frequently altered or designed afresh, while the illustrations of the new species are entirely new. There is no title-page, since the work was never carried to completion, and the title as quoted above, is taken from the wrapper of Pt. IV, bound with the present copy, and from facsimiles of the wrappers of Pts. I, II and III, obtained from copies in the Zoological Museum at Munich. The contents of the four parts, as indicated on the wrappers, is as follows. I-Ramphastos culminatus, R. Cuvieri, Pteroglossus melanorhynchus, P. Azarae, P. bitorquatus, P. prasinus, P. maculirostris, P. Gouldii, P. Natterert and P. Reinwardtii. U1-Pteroglossus castanotis, P. torquatus, P. pluricinctus, P. Hum- boldti, P. Langsdorfit, P. Wagleri, P. albivitta, P. atrogularis, P. Lichtensteinii and P. haematopygus. YI-Ramphastos Toco, R. carinatus, R. vitellinus, R. Temminckii, R. dicolorus, Pteroglossus hypoglaucus, P. Sturmit, P. Humboldti (foemina), P. inscriptus and P. Derbianus. IV-Ramphastos Swainsonu, Pter- oglossus Beuharnaisii, P. Azarae, P. Bailloni, P. piperivorus and P. sulcatus; also the text to Pteroglossus flavirostris and P. Wiedii and the anatomical article by Owen and Wagner. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 257 Gould, John. 1843-44. See Hinds, R. B., The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur, Birds. Gould, John. 1844-50. A monograph | of | the Odontophorina, | or | partridges of America. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.L.S., [etc., 6 lines.] | London: | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1850. 1 vol. imperial folio, 4 pr. ll., pp. 11-23 +1, 33 ll., 32 pll. (col.). London. Published in 3 parts, of which Pt. I appeared in 1844, II in 1846 and III in 1850, the first two parts with 10 plates each and the last with 12 plates. The dates and allocation of these plates is given by Waterhouse in his ‘“‘The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould,”’ 1885 (q.v.), pp. 56 and 57. Pt. I was received by the Boston Society of Natural History on February 26, 1845, and Pt. II on June 20, 1846, according to information kindly furnished me by Dr. Glover M. Allen of that institution. Gould, John. 1848. Introduction | to the | birds of Australia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.L.S., [etc., 9 lines.] | London: | Printed for the author, by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1848. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-134, text-figs. 1-3. London. August 1, 1848. This little work consists of the preface and introduction to the author’s folio work, “The Birds of Australia,’ 1840-48 (q.v.), Vol. I, pp. V-CII and 1-13, December 1, 1848. These according to the author, were set up in small type for facility of correction and issued in a limited edition in that form prior to the issue of the larger work. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXI, 1922) appears to reject this volume and refers to the introductory ‘‘No- tice’ for a statement that ‘‘these are but proofsheets’’ and the folio the authoritative text. However, the ‘Notice’ is worded somewhat differently and says that readers ‘must .. . still regard it more as a proof-sheet than otherwise, inasmuch as it contains many imperfections, most of which have been corrected in the folio edition.’’ As issued in the folio, the matter is entirely reset and does not affect the validity of anything contained in the present issue which was “printed in an octavo form, for distribution among my scientific friends and others, to whom I trust it will be at once useful and acceptable.”” Various new names must be quoted from this 8vo edition and not from the folio. Mathews (Austral Av. Rec. 4, No. 1, p. 9, 1920) gives the date of publication as August 1, 1848; source of information not cited. The present copy contains the bookplate of Frederick DuCane Godman, and was a presentation copy from the author. 258 FieLp Museum oF NatTurAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Gould, John. 1849-61. A monograph | of | the Trochilidz, | or | family of hum- ming-birds. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.L.S., [etc., 8 lines.] | In five volumes. | Vol. I [-V]. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26 Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. | 1861. | [The author reserves to himself the right of translation. ]. 5 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, 4 pr. Il., pp. V-CXXVII+1, 42 11., 41 pill. (col.; nos. 1-41). Vol. II, 77 ll., 75 pll. (col.; nos. 42-116). Vol. ITI, go ll., 87 pll. (col.; nos. 117-203). Vol. IV, 82 ll., 80 pll. (col.; nos. 204-283). Vol. V, 79 ll., 77 pll. (col.; nos. 284-360). London. Published in 25 parts of which Pt. I was issued in 1849, II in 1851, III and IV in 1852, V and VI in 1853, VII and VIII in 1854, IX and X in 1855, XI and XII in 1856, XIII and XIV in 1857, XV and XVI in 1858 (May 1 and September 1), XVII and XVIII in 1859, XIX and XX in 1860 and XXI-XXV in 1861. The last part contained only the introductory matter, title-pages and lists of contents for each of the projected volumes. In the introduction, the nomenclature is revised and a brief review given of the various species of the group, including some not figured in the general work. The introduction was republished in 8vo form the year of appearance of the last part, 1861, under the title, “An Introduction to the Trochiliz (q.v.). The allocation of the various plates to their respective parts is given by Waterhouse in his ‘““The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould,” 1885 (q.v.), pp. 45- 55. A supplementary volume was issued during the years 1880-87 (being completed by R. B. Sharpe after Gould’s death) under the title, ‘“A Monograph . . » Supplement’’ (q.v.). Gould, John. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. ) 1850-83. The | birds of Asia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.LS., [etc., 8 lines.] | Dedicated to the Honourable East India Company. | In seven volumes. | Volume I [-VII]. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26 Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. | 1850-1883. 7 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-9+1, 77 ll., 76 pll. (col.). Vol. II, 77 U., 75 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 80 1l., 78 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, 74 i. 72 pil, (col.). “Vol. V,'35 I., 83 pil. (col.).. Vel Vii waa 75 pll. (col.). Vol. VII, 73 Il., 71 pll. (col.). London. Published in 35 parts, of which Pts. I and II appeared in 1850, IIJ-XXVIII at the rate of one each year from 1851 to 1866, Pts. XXIX and XXX in 1877, XXXI in 1879, XXXII in 1880, XXXIII in 1882 and XXXIV and XXXV in 1883. The last three numbers were issued after the death of Gould (1881) by R. B. Sharpe who wrote the introduction and whose initials appear after many of the dis- cussions of the various species in the posthumous parts. The year of appear- ance of each plate is given in the index to the volume in which the plate was finally placed, and a general index in Vol. I assigns each species to its proper 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 259 volume. The following further dates are available for certain parts, from current reviews in the Ibis: XVII, April, 1865; XVIII, April 1, 1866; XIX, May 1, 1867; XX, April 1, 1868; XXI, April 1, 1869; XXII, March 1, 1870; XXVI, August 1, 1874; XXVII, March 1875; XXVIII, July 1, 1876; XXIX, April 1, 1877; XXX, October 1, 1877; XXI July 1, 1879; XXXII, July 1, 1880. The 530 plates are hand-colored, most of them being drawn by Gould but a few being the work of J. Wolf. Gould, John. 1851-69. The | birds of Australia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.L.S. [etc., 13 lines.] | Supplement. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. | 1869. 1 vol. imperial folio, pp. I-IV, 79 IL, 81 pll. (col.; 1 fold.). London. Issued in five parts, of which Pt. I appeared on March 15, 1851, II on September 1, 1855, III on September 1, 1859, IV on December 1, 1867 and V on August 1, 1869, according to Mathews, Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, p. 48, 1925. The final arrangement of plates in the volume is different from that of their issue. The latter may be ascertained from the list of plates in the volume and from F. H. Waterhouse’s ‘‘The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the Late John Gould,” 1885 (q.v.). The present work is intended to treat of the species discovered after the publication of the folio to which this volume forms a supplement, “‘The Birds of Australia,” 1840-48 (q.v.). Among the species included in Pt. I, several were also discussed in a paper by Gould on the “Researches in Natural History of John McGillivray, Esq.” published in Jardine’s Contributions to Ornithology for 1850, pp. 92-106+105*, which will hold priority for the new names unless a more exact and subsequent date can be proved for Jardine’s magazine. The species in question are those numbered 5, 6, 12, 16 and 45 in the list of plates; Nos. 36 (Pt. III.) and 67 (Pt. II.) have undoubted priority in Jardine’s “‘Contributions.’’ Nos. 5 and 6 were also published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1850, p. 200 (publ. Febr. 28, 1851) which likewise antedates Pt. I of the folio. Gould, John. (Owen, Richard.) 1852-54. A monograph | of | the Ramphastide, | or | family of toucans. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.LS. [etc., 7 lines.] | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1854. 1 vol. imperial folio, 4 1l., pp. 9-26, 2 ll., 52 pll. (51 col.). London. A revised edition of Gould’s earlier work of the same title, 1833-35 (q.v.), with new plates and with discussions of various species not formerly treated. The uncolored plate of anatomical details and its accompanying text, from the pen of Richard Owen, are unchanged. The text and plates of the species newly discussed in this edition were republished the following year, 1855 (q.v.), as a supplement to the first edition. 260 FiELD Museum oF NaTtTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Carus and Engelmann cite this edition as having appeared in 3 parts. Pt. I is reviewed under date of 1852 in the Naumannia, 1853, pp. 237-240. It is said to contain text and plates of Pteroglossus bitorquatus, Pter. flavirostris, Pter. Azarae, Pter. castanotis, Pter. viridis, Selenidera piperivora, Ramphastos Cuvieri, R. carinatus, R. erythrorhynchus, R. Ariel, Andigena hypoglaucus, A. nigrirostris, A. laminirostris and A. cuculeatus. The preface, which probably appeared with the last part, is dated May 1, 1854. Gould, John. 1855. Supplement | to | the first edition of | a | monograph | of | the Ramphastide, | or | family of toucans. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., | F.L.S. [etc., 7 lines.] | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | 1855. > Supplement | To The | First Edition | of a | Monograph | of the | Ramphastidae, | or | Toucans. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., &c. { | Part II. ] | Contents. | [Pt. I, 7 lines., double column,-] Ramphastos Inca. | " brevicarinatus. | "ambiguus. | " citreolae- mus. | Pteroglossus erythropygius. | " Mariae. | Andigena nig- rirostris. | Andigena cucullatus. | "Jlaminirostris. | Selenidera Gouldi. | Aulacoramphus castaneorhynchus. | " albivitta. | " atrogularis. | "caeruleicinctus. [Pt. II, 3 lines in double column and 1 line single column;-Pteroglossus Azarae. | "flavirostris. | " Sturmi. | Pteroglossus poecilorostris. | " Wiedi. | Aulacoramphus caeruleogularis. | Title.-Introduction.-List of Plates.] | London: | Published by the Author, 20, Broad Street, Golden Square. | January ist, 1855. | [Price Three Guineas (Price Two Guineas). ]. 1 vol. imperial folio, 2 pr. ll., pp. 9-26, 20 pll. (col.). London. The present work consists of the plates and accompanying text relating to the species discussed by Gould in the second edition of his “Monograph of the Ramphastidae,’”’ 1852-54 (q.v.) but not included in the first edition, 1833-35 (q.v.). It seems to have been designed to add to the first edition to make it equivalent to the second edition, but as there are various alterations made in the species included in the first edition, of which changes no mention is made in the supplement, the equality is not maintained. The introduction, re- printed from the second edition, gives the classification as adopted in the com- plete work. The present copy is united with the volume to which it forms the supplement. There is, in addition, a copy of pl. 7 and its accompanying text, from Pt. I of Gould’s “‘Icones Avium,’’ 1837-38 (q.v.), inserted in the volume. This supplement was issued in two parts, the cover-titles and contents of which are as given above, from a copy in the Bavarian State Museum, kindly examined by Dr. Q. Laubmann of that institution. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 261 Gould, John. 1858-75. A monograph | of | the Trogonide, | or | family of tro- gons. | By | John Gould, F.R.S. &c. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26 Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. | 1875. 1 vol. imperial folio, 2 pr. Il., pp. V-XX, 49 1l., 47 pll. (col.). London. Published in 4 parts, of which Pt. I appeared in 1858, II in 1869, III in June 1875 and IV in September 1875. The allocation of plates is given by Water- house in his ‘‘The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould,” 1885 (q.v.), pp. 58 and 59. This is a second edition of the same author’s work of 1838 (q.v.), but is entirely rewritten and is illustrated by new plates. Gould, John. 1861. An | introduction | to | the Trochilidz, | or | family of humming-birds. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., &c. &c. | London: | Printed for the author, by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1861. | [The Author reserves to himself the right of Translation. ]. 1 vol. post 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. I-IV, 1-212. London. This volume consists of the introductory matter of Gould’s folio “Monograph of the Trochilidae,’”’ 1849-61 (q.v.), pp. V-CXXXVII, with an explanatory “Notice.”” The indices, at the close of the introduction, are improved by page-references, and the volume forms a handy reference book to the folio while giving a brief review of the classification of this group of birds. The present copy is one presented to P. L. Sclater by Gould, and contains numerous annotations by the former. Gould, John. 1862-73. The | birds | of | Great Britain. | By | John Gould, F.RS., &c. | In five volumes. | Volume I [-V]. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square. | 1873. 5 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, 6 pr. ll., pp. I-CXL, 35 11., 37 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Vol. II, 78 ll., 78 pll. (col.), text-figs. 1 and 2. Vol. III, 71 ll., 76 pli. (col.). Vol. IV, 87 ll., 90 pll. (col.). Vol. V, 88 11, 86 pll. (col.). London. Published in 25 parts. Pts. I and II appeared on October 1, 1862; thereafter two parts appeared annually (on August 1 and September 1 in 1866 to 1872 and probably also in the other years), and the last part, containing title-pages and indices for all the volumes, the preface and introduction, and certain plates, was issued in December, 1873. The allocation of the plates to their respective parts as issued has been made by Waterhouse in his ‘“The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the Late John Gould,” 1885 (q.v.), pp. 6-14. The 367 hand-colored plates are mostly by Gould; a few are by J. Wolf. 262 Fretp Museum or NaTurRAL History—Zoo.Loecy, Vor. XVI. Gould, John. 1865. Handbook | to the | birds of Australia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., etc. | Author of [etc., 5 lines.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | Published by the author, | 26 Charlotte Street Bedford Square. | 1865. | [The right of Translation is reserved. ]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-636, 1 insert-slip (advt.). Vol. II, 3 pr. Il., pp. 1-629, figs. 1-3. London. 1865 (September 1 and December 2?). A reprint of the text (without the introductory matter) of the author’s ‘The Birds of Australia,’ 1840-48 (q.v.), and the three published parts of the ““Supplement,”’ 1851-69 (q.v.), with such additions, corrections and alterations as were thought necessary. On pages 523-583 of Vol. II, the species treated by the author in his larger work which are not strictly Australian in distribu- tion are collected and discussed separately. The dates of publication have been taken from an insert-slip by the publishers offering Vol. I as published “this day,’’ September 1, and promising Vol. II for December 2. Both volumes are reviewed in the Ibis for Jan. 1866, pp. 111-113, as of completion in 1865. Gould, John. 1873. An | introduction | to the | birds of Great Britain. | By | John Gould, F.R.S., &c., &c. | London: | Printed for the author, | by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1873. | [Price Five Shillings and Sixpence.] | [The Author reserves to himself the right of Translation. ]. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll., pp. I-IV, 1-135-+1, 1-14 (list of subscribers), 1-4 (advt.), 1 text-fig. London. This volume contains the lengthy introductory matter of the author’s ‘The Birds of Great Britain,’ 1862-73 (q.v.), printed in 8vo form for ease of correc- tion and issued as such. The date of issue may be later than that of Pt. XXV of the folio which contained the same matter (4 pr. ll. and pp. I-CXL), although the pages of advertising at the end of the present volume are dated August, 1873, and the preface (as in the folio) is dated November 1, the same year. Gould, John; and Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1875-88. The | birds of New Guinea | and the | adjacent Papuan islands, | including many | new species recently discovered | in Australia. | By | John Gould, F.R.S. | Completed after the author’s death | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S. &c., | Zoological Depart- ment, British Museum. | Volume I [-V]. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., 36 Piccadilly. | 1875-1888. | [All rights reserved. ]. 5 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. Il, pp. I-III+1, 56 ll., 56 pil. (col.). Vol. II, 60 Il., 58 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 74 ll., 72 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, 61 l., 59 pll. (col.). Vol. V, 77 I1., 75 pll. (col.). London, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 263 Published in 25 parts, of which Pt. I was issued on Dec. 1, 1875; II, Jan. 1, 1876; III, May 1, 1876; IV, Jan. 1, 1877; V, June 1, 1877; VI, Febr. 1, 1878; VII, June 1, 1878; VIII, Oct. 1, 1878; IX, March 1, 1879; X, Sept. 1, 1879; XI, Febr. 1, 1880; XII in 1881; XIII in 1882; XIV and XV in 1883; XVI-XVIII in 1884; XIX and XX in 1885; XXI and XXII in 1886; XXIII in 1887; and XXIV and XXV in 1888. The distribution of the plates among their respective parts is given in the indices to the various volumes, which, with the introductory matter and title-pages, appeared with Pt. XXV. Gould’s death in 1881 transferred the responsibility of the monograph to R. B. Sharpe who completed the work and to whom must be ascribed the subject-matter appearing in Pts. XIII-XXV. The 320 hand-colored plates are by Gould and W. Hart. The work was brought to a close long before the subject was exhausted. Gould, John. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler.) 1880-?. Monograph | of the | Pittidze. | [Vzgnetie.] | By | John Gould, F.R.S. &c. | Part I. | Contents. | Pitta bengalensis. Eucichla ellioti. | Eucichla cyanura. Leucopitta maxima. | - boschii. Cyanopitta steerii. | - schwaneri. Phoenicocichla arquata. | - gurneyi. Melampitta lugubris. | London: | published by the au- thor, 26, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square, W.C. | October rst, 1880. | [N. B. The Illustrations are principally taken from the Author’s works on the ‘Birds of Asia,’ ‘Australia,’ and ‘New Guinea.’] | [Price Three Guineas. ]. 1 vol. imperial folio, ro Il. ro pll. (col.), [10 ll.]. London. October 1, 1880 (-?). All published of the author’s projected work which was interrupted by his death. There appears to be some uncertainty as to the actual publication of the final 10 sheets without plates. These were written by Gould but edited by Sharpe, whose initials appear at the foot of each. Sharpe, himself, in “An Analytical Index to the works of the late John Gould,” p. XXIII, 1893, says that a single part was published. The title, quoted above, is from the original wrapper (or board cover) where the first part alone is mentioned. The remaining pages may have been sold by the printer without authority. Gould, John; and Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1880-87. A | monograph | of | the Trochilide, | or | family of humming-birds. | By | John Gould, F.R.S. | Completed after the author’s death | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S, &c., | Zoological Department, British Museum. | Supplement. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., 36 Piccadilly. | 1887. | [The right of translation is reserved. |. 1 vol. imperial folio, 104 Il., 58 pll. (col.; by Gould and Hart). London. Published in 5 parts, of which Pt. I appeared in 1880, II in 1881, III in 1883, IV in 1885 and V in 1887. Gould died after the first part had been issued, but Pt. II appeared shortly thereafter in the form which he had planned. The com- 264 FieLp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. pletion of the work was then undertaken by the publishers who obtained the services of Sharpe to write the remaining text, Hart to prepare the plates, and Salvin to supervise the whole. -Gould had planned to complete the work in four parts for which he had already prepared a large number of the plates. It was found that he had underestimated the probable extent of the project and that there were many species yet to be included if the work were to be a complete exposition of all the hummingbirds discovered since the publication of the original monograph (q.v.) in 1849-61. The resulting increase in the text and illustrations required an extra part. The allocation of the plates of Pts. I-IV is given by Waterhouse in his “Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould,” 1885 (q.v.), Ppp. 45-55; the remaining plates and the introductory matter appeared in Pt. V. Gould, John. 1885. See Waterhouse, F. H., The Dates of Publication of Some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. Gould, John. 1893. See Sharpe, R. B., An Analytical Index to the Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. Graham-Smith, G. S. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Grandidier, Alfred. 1874. See Milne Edwards, Alphonse, Recherches sur le Faune Ornithologique Eteinte des Iles Mascareignes et de Madagascar. Grandidier, Alfred. (Milne-Edwards, Alphonse. ) 1876-85. > Histoire | physique, naturelle et politique | de | Madagascar | publiée | par Alfred Grandidier [Period added (Vols. XIV and XV.).] | Volume XII [-XV]. | Histoire naturelle des oiseaux | par | MM. Alph. Milne Edwards et Alf. Grandidier. | Tome I [-IV].-Texte [Atlas.-I; Atlas.-II; Atlas.-III]. | [Blazon.] | Paris. | Imprimé par autorisation de M. le Garde des Sceaux [Comma added (Vols. XIV and XV.).] | a VImprimerie Natio- nale. | M DCCC LXXIX [M DCCC LXXVI; M DCC LXXIX; M DCCC LXXXI]. 4 vols. royal 4to. Vol. XII, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. 1-779. Vol. XIII, 2 pr. ll. pll. 1-104, 1a, 9A, 9A bis, 9B, 9C, 2A, IZA, I4A, I6A, IQA, 24A, 26A, 29A, 29B, 29C, 30A, 32A, 364A, 36B, 36C, 36D, 38A, 39A, 40A, 4IA, 41B, 41C, 66A, 66B, 844A, 89A, 103A, IO4A, I04B, 104C (61 col., by Keulemans, Huet and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 265 Faguet). Vol. XIII, 2 pr. Il., pll. 105-207, 106A, 107A, 107B, 1OG4,) DIIA, LIZA, 103ZB, }IT7A,) 121A, 321B, T21Cj) AZga, Fear, 125A, 126A, 126B, 128A, 131A, 131A (bis=131B), 138A, 140A, I4IA, 144A, 145A, I46A, I54A, I56A, I60A, 164A, 170A, 170b, 172A, 177A, I9QOA, 200A, 201A (63 col.). Vol. XV, 2 pr. Il., pill. 208-308, 214A, .225A, 227A, 227B, 227C, 227D, 229A, 230A, 233A, 233B, 241A, 247A, 249A, 268A, 268B, 271A, 275A, 281A, 290A, 290B (40 col., 8 of eggs). Paris. A thorough monograph of the birds of Madagascar, forming part of a general work on the island, as indicated in the above title, begun in 1876(75?) but still incomplete. The present portions, complete for the ornithology, were issued in parts at various times. The following information is collected from the Zoological Record. The text was issued in three parts as follows: Pp. 1-176, 1879; 177-376, 1882 (Febr. 15 or after); 377-779, 1885. The plates appeared in four installments, Some of them were incorrect in certain particulars and were replaced by others issued later. The reissued numbers are indicated below. Most of the reissues are designated as such in the Zoological Record, but others are recognizable only by the duplication of numbers and there may be others which were overlooked. In 1876 appeared Pt. I of Vol. I of the atlas (=Vol. XIII of the entire work, pt.), containing pll. 1-70, 9A, 9B, 12A, 13A, 144, 264A, 38A, 39A, 40A, 41A. In 1878 were issued pll. 71-104, 9A bis, 30A, 36A, 36B, 36C. In 1879 appeared pll. 105-144, 107A, 108A and (131A=) 131B. The remainder of the plates and the reissues of some of the earlier ones came out under covers dated 1879 and 1881 but the Zoological Record for 1881 states that they were acéompanied by a circular which proved that they could not have been issued prior to February 15, 1882 and, “‘in fact, were not issued until much later,” being received in May 1882. These include pll. 145-303, IA, 9C, 16A, I9A, 24A, 29A, 29B, 29C, 32A, 36D, 41B, 41C, 66A, 66B, 844, 89A, 103A, 104A, I104B, 104C, 106A, 107B, IIIA, 113A, I113B, I17A, 121A, I21B, I2IC, 123A, 123B, 125A, 126A, 126B, 128A, 131A, 138A, I40A, I4IA, 144A, 145A, 146A, 154A, 156A, 160A, 164A, 170A, 170b, 172A, 177A, IQOA, 200A, 201A, 214A, 225A, 227A, 227B, 227C, 227D, 229A, 230A, 230B, 233A, 233B, 241A, 247A, 249A, 268A, 268B, 271A, 275A, 281A, 290A, 290B, and the following reissues, 1, 2, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 27, 28, 31, 32, 35, 37-4 42-45, 47, 48, 50, 51, 53, 54, 57, 58, 66-68, 90, 134A, 30A. Grant, John B. 1894. Our common birds | and how to know them | by | John B. Grant | with sixty-four plates. | Fourth edition | New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons | 1894. 1 vol. % imperial 8vo (oblong), pp. 1-224, 64 text-cuts (full-page; numbered Plates I-LXIV). New York. A popular book, with non-technical descriptions of a number of species and brief notes on distribution, habits, etc., illustrated by photographs of mounted specimens. The first edition appears to have been issued in 1891. 266 FreELD MusEeuM oF NATURAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Grassner, Fiirchtegott. 1860. Die Vogel Deutschlands und ihre Eier | von | Fiurchtegott Grassner, | Oberlehrer an den Franckeschen Stiftungen zu Halle. | Eine vollstandige Naturgeschichte sammtlicher Végel Deutsch- lands | und der benachbarten Lander | mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung ihrer Fortpflanzung. | Zweite sehr vermehrte und ganz- lich umgearbeitet Auflage | des friher erschienenen Werkes: | Die Eier der Vogel Deutschlands von Naumann und Buhle. | Mit zehn Kupfertafeln. | Halle, | C. G. Knapp’s Verlags-Buchhand- lung. | 1860. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-215, pll. I-X (col.; by Fr. Naumann; eggs). Halle. General ornithology is discussed on pp. 1-50. Orders, families and species are discussed in the remainder of the work, with descriptions of birds, nests and eggs and accounts of habits and nidification. Although designated as a second edition of J. F. Naumann and C. A. Buhle’s “‘Die Eier der Vogel Deutschland,” 1818-1828 (q.v.), the present work is all newly written and distinct from its predecessor except for the illustrations, and even the latter, although printed from the same plates, are differently colored. Graves, George. 1816. Ovarium Britannicum; | being | a correct delineation | of | the eggs | of such | birds | as are natives of, or domesticated in | Great Britain. | By | George Graves, F.L.S. | Author of British Ornithology, &c. | London: | printed for the author, and sold by Sherwood, | Neely, & Jones, Paternoster-Row, and | J. Harding, St. James’s-Street. | 1816. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VI, 15 pll. (col.; mostly unnum.; by Graves). London. The first part (all published) of a projected work explained by the above title. The preface bears the date of January 1, 1816. The present copy is bound with the third volume of the author’s “British Ornithology,” 1821 (q.v.). It bears the bookplate of W. H. Mullens. Graves, George. 1821. British ornithology: | being | The History, | with a coloured representation, | of | every kown [sic; known (Vols. II and ITI.)] species | of | British birds. | By George Graves, | Fellow of the Linnean Society; | Author of the Naturalist’s Pocket Book, Ovarium Brittanicum, Editor of the | New Edition of Curtis’s Flora Londinensis, &c. | Second edition. [Line omitted (Vol. IITI.).) | Vol. I [1I; III]. | London: | Printed for the author, | by W. and S. Graves, Sherborne Lane, Lombard Street; | and sold by | Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, Paternoster Row. | 1821. 1926. _ CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 267 3 vols. in 1 vol. 8vo. Vol. I, 64 1l., 48 pll. (col.). Vol. II, 64 IL, 48 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 60 11., 48 pll. (col.). London. This work is a second edition of the author’s book of the same title issued in 1811- 21, the same third volume being used for both editions. The hand-colored plates are not of a high order of merit. The second edition is said to have been issued also with uncolored plates. Another copy is at hand in 3 vols., showing considerable varia- tion in the coloring of the plates. With Vol. III is bound a copy of the author’s ‘‘Ovarium Britannicum,” 1816 (q.v.). This copy is from the library of W. H. Mullens. Gray, George Robert. 1840. A list | of the | genera of birds, | with | an indication of the typical species of each genus. | Compiled from various sources | by | George Robert Gray, | Ornithological Assistant [etc., 3 lines.] | Printed by Richard and John E. Taylor, | Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1840. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-80. London. 1840 (ante April). A catalogue of the known genera of birds (under their respective families, etc.) with their synonyms and with the name of the type species of each and its syno- nyms. New names are supplied by the author where any generic name and all of its synonyms are untenable, including terms which have prior usage in botany. The work is extremely important in view of the new names as well as for the type-designations. A second edition was published in 1841 (q.v.). Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, pp. 453) notes that the work was reviewed in the Isis for April 1840. The preface is dated October 1839. (See also Selby, Prideaux John, A Catalogue of the Generic and Sub-generic Types of the Class Aves, 1840.) Gray, George Robert. 1841. A list | of the | genera of birds, | with their synonyma, | and | an indication of the typical species of each genus. | By | George Robert Gray. | Second edition, | revised, augmented, and accompanied with an index. | London: | printed and sold by Richard and John E. Taylor, | Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1841. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-115. London. A revised edition of the author’s work of the same title (q.v.) published the previous year, with many changes and additions. Although recognizing that the foundation of the binomial system of nomenclature was laid by Linné in 1758 (Cf. p. VIII.), the author cites Linnean names from the first edition of the “Systema Naturae,’”’ 1735, in order to credit Linné with generic names used by him in 1835 and by later authors, but not found in the tenth edition of Linné’s work. The present edition of Gray contains new names not in the first edition, supplied by the author when no others were available. An ap- 268 Fietp Museum oF NATURAL History—Zoooey, Vor. XVI. pendix (q.v.) was issued in 1842. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXII, 1922) gives October 1841 as the date of publication. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 453) gives the date as September, quoting from the covers of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for Sept.-Oct., 1841. What is virtually a further revised edition is found in Gray’s “Catalogue of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds contained in the British Museum,” 1855 (q.v.). Gray, George Robert. 1842. Appendix | to | alist | of | the genera of birds. | By | George Robert Gray. | London: | printed and sold by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1842. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IV, 5-16. London. 1842 (ante April). Additions to, and corrections of, the second edition of the author’s ‘‘A List of the Genera of Birds,’ 1841 (q.v.). The date is from Sherborn, Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXII, 1922. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 453) notes the work as ‘fon sale April 1, 1842.” Gray, George Robert. 1844-49. The | genera of birds: | comprising | their generic charac- ters, | a notice of the habits of each genus, | and | an extensive list of species | referred to their several genera. | By | George Robert Gray, F.L.S. | Senior Assistant of the Natural History Department in the British Museum; | Corresponding Member [etc., 6 lines.]. | Illustrated by | David William Mitchell, B.A. F.L.S. | Secretary to the Zoological Society of London; | Honorary Member [etc., 2 lines.]. | In three volumes. | Vol. I [II; III]. | 1844-1849. | London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans, | Paternoster- Row. | 1849. 3 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, title, pp. V-XVI, 150 Il. (pp. 1-300), pll. I-LXXII (col.), 57 pll. (uncol.; 11 double-page). Vol. H, pp. I-IV, 91 ll. (pp. 301-483), pll. LX XITI-CXX+CXXa (=49 col.), 42 pll. (uncol.; 7 double-page). Vol. III, title, pp. III-IV, 93 ll. (pp. 484-669), pp. 1-117, pll. CXXI-CXXXIX, CXLI- CLXXXV (=64 col.), 151 pll. (uncol.; 8 double-page). London. Issued in 50 parts without respect to the final arrangement. The text relating to each group is dated, on the final page, with the month and year of publication and I have noted 48 different dates of this sort which agree well with other data at hand. Through the kindness of Dr. Glover M. Allen of the Boston Society of Natural History, I have been put in possession of the dates of receipt of the various parts, as recorded in the Society’s books. With a few excep- tions, the dates of receipt in Boston agree with the month and year as printed at the foot of the various pages, and indicate that publication must have been very early in the months indicated. The dates of receipt and other notes are as follows. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 269 Pt. 1, May 22, 1844; 2, July 19, 1844 (evidently the pages signed ‘‘May 1844’’); 3, July 19, 1844; 4, Sept. 8, 1844 (evidently the pages signed ‘‘August 1844”); 5, Sept. 22, 1844; 6, Oct. 24, 1844; 7, Nov. 27, 1844; 8, Dec. 24, 1844; 9, Jan. 27, 1845; 10, Febr. 20, 1845; 11, Mar. 22, 1845; 12, Apr. 23, 1845; 13, May 22, 1845; 14, June 22, 1845; 15, July 22, 1845; 16, Aug. 20, 1845; 17, Sept. 29, 1845; 18, Nov. 5, 1845; (evidently the pages signed ‘October 1845”); 19, Nov. 21, 1845; 20, Dec. 24, 1845; 21, Jan. 26, 1846; 22, Febr. 21, 1846; 23, March 22, 1846; 24, Apr. 24, 1846; 25, May 25, 1846; 26, June 20, 1846; 27, July 21, 1846; 28, Aug. 22, 1846; 29, Sept. 19, 1846; 30, Oct. 22, 1846; 31, Nov. 19, 1846; 32, Dec. 18, 1846; 33, Jan. 27, 1847; 34, Febr. 26, 1847; 35, Mar. 27, 1847; 36 Apr. 23, 1847; 37, May 18, 1847; 38, June 19, 1847; 39, July 31, 1847; 40 Sept. 22, 1847; 41, Oct. 23, 1847; 42, Dec. 28, 1847; 43, Mar. 10, 1848; 44 June 16, 1848 (marked “no. for June’’); 45, Aug. 28, 1848; 46, Dec. 19, 1848; 47, Apr. 12, 1849 (marked “for March”); 48, May 18, 1849 (I can find no sig- natures dated between March and June, 1849. The Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. for June 30, 1849 notes that Pt. 48 included the appendix.); 49, June 25, 1849; 50, Nov. 1, 1849 (probably title-pages, etc.; I can find no signatures dated after June 1849). The discussion of the Struthiones is dated ‘‘March 1844”; the signature, “4 I,” indicates that this is in error for “March 1846” as given on other signa- tures in the work with adjacent numbers. The original discussions of the Accipi- trinae, Buteoninae and Ploceinae were suppressed and replaced by substitute parts published in June, June, and March, respectively, 1849. Footnotes in the tables of contents indicate such a substitution. Certain new names which occur on these pages must, therefore, be quoted from the earlier suppressed sheets (Cf. Richmond, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 53, p. 596, footn. 1, 1917.). The original pages of the Ploceinae were published in Pt. 1. Gray, George Robert. 1844-68. List | of the | specimens of birds | in | the collection | of the | British Museum. [ | By G. R. Gray [etc., mut. mut.) (Pt. ITI, Sect. II-Pt. V.)] | Part I.-Accipitres [Part II. Section I. | Fissirostres; Part III. | Gallinz, Grallze, and Anseres; Part III. Section I. | Ramphastide; Part III. Section II. | Psittacide; Part III. Sections III. & IV. | Capitonida and Picide; Part IV. | Columbe; Part V. | Galline]. | Printed by order of the Trustees. | London: 1844 [1848 (Pt. II. Sect. I.); 1844 (Pt. III.); 1855 CPi, Dit sect, 1.}+ 1850 CPi, tT, Sect. If,); 1868 (Pt. ILL, Sects. ETI and. 1V.): 1856.(Pt. [V.): 1867.(F%. V.)). 8 vols. (should be 9) cap 8vo. Pt. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-54. Pt. II, Sect. I, tit., pp. 1-80. Pt. III, tit., pp. 1-209. Pt. III, Sect. I, 2 pr. IL, pp. 1-16, 1-4 (advt.). Pt. III, Sect. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-110. Pt. III, Sects. III and IV, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-137. Pt. IV, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-73-+1, 1-4 (advt.). Pt. V, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-120. London. A systematic catalogue of the specimens of birds in the British Museum, with supplementary lists of desiderata, forming a complete catalogue of known spe- cies, so far as the respective groups are discussed. Numerous new species are 270 FrELD Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vo. XVI. described. Full synonymy is given for each species in the collection and the source of each specimen is added. Exact dates for the parts are not available, but the years, as given on the title-pages, are probably correct. Pt. lis reviewed in the Revue Zoologique for July, 1844. Pt. III (Sect. II) has the preface dated March 1, 1859 and is reviewed in the Ibis for July of that year. Pt. III (Sects. III and IV) has the preface dated January 1868. Pt. IV has the preface dated April 12, 1856 and was quoted by Bonaparte in a paper read before the Académie des Sciences de Paris on Nov. 3 of that year. Pt. V, dated 1867, was reviewed in the Ibis for January 1868, the date being given as on the title-page. Pt. I was revised and republished in 1848, but this revision is missing from the present set. Pts. IV and V are revisions of parts of Pt. III; the three orders contained in the latter volume were afterwards sub- divided. The series was never completed, being superseded by the ‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum” of varied authorship (Cf. British Museum 1874-98.). Gray, George Robert. 1855. Catalogue | of the | genera and subgenera | of | birds | contained in the | British Museum. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1855. 1 vol. 12mo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. andintrod.), pp. 1-192, 1-4 (advt.). London. A “complete List of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds, with their chief Syno- nyma and Types.” Species not contained in the British Museum are marked with a dagger. The type-designations form the chief value of the work at the present time. Many changes in nomenclature appear between the present work and the author’s earlier ‘‘A List of the Genera of Birds,’’ eds. 1840 and 1841 (q.v.), of which this may be considered as a revision. Bonaparte pre- sented a copy of the work to the Academy of Science of Paris at a meeting held October 22, 1855; noted in the ‘“‘Comptes Rendus,” 41, pp. 649 and 674, 1855; this is the earliest definite record I can find. Cabanis notes the work in the Journal fur Ornithologie for July 1855, but the date of that periodical is itself uncertain. The preface of Gray’s work is dated April 6, 1855. Gray, George Robert. 1855. See Bonaparte, Charles Lucien, Institut Impérial de France., Catalogue des genres et sous-genres d’oiseaux contenus dans le Muséum Britannique. Gray, George Robert. 1859. Catalogue | of the | birds | of the | tropical islands of the Pacific Ocean, | in the collection of the | British Museum. | By | George Robert Gray, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1859. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-72, 1-8 (advt.). London. 1859 (post 8h Yaa Hae An annotated list of all the species of birds found in the various islands of the tropical Pacific Ocean, with detailed synonymies, including some native names, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. A71 and with descriptions of new species. The present copy was presented to John Gould by the author. The preface is dated October 1, 1859. Gray, George Robert. 1859. See Gray, John Edward; and Gray, G. R., Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds of New Guinea. Gray, George Robert. 1869-71. Hand-list | of | genera and species | of | birds, | dis- tinguishing those contained | in the | British Museum. | By | G. R. Gray [George Robert Gray (Vols. II and IITI.)], F.RS. etc., | Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Collections. | Part I [-III]. | Accipitres, Fissirostres, Tenuirostres, [Conirostres, Scan- sores, Columbe, and (Vol. IJ.); Struthiones, Gralla, and Anseres, (Vol. III.)] | and Dentirostres [Gallinee (Vol. II.); with indices of generic and specific names (Vol. IIJ.)]. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1869 [1870; 1871]. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XX, 1-404. Vol. II, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-278. Vol. III, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-350. London. “The object of this Hand-List is to give a complete List of all the Genera with their Subdivisions; and also a comprehensive List of the species of Birds under the respective divisions to which they are supposed to belong.’’ The work catalogues 2915 genera and subgenera and 11,162 species with numerous syn- onyms of each and with bibliographic references to published illustrations. The range of each species is noted and a table of genera and subgenera is given in each volume. Vol. III contains indices to the genera and subgenera and to the species of the entire work, with certain synonymic and other notes incor- porated into them which are not in the general text. This book was superseded by Sharpe’s “A Hand-List of the Genera and Species of Birds,’’ 1899-1909 (q.v.). The preface of Vol. I is dated May 10, 1869; the volume is reviewed in the Ibis for January 1870 as just having been issued, being cited, however, under date of 1869. Vol. II has its preface dated November 9, 1870, and Vol. Ill, July 8, 1871; these are said by Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, p. 60, 1925) to have appeared before Nov. 23, 1870 and Aug. 18, 1871, respectively. Gray, George Robert. 1871. A fasciculus | of | the birds of China. | By | G. R. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., etc. 1 vol. crown folio, pp. 1-8, 12 pll. (col.; by W. Swainson). London. A series of hand-colored plates, originally designed for another publication, with a short account of each species. Plate VI is missing from the present copy. Gray, George Robert. 1871? [Privately printed.] | From the prefaces | to the | ‘List of the Genera of Birds,’ | and to the | ‘Genera of Birds,’ | with some additional remarks. 272 Firerp Museum or Natura History—Zoo oey, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. (pamphlet, size of post 8vo), pp. 1-10. London. (Post) 1871. A resumé of the purpose and plan of the author’s published’ works on avian genera. Reference is made to the index of the author’s ““Hand-List of Genera and Spe- cies of Birds,” 1869-71 (q.v.), which fixes the date, approximately, as after 1871. Gray, George Robert. 1873. See Brenchley, Julius L., Jottings during the Cruise of H. M.S. Curacoa. Gray, George Robert. 1875. See Richardson, John; and Gray, John Edward, The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Erebus & Terror, 1844-75. Gray, John Edward. 1829. See Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D., The Animal Kingdom, 1827-35. Gray, John Edward. (Hardwicke, Thomas. ) 1830-35. Illustrations | of | Indian zoology; | chiefly selected from the collection | of | Major-General Hardwicke, F.R.S., | LS., M.R.A.S., M.R.LA., &c., &c. | By | John Edward Gray, F.R.S., | F.G.S., [etc., 4 lines.] | Vol. I [II]. | London: | Published by Treuttel, Wurz, Treuttel, Jun. and Richter, Soho Square; 17, Rue Bourbon, Paris; and Grande | Rue, Strasburg; also by Parbury, Allen and Co., 7, Leadenhall Street [Published by Adolphus Richter and Co., Soho Square, and Parbury, Allen and Co., 7, Leadenhall Street]. | MDCCCXXX - MDCCCXXXII [MDCCCXXXIII - MDCCCXXXIV]. 2 vols. in 1 vol., superroyal folio. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., suscrs. and list of pll.), frontisp. (portr.), 100 pll. (col.; 58 of birds). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and list of pll.), 102 pll. (col.; 32 of birds). London. A series of plates of animals, not all from India, largely from specimens and drawings collected by Hardwicke,—some from other sources. A text seems to have been planned but it was never published. The work was issued in 20 parts of which the lists of plates in the volumes announce that I-X compose Vol. I and XI-XX, Vol. II. Kinnear (Ibis, 1925, pp. 484-489) has given a careful account of the work and a list of dates on which the various parts were received by the Linnean Society and the Hon. East India Company. He further supplies the contents of each part from a copy in original wrappers. Kinnear’s data are as follows, using the numbering of the ornithological plates as given in the lists (the plates are unnumbered). Vol. I: Pt. I, pll. 20 and 40, recd. Jan. 6, 1830 (H. E. I. Co.); II, pll. 35, 39, 54, 64, Mar. 30, 1830 (H. E. I. Co.); II, pll. 26 and 42, July 15, 1830 (Lin. Soc.); IV, pil. 25, 34, 52, 57, 68, Oct. 6, 1830 (H. E. I. Co.); V, pil. 23, 24, 29, 41, 63, 66, 69, Jan. 25, 1831 (H. E. I. Co.); VI, pll. 22, 28, 30, 31, 58, 70, April 7, 1831 (H. E. I. Co.); VII, pll. 32, 33, 37, 53, 56, July 27, 1831 (H. E. I. Co.); 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 273 VII, pll. 15, 18, 19, 38, 47, 49, 55, 60, Oct. 19, 1831 (Lin. Soc.); IX, pll. 14, 16, 17, 44, 45, 46, 50, 51, 59, 61, Dec. 2, 1831 (Lin. Soc.); X, pll. 21, 27, 36, 43, 48, 62, 65, 67, 71, April 14, 1832 (H. E.I.Co.). Vol. II, Pt. XI, pll. 28, 29, 40, 46, July 11, 1832 (Lin. Soc.); XII, pill. 31, 34, 47, 49, Oct. 8, 1832 (H. E. I. Co.); XIII-XIV, pli. 26, 38, 44, 55, Mar. 12, 1834 (H. E. I. Co.); XV-XVI, pll. 25, 27, 301, 33, 39, 41, 42, 43, 48, 50%, 53, 54, April 10, 1834 (H. E. I. Co.); XVII-XVIII, pll. 32, 37, 45%, 52, 56, Oct. 1, 1834 (Lin. Soc.); XIX-XX, pll. 35, 36, 51, Febr. 20, 1835 (H. E. I. Co.). Gray, John Edward. 1844-45. See Richardson, John; and Gray, The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Erebus & Terror. Gray, John Edward. 1846-50. Gleanings | from | the menagerie | and | aviary | at | Knowsley Hall. [ | Hoofed quadrupeds.] | Knowsley: | 1846 [1850]. 1 vol. (2 pts.) imperial folio. (First part), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), 5 ll., pll. 1-15+2 pll. (unnum.=16 and 17) (col.; by E. Lear). (Hoofed quadrupeds), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-76, 62 pll. (53 col.; by B. Waterhouse Hawkins;=pll. I-XLVII, XLIX-LIX and XIla of index and 3 pll. not mentioned in the text; pl. XLVIII missing). Knowsley. A series of colored plates of animals and birds, drawn from live examples in the Knowsley menagerie and aviary and accompanied by descriptions and other notes on the species. Pll. 8-16 of the first part are of birds, including the figure of a new species, Rollulus superciliosus, described in the accompanying text. The preface of this part is dated August 1, 1846; that of the later part, August 1, 1850. The three extra plates in the second part (all mammals) are of Cepha- lophus rufilatus, Coassus superciliaris and C. rufus. The book is rare. The present copy is in exceptionally fine condition. Gray, John Edward; and Gray, George Robert. 1859. Catalogue | of the | mammalia and birds | of | New Guinea, | in the collection of the | British Museum. | By | John Edward Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., | and | George Robert Gray, F.L.S., etc | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1859. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-63, 1-8 (advt.), text-figs. 1-9. London. An annotated catalogue giving the synonymy and habitat of the various species in the collection, with descriptions of a number of the species (previously characterized by the junior author in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society 1Name altered on cover to Lanius keroula. Name altered on cover to Charadrius ventralis. ' *Names altered on cover to Cryplonyx ferrugineus (for oculea) and C. longirostris (for Francolinus magnirostris). 274 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. of London) and occasional notes on other forms. A supplementary table lists the names and localities, only, of desiderata from New Guinea. The ornithology of the catalogue occupies pp. 16-63. The preface is dated “1 Dec. 1858’’ and the title-page, ‘‘1859.”’ Gray, Robert. 1871. The | birds of the west of Scotland | including | the Outer Hebrides | with occasional records of the occurrence of the rarer | species throughout Scotland generally. | By | Robert Gray | late Secretary to the Natural History Society of Glasgow; | Member of [etc., 3 lines.] | [Blazon.] | Glasgow: Thomas Murray & Son | MDCCCLXXI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 1., pp. 1-520, 15 pll. Glasgow. An account of the habits of the various birds known to have been found in western Scotland. The present copy is from the library of Lieut.-Colonel L. Howard » Irby and contains a few annotations in his handwriting. Greene, William Thomas. (Dutton, F. G.) 1883-87(-88). Parrots | in captivity. | By | W. T. Greene, M.A., M.D., F.Z.S., Etc., | Author of ‘‘The Amateur’s Aviary of Foreign Birds,” &c. | With notes on several species by the Hon. and Rev. F. G. Dutton. | Vol. I [II; III]. | Illustrated with coloured plates. | London: | George Bell and Sons, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCLXXXIV [MDCCCLXXXIV, MDCCCLXXXVIT]. 3 vols. superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X, 1-144, 27 pll. (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, 1-114, 27 pll. (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 1-144, 27 pil. (col.). London. An account of the habits of 81 varieties of parrots (including cockatoos, macaws, parrakeets, etc.) with special reference to their behavior in cage or aviary. Supplementary remarks on many of the forms are credited to F. G. Dutton. The first two volumes were issued in 18 parts, of which Pts. 1-6 (Vol. I, pp. 1-97?) appeared in 1883, the remainder in 1884. Volume III appeared entire in 1887. A fourth volume, which I have not seen, was begun in 1888 and carried through 2 parts with 9 col. pll. and corresponding text. Grieve, Symington. 1885. The great auk, or garefowl | (Alca impennis, Linn.) | Its History, Archeology, and Remains | by | Symington Grieve | Edinburgh | London | Thomas C. Jack, 45 Ludgate Hill | Edin- burgh: Grange Publishing Works | 1885. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. IlI-XI-+1, pp. 1-141+1, 1 1., pp. 1-58, frontisp., 3 pll. (2 col.), 1 map (col.), 6 text-cuts. London and Edinburgh. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 275 A discussion of the available records and information relative to the extinct Great Auk. The appendix contains, among other matters, translations from several papers on the subject by foreign authors. Griffith, Edward. 1827-35. See Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D., The Animal Kingdom. Grimshaw, Percy H. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Grinnell, George Bird. 1901. American | duck | shooting | By | George Bird Grinnell | Author of Pawnee Hero Stories | and Folk-Tales, Blackfoot | Lodge Tales, The Story of the | Indian, | The Indians of Today, etc. | With Fifty-eight Portraits of North | American Swans, Geese and Ducks by | Edwin Sheppard | and numerous Vignettes in the text by | Wilmot Townsend | [Fig.] | New York | Forest and Stream Publishing Company. 1 vol. 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-623-+1, 1-10 (advt.), rz pll. (on 10 IL), 132 text-cuts (58 bird portr., 19 named figs., 55 vignettes), 7 half- tones. New York. Part I contains a discussion of the various species of North American ducks, geese and swans with an illustration of each. Part II relates to the art of hunting these birds. Grinnell, Joseph. 1912. Cooper Ornithological Club | Pacific Coast Avifauna | Num- ber 8 | A systematic list of the | birds of California | by | Joseph Grinnell | Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology | of the University of California | [Seal.] | Hollywood, California | Published by the Club | August 30, 1912. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-23. Hollywood. August 30, 1912. A list of 530 species and subspecies of birds recorded from California. Grinnell, Joseph; Bryant, Harold Child; and Storer, Tracy Irwin. 1918. The game birds of California | Contribution from the Univer- sity of California | Museum of Vertebrate Zoology | by | Joseph Grinnell | Harold Child Bryant | and | Tracy Irwin Storer | University of California Press | Berkeley | 1918. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. I-X, 1-642, pll. 1-16 (col.; by L. A. Fuertes and Allan Brooks), text-figs. 1-94, 1 insert (table 7). Berkeley. Dec. 28, 1918. A detailed discussion of the game birds of California, with descriptions and notes on habits, distribution, field marks, song, nidification and economic im- portance. 276 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Grinnell, Joseph; and Storer, Tracy Irwin. 1924. Animal life in the | Yosemite | an account of the mammals, birds, | reptiles, and amphibians in | a cross-section of the | Sierra Nevada | by | Joseph Grinnell | and | Tracy Storer | Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology | University of Califor- nia | [Design.] | University of California Press | Berkeley, Cali- fornia | 1924. 1 vol. 634 x 10, pp. I-X VIII, 1-752, pll. 1-62 (12 col., by Allan Brooks, g of birds; 48 on num. pp.; 1 chart, fold,. col.; 1 map, fold., col.), text-figs. 1-65, 7 tables (col.). Berkeley. April 17, 1924. The report on a natural history survey of the Yosemite Valley, with regard to the occurrence and local distribution of vertebrate forms, their food relations, breeding habits and behavior. Field characters are given for each species and a detailed account follows. Photographs, colored plates and line-drawings are used as illustrations. The work constitutes a valuable handbook of information on the vertebrate life of the region. Griscom, Ludlow. 1923. Birds of the | New York City region | by | Ludlow Griscom | Assistant Curator of Ornithology | With the cooperation of the | Linnzean Society of New York | [Vzgnette.] | The American Mu- seum of Natural History | Handbook series, No. 9 | New York. Published by the Museum | 1923. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-400, pll. I-VI (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), figs. 1-30, 1 map. New York. An annotated list of the species of birds recorded from, or observed within, a defined area in the vicinity of New York City; including notes on distribution, recognition in the field, bibliographic references, etc. Groénvold, Henrik. (Swann, Harry Kirke.) 1915-17. Illustrations | of the | game birds and water fowl | of | South America. | By | H. Grénvold. | London: | John Wheldon & Co., | 38, Great Queen Street, Kingsway, W.C. | 1917. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. 1-11, pll. 1-38 (col.). London. A series of 38 plates by Grénvold, originally intended to serve as a portion of the illustrations of Brabourne and Chubb’s “‘The Birds of South America,” 1913 (q.v.). The death of Lord Brabourne ended that work when only one volume had been issued and before any of the plates had appeared, although some of these were completed and others were in course of preparation. Later, these plates were issued separately under the present title, with short explanatory notes by H. Kirke Swann. A half-title with the work reads, “‘The birds | of | South America. | Vol. II (Plates.),’”” but the two publications are, in reality distinct. A first series of 19 plates appears to have been issued in 1915; the remainder, with the short text, appeared in 1917. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 277 [Grouse.| Berry, W.; Cobbett, L.; Evans, Arthur Humble; Fantham, H. B.; Graham-Smith, G. $.; Grimshaw, Percy H.; Leiper, R. T.; Leslie, A. S.; Lovat, Lord; Rastall, R. H.; Shipley, A. E.; Smith, H. Hammond; Wilson, Edward A. 1911. The grouse | in health and disease | being the final report of the | committee of inquiry on grouse disease | Volume I [II | Appendices] | With 59 full-page plates, mostly in colour [With 41 maps] | and 31 illustrations in the text [Line omitted.] | London | Smith, Elder & Co., 15 Waterloo Place | 1911 | [All rights re- served ]. 2 vols. 8vo (834 x 11). Vol. I, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-512, frontisp. (col.), pll. I-LVIII+XXVIIa (39 col.), figs. 1-30, 1-2, 1 text-cut (9 figs., unnum.). Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 1-150, pl. LXX (map., col.), 40 text-maps. London. A study of Lagopus scoticus of Great Britain, made by a committee appointed as a Departmental Committee of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries to inves- tigate the so-called ‘‘Grouse Disease.’’ The report as here presented gives, in Vol. I, the details of life-history, changes of plumage, anatomy, physiology and systematic position of the species, a series of detailed studies on parasites and diseases of grouse, and a section on the management and economics of grouse moors. Vol. II contains financial accounts, studies of crops and gizzards meteorological tables, etc. Gruvel. 1789. See Molina, Essai sur l’Histoire Naturelle du Chili. Guillemard, Francis Henry Hill. 1886. The | cruise of the Marchesa | to | Kamschatka & New Guinea | with notices of Formosa, Liu-Kiu, and various | islands of the Malay Archipelago | By F. H. H. Guillemard | M.A., M.D. (Cantab.) | Fellow of the Linnean Society; [etc., 2 lines.]. | With Maps and numerous Woodcuts | drawn by J. Keulemans, C. Whymper, and others | and engraved by Edward Whymper | [Ouot., 3 lines.| | In two volumes - Vol. I [II]. | London | John Murray, Albemarle Street | 1886. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVII+1, 1 1., pp. 1-284, 11 pll. (1 col.), 42 text-figs, 5 maps. Vol. II, 20 pll. (1 col.), 69 text-figs., g maps. London. A general account of the voyage, with numerous notes on natural history scattered through the volumes. Many of these notes relate to birds. In addition, in Appendix II of Vol. I (pp. 274-278) and Appendix I of Vol. II (pp. 361-371), there are lists of the species of birds collected or observed in the different localities, In Vol. I, the colored frontispiece and 3 figs. and in Vol. II, the 278 FreLD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. colored frontispiece, 6 plain plates and 5 figs. are of birds. The technical report on the ornithology of the voyage was published by the author in various num- bers of the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1885. Gundlach, Johannes. 1873-76. Contribucion | 4 la | ornitologia Cubana, | por el | Dr. Juan Gundlach, | socio de merito [etc., 5 lines.]. | Habana. | Imp. “La Antilla,” de N. Cacho-Negrette, | Calle de Cuba Numero 51. | 1876. 1 vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-364. Havana. An annotated list of the species of birds recorded from Cuba, with miscellaneous notes. A first appendix contains rather detailed synonomies of the various species, and some corrections of the text. A second supplement adds more corrections and emendations and presents the general indices, concluding with a long list of errata. The work, as here collated, was published in Havana and issued in sheets with the “‘Anales de la Real Academia de Ciencias,’”’ Vols. IX-XII, in the years 1873 (?)—1876. It also appeared in German, without the appendices, in the Journal far Ornithologie, during the years 1871-75. Taschen- berg ascribes the work to “Habana. Don S. de Uhagon, Madrid. 1876,” an imprint which does not appear on the copy at hand and which, possibly, refers to a third edition. The German transcript, only, is quoted by the Zoological Record. The copy here collated is autographed by the author in presentation to Don Simon de Cardenas, his friend and early protector, for whose relief when subsequently impoverished, Gundlach sold his Cuban collections. Gurney, John Henry. 1864. A | descriptive catalogue | of | the raptorial birds | in the | Norfolk and Norwich Museum, | compiled and arranged | by | John Henry Gurney. | Part one: | containing | Serpentariide, Polyboride, Vulturide. | London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | Norwich: Matchett and Stevenson, Market-Place. | 1864. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VI, 7-90. London and Norwich. The first portion of a work which was never completed. It contains short de- scriptions and accounts of the habits of the various species of hawks and owls with a list of the specimens of each contained in the Norfolk and Norwich Museum. Gurney, John Henry. 1872. See Andersson, Charles John, Notes on the Birds of Damara Land and the Adjacent Countries of South-west Africa. Gurney, John Henry. 1884. Alist | of the | diurnal birds of prey, | with | references and annotations; | also | a record of specimens | preserved in the | Norfolk and Norwich Museum. | By | John Henry Gurney. | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 279 London: | John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row, E.C. | MDCCC- LXXXIV. 1 vol. 4to (size of post 8vo), pp. I-XVI-+1, 1-187. London. A tabular list of species, giving references to published notes by the author and others and recording the number of specimens of each species in the museum. Copious footnotes are supplied throughout the list and the work closes with fifteen appendices (discussing certain species in detail) and an index. The copy was presented to C. B. Cory by the author. Gurney, John Henry (Jun.). 1876. Rambles of a Naturalist | in | Egypt and other countries. | With an analysis of | the claims of certain foreign birds | to be considered British, | and other ornithological notes. | By | J. H. , Gurney, Jun., F.Z.S. | London: | Jarrold and Sons, 3, Paternoster Buildings. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1 1., pp. 1-307. London. A miscellaneous collection of general notes and observations. Gurney, John Henry, (Jun.) 1877. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Gumey, John Henry (Jun.). 1894. Catalogue | of the | birds of prey | (Accipitres and Striges), | with the | number of specimens in Norwich Museum. | By | J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1894. 1 vol. 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-56, frontisp., 2 charts (double-page), 1 text- fig. (full-page). London. A check-list of species, with the regional distribution of each and a note as to the number of specimens of each in the Norwich Museum. Gurney, John Henry (Jun.). 1913. The gannet | a bird witha history | by | J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrated with numerous photographs, maps and | drawings, and one coloured plate by Joseph Wolf | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn, London | 1913. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-LI+1, 1-567, frontisp. (chart), 5 pll. (2 col.; by J. Wolf and E. Wilson), 136 text-figs. London. A detailed account of a single species (Sula bassana), with discussions of its early history, distribution, habits, utility, anatomy, physiology and other interesting details. 280 FiELD Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Gurney, John Henry (Jun.). 1921. Early annals | of ornithology | by | J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With illustrations from photographs and old prints | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn, London | 1921. 1 vol. post 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 1-240, 2 pll. (fold.), 34 text-cuts. London. An attempt “to collect all the ancient passages about birds, of any special interest, but more particularly those which concerned British Birds” with the subject matter arranged in order of date. Folk-lore and legend together with more reliable chronicles are given in great detail with bibliographic references. A mass of information is thus presented which is very scattered in its original sources. Hachisuka, Masa U. 1925. A comparative hand list | of | the birds of | Japan and the British Isles | by | Masa U. Hachisuka, F.Z.S. | Member of the Ornithological Society of Japan, Member of the British Ornitholo- gists’ Union | Cambridge | at the University Press | 1925. 1 vol. demy 4to, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded. and foreword), pp. 1-107. Cambridge. Sufficiently explained by the title. Japan, as considered herein, is strictly con- strued, including only Tanegashima and Yakushima, in addition to the central islands. Original descriptions are cited, with English vernacular names for all species and Japanese names for the Japanese forms. Breeding species, excep- tional visitors and rare visitors are indicated. Hagelberg, W. ? > W. Hagelberg’s | Zoologischer Hand-Atlas. | Naturgetreue Darstellung des Thierreichs | in | seinen Hauptformen. | B. | Vogel. Aves. | 285 Abbildungen auf 24 Tafeln. | Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmlers Verlagsbuchhandlung | Harrwitz & Goszmann. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 30 IL., pll. 21-44 (col.; on pp. opposite text). Berlin. (Date ?) A curious book, apparently the second volume of a set including other zoological subjects. The illustrations consist of small, embossed, lithographed cards, with portraits of different birds, mounted 12 or, in one case, 9 to the page and described on the opposite page of text. Both common and Latin names are given. The work is of no scientific importance. Hagen, Karl Gottfried. 1791. See Fischer, Jacob Benjamin, Versuch einer Naturgeschichte von Livland. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 281 Hahn, Carl Wilhelm; and Kuster, Heinrich Carl. 1818-36. [Vogel aus Asien, Africa, America und Neuwholland, in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. ] 1 vol. (19 pts.) demy 4to, 1 1. (prospectus), 49 Il., 2 insert-slips (in Pts. III and XVII), 114 pll. (col.; numbered, Liefs. I-XIX, pll. 1-6 each). Nuremberg. A series or rather crude hand-colored plates with accompanying descriptions. The work was originally planned to occupy 48 parts of 6 pll. each. It was begun by Hahn, alone, and carried by him to Pt. XVII; the remaining numbers were prepared and issued by Kuster. In 1850 the original 19 numbers appear to have been reissued, together with a new part (XX) which contained title-page, index, etc. The original parts carry no title-page. I have quoted the above title from a leaf of prospectus which is bound with the work and which refers to it under that name; the new title is more complete and is dated 1850. Pts. I-V contain a separate leaf of text for each plate; VI, XI and XIII-XV, each have but 2 Il. text (or text and pref.) for all their respective plates; the remaining parts each have but 1 1. text. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXIV, 1922) gives the dates of publication as follows. Pts. I-II, 1818; III-V, 1819; VI-VIII, 1820; IX-X, 1821; XI-XII, 1822; XIII-XIV, 1823; XV, 1826; XVI, 1829; XVII, 1831; XVIII, 1834; XIX, 1836. Dr. Laubmann (in litt. to Dr. Hellmayr) notes that the wrapper of Pt. XIII bears the date, 1822, at variance with Sherborn’s conclusions; the preface of this part is dated September 1822. Some approximate dates are available from the prefaces, insert-slips, etc. accompanying certain parts, as follows. Pt. II, insert-slip dated June 1819; VI, note dated Febr. 1820; XI, note dated April (no year); XIII, preface dated Sept. 1822; XVII, insert-slip dated August 1831; XIX, text dated Febr. 1836. Engelmann cites a revised edition of Pts. I-XII, dated 1823. Hahn, Carl Wilhelm. 1830-35. See Reider, Jakob Ernst von; and Hahn, Fauna Boica - Deutschlands Vogel. Hahn, Carl Wilhelm; and Kuster, Heinrich Carl. 1834-41. Ornithologischer | Atlas | oder naturgetreue | Abbildung und Beschreibung | der | aussereuropdischen Végel | von | Dr. C. W. Hahn. | Erste Abtheilung. | Papageien. | (Psittacus, Linn.) | Mit fein colorirten Tafeln. | Nurnberg, | C. H. Zeh’sche Buch- handlung. | 1834. > Ornithologischer | Atlas | der | aussereuropaischen Vogel [ | (Fortsetzung von Dr. C. W. Hahn’s Werk)] | von | Dr. C. W. Hahn [H. C. Kuster]. | Erste Abtheilung [Siebzehntes Heft]. | Die Papageien [Bucconidae. | I]. | Erstes Heft. [Line omitted.] | Mit acht fein colorirten Tafeln. | Nurnberg, | C. H. Zeh’sche Buchhandlung. | 1834 [841]. [Decorated border.| [Cover-titles. | 1 vol. post 8vo, 1 1. (prospectus; insert.; fold.), pp. 1-100 (Psittacus; 282 Fie_p Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. incl. subtit., Pt. I, and pref., Pt. 7), 1-6 ( Nectarinia), 1-4 (Cinny- ris), 1-2 (Diglossa), 1-2 (Scaphorhynchus). 1 vol. post 8vo, 11. (prospectus; insert. ; fold.) ; pp. 1-100, pll. 1-79+57 (bis) (Psittacus; incl. subtit. Pt. 1 and pref. Pt. 7), pp. 1-6, pll. 1-4 ( Nectarinia); pp. 1-4, pll. 1-2, 3a and 3b (Ciunyris); pp. 1-2, pll. 1-2 (Diglossa); pp. 1-2, pl. 1 (Scaphorhynchus); pp. 1-2, pll. 1-2 (Ocypterus); pp. 1-4, pll. 1-3 (Thamnophilus); pp. 1-2, pl. 1 (Cora- cina); pp. 1-2, pll. 1-2 (Procnias); pp. 1-2, pl. 1 (Cephalopterus) ; pp. 1-8, pll. 1-8 (Pipra); pp. 1-4, pll. 1-3 (Crotophaga); pp. 1-2, pl. 1 (Scythrops); pp. 1-15, pll. 1-15 (Picus); pl. 1, (Picumnus); pp. 1-6, pll. 1-5 (Bucco); pp. 1-2, pll. 1-2 (Pogonias) ; pp. 1-2, pl. 1 (Monasa); 3 ll. (manuscript index), 2 orig. wrappers (Pts. 1 and 17). Nurem- berg. The above 85 ll. of text and 136 colored plates are descriptive and illustrative of various birds not found in Europe. The work was issued in 17 parts, of which only the first 6 were completed by Hahn. After Hahn’s death the remaining parts were written and published by Kuster. The contents of Pts. 1 and 17 are noted on the final wrapper of those parts (included in the present copy) and many of the pages and plates in the other parts are recognizable from their signature-numbers. A careful examination of these and other marks makes the following arrangement seem fairly certain. Pt. 1, Psittacus, pp. 1-20, pll. 1-8; .2, pp. 21-32, pll. 9-16; 3, pp. 33-40, pll. 17-24; 4, pp. 41-48, pll. 25-33 (text to pl. 25 in Pt. 3); 5, pp. 49-56, pll. 34-40; 6, pp. 57-64, pll. 41-48; 7, pp. 65-76, pll. 49-56; 8, Nectarinia and Cinnyris; 9, Psittacus, pp. 77-84, pll. 57-63 +57 (bis); 10, Picus, pp. 1-12, pll. 1-7, and Picumnus; 11, Psittacus, pp. 85- 92, pll. 64-71; 12, Diglossa, Scaphorhynchus, Ocypterus and Thamnophilus; 13, Coracina, Procnias, Cephalopterus and Pipra, pp. 1-4, pll. 1-4; 14, Picus, pp. 13-15, pll. 8-15; 15, Pipra, pp. 5-8, pll. 5-8; 16, Pstttacus, pp. 93-100, pll. 72- 79; 17, Bucco, Pogontas and Monasa, Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXIV, 1922) gives the dates of publication as follows. Pts. 1-3, 1834; 4, 1834 or 1835; 5-9, 1836; 10-13, 1837; 14-15, 1838; 16, 1840; 17, 1849. The last figure appears to be an error for 1841. The cover of that part is dated 1841 and a note on the back cover is dated March 1841, while Engelmann (whose work dates 1846) gives the final date for the whole work (Pts. 1-17) as 1841. Attached to the plate of Picumnus minutissimus is a clipping from the original wrapper in which it appeared, reading, ‘‘Der Text zu diesem Vogel folgt in einem der nachsten Hefte, mit der ubrigen Arten von Picumnus.” Beneath, some one has written, “nicht erschienen.’’ Some errors exist in the numbering of the plates of Psittacus. Pl. 12 should be 9, 9-11, 11-12, 18-17, 17, 18; 30, 29; and 29, 30. The present copy is from the library of F. D. God- man and contains his bookplate. Haines, Charles Reginald. 1907. Notes | on the | birds of Rutland | by | C. Reginald Haines, M.A., F.S.A., F. R. Hist. S. | Sometime Member of the British 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 283 Ornithologists’ Union | [Quot., 5 lines.]. | London: | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1907 | [All rights reserved |. I vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XLVII+1, 1-175, frontisp. (col.; by E. F. T. Bennett), 6 pll., 1 text-fig., 1 map. London. A list of the species of birds recorded from the county of Rutland, England, with a discussion of the habits and local occurrence of each. Apparently pub- lished by subscription. Hales, Henry. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Hall, Robert. 1899. A key | to the | Birds of Australia | and | Tasmania | with their | geographical distribution | in Australia | By Robert Hall | Melbourne | Melville, Mullen and Slade, Collins Street | London | Dulau and Co., 37 Soho Square | [Copyright]. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 11., pp. 1-116, frontisp. (p. II), 1 fig. (chart). Melbourne and London. A systematic list of species, with short descriptions of each. Hall, Robert. 1900. The | insectivorous birds | of | Victoria | with chapters on birds more or less useful | by | Robert Hall | Author of “‘A Key to the Birds of Australia and Tasmania” | Melbourne | Published by the author at 312 Flinders-St | 1900 | [Copyright]. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-257+1, 11. (advt.), frontisp. (p. II), 2 text-figs. (unnum.), figs. 1-55. Melbourne. A popular account of a considerable number of birds of Victoria, arranged accord- ing to their food-habits, with a short description of each species and of its nest and eggs, its scientific name and the derivation, and a general discussion of habits. About half of the illustrations are reduced in black and white (half-tones) from Gould’s “Birds of Australia.” Hammer, Friedrich Ludwig. 1804. See Hermann, Johann, Observationes Zoologicae. Hamonville, Jean Charles Louis Tardif d’. 1876. Catalogue | des | oiseaux d’Europe | ou espéces et races d’oiseaux | dont le présence, soit habituelle, soit fortuite, a été dument | constatée dans les limites géographiques de l'Europe | par | J. C. L. T. d’Hamonville | Conseiller Général, énumération des 284 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. [etc., 3 lines.] | Paris London W.C. | J. B. Bailliere et Fils B. Quaritch, Bookseller | 19, Rue Hautefeuille 15, Piccadilly Street | 1876. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-73. Paris and London. 1876 (post March 20). A tabular list of the genera and species of European birds, giving their Latin and vernacular names and general distribution. Several new names occur in the column of Latin terms. The “‘Avertissement”’ is dated March 20, 1876. Hancock, John. 1874. Natural history transactions | of | Northumberland and Durham; | being papers read at the | meetings of the Natural History Society | of | Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle- upon-Tyne, | and the | Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, | 1873. | Vol. VI. | [Vignette.] | London: | Williams & Norgate, 14, Hen- rietta Street, Covent Garden; | and 20, South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. | Newcastle-upon-Tyne: F. & W. Dodsworth. | 1874. | [All rights reserved.] > A catalogue | of | the birds | of | North- umberland and Durham. | By John Hancock. | With fourteen photographic copper-plates, from | drawings by the author. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. -XXV-+1, 1-174, 2 Il. (appendix and errata), frontisp., pll. 1-13 (by Hancock). London. An annotated “local list.’’ Haniel, Curt B. (Hellmayr, Charles Edward). 1914. > Zoologie von Timor | Ergebnisse der unter Leitung | von Joh. Wanner im Jahre rg11 | ausgefthrten Timor-Expedition | nach eigenen Sammlungen unter | Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen | her- ausgegeben | von | C. B. Haniel | I. Lieferung | Stuttgart 1914 | Im Kommissionverlag der E. Schweizerbartschen Verlags- | buch- handlung, Nagele und Dr. Sproesser in Stuttgart > Zoologie von Timor. I. Lieferung | I. Die Avifauna | von Timor | von | C. E. Hellmayr | mit einer Farbentafel | (Tafel I) | Ausgegeben am ro. Januar 1914 | Stuttgart 1914 | Im Kommissionsverlag [eic., 2 lines. }. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-VI, 1-112, 1 1. (expl. of pl.), pl. I (col.; by Groénvold). Stuttgart. January 10, 1914. An annotated review of the birds of the island of Timor by Hellmayr, based primarily on the collections of the Wanner Expedition of 1911.. Several new subspecies are described. The brochure forms Lieferung I of a projected report on the zoology of the island, under editorship of Haniel, but is all published to date. A supplement was published by Hellmayr in the Novitates Zoologica, 23, pp. 96-111, April, 1916. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 285 Hantzsch, Bernhard. 1905. Beitrag zur Kenntnis | der | Vogelwelt Islands | Von | Bern- hard Hantzsch | Mit 26 Abbildungen und 1 Karte | [Vignette.] | Berlin | Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn | 1905. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1 1., pp. 1-341, Berlin. A detailed, annotated list of the birds of Iceland, with a prelinary, discussion of the topography of the country. Hardwicke, Thomas. 1830-35. See Gray, John Edward, Illustrations of Indian Zoology. Hardy, Manly. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Hargitt, Edward. 1890. Catalogue | of the | Picarie | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Scansores, | containing the family | Picide. | By | Edward Hargitt. | London: | printed by order of the Trus- tees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Crom- well Road, S.W. | 1890. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XVIII. Harley, James. 1840. See MacGillivray, William, A History of British Birds, 1837-40. Harris, Henry E. 1901. Essays and photographs. | Some birds | of the | Canary Islands and South Africa. | By | Henry E. Harris. | 92 illustra- tions | London | R. H. Porter, 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1901. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1 1., pp. 1-212, frontisp., pll. I-LV. London. A popular, running account of observations made by the author while on visits to the Canary Islands and South Africa; illustrated with photographic repro- ductions, most of which are ornithological. Hartert, Ernst. 1892. See Salvin, Osbert; and Hartert, Catalogue of the Picariae in the Collection of the British Museum, 1892. Also, British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XVI. 286 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Hartert, Ernst. 1897. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung der | rezenten Tierformen. | Herausgegeben | von der | Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft. | Generalredakteur: Franz Eilhard Schulze. | 1. Lieferung. | Aves. | Redakteur: A. Reichenow. | Podargidae, Caprimulgidae | und | Macropterygidae | bearbeitet von | Ernst Hartert, | Direktor des Zoologisches Museums in Tring (England). | Mit 16 Abbildungen im Texte. | Berlin. | Ver- lag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | 1897. 1 vol. (pt.) superroyal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-98, I-IV (‘‘Beiblatt zur 1. Lieferung.’’), text-figs. 1-13, 1 text-fig. (unnum., in “Beiblatt’’). Berlin. A monograph of the families of Frogmouths, Goatsuckers and Swifts (as arranged by the author), with tables to the species, genera and higher groups, short descriptions of each, and brief synonymy, and with the distribution of the spe- cies added. The supplementary pages contain a diagram (with explanation) of the topography of a bird. The work is reviewed in the Ornithologische Monatsberichte for May, 1897 and must have appeared not later than April. See also under ‘‘Tierreich.” Hartert, Ernst. 1900. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung der | rezenten Tierformen. | Herausgegeben | von der | Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft. | Generalredakteur: Franz Eilhard Schulze. | 9. Lieferung. | Aves. | Redakteur: A. Reichenow. | Trochilidae | bearbeitet von | Ernst Hartert, | Direktor des Zoolo- gischen Museums in Tring (England). | Mit 34 Abbildungen im Texte. | Berlin. | Verlag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | Ausgege- ben im Februar 1900. 1 vol. (pt.) superroyal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and 2nd tit.), pp. I-IX-++1, 1-254, text-figs. 1-34. Berlin. Febr. 1go0. A monograph of the Hummingbirds with brief diagnoses and synonymy and with tables for the determination of genera and species. See also under ‘‘Tierreich.” A second copy, separately bound is in the collection. Hartert, Ernst. 1903-22. Die Végel | der paliarktischen Fauna. | Systematische Ubersicht | der | in Europa, Nord-Asien und der Mittelmeerregion | vorkommenden Végel. | Von | Dr. Ernst Hartert. | Band I (II; III]. | Mit 134; [122; 12] Abbildungen. | Berlin 1910 [1912-21; 1921-22]. | Verlag von R. Friedlander und [& (Vols. II and ITI.)] Sohn. | Agents in London: Witherby & Co. [H. F. & G. Witherby (Vols. II and III.)), 326 High Holborn. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 287 3 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XLIX+1, 1-832, text-figs. 1-134. Vol. II, pp. I-X XIV, 833-1764, text-figs. 135-256. Vol. III, pp. I-XII, 1-2328, text-figs. 257-268. Berlin. Published in 19 parts, the contents and dates of publication of which are given in Vol. I, p. XIII; Vol. II, p. XXIV; and Vol. III, p. XII. Pp. XIII-XLIX of Vol. I belong to Pt. 6 of that volume, issued in June, 1910, although omitted from the list of dates of publication. The work is a thorough monograph of the birds of the Palaearctic Region, indispensable to the ornithological study of that portion of the world. Supplementary contributions are in progress, the first of which has been published under the above title, “‘Nachtrag I,” 1923 (q.v.). Hartert, Ernst. 1905. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Hartert, Ernst. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Hartert, Ernst; Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert; Ticehurst, Norman Frederick; and Witherby, Harry Forbes. 1912. Ahand-list of | British birds | with an account of the distribu- tion of each | species in the British Isles and abroad. | By Ernst Hartert | F. C. R. Jourdain | N. F. Ticehurst | and | H. F. Witherby. | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London. Wc: |x9r2. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-237. London. A distributional list of species with brief synonymies and with trinomial nomen- clature according to the International Code. Hartert, Ernst. 1919-24. See Witherby, Harry Forbes, A Practical Handbook of British Birds. Hartert, Ernst. : 1923. Die Vogel | der palaarktischen Fauna. | Systematische Uber- sicht | der | in Europa, Nord-Asien und der Mittelmeerregion | vor- kommenden Vogel. | Von | Dr. Ernst Hartert. | Nachtrag I | (bis Januar 1923). | Berlin 1923. | Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 1 pr. 1., pp. 1-92. Berlin. A supplement to the author’s work of the same title, 1903-22 (q.v.), containing changes and additions to that work from October, 1921 to January, 1923. 288 Fre_p Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Harting, James Edmund. 1866. The | birds of Middlesex. | A contribution | to | The Natural History of the County. | By | James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.- LXVI. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. I-XVI, 1-284, frontisp. (monochr.), 1 text-fig. London. A popular account of the birds of Middlesex County, England, with notes on habits, songs, nidification, distribution and local occurrences. Harting, James Edmund. 1871. The | birds | of | Shakespeare. | Critically examined, explained, and illustrated. | By | James Edmund Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, | Author of “The Birds of Middlesex,’’ | etc., etc. | [Blazon.] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXI. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. Il., pp. VII-XXII, 11., pp. 1-321, frontisp., 33 text-figs. London. ; An interesting analysis of the allusions to birds made by Shakespeare, with explanations of obscure and obsolete terms and comments on the ornithological accuracy of the quotations. Harting, James Edmund. 1877. Our summer migrants. | An account of | the migratory birds | which pass the summer in | the British Islands. | By J. E. Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S. | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | Illustrated from designs by Thomas Bewick. | Second edition. | [Vzgnette.] | London: | Bickers and Son, | 1, Leicester Square. | 1877. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-336, 37 text-figs. London. A popular account. First edition issued in 1875; later editions in 1889 and igor. Harting, James Edmund. 1880. See Rodd, Edward Hearle, The Birds of Cornwall and the Scilly Islands. Harting, James Edmund. 1883. Essays on sport | and | natural history. | By | James Edmund Harting, | Author of | ‘‘Extinct British Animals,” ‘‘A Handbook of British Birds,” ‘Rambles in Search | of Shells,’’ etc. etc. | With illustrations. | London: | Horace Cox, ‘‘The Field”’ Office, | 1883. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-485, 1-32 (advt.), frontisp., 32 text-figs. London. A collection of miscellaneous essays, many of which are of ornithological interest. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 289 Harting, James Edmund. 1891. Bibliotheca Accipitraria | A | catalogue of books | ancient and modern | relating to | falconry | with notes, glossary, and vocabu- lary | by | James Edmund Harting | Librarian to the Linnean Society of London | [Vzgnette.] | London | Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly | 1891. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-289, frontisp. (col.), 25 pll., 4 text-figs. (incl. title-vignette). London. A bibliography of books on falconry, with numerous quotations and reproductions of illustrations from the works cited and from other sources. Harting, James Edmund. 1901. A handbook | of | British birds | showing the distribution of the resident | and migratory species in the | British Islands | with | an index to the records of the rarer visitants | by | J. E. Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | New and revised edition | with thirty-five coloured plates, carefully | reproduced from original drawings | by the late Professor Schlegel | London | John C. Nimmo | 14 King William Street, Strand | MDCCCCI: 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-520, pll. 1-35 (col.; by Schlegel). London. An annotated list of species, with a detailed bibliography of the records for rare and accidental visitants to which a separate section of the book is devoted. The colored plates are composed of figures of the heads and feet of the various species. The first edition of this work (which I have not seen) was published in 1872. Hagerup, Andreas T. (Chamberlain, Montague.) 1891. The | Birds of Greenland. | By Andreas T. Hagerup. | Translated from the Danish | by | Frimann B. Arngrimson. | Edited by Montague Chamberlain. | Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1891. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII, 9-62. Boston. In the Auk, 6, pp. 211-218 and 291-297, 1889, under editorship of Chamberlain, appeared an account of the birds of southern Greenland from the manuscript of Hagerup. The present work, to p. 39, is a revised and enlarged discussion of the same subject,—a discussion of the habits and occurrence of the birds of Ivigtut, Greenland. Pp. 41-62 comprise a catalogue of 139 species of birds of the whole of Greenland, with annotations on local occurrence and distribution. Chamberlain has added numerous notes throughout the work. 290 Fietp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1846. Erster Nachtrag | zum | Verzeichniss | der | Végelsamm- lung | des | Museum’s. | Bremen. | Druck von F. C. Dubbers. | 1846. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-IV, 5-21, (orig. wrappers). Bremen, 1846 (post: Sept. ). A supplement to the author’s “Systematisches Verzeichniss der Naturhistorischen Sammlung des Gesellschaft Museum, Abt. 1, Végel, Bremen, 1844.” The present work consists of a list of 240 species of birds, with the citation of a locality (sometimes very general) and a reference to the original description or a published figure. A number of the species are new and one genus, Neornis, (based on an undescribed species) also is new. However, there are no descrip- tions and the new names are all nomina nuda. The book, as well as its prede- cessor, is rare. The preface is dated September. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1847. Systematischer Index | zu | Don Felix de Azara’s | Apun- tamientos para la historia natural | de los paxaros | del | Paraguay y Rio de la Plata. | Von | Dr. G. Hartlaub. | Bremen, | Druck von C. Schtinemann. | 1847. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VI, 1-29. Bremen. A tabular list of the 448 species of birds given by Azara in his ‘‘Apuntamientos” (Cf. Azara, Voyages dens l’Amerique Meridionale, 1809.) with parallel columns showing the page-references to two editions of Azara and the nomenclature according to various authors. The work is extremely useful to the systematist since it is considerably less rare than the original treatise to which it forms an index. The present copy has many marginal annotations in the handwriting of Count Berlepsch. This work is noted as just published, in the Revue Zoologique for July 1847. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1857. System | der | Ornithologie Westafrica’s | von | Dr. G. Hartlaub, | auswartigem Mitgliede [etc., 7 lines.] | Bremen, 1857. | Druck and Verlag von C. Schitnemann. | Paris: London: | A. Franck, Williams & Norgate, | rue Richelieu, 67. 14 Henrietta Street, Coventgarden. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-LXVI, 1 1. pp. 1-280, 1 1. (insert-folder). Bremen. A monograph of the birds of West Africa, with Latin diagnoses, remarks on dis- tribution, synonymies and miscellaneous notes. The preface is dated April 1. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1861. Ornithologischer Beitrag | zur | Fauna Madagascar’s. | Mit Berticksichtigung der | Inseln Mayotta, Nossi-Bé und St. Marie, sowie der | -Mascarenen und Seychellen. | Von | Dr. G. Hart- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 291 laub, | Mitgliede der [etc., 5 lines.] | (Mit zahlreichen Berichtigun- gen und Zusatzen aus Cabanis Journal fir Ornithologie | von 1860 besonders abgedruckt.) | Bremen, 1861. | Druck und Verlag von C. Schunemann. | Paris: London: | A. Franck, Williams & Nor- gate, | rue Richelieu, 67 14, Henrietta Street, Conventgarden (sic). 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-87. Bremen. A treatise on the birds of Madagascar, revised and emended from the author’s “‘Systematische Uebersicht der Végel Madagascars” published in the Journal far Ornithologie, Nos. 43-45, January-May, 1860. The preface is dated Febr. 1, 1861. The present copy is interleaved. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1867. See Finsch, Otto; and Hartlaub, Gustav, Beitrag zur Fauna Centralpolynesiens. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1870. See Decken, Carl Claus van der, Baron Carl Claus van der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika in den Jahren 1859-1865. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1875. See Mommsen, August, Griechische Jahreszeiten. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1877. Die Vogel | Madagascars | und | der benachbarten¥Insel- gruppen. | Ein Beitrag | zur | Zoologie der athiopischen Region. | Von | G. Hartlaub. | Mit. einer kurzlich entdeckten Original- Abbildung der Dronte | von R. Savry. | Halle, | Druck und Verlag von H. W. Schmidt. | 1877. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XLII, 1-425+1, 1 pl. (frontisp.). Halle. A monograph of the birds of Madagascar and the neighboring islands, with descrip- tions, synonymies and detailed notes. The present copy was a presentation one and contains a manuscript letter by the author, without address but apparently to E. Perceval Wright, judging by the context. Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav. 1888. See James, F. L., The Unknown Horn of Africa. Harvie-Brown, John Alexander. 1879. The | capercaillie in Scotland | By J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, | etc.’ | [Vignette.] | [Quot., 5 lines.] | Edinburgh: David Douglas | MDCCCLXXIX | [All rights reserved. ]. 292 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1, 11. (subtit:), pp. 1-155, 2 pll., 1 map (col.; fold.). Edinburgh. A general account of the subject, with studies of the derivation of the name, the history of the species in Scotland and the causes of its former extinction, its reintroduction and subsequent dispersal, and its economic status. Harvie-Brown, John Alexander; and Buckley, Thomas Edward. 1895. A fauna | of the Moray Basin | by | J. A. Harvie-Brown, | and | Thomas E. Buckley. | Vol. I [II] | David Douglas, Edin- burgh, 1895 O.A.J.L. [Tztle on illustr. background. }. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XII, 11., pp. 1-306, 1 1. (erratum), illum. tit., 13 pll. (1 fold.), 3 text-figs. Vol. II, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-309, illum. tit., 7 pll. (1 col.), pll. I-IX (3 fold.), 1 map (col.; fold.), 11 text-figs. Edinburgh. A detailed discussion of the vertebrate fauna of the Moray Basin of Scotland, with chapters on the physical features of the region. A large portion of the work relates to birds. A half-title page reads, ‘A Vertebrate Fauna | of | the Moray Basin,”’ etc., often quoted as the title. The work forms one of a series of titles published on “The Vertebrate Fauna of Scotland’ (Cf. Harvie-Brown and Macpherson, A Fauna of the North-west Highlands & Skye, 1904.). The present copy bears a presentation inscription from Elliott Coues to Mrs. Coues. Harvie-Brown, John Alexander; and Macpherson, Hugh Alexander. (Macpherson, A. Holte.) 1904. A fauna | of the | north-west highlands | & Skye | by| J. A. Harvie-Brown | and | Rev. H. A. Macpherson. | Edinburgh, David Douglas, 1904. O.A.J.L. [Title on illustr. background. }. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-CIV, 11., pp. 1-378, 11., 8 Il. (advt.), illustr. tit., 18 pll., 3 maps (1 fold., col.), 30 text-figs. Edinburgh. Historical, topographical and general discussions of the region under consideration are given, with biographical sketches of Thomas Edward Buckley and the junior author (the latter by A. Holte Macpherson), on pp. XXI-CIV; the remainder of the book is zoological. The birds occupy pp. 49-361 and 372. The volume is one of a series on ‘‘A Vertebrate Fauna of Scotland” which title appears on a subtitle-page (Cf. Harvie-Brown and Buckley, A Fauna of the Moray Basin, 1895.). Harvie-Brown, John Alexander. 1905. Travels of a Naturalist | in Northern Europe | Norway, 1871 | Archangel, 1872 | Petchora, 1875 | by | J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. | Member [etc., 6 lines.] | With coloured plates and other illustrations | and 4 maps | Vol. I [II] | London: T. Fisher Unwin | Paternoster Square. MCMV. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1-260, frontisp., 14 pll., 4 text- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 293 figs., 2 maps. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 261-541, frontisp., 9 pll. (2 col.), 3 ll. (expl. of pll.), 31 text-figs., 2 maps. London. An account, mostly ornithological, of three journeys in northern Europe. Hasselt, J. C. van. 1820. See Kuhl, Heinrich, Beitraége zur Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie. Hatch, P. L. 1892. See Nachtrieb, Henry F., The Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. First Report of the State Zodlogist, accom- panied with Notes on the Birds of Minnesota. Hay, Arthur. [= Walden, Viscount.] 1871. See Dresser, H. E., A History of the Birds of Europe, 1871-82. Hay, Arthur [= Tweeddale, Marquis of. ] 1878. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Hay, Arthur [= Tweeddale, Marquis of. ] 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Hay, Arthur. [=Tweeddale, Arthur, Ninth Marquis of.] (Ramsay, Robert G. Wardlaw; and Russell, William Howard.) 1881. The | ornithological works | of | Arthur, Ninth Marquis of Tweeddale, | Fellow [etc., 3 lines.]. | Reprinted from the origi- nals, | by the desire of his widow. | Edited and revised by his nephew, | Robert C. Wardlaw Ramsay, F.L.S., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., | Captain 74th Highlanders (late 67th regiment). | Together with a | biographical sketch of the author | by | William Howard Russell, LL.D. | For private circulation. | London: | printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1881. 1 vol. royal 4to, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. III-LXIV, 1-760, frontisp. (portr.), text-figs. 1-8, 1-2 and 1-4. London. A reprint of Tweeddale’s ornithological writings which the editor has altered only in case of “obvious misprints, orthographical errors, or where I (Ramsay) have found corrections in the Author’s handwriting.” In Appendix I, pp.. 653-660, the editor has presented a revised list of Philippine birds, showing details of distribution,—his own work. A lengthy biographical sketch by Russell occupies pp. XIII-LXII. Hayes, William. 1771-75. A | natural history | of | British birds | &c. | with their | portraits, | Accurately drawn, and beautifully coloured from 294 Fretp Museum or Natural History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Nature, | By Mr. Hayes. | London: | Printed for S. Hooper, No 25, Ludgate-Hill, | M.DCC.LXXV. 1 vol. imperial folio, title, pp. 1-24, 40 pll. (col.; 2 fold.). London. A series of hand-colored plates with explanatory text, neither of which is of scientific value. Several introduced species are included in the number. Only 5 pll. have a printed title; the remainder are labeled by hand; none are num- bered except in the text. The arrangement of the plates is indescribably mixed in the binding of the present copy. Hayes, William. [1771-79?]. [Miscellaneous plates of birds. ] 1 vol. superroyal folio, 16 pll. (col.). An assortment of 16 hand-colored plates, 9 of which are taken from the author’s ““A Natural History of British Birds,’”’ 1771-75 (q.v.). Of these, all are more or less altered in color and rather more finely executed, several have the printed date changed (by hand) from “1771”’ to “1778,” and others have slightly different titles. The remaining 7 plates are dated 1779; 5 of these are of subjects illustrated in the author’s ‘Portraits of Rare and Curious Birds,” 1749-79 (q.-v.), mostly similar in style but not identical, There is no text or title. Hayes, William; and family. 1794-99. Portraits | of | rare and curious birds, | with their | descriptions, | from the menagery of Osterly Park, | in the county of Middlesex. | By W. Hayes, and family. | London: | Printed by W. Bulmer and Co. | Shakespeare Printing Office: | and published for the author by R. Faulder, | New Bond-Street. | 1794. “Idem. Vol. II. London: [etc.] 1799. . . . second vol. has ‘Vol. II’ on title” (Mullens & Swann). 2 vols. in 1 vol., 4to (text, medium 4to; pll., imperial 4to). Vol. I, 3 pr. IL, pp. 1-50, [frontisp. (col.)], 50 pll. (col.). Vol. II, [2 pr. ll.], pp. 51-101, 50 pll. (col.). London. A collection of hand-colored etchings, drawn by Hayes and members of his family and accompanied by a short discussion of each subject. The work is rather crude. The present copy is bound in a single volume and lacks the colored frontispiece of Vol. I and the title and preliminary matter of Vol. II, refer- ences to which I have quoted from Mullens and Swann. Hayward, Jane Mary. 1895. Bird notes | by the late | Jane Mary Hayward | edited by Emma Hubbard | with fifteen illustrations from drawings by G. E. Lodge | and frontispiece | London | Longmans, Green, and Co. | and New York: 15 East 16th Street | 1895 | All rights reserved. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 295 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XVII+1, 11., pp. 1-181, 1-24 (advt.), frontisp. (scenic), 15 text-figs. London and New York. Notes on the bird-life of an English garden; frequently protracted observations on the same individual birds. Entirely popular but showing evidence of close and sympathetic observation. Headley, Frederick Webb. 1895. The structure | and | life of birds | by | F. W. Headley, M.A., F.Z.S. | Assistant Master at Haileybury College | with seventy-eight illustrations | London | Macmillan and Co. | and New York | 1895 | The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved. 1 vol. demy 8vo, 3 pr. Il., pp. [X-XX, 1-412, frontisp., text-figs. 1-77. London. A discussion of the origin, anatomy, physiology, development, habits and many other phenomena of bird existence, treated in a non-technical manner. Headley, Frederick Webb. 1912. The | flight of birds | By F. W. Headley, M.B.O.U. | Author of ‘‘The Structure and Life of Birds’’ | ‘‘Life and Evolution”’ &c. | With sixteen plates | and many text-figures | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London | 1912. I vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-163, pll. I-XVI, text-figs. 1-27. London. A thorough discussion of the flight of birds, the mechanics underlying it and the physiological and anatomical adaptations developed for it. Healy, Michael A. (McLenegan, S. B.; Townsend, Charles H.) 1887. Report | of the | cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer | Corwin | in the | Arctic Ocean | in | the year 1885 | by |Capt. M. A. Healy, U.S.R.M., | Commander. | Washington: | Govern- ment Printing Office. | 1887. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-102, 42 pll. (4 col.; 1 of birds, by J. L. Ridgway), 2 maps, 3 text-cuts. Washington. Pp. 1-20 contain the general report by Healy; 21-52, a narrative of the exploration of the Kowak River, Alaska, by John C. Cantwell; 53-80, McLenegan’s account of the exploration of the Noatak River, Alaska, with an annotated list of 48 species of birds on pp. 76-80; and 81-102 ‘Notes on the Natural History and Ethnology of Northern Alaska” by Townsend, of which pp. 98-101 are orni- thological, containing an annotated list of 49 species of birds. Hecla and Fury, Journal of a Third Voyage for the Discovery of a North-west Passage, in the—. 1826. See Parry, William Edward. 296 Fietp Museum oF NAtTurRAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Heermann, Adolphus L. 1859. See U.S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports of Explorations and Surveys . . . for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, Vol. X. Heidecke, Ernst. 1897. Ueber den Schnabelwulst | des jugendlichen Sperlings. | Inaugural-Dissertation | zur | Erlangung der Doktorwirde | der | Hohen philosophischen Fakultat | der | Universitat Leipzig | vor- gelegt von | Ernst Heidecke | appr. Zahnarzt | aus Breitenwor- bis. | Leipzig | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-50, 1 1., 1 pl. (fold.). Leipzig. A detailed study of certain structures in the bills of young sparrows. Heine, Ferdinand. 1860-63. See Cabanis, Jean Louis; and Heine, Museum Heineanum, 1851-63. Heine, Ferdinand; and Reichenow, Anton. 1890. Nomenclator | Musei Heineani Ornithologici. | Verzeichniss der Vogel-Sammlung | des | K6niglichen Oberamtmanns Ferdi- nand Heine | auf Klostergut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt, | herausgegeben ‘i Ferdinand Heine und Anton Reichenow isha auf Kloster Hadmersleben in Berlin. Berlin. | R. Friedlander & Sohn. | 1882 bis 1890. 1 vol. superoyal 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-373, frontisp. (portr.). Berlin. A catalogue of the birds in the collection of Ferdinand Heine, arranged in sys- tematic order. Type specimens are indicated by an asterisk. Many new names are employed, a large number of which are synonyms. The work was printed from 1882 to 1890 as indicated in the dated signatures, but the work was not issued until 1890, the preface being dated in September of that year. The senior author was the son of the founder of the collection. Hellmayr, Charles Edward. 1903. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung ‘der | rezenten Tierformen. | Begrundet von der Deutschen Zoolo- gischen Gesellschaft. | Im Auftrage der | Kénigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin | herausgegeben von | Franz Eilhard Schulze. | [Quot.] | 18. Lieferung. | Aves. | Beirat: A. Reichenow. | Paridae, Sittidae und Certhiidae | bearbeitet von | C. E. Hell- mayr | in Munchen. | Mit 76 Abbildungen. | Berlin. | Verlag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | Ausgegeben im Marz 1903. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 297 1 vol. (pt.) superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-255, 1 text-fig. (top- ography of bird), text-figs. 1-75. March 1903. A monograph of the families of Titmice, Nuthatches and Tree-creepers, with more or less detailed descriptions and synonymies, tables to the subfamiles, genera and species, a bibliography and a ‘‘Nomenclator generum et subgenerum.’’ See also under ‘“Tierreich.” Hellmayr, Charles Edward. 1906. See Ménégaux, Auguste; and Hellmayr, Etude des especes critiques et des types du groupe Passereaux Tracheophones de l’Amerique tropicale. Hellmayr, Charles Edward. 1910-13. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Hellmayr, Charles Edward. 1914. See Haniel, C. B., Zoologie von Timor. Hellmayr, Charles Edward; and Laubmann, Alfred. 1916. Nomenclator der Vogel Bayerns. | Von | C. E. Hellmayr und A. Laubmann. | Im Auftrage der | Ornithologischen Gesellschaft in Bayern | herausgegeben | von | C. E. Hellmayr | Kustos der Ornithologischen Abteilung [etc., 2 lines.] | Ausgegeben am 30. Mai 1916. | Munchen 1916 | Im Buchhandel zu beziehen durch die Verlagsbuchhandlung | Gustav Fischer in Jena. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-68. Munich. May 30, 1916. A critical review of the nomenclature of Bavarian birds. Pt. I (pp. 1-33) contains a check-list of species, giving for each the accepted Latin name (binomial or trinomial), the preferred vernacular name, the reference to the original descrip- tion, the quotation of original name and type locality as given by the describer, and the type locality as defined at present. Pt. II (pp. 33-35) contains a similar list for species the records of whose local occurrence are questionable. Pt. III (pp. 35-55) is devoted to a list of genera with original references and type-designations. A first supplement was published by Laubmann in the Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayerns, 15, Heft 2, pp. 187-246, 1922. Hemprich, Friedrich Wilhelm. 1828-33. See Ehrenberg, Symbolae Physicae. Henderson, George; and Hume, Allan Octavian. 1873. Lahore to Yarkand. | Incidents of the route | and | Natural History | of the | countries traversed | by | the expedition of 1870, | under | T. D. Forsyth, Esq., C.B. | By | George Hender- son, M.D., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. | Medical Officer to the Expedition, Officiating Superintendent | of the Botanic Gardens, Calcutta; | 298 FireELtD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. and | Allan O. Hume, Esq., C.B., F.Z.S. | Secretary to the Govern- ment of India, for the Department | of Agriculture, Revenue and Commerce. | London: | L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta St., Covent Garden. | 1873. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-370, 1 1.+pp. 1-16 (advt.), pll. I-XX XII (col.; of birds; by Keulemans), 25 pill. (unnum.; 8 col.), 1 map (col.; fold.), 26 text-figs. (17 of birds). London. 1873 (antea July). Part I, pp. 1-150, contains Henderson’s narrative of the expedition, including various casual notes on birds. Part II, pp. 151-346, is devoted to natural history and the major part, pp. 153-304 with pll. I-X XXII and 17 text-figs. consists of the ornithological results of the expedition discussed by Hume. The entomol- ogical report appears to be by H. W. Bates and the botanical one by Henderson and J. D. Hooker. Part III and the Appendix are meteorological. The orni- thological report contains descriptions of several new species and detailed discussions of others, including field-notes by Henderson. The work is reviewed in the Ibis for July, 1873. Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee. 1874. See Yarrow, H. C.; and Henshaw, Engineer Department, U.S. Army, Report upon Ornithological Specimens collected in the Years 1871, 1872, and 1873. Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee. 1875. See Wheeler, George Montague, Report on United States Geographical Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, Vol. V, Chap. III, Report on the Ornithological Collections made in Por- tions of Nevada, Utah, etc. Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee. 1886. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature and Check-list of North American Birds. Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee. 1892. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature. Hepburn, Archibald. 1840. See Macgillivray, William, A History of British Birds, 1847-40. Herman, Otto. 1905. Magyar Ornithologiai Kézpont | Hungarian Central Office of Ornithology | Recensio critica | automatica | of the | doctrine of bird-migration | by | Otto Herman | late Member of the Hun- FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. Vill. TABULA AFFINITATUM ANIMALIUM OLIM ACADEMICO SPECIMINE EDITA NUNC UBERIORE COMMENTARIO ILLUSTRATA CUM ANNOTATIONIBUS AD HISTORIAM NATURALEM ANIMALIUM AUGENDAM FACIENTIBUS. AUCTORE JOHANNE HERMANN M. D, ET PROF, ) - 43 ARGENTORATI 1783. Impenfis JOH. GEORGIL TREUTTEL , Bibliopolx. TITLE-PAGE OF HERMANN’S ‘* TABULA AFFINITATUM ANIMALIUM.’? See p. 299. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 299 garian Parliament, [etc., 16 lines.]. | With one map. | Budapest | Printed by order of the Royal Hungarian Ministry of | Agricul- ture | 1905. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-74, 1 map. Budapest. An essay on bird-migration with analyses of published articles on the subject, a classification of the various problems involved and bibliographic references to each, and recommendations for further study. Hermann, Johann. 1783. Tabula | affinitatum | animalium | olim academico specimine edita | nunc | uberiore commentario | illustrata | cum annota- tionibus | ad historiam naturalem animalium | augendam facienti- bus. | Auctore | Johanne Hermann | M.D. et Prof. | Argentorati 1783. | Impensis Joh. Georgii Treuttel, Bibliopole. 1 vol. demy 4to, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-370, 1 1., 3 inserts (fold.; tables), various decorations. Strasburg. _ A detailed study of the classification of the vertebrates, in which the birds are discussed on pp. 131-235 and the first insert. The work is very important because binomial names are given for the first time to many species previously described or figured under vernacular names in Buffon’s “Histoire Naturelle Générale; Oiseaux,”’ 1749, and Daubenton’s accompanying plates (Cf. Buffon, Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, 1770-86). A review of the new names in Her- mann is given by Stresemann in the Novit. Zool. 27, pp. 327-332, 1920. The actual date of publication is unknown but is supposed to be prior to Boddaert’s “Table de Planches Enluminées” (Cf. Reprint, 1874.) which also proposes names for species described in Buffon. The book is quite rare. Hermann, Johann. (Hammer, Friedrich Ludwig.) 1804. Johannis Hermann | Phil. et Med. Doct., [etc., 4 lines.] | observationes | zoologicae | qubus novae complures, aliaeque | animalium species | describuntur et illustrantur | opus posthu- mim | editit | Fridericus Ludovicus Hammer | Hist. natur. Prof. Societ. Agric. Scient. et Artium Argentor. sodalis | pars prior | observationum quatuor centurias continens | Argentorati | apud Amandum Koenig, bibliopolam | Parisiis | apud eundem, a ripam Augustinorum No 31 | XII (1804). 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-332, frontisp. (portr.). Strasburg and Paris. Previously unpublished notes and descriptions by Hermann, edited and published by Hammer with occasional notes added by the latter. Some of the descriptions which, apparently, were not in Latin in the manuscript, have been translated into Latin to agree with the remainder of the text, but these translations are so marked and all editorial notes are specified and enclosed in parentheses or brackets. There would appear to be no occasion to quote Hammer as the author of any of the new names as has been done by some recent workers. There are 300 FieELpD Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. numerous new species and genera described in the work, not all of which have been identified in recent years. The volume, although called “pars prior,’”’ is the only portion of the work published, and contains descriptions of vertebrates, only. The birds occupy pp. 93-215. Later portions were planned to deal with insects, worms, zoophytes, etc., and illustrations were in course of preparation, but these were never issued. Herrick, Francis Hobart. 1902. The Home Life | of Wild Birds | [Fig.] | A New Method of | the Study and | Photography of Birds | by | Francis Hobart Herrick | With 141 Original Illustrations from Nature | by the Author | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | The Knickerbocker Press | New York and London | 1902. 1 vol. 8vo (size of demy 4to), pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-148, 1 1. (advt.), 1 printed guard-sheet, frontisp. (photograv.), text-figs. 1-130, 8 text- figs. (unnum.). New York and London. The discussion of a method of bird-photography advocated by the author,-that of moving the nest, when necessary, to situations most favorable to the photog- rapher, rather than attempting to secure the picture under trying conditions. Detailed studies of a number of species are given, illustrated with photographs taken by the proposed method. Herrick, Francis Hobart. 1917. Audubon | the | naturalist | a history of his life and time | by | Francis Hobart Herrick, Ph.D., Sc.D. | Professor of Biology in Western Reserve University; | Author of ‘The Home Life of Wild Birds,” etc. | In two volumes | illustrated | [Blazon.] | Volume I [II] | D. Appleton and Company | New York London | IQI7. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XL, 11. pp. 1-451, 34 pll. (1 col., after Audubon; on 31 Il.) 22 text-figs. (facsimiles). Vol. II, pp. I-XIII+1, rl. pp. 1-494, 23 pll. (3 col.; after Audubon), 12 text-figs. (fac- similes, etc.). Medallion (portr.) on covers of both volumes. New York and London. A detailed, sympathetic account of the life of Audubon, with facsimiles and transcripts of numerous documents, copies of portraits of the naturalist, his family and contemporaries, photographs of scenes of particular interest, and reproductions of many paintings and drawings (four of them in colors). A bibliography of articles by, and relating to, Audubon is included. , Hervieux de Chanteloup, J. C. 1718. A | New treatise | of | Canary-Birds. | Containing | The manner of Breeding and | Coupling them, that they may | have Beautiful Young Ones. | With | Curious Remarks relating to the | Signs and Causes of their Distem- | pers, and the Method of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 301 Curing them. | Written in French by Mr. Hervieux, | and Trans- lated into English. | London: | Printed for Bernard Lintot, at the | Cross-Keys between the Temple-Gates: | And Benjamin Barker, and Charles King | in Westminster-Hall, 1718. 1 vol. r2mo, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-163, 5 pp. (advt.), 2 pll. London. A curious little volume, the original edition of which (in French) was published in 1705. Hetherington, W. H. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology Heuglin, Martin Theodor von. (Finsch, Otto.) 1869-75. Ornithologie Nordost-Afrika’s | der | Nilquellen- und Kisten-Gebiete | des | Rothen Meeres und des nérdlichen Somal- Landes | von | M. Th. von Heuglin. | In vier Theilen. | Mit 51 Tafeln Abbildungen (nach der Natur gezeichnet vom | Verfasser) und mit einer zoo-geographischen Karte. | Cassel. | Verlag von Theodor Fischer. | 1869-1874. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. (I-IV) (subtit. Vol. I, Pt. 1 and A dedication), A-H (table of contents), 1 1. (corrections), pp. V- CVIII (introd.), 1 1. (note by author), 1-416 (synopsis of species, partim), pll. I, II, III, IV, VI, VII (Atticora), VII (Cisticola), VIIla, VIIIb, IX, X, XI, XIIa, XIIb, XIII and XIV; 2 ll. (subtit. Vol. I, Pt. 2, 11. (notice to subscribers), pp. 417-851-+1 (continua- tion of text), pll. XV, XVI, XVII, XX, XXI, XIXa, XVIII, XIX. (Hyphantornis), XIX (Ortygospiza, etc.), XXIa, XXIII, XXIIIb, XXIV, XXVb, XXVI, XXVII and XXVIII. Vol. II, 11. (subtit. Vol. II, Pt. 1), pp. 853-1261-+1 (continuation of text), pll. XXIX, XXX, XXXII, XXXII, XXXII, XXXIV and XXXV; subtit. (Vol. II, Pt. 2), pp. 1263-1512 (continuation of text), pll. XXXVI, XXXVII, XXXVIITI, XXXIX, XL, XLIII, XLII, XLVIII, IL, L and LI, 1 map; subtit. (‘‘Nachtrage und Berichtigungen’’), 11. (foreword), pp. IT-CCCXXV (appendix and indices). Cassel. technical account of the birds of north-east Africa, with Latin diagnoses and detailed synonymies. The work was published in 57 parts of which the actual dates of publication appear to be indeterminable. From the Zoological Record and the Journal far Ornithologie, it would seem that the double part, Nos. 1-2, pp. 1-64, pll. I, Il, XXV and XXVI was issued before March, 1869; Nos. 3-4 and §-6, pp. 65-142, pll. IX, XIII, XV, XXX, VI, XVI, XVII and XIX, before Sept. 1869; Nos. 7-11, pp. 143-416, pll. ?, before Dec. 31, 1869; Nos. 12-15, pp. ?, pll. XXIXa, XXIII, X and XI, before July, 1870; Nos. 16-17, pp. ? -656, pll. VII and XXVb, before Oct. 3, 1870; Nos. 18-19 and 20-21, before March, 1871 and 22-23, before Sept. 1871 (Nos. 18-23 with pp. 657-852, pll. XVIII XXX, and XIV); Nos. 24-27, pp. I-XLVIII (Nachtrage) and 853-916, pll, 302 Fietp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. II (?), II, XLII and XLIII, in 1872; Nos. 28-43, pp. 917-1512, pll. XXXVII, XL, XIIb, XXI, XX XVIII, XXXIX, VIIIa and VIIIb, 1873; Nos. 44-57, pp. ?, pll. ?, in 1874 or 1875?. There is only one general title-page,—at the begin- ning of the first volume. There are five subtitles,—one each for Vol. I, Pt. 1; Vol. I, Pt. 2; Vol. II, Pt. 1; Vol. II, Pt. 2; and the ‘““Nachtrage und Berichtigun- gen... Mit Beitragen von Dr. O. Finsch,’’ included in Vol. II. The last consists of additions and corrections to the text of the main work, with annotations by Finsch, and, at first sight, appears to be a separate work, with distinct title and signatures. It is, however, part of the main work, issued in parts from time to time with the general series, and is included in the general table of contents. The 51 plates and the map are given new numbers in the table of contents. Heuglin, Martin Theodor von. 1877. Reise in Nordost-Afrika. | Schilderungen | aus dem | Gebiete der Beni Amer und Habab | nebst zoologischen Skizzen | und einem Futhrer fir Jagdreisende | von | M. Th. v. Heuglin. | Zwei Bande. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. | Mit einer Karte [drei colorirten Tafeln] und sieben [drei] Illustrationen. | Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag von George Westermann. | 1877. 2 vols. in 1 vol., post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 11., pp. 1-285, 7 pl. (1 ornithological), 1 map (col.;fold.). Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 1 1., pp. 1-304, 6 pll. (3 col.; 2 ornithological). Braunschweig. An account of the author’s travels in northeastern Africa in 1875. Vol. I contains the narrative with occasional ornithological notes and 1 bird-plate; Vol. II consists of a report on the mammals and birds of which pp. 141-270, 279-286 and 291-293 and 2 colored plates are ornithological. Hewitson, William Chapman. 1831-42. British oology; | being | illustrations | of the | eggs of British birds, | with figures of each species, | as far as practicable, | drawn and coloured from nature: | accompanied by | descriptions of the materials and situation of their nests, | number of eggs, &c. | By William C. Hewitson | Vol. I [II; (III)]- | [Quot., rz lines; 7 lines. (Vol. II.).|] | Newcastle upon Tyne: | Published for the author, | by Charles Empson [Currie and Bowman], 32, Collingwood Street. > [Idem. Supplement, issued without title. ] 3 (4) vols. in 3, 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-15-+1 (introd.), (1 L, insert, index to English names, issued with Supplement), pp. 1-4 (index), 81 Il., 72 pll. (col.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., (1 1., insert, index to English names, issued with Supplement), pp. 5-8 (index), gr IL, 83 pll. (col.). Newcastle. 1831-38. Supplement, 15 ll. (+2 ll. transferred to Vols. I and II, q.v.), 14 pll. (col.). London. October 1, 1842. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 303 The book consists of an account of the breeding habits of the various species of British birds, with colored plates of their eggs. It was issued in 37 parts, not including the supplement, from April 1, 1831, to June 1, 1838. With Pt. XXXVII was issued a title-page to Vol. III with, however, a recommendation to subscribers to have the work bound in two volumes, as was done with the present copy. The third title-page is missing from this copy. The plates are hand-colored and are not arranged in numerical sequence. Two later editions were issued under a slightly different title, as “Coloured Illustrations of the Eggs of British Birds,” etc., 1842-46 and 1853-56 (q.v.). The present work was, of necessity, printed at various times and in various places, according to a statement by the author in the third edition of the work, and a complete col- lation would be unwieldy even if it were available. Hewitson, William Chapman. 1842-46. Coloured iliustrations | of the | eggs of British birds, | accompanied with descriptions | of the | eggs, nests, etc. | By | William C. Hewitson. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.XLVI. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-223+1, 34*+1, 89*-90*, 140 +1, pll. I-LIX, XII*, XXV*, XXXVII* (=62 pll., col.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 225-470, 247*-248, 283*+1, 368*+1, 430*+1, pill. LX-CXXXI, LXVII*, LXXVIII*, CI*, CXX* (=76 pll., col.). London. Said to have been issued in monthly parts from 1842 to 1846. The work is some- thing more than a new edition of the earlier “British Oology,” 1831-42 (q.v.), since the text is rewritten and enlarged and the plates are different. Plate LXV is wrongly numbered LXI. There are several printed corrections interleaved in the copy, the source of which I do not know; they are probably cut from a page of emendations. There is a third edition, 1853-56, under the same short title as the present one (q.v.). * Hewitson, William Chapman. 1853-56. Coloured illustrations | of the | eggs of British birds, | with descriptions of | their nests and nidification. | By | William C. Hewitson. | Third edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LVI. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-289+1, 178*+1, 202*+1, 210*-+1, pil. I-LXXIV, XLV*, LI*, LIII* (=77 pll., col.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 290-532, 290%, 334*+1, pll. LXXV-CXLV, XC* (=72 pll., col.). London. Said to have been issued in 38 parts from May 1853, to June 1856. This edition is enlarged further than the second, 1842-46 (q.v.), and is partly rewritten and supplied with different plates. 304 FiELD Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. Hilgert, Carl. 1908. Katalog | der | Collection von Erlanger | in | Nieder-Ingel- heim a.Rh. | von | Carl Hilgert. | Berlin 1908. | Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-527, frontisp. Berlin. A catalogue of 12,589 birskins and 1,140 sets of birds’ eggs in the collection of Carlo von Erlanger, the majority of which appear to be from portions of Africa. Hill, J. W. [1844.] [Illustrations for DeKay’s ‘‘Zoology of New York.’’] 1 vol. (8%x11 in.). Not published. A series of 94 original water-color drawings, 76 of birds and 18 of insects, the originals of the corresponding plates in DeKay’s “Zoology of New York,” 1844 (q.v.). The drawings are trimmed to approximately 414x6¥% in., and are mounted on cardboard. Hill, Richard. 1847. See Gosse, Philip Henry, The Birds of Jamaica. Hinds, Richard Brinsley. (Gould, John.) 1843-44. No. III (IV).] [Price ros. | The | zoology | of | the voyage of H. M.S. Sulphur, | under the command of | Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B., F.R.G.S., etc. | during the years 1836-42. | Published under the authority of | the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | Edited and Superintended by | Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq., Surgeon, R.N. | attached to the expedition. | Birds, | by | John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., etc. | London: | published by Smith, Elder and Co. 45, Cornhill. | MDCCCXLIII [MDCCC- XLIV]. | Birds.-Part I [II]. October, 1843 [January, 1844]. | Stewart and Murray, Old Bailey. [Cover titles. ]. 2 parts, royal gto. No. III (Buds,-Pt. I.), pp. 37-44, pll. 19-26 (col.; by Gould and Waterhouse Hawkins). No. IV (Birds.-Pt. II.), pp. 45-50, pll. 27-34 (col.; by Gould). Copy in original wrappers. London. The ornithology of the voyage (by Gould) forming Pts. IIT and IV of the complete zoological report, issued in 12 parts from 1843-45. A number of new species of birds described herein are cited as having been previously diagnosed by the author in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1843. Those which occur in Pt. IV (Birds.-II) may be quoted from the Proceedings; those in Pt. III (Birds,-I) must be quoted from the present paper since the pages of the Proceedings on which they occur were not issued until December, 1843, two months after the date of this part of the present work (as shown by the covers). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 305 Hodder, Frank Heywood. 1906. See Audubon, John Woodhouse, Audubon’s Western Journal: 1849-50. Hoffman, Ralph. 1904. A guide to the | birds of New England | and | eastern New York | containing a key for each season and short | descriptions of over two hundred and | fifty species with particular refer- | ence to their appearance | in the field | by | Ralph Hoffman | Member of the American Ornithologists’ Union | with four full-page plates by Louis | Agassiz Fuertes and nearly | one hundred cuts in | the text | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-357-+1, 2 ll. (advt.), 4 pll. (by Fuertes), 95 text-cuts, 1 text-map. Boston and New York. April 1904. A manual of the birds of eastern New York, northern New Jersey and New England, in which ‘“‘every effort has been made to emphasize the aspect of birds as seen out of doors, to describe their general or most prominent colors rather than any mark difficult to see on the living bird, and to call attention to their characteristic habits and haunts.’’ This purpose the author has accomplished with signal success and his characterizations are concise and decisive. Keys, based on these sorts of characters, are given for March, April and May and for summer, autumn and winter. Local lists of breeding birds, arranged by life- zones, and a list of reference works are appended. Hoffman, W. J. 1881. Annotated List of the Birds of Nevada. < Bull. U. 5. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr., 6, No. 2, pp. 203-256, 2 pll., 1 map, 1881. An annotated list of species, preceded by ‘‘remarks on the distribution of vegeta- tion in Nevada as affecting that of the avi-fauna.” Holboll, Carl. (Paulsen, J. H.) 1846. Ornithologischer Beitrag | zur | Fauna Groenlands | von | Carl Holbdll. | Usebersetzt und mit einem Anhang versehen | von | J. H. Paulsen, | Dr. Med. | [Monogram.] | Leipzig, | Ernst Fleisch- er. | 1846. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-102 (interleaved), frontisp. (col.; by Fr. Nau- mann). Leipzig. A study of the birds of Greenland. Originally published by Holbéll under the title of “Ornithologiske Bidrag til den grénlandiske Fauna,’’ in Krgyer’s Natur- historisk Tidskrift, 4 (4), pp. 361-457, 1843, whence are dated the new species described herein. Translated by Paulsen and supplemented by an ‘Anhang,’ pp. 85-102, for issue in the present form, and again reissued in 1854. 306 FiELD Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Holmer, M. R. N. 1923. Indian bird-life | by | M. R. N. Holmer | [Blazon.] |Hum- phrey Milford | Oxford University Press | London Bombay Cal- cutta Madras | 1923. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 1 1., pp. 1-100, frontisp. (fold.; col.), (vignette on wrapper). London, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras. A popular guide to the study of the birds of India in the field. Holub, Emil; and Pelzeln, August von. 1882. Beitrige | zur | Ornithologie Siidafrikas. | Mit besonderer Berticksichtigung | der von Dr. Holub auf seinen siidafrikanischen Reisen gesammelten | und im Pavillon des Amateurs zu Wien ausgestellten Arten. | Von | Dr. Emil Holub und Aug. von Pelzeln. | Mit 2 Tafeln in Farbendruck, Holzschnitten und 32 Zinkographien [Mit 3 Tafeln in Farbendruck, einer Karte und 94 Holzschnitten]. | Wien. | Alfred Hélder, k. k. Hof- und Universitats-Buchhandler. | 1882. 1 vol. (royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 9-384, 1 1. (errata), pll. I-III (col.; by J. Sommer), I-II (figs. 1-32; on pp. 363 and 365), 57 text-figs., 1 map (col.). Vienna. A discussion, in systematic order, of the birds secured or observed in southern Africa by Emil Holub. The various paragraphs are initialed by the authors; those by Holub consisting of field-notes and observations, those by Pelzeln being of a more technical nature. Two species are described as new. The title on the wrapper differs from that on the title-page only in the number of illus- trations cited; that on the wrapper is the more accurate, although not per- fectly correct. The variations are given in brackets in the above citation. The reasons for the alteration are given by the author on p. 359. Holub, Emil. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the —. Holting, Heinrich. 1912. Uber den mikroskopischen Bau | der Speicheldriisen einiger Vogel | (Gallus domesticus, Perdix cinerea, | Anser domesticus, Anas, Picus viridis, | Garrulus glandarius, Lanius excubitor, | Cor- vus frugilegus, Fringilla coelebs) | Inagural-Dissertation | zur | Erlangung der veterinar-medizinischen Doktorwirde | der | ver- einigten medizinischen Fakultat | der Grossherzoglich Hessischen Ludwigs-Universitat | zu Giessen | vorgelegt von | Heinrich Hélt- ing | Tierarzt | Hannover | M. & H. Schaper | 1912. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-38, 1 1., (orig. wrappers), pll. 1-6 (5 col.).. Hannover. An anatomical study of the salivary glands in certain birds. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 307 Hombron; and Jacquinot, Honoré. 1842-54. See Dumont d’Urville, J., Voyage au Pole Sud et dans l’Océanie sur les Corvettes l’Astrolabe et la Zélée, Zoologie. Homeyer, Eugen Ferdinand von. 1881. Ornithologische Briefe. | Blatter der Erinnerung | an | seine Freunde | gesammelt von | E. F. von Homeyer. | Berlin. | Verlag von Theobald Grieben. | 1881. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-340, 5 text-figs. Berlin. Portions of the author’s correspondence (from about 1832 to date) with various ornithologists, including Gatke, Radde, Badeker, Meyer, Landbeck, Kjar- bolling, Wied, Gloger, Thienemann, Brehm, J. F. Naumann, Tschusi, and others. In addition to biographical details of interest, the work contains a quantity of ornithological matter that probably never found its way into print under its own titles. — Hornaday, William Temple. 1913. Our vanishing | wild life | its | extermination and preserva- tion | by | William T. Hornaday, Sc.D. | Director of the New York Zoological Park [etc., 3 lines.] | with maps and illustrations | [Quot., 2 lines.] | New York | New York Zoological Society | 1913. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-411, 1 p. (advt.), 95 text-cuts. New York. A stirring appeal for the preservation of wild life, giving a comprehensive survey of the situation to date and recommendations for the future. Birds occupy a large portion of the discussion. Horsbrugh, Boyd. 1912. The | game-birds & water-fowl | of | South Africa | by Major Boyd Horsbrugh | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union [etc., 2 lines.] | with coloured plates | By Sergeant C. G. Davies (Cape Mounted Riflemen), M.B.O.U., M.S.A.0.U. | Lon- don: | Witherby & Co. 326 High Holborn | 1912, 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-159, pll. 1-45, 46a, 46B, 46C, 47-65 (=67 pll., col.). London. An account of the various species of game-birds and water-fowl of South Africa, with brief synonymies, local names, short descriptions, remarks on distribution and interesting notes on habits, etc. The illustrations are excellent. Horsfield, Thomas; and Moore, Frederic. 1854-58. A catalogue | of | the birds | in | The Museum | of | the Hon. East India Company. | By | Thomas Horsfield, M. & Ph.D., F.R.S., [Keeper of the Company’s Museum, | and | Frederic Moore, | Assistant. | Vol. I [II]. | Printed by Order of the Court of Directors..|,[Blazon.] | London: | Wm. H. Allen and Co. | 308 Fietp Museum oF Natura History—Zoovoecy, Vor. XVI. Booksellers to the Hon. East-India Company, | 7, Leadenhall Street. | 1856-8. 2 vols. in 1 vol., 4to (size of post 8vo). Vol. I, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. ITI-XXX, 1-451+1. Vol. II, tit., pp. 453-752, I-V+1 (index to native names in Vol. II), I-IV (index to generic names, Vol. II), I-IX (index to specific names, Vol. II). London. A catalogue of the species of birds in the collection of the East India Company, with synonymy, native names, lists of specimens and numerous discussions or descriptions, often quoted from other authors. Various species are renamed or described as new by the junior author although many of the new species are accredited to Moore in reference to papers published by him in the Proc. Zool. Society of London, 1854 and 1855. These names, likewise, have been quoted from the Proc. Zool. Soc. London by recent authors, although some of them should date from the present work. Vol. I of the “Catalogue” was published late in 1854, in spite of the date (1856-8) on the title-page. The Appendix No. II (pp. 414-423) containing some errata for the volume, is signed “August 19th, 1854”’ and the preface, presum- ably written when the rest of the volume was already printed, is dated Sept. 15. Furthermore, Hartlaub, in the following year (Journ. fir Orn., 3, pp. 317-320), reviews the work as having been published in 1854. On the other hand, the Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1854 was all published in 1855 except pp. 1-32 (containing some descriptions of five new species of the genus Ruticilla by Moore) and these came out on Dec. 30, 1854. With the very improbable excep- tion of the new species of Ruticilla, therefore, all the new species in Vol. I must date from the “Catalogue.” The new names in Vol. II, accredited to the Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1855 date from the journal in question. Vol. II was received by the Boston Society of Natural History during the quarter ending Dec. 31, 1858. Horvath, Geza. 1901. See Zichy, Jend, Dritte Asiatische Forschungsreise. Houttuyn, Martinus. 1772-81. See Edwards, George; and Catesby, Verzameling van Uit- landsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen. Houttuyn, Martinus. 1797-1829. See Nozeman, Cornelius, Nederlandsche Vogelen, 1770- 1829. Howard, Henry Eliot. 1907-15. The | British warblers | a history with problems | of | their lives | by | H. Eliot Howard, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Illustrated by Henrik Grénvold | Vol. I [II] | With 17 [18] Coloured and 30 [21] Photogravure Plates and 4 [8] Maps | London | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1907-1914. 1926. .CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER,. 309 2 vols. in 10 parts, imperial 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-203+1, pll. 1-51 (17 col.). Vol. II, pp. I-X, 1-260, pll. 1-47 (18 col.). [Number- ing of pp. and pll. as given in indices.]. London. Issued in 10 parts, of which Pt. 1 appeared in February 1907; 2 in March 1908; 3 in February 1909; 4 in December 1909; 5 in November 1910; 6 in December 1911; 7 in November 1913; 8 in December 1913; 9 in October 1914; and 9* in June 1915. As issued, the plates are unnumbered and the text is variously paged, and both appeared without regard to the final arrangement. On p. XI of Vol. I and p. VII of Vol. II, lists are given showing the various species in- cluded in the volume, the number of the part in which each was issued and its date, the original pagination and the final pagination. Plates accompanied the corresponding text except in the following cases, which are here noted under the plate-numbers as given on pp. XIII and XIV of Vol. I and pp. IX and X of Vol. II. Vol. I:-pl. 2 appeared in Pt. 5; 3 in 6; 5, 6 or 7in5 (exact numbering in doubt); 11 in 9*; 21 in 7; 26 and 27 in 3; 29 in 7; 30in 8; 37 and 40 in 3; 50 and 51 in 9. Vol. II:-pll. 12 and 13 appeared in Pt. 7; 18, 19 and 20 in 5; 23in2; 27in 5; 28, 29 and 32 in 2; 43, 44 and 45 in 1; 46 in 4;47in 9*. Pt. 4 contained a temporary title-page and list of contents of Pts. 1-4 (2 ll.). Pt. 8 contained a reissue of pp. 25-26 on the Marsh Warbler‘ (=pp. 97-98 of Vol. II), to replace the original pages issued with Pt. 7 which were thereby cancelled. Pt. 9* contained a reissue of pp. 11-12 and 21-22 of the “General Summary and Concluding Remarks (=pp. 203-204 and 213-214 of Vol. II), to replace the original pages issued with Pt. 9 and thereby cancelled. In addition to the matter collated, Pts. 1-9 and 9* each contained a subtitle and list of contents (2 Il.). The list of contents for Pt. 2 includes a reference to the figure of the female Chiff Chaff (pl. 40 of Vol. I) which was not issued until Pt. 3, as noted above. The present copy is complete except for the original pages 11-12 and 21-22 of the “General Summary and Concluding Remarks’’ which have been replaced by the reissues. The work presents a detailed study of the life-histories of British Warblers, with a philosophical discussion of the instincts and habits of the various species. The illustrations are very fine. Howard, Henry Eliot. 1920. Territory in | bird life | by H. Eliot Howard | with illustra- tions by | G. E. Lodge and H. Grénvold | London | John Murray, Albemarle Street, W. | 1920. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-308, 1 1. (advt.), 1 insert-slip (cor- rigenda, p. 238), 11 pll., 2 charts. London. A study of bird-behavior with respect to assumed dominion over local, restricted breeding territory, and the relation of this to reproduction and other activities. Howe, Reginald Heber, Jr.; and Sturtevant, Edward. 1899. The | birds of Rhode Island. | By | Reginald Heber Howe, Jr., | Member of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, | and | Edward Sturtevant, S.B., | Instructor of Natural Sciences at Saint George’s School, Newport. | Members of the American Ornithologists’ Union. | Illustrated. | 1899. 310 FreELD Museum or Natural History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-III, 6 pll. (Rhode Island?). October 1899. An annotated list of the species of birds known to have occurred in Rhode Island, with a bibliography, notes on migratory and breeding species and a discussion of Cormorant Rock and its avian visitors. A supplement (q.v.) was published - jn 1903. The supplement supplies the date of publication of the present work. Howe, Reginald Heber, Jr. 1899. On the | birds’ highway | by | Reginald Heber Howe, Jr. | With Photographic Illustrations by the Author and a | Frontis- piece in Color from a Painting by | Louis Agassiz Fuertes | [Bla- zon.| | Boston | Small, Maynard & Company | 1899. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 5 pr. ll., pp. XITI-XV-+1, 1-175, frontisp. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), 58 text-figs. (11 full-page). Boston. A popular account of local observations on bird-life, with an appendix containing several lists of species observed at different localities; dates not given. Howe, Reginald Heber, Jr.; and Allen, Glover Morrill. 1901. The | birds of Massachusetts | by | Reginald Heber Howe, Junior, | and | Glover Morrill Allen, | Members of the Nuttall Ornithological Club | and | Associate Members of the American Ornithologists’ Union | Published by subscription | Cambridge, Massachusetts | 1901. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-154. Cambridge. An annotated list of the birds known from Massachusetts, with a discussion of the faunal areas of the state and a bibliography. The edition was limited to 500 copies, of which the present copy is No. 4o1. Howe, Reginald Heber, Jr.; and Sturtevant, Edward. 1903. A | supplement | to | The Birds of Rhode Island | by | Reginald Heber Howe, Junior | and | Edward Sturtevant | Mid- dletown | Rhode Island | 1903. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-24. Middletown. Additional notes supplementing the authors’ original paper of October 1899 (q.v.). The complete list of species is reprinted (without annotations other than the newly added notes), thus giving an up to date check-list of the birds of the state as well as a supplement to the earlier volume. Howell, Arthur H. 1911. Issued October 12, 1911. | U. S. Department of Agriculture | Biological Survey - Bulletin No. 38 | Henry W. Henshaw, Chief | Birds of Arkansas | by | Arthur H. Howell | Assistant Biologist, Biological Survey | [Seal.] | Washington | Government Printing Office | 1911. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 311 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-100, pll. I-VII (1 map, col., fold.), text-figs. 1-4. Washington. Oct. 12, 1911. An annotated list of the birds of the state, giving the local status of each, with notes on habits, food, dates of occurrence, etc. The introduction discusses the physical features, life zones game restrictions, etc., of Arkansas. Howell, Arthur H. 1924. Birds of Alabama | by | Arthur H. Howell | Assistant Biologist, Bureau of Biological Survey, | United States Department of Agriculture | Issued in co-operation with the | United States Department of Agriculture | Bureau of Biological Survey | Edward W. Nelson, Chief of Bureau | by the | Department of Game and Fisheries of Alabama | I. T. Quinn, Commissioner | [Seal.] | Brown Printing Company | State Printers and Binders | Mont- gomery, Ala. | 1924. 1 vol. 16mo (634x914), pp. 1-384, pll. I-VII (on 5 ll.), text-figs. 1-31 (full-page). Montgomery. An annotated list of the birds of Alabama, with detailed accounts of state records general habits of the species (including song and nidification) and food habits A bibliography is appended. Hiibner, Ernst. 1908. Ernst Hubner | Avifauna | von Vorpommern | und Riigen | [Monogram.] | Verlag von | Theodor Oswald Weigel, Leipzig | 1908. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-155+1. Leipzig. An annotated catalogue of 318 species and subspecies of birds of Vorpommern and Rigen, with supplementary chapters on migration, winter flocking, changes in fauna, etc. Hudson, William Henry. 1888-89. See Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Hudson, Argentine Ornith- ology. Hudson, William Henry. 1920. Adventures | among birds | by | W. H. Hudson | author of [etc., 2 lines.| | [Vignette.] | New York | E. P. Dutton & Com- pany | 681 Fifth Avenue | 1920. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 1., pp. 1-319, 61 text-figs. (after Bewick). New York. A series of essays dealing with the author’s observations on, and experiences with, birds. The illustrations are taken from Bewick’s ‘‘History of British Birds,’’- twenty-seven being named bird-portraits. The first edition of the book appeared in 1913. 312 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vout. XVI. Hudson, William Henry. 1920. Birds in town | & village | by | W..H. Hudson, | F.Z,S.| Author of [eic., 2 lines.] | [Design.] | With pictures in colour | by | E. J. Detmold | New York | E. P. Dutton & Company | 681 Fifth Avenue. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX+1-+1 L, 1-323, 8 pll. (col.), numerous decora- tions (some repeated). New York. Most of the volume consists of the author’s ‘‘Birds in a Village” (1893) revised and reprinted. The conclusion of the volume, pp. 265-323, “Birds in a Cornish Village,” is new, being substituted for the original conclusion which is omitted. The book consists of essays in which bird-life forms the principal topic. The plates illustrate several British species. Hudson, William Henry. 1920. Birds | of La Plata | by | W. H. Hudson | [Vignette.] | with twenty-two coloured | illustrations by | H. Gronvold | Volume one [two] | 1920 | London & Toronto | J. M. Dent & Sons Ltd. | New York: E. P. Dutton & Co. 2 vols. superroyal 8vo (7x 9%). Vol. I, pp. L-XVII+1, 1-244, 11 pll. (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-[X+1, 1-240, 11 pll. (col.). London and Toronto. An account of the habits of the birds of the La Plata region of Argentina, with brief descriptions. The whole is taken, with slight modifications, from Sclater and Hudson’s “Argentine Ornithology,” 1888-89 (q.v.), without being brought up to date. The plates, however, are new. Hudson, William Henry. (Gardiner, Linda.) 1923. Rare | vanishing & lost | British birds | compiled from notes by | W. H. Hudson | by | Linda Gardiner | [Vignette.] | With 25 coloured plates by | H. Gronvold | MCMXXIII | London and Toronto | J. M. Dent & Sons Ltd. | New York: E. P. Dutton & Co. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-120, 25 pll. (col.; by Grénvold). London and Toronto. Based on the author’s “Lost British Birds,’’ published in 1894 (Society for the Protection of Birds, No. 14), and manuscript notes made with the intention of publishing a revised, enlarged edition. After Hudson’s death, this material was edited by Linda Gardiner and published in the form presented herewith. Twenty-five species of birds, extinct or nearing extinction as British birds (thirteen were included in the first edition) ,are discussed as to formeroccurrence, reasons for reduction in numbers, etc. The plates illustrate the various species. Humbert-Bazile. (Buffon, Henri Nadault de.) 1863. Buffon | sa famille, ses collaborateurs | et ses familiers | Mémoires par M. Humbert-Bazile | son secrétaire | mis en ordre, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 313 annotés et augmentés de documents inédits | par | M. Henri Nadault de Buffon | son arriére-petit-neveu | avec cinq portraits sur acier | [Blazon.] | Paris | Ve Jules Renouard, libraire-éditeur | 6, Rue de Tournon | 1863 | Droits réservés. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XV+1, 1-430, 1 1. (list of portrs. and errata), 6 pll. Paris. The biography and family history of Buffon, with notes on his principal collabor- ators; from the memoirs of his secretary, edited by his nephew. Hume, Allan Octavian. 1869-70. My scrap book: | or | rough notes | on | Indian oology and ornithology. | Edited by Allan Hume. | Calcutta: | Printed by C. B. Lewis, Baptist Mission Press. | 1869. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-237-+1, I-IV (subtit. and pref. to Pt. I, No. 2), 239-422. Calcutta. Intended to be continued at greater length, this work was terminated with the second number and includes only the raptorial birds. According to a statement by the author in his periodical, “Stray Feathers,” Vol. V, page 125, the dates of publication are uncertain, but No. 1 (to p. 237) was issued “either at the end of February 1869, or during the first few days of March” while No. 2 “was not issued until quite the end of March,” 1870. Hume, Allan Octavian. 1873. See Henderson, George; and Hume, Lahore to Yarkand. Hume, Allan Octavian. 1873-75. Nests and eggs | of | Indian birds. | By | Allan Hume. | Rough draft. | Part I. | Calcutta: | Office of Superintendent of Government Printing. | 1873. [Title-pages of Pis. II and III missing. |. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-2, 1-3+1, 1-662. Cal- cutta. A presentation of all the information in the author’s hands relative to the nidi- fication of Indian birds; published as a rough draft with the idea of indicating where more information was desirable and with a request for contributions on the subject. With these contributions in hand, a second edition was published in 1889-90 under title of ‘“The Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds’’ (q.v.). The present work was issued in three parts; pp. 1-236 in 1873, 237-489-+1 in 1874 and 491-662 in 1875, according to reviews in the Ibis. Hume, Allan Octavian. 1879. List | of | the birds of India. | Reference edition. | By Allan Hume. | Corrected to 1st March 1879. | Calcutta: | Published by A. Acton, Calcutta Central Press Co., Ld. | 1879. 1 vol. 8vo, (cover-tit.), pp. 1-78. Calcutta. 314 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. A reprint, with slightly altered title and separate pagination, of the author’s “A Rough Tentative List of the Birds of India” published in ‘Stray Feathers,” Vol. VIII, No. 1, pp. 73-150, April, 1879. Hume, Allan Octavian; and Marshall, Charles Henry Tilson. 1879-81. The | Game Birds | of | India, Burmah, and Ceylon. Hume and Marshall. | Volume I [II; III]. [ Calcutta: | Published by A. O. Hume and C. H. T. Marshall, | 8 Hastings’ Street. | 1881 (Vol. III only.). [Titles illustrated.] > Calcutta: | Published by A. O. Hume and C. H. T. Marshall, | 8, Hastings’ Street, | 1879 [1880; 1881 (On title-page in Vol. III.)]. 3 vols. 4to (6x10). Vol. I, illustr. tit. insert-slip imprint), pp. 1-2, insert-slip (notice to reader), 1 1. (suppl. preface), pp. I-II, 1-259, 5 insert-slips (emend. at pp. 114, 152, 176, 202 and 248), 45 pll. (col.; by C. Davenport, E. Neale, M. Herbert, Stanley Wilson, W. Foster and A. W. Strutt). Vol. II, illustr. tit., insert-slip (imprint), pp. I-II, 1-264, 44 pll. (col.). Vol. III, illustr. tit., pp. I- II, 1-438, I-VI (index), 51 pll. (col.), pll. I-IV (col.; eggs). Cal- cutta. 1879, 1880, 1881. A general account of the habits, distribution and variability of the game birds of the region treated, illustrated by rather poor lithographs. Hume appears to have written the text, while Marshall gave his attention to the preparation of the plates. The dates 1878, 1879 and 1880, respectively, are printed on the backs of the volumes but these antedate the publisher’s imprint and, in the case of Vol. I, antedate the author’s preface which is dated July 1, 1879. Hume, Allan Octavian. (Oates, Eugene William.) 1889-90. The | nests and eggs | of | Indian birds. | By | Allen O. Hume, C.B. | Second edition. | Edited by | Eugene William Oates, | Author of ‘A Handbook to the Birds of British Burmah’, and of | the birds [the Passeres] in ‘The Fauna of British India.’ | Vol. I [II; III]. | With four portraits. | London: | R. H. Porter, | 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1889 [1890; 1890]. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X, 11. (errata), pp. 1-397, frontisp. (pl. I; col.), 4 pll. (portrs.). Vol. II, pp. I-IX+1, 1-420, frontisp. (pl. II; col.), 4 pll. (portrs.). Vol. III, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-461, frontisp. (pl. III; col.), 4 pll. (portrs.). London. A second edition of Hume’s ‘Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds, Rough Draft,” 1873-1875 (q.v.). The materials and notes for the present edition were trans- mitted by Hume to Oates who edited and produced the present work, adding many footnotes and altering the nomenclature and arrangement according to his own ideas. Oates, therefore, must be quoted for at least the nomenclatorial portion of the work. At the time of editing this book, Oates was writing his volumes on “The Fauna of British India,” 1889-98 (g.v.), in which various 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 315 new names are used that appear also in the present work. The evidence tends to show, however, that the ‘Nests and Eggs” appeared before the “Fauna,”’ volume for volume. The prefaces of the present book antedate those of the “Fauna” and the latter work regularly quotes this one with page-references. If this surmise is correct, the new names should be quoted from the present volumes, ‘‘Oates in Hume.” Hunt, John. (?Coxe, R. C.) 1815-22. British | ornithology ; | Containing portraits of all the | British Birds, | including those of Foreign Origin, | which have become domesticated; | drawn, engraved and coloured | after Nature, | by | J. Hunt, | with descriptions compiled from the | works of the most | Esteemed Naturalists, | & arranged according to the | Linnzan Classification. | Vol. I. [-III] | Inscribed by Permission | To Sir J. E. Smith, M.D. F.R.S. | and President of the Linnzan Society. | Norwich; 1815 [1822 (Vol. III.)] Printed by Bacon & Co. | for the Proprietor & may be had of the Book- sellers. [Line omitted or trimmed off (Vol. III.).]. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. 1-183, 34 pll. (col.). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-365, pll. I-IV (uncol.; anatomical), 55 pll. (52 col.). Vol. III, tit., pp. 1-138, 99 pll. (94 col.). Norwich. A rare work on British ornithology. The text, according to Newton (Dictionary of Birds, Pt. I, Introd., p. 42, footn.) may have been written by R. C. Coxe, but this is doubted by Mullens and Swann. The work was never completed; page 138 of Vol. III ends in the middle of a sentence, and there are 78 plates (77 col.) in that volume for which no text exists. The book appeared in 15 parts with 12 colored plates in each part (according to Engelmann). The number of plates appears to be variable in-different copies. The present set (from the library of W. H. Mullens) is one of the most complete. Huntington, Dwight W. 1904. Our feathered game | a handbook of the North American game birds | by | Dwight W. Huntington | with eight full-page shooting scenes in color | and one hundred and thirty-five bird portraits | Charles Scribner’s Sons | New York 1904. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XII, 11., pp. 1-396, 11., 8 pll. (col.; by author) pll. I-X XIX (on 15 ll.). New York. A popular book on hunting, with an appendix containing descriptive notes on the various species of game birds of North America. Hurdis, H. J. 1897. See Hurdis, John L., Rough Notes and Memoranda relating to the Natural History of the Bermudas. 316 FreELD Museum oF NATuRAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Hurdis, John L. (Hurdis, H. J.) 1897. Rough Notes and Memoranda | relating to the | Natural History of the Bermudas | by the late | John L. Hurdis | formerly | Controller of Customs and Navigation Laws in those Islands | Edited by his daughter | H. J. Hurdis | London: | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VI, 11. (conts. and errata), pp. 1-408. London. Voluminous notes and records made by the author between 1840 and 1855 and published, after his death, by his daughter who has supplied (pp. 1-3) ‘‘Pre- liminary remarks on the peculiar and highly interesting character of the orni- thology of the Bermudas.’’ Most of the notes relate to birds. Pp. 303-314 contain a systematic list of the birds of Bermuda with a supplement thereto. Husen, Ebba, von. 1913. Zur Kenntnis des | Pectens im Vogelauge. | Inaugural- Dissertation | zur Erlangung der Doktorwtrde | einer hohen naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat | der Eberhard-Karls-Universitat in Tubingen | eingereicht von | Ebba von Husen | aus Reval. | Tubingen 1913. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-56, (orig. wrapper), pll. 1-4 (double). Tubingen. A detailed study of the pecten of the avian eye. Hutchinson, Horace. G. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Huth, George Leonhard. 1772-81. See Edwards, George; and Catesby, Verzameling van Uitlandsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen. Hutton, Frederick Wollaston. 1882. See Buller, Walter Lawry, Manual of the Birds of New Zealand. Ihering, Hermann von. 1899. As Aves do Estado do Rio | Grande do Sul | por | H. von Jhering, Dr. med. et phil. | Director do Museu Paulista. | (Im- presio em separado das paginas 113 a 154 do | Annuario do Estado do Rio Grande do Sul | para o anno de 1900.) | Porto Alegre | Editores: Gundlach & Krake, Livreiros | 497 Rua dos Andradas 501 | 1899. 1 vol. (pamphlet) demy 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 1-42. Porto Alegre. An annotated catalogue of 363 species of birds of the state of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Scientific and vernacular names are given. References are given to the 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 317 author’s account of the birds of Sdo Paulo published in Vol. III of the Revista do Museu Paulista. As indicated in the title, the present form of the work is a separately paged impression of pp. 113-154 of the Yearbook of the State of Rio Grande do Sul for rgoo. Ihering, Hermann von. 1907. See Museu Paulista, Catalogos da Fauna Brazileira, Vol. I. Ihering, Rodolpho von. 1907. See Museu Paulista, Catalogos da Fauna Brazileira, Vol. I. Illiger, Johann Karl Wilhelm. 1811. Caroli Illigeri D. | Acad. reg. scient. berolinens. et bavaricae sod. | Museo zoologico berolin. praefecti, | professoris extraord. | Prodromus | systematis | mammalium et avium | additis | terminis zoographicis utriusque classis, | eorumque | versione germanica. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Berolini | Sumptibus C. Salfeld | 1811. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X VIII, 1-301-+1. Berlin. A list of the genera of mammals and birds, with synoptic tables to the orders and families, descriptions of the same and of the genera, and a list of species of each genus. A glossary of technical terms, in Latin and German, precedes each section. The section on birds occupies pages 145-286 and part of pages 287- 301+1 (index to glossaries and errata). The present copy is from the library of Dr. C. G. A. Giebel. (Illinois) State Laboratory of Natural History. (Ridgway, Robert; Forbes, Stephen A.) 1889-95. Natural history survey of Illinois, | State Laboratory of Natural History, | S. A. Forbes Director. | The | ornithology | of Illinois. | Part I, descriptive catalogue, | By Robert Ridgway. | Part II, economic ornithology [Vol. I only.]. | By S. A. Forbes [Vol. I only.]. | Volume I [Volume II. | Part I]. | Published by Authority of the State Legislature. | Springfield, Ill.: | H. W. Rokker, Printer and Binder. | 1889 [1895]. 2 vols. superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-520, frontisp. (col.; by R. Ridgway), pll. I-X XXII. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-282, pll. I-XXXIII. Springfield. A monograph of the birds of the state of Illinois, including popular and scientific synonymy, habitat, full descriptions, and general notes on the habits of each species, and with many synoptic keys. Part II, on economic ornithology, by S. A. Forbes was not published. Ingersoll, Ernest. 1878. See Pope, A., Upland Game Birds and Water Fowl of the United States. 318 Fre_p Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vout. XVI. Ingersoll, Ernest. 1879-82 (-?). [Nests and eggs of American birds. | 1 vol. 4to (7x9), (no tit.), pp. 1-112, pll. I-X (col.). Salem. Descriptions of the nests and eggs and accounts of the nesting habits of North American birds. The work appeared in parts. Pt. I, pp. 1-24 and pll. I and IT was issued in March 1879. Pt. Il, pp. 25-48 and pll. III and IV was published in August 1879. Pt. II, pp. 49-72 and pll. V and VI appeared in October, 1879. Pt. VI and VII are noticed in ‘The Ornithologist and Oologist” VI, No. 12, Febr. 1882, p. 96. I am unable to determine if the book was ever completed or not. The first three parts are reviewed in the Auk and in Taschenberg. Ingersoll, Ernest (ed.). (Dawson, William Leon; Townsend, Charles Haskins; Nelson, Edward W.; Bent, Arthur Cleveland; Grinnell, Joseph. ) 1914. Alaskan bird-life | as | Depicted by Many Writers | Edited by | Ernest Ingersoll | Seven Plates in Colors and Other Illustra- tions. | Published by the | National Association of Audubon Socie- - ties | New York, 1914. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-72, 13 pll. (7 col.; 6 dupl., outlines, for coloring; by Bruce Horsfall and Allan Brooks), 6 text-figs. New York. A popular description of the bird-life of Alaska, by the editor and various other contributors. Ingraham, D. P. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Irby, Leonard Howard Lloyd. 1875. The | ornithology | of the | Straits of Gibraltar. | By | Lieut.- Colonel L. Howard L. Irby, F.Z.S., | H.-P. Late Seventy-fourth Highlanders, | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | [Quot.]. | London: | Published by R. H. Porter, | 6 Tenderden Street, Hanover Square. | 1875. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-236, 2 maps (fold.). London. An account of the habits of the birds of the regions bordering the Straits of Gib- raltar, mostly from field notes by the author, with an annotated list of the species not seen by him but recorded by others, and an introduction on the topography and zoological characteristics of the area. A second edition (q.v.) was issued twenty years later. The present copy is from the library of J. Lewis Bonhote and contains his bookplate. Irby, Leonard Howard Lloyd. 1895. The | ornithology | of the | Straits of Gibraltar. | By | Lieut.- Colonel L. Howard L. Irby, F.L.S., | Late Seventy-fourth High- landers. | Second edition, | revised and enlarged. | With an 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 319 appendix | containing a list of the Lepidoptera of the neighbor- hood. | Flumina amo sylvasque inglorius. | London: | R. H. Porter, | 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1895. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-326, 14 pll. (8 col., by A. Thorburn; 6 half-tone, by J. Smit), 21 text-figs., 2 maps (fold.). London. The text of this edition is much the same as that of the first, 1875 (q.v.), but with the species arranged in a different order and with alterations and additions based on further observations by the author. The colored plates of birds are very attractive. Iredale, Tom. 1921. See Mathews, Gregory M.; and Iredale, A Manual of the Birds of Australia. Isabella and Alexander, A Voyage of Discovery in His Majesty’s Ships—. 1819. See Ross, John. Ives, Charles. 1880. The isles of summer; | or | Nassau and the Bahamas. | [Quot., 3 lines.]. | Illustrated Edition. | By Charles Ives, M.A. | a member of the New Haven bar. | New Haven, Conn.: | published by the author. | 1880. ; 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-356, 7 printed guard-sheets, 26 pil. (1 ornith.). New Haven. A descriptive account.of the Bahama Islands and of the author’s experiences in the region. Chapter XV, pp. 247-264, relates entirely to birds. Jabouille, Pierre. 1925. See Delacour, Jean; and Jabouille, Recherches Ornitholo- giques dans la Province de Quangtri. Jackel, Andreas Johannes. (Blasius, Rudolf, ed.) 1891. Systematische Ubersicht | der | Vogel Bayerns | mit Riick- sicht | auf das ortliche und quantitative Vorkommen der Vogel, | ihre Lebensweise, ihren Zug und ihre Abanderungen. | Von | Andreas Johannes Jackel, | weiland k. Pfarrer in Windsheim [etc., 2 lines.]. | Herausgegeben | von | Prof. Dr. Rudolf Blasius. | Miinchen und Leipzig. | Kommissionsverlag von R. Oldenbourg. | 1891. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-392, frontisp. (portr.). Munich and Leipzig. A posthumous work on the birds of Bavaria, with special reference to migration and local distribution. The editor, Rudolf Blasius, has supplied numerous supplementary notes and a biographical preface. 320 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Jackson, Annie C. 1919-24. See Witherby, Harry Forbes, A Practical Handbook of British Birds. Jacob, Nellie D. 1881-86. See Jones, Howard E.; and Jones, Mrs.N. E., Illustrations of the Nests and Eggs of Birds of Ohio, 1879-86. Jacquemont, Victor. 1842 (?)-43. [Voyage dans l’Inde] etc. See Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore, Description des Collections de Victor Jacquemont. Jacquin, Joseph Franz Edlen von. 1784. Beytraége | zur | Geschichte der Vogel. | Herausgegeben | von | Joseph Franz Edlen von Jacquin, | der physisch-medizini- schen Gesellschaft zu Basel| Mitgliede.| Mit ausgemahlten Kupfer- tafeln. | Wien, | gedruckt und verlegt bey Christian Friederich Wappler. | 1784. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-45-+1, 1 1., pll. 1-19 (col.). Vienna. Descriptions of thirty-two American birds, with figures of nineteen species. Sev- eral new species are described. The plates are excellent for the period. Jacquinot, Honoré. 1842-53. See Dumont d’Urville, J., Voyage au Pole Sud et dans YOcéanie sur les Corvettes l’Astrolabe et la Zélée, Zoologie. 1842-54. James, Frank Linsley. (Thrupp, J. Godfrey; Shelley, George Ernest; Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav.) 1888. The | unknown horn of Africa. | An exploration from Ber- bera | to the Leopard River. | By | F. L. James, M.A., F.R.G.S. | Author of ‘‘Wild Tribes of the Soudan.’ | With additions by J. Godfrey Thrupp, M.R.C.S. | The map by W. D. James and Percy Aylmer. | The narrative illustrations by Rose Hake, and the drawings | of the fauna by K. Keuleman, from specimens chiefly | collected by E. Lort-Phillips. | London: | George Philip & Son, 32 Fleet Street. | 1888. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-344, pll. I-[X (1 monochr.; 5 of birds), 1-4 (plants), 1 pl. (insects), 9 pll. (monochr.), 20 text-figs. 31 map (col.; fold.; in pocket). London. The narrative of an expedition through Somaliland, with occasional notes on the birds of the region traversed. The appendix contains (pp. 276-308) a reprint 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 321 of Shelley’s report on the collection of birds secured by the expedition, first published in the Ibis, 1885, pp. 389-418. Pp. 309-317 contain a reprint of Hartlaub’s report on a new species of barbet of the genus Trachyphonus secured by the expedition, first published in the Ibis, 1886, pp. 105-112. The illustra- tions of birds (5 pll. by J. G. Keulemans) are from these articles in the Ibis and from Seebohm’s “The Geographical Distribution of the Family Charadriidae,’’ 1887 (q.v.). James, Harry Berkeley. (Sclater, Philip Lutley.) 1892. Anew list | of | Chilian birds | compiled by the late | Harry Berkeley James, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. | with a preface | by | P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. | Printed for private use. | London: | Printed by Taylor and Francis, | Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1892. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-15. London. 1892 (post Nov. 1). A synoptic list of the species of birds found in Chile from Chiloe Island to the province of Tarapaca, with their status as migrants or residents and with the local names. The preface by Sclater, giving a summary of James’s life and works, is dated November 1, 1892. Jameson, James Sligo. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler.) 1890? The story of | the rear column | of the | Emin Pasha | Relief Expedition | by the late | James S. Jameson | Naturalist to the Expedition | Edited by | Mrs. James S. Jameson | Illustrated by C. Whymper from the author’s original | sketches | With new map and facsimile letter from Tippu Tib | Natural history appendix: | Birds, by R. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S. | Coleoptera, by H. W. Bates, F.R.S. | Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera and Heterocera | by Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., | H. Druce, F.L.S. | Authorized Edition | New York | United States Book Company | Successors to | John W. Lovell Company | 150 Worth St., Cor. Mission Place. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X XXII, 1-455, frontisp. (portr.), 1 map (2 pts.; fold., col.), 2 facsimiles (fold.), 98 text-figs. New York. Extracts from the diary and correspondence of J. S. Jameson, written while a member of the Emin Pasha Relief Expedition. The book was published (post- humously) to vindicate the writer against charges which had been preferred against him by the leader of the expedition, H. M. Stanley, in his book, ‘In Darkest Africa,’’ and in later writings. The natural history appendix contains, on pp. 392-422, an account of Jameson’s ornithological work by Sharpe, and extracts from Jameson’s diaries giving notes on various species of birds col- lected or observed. Jameson’s collection of birds was discussed by Shelley in the Ibis, 1890, pp. 156-170. The original edition of the present work was published in London in 1890; the present edition is undated. 322 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Jameson, Robert. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. [Japanese Drawings. | 1 vol. 12mo, 12 pll. (col.; fold.). 1 vol. 12mo, 18 pll. (col.; 16 fold.). Two small volumes of colored pictures of Japanese birds, without text other than the inscriptions on the plates. Jardine, William; and Selby, Prideaux John. 1826-43. Illustrations | of | ornithology | by | Sir William Jardine Bart. F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. &c. | and | Prideaux John Selby Esq: F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. &c. | With the co-operation of | J. E. Bicheno Esq. Sec. L.S. &c. | J. G. Children Esq. F.R.S. [etc.] | Major-General T. Hardwicke F.R.S. [etc.] | T. Horsfield M.D. [etc.] | R. Jameson Esq. F.R.S.E. [etc.] | Sir T. Stamford Raffles L.L.D. [etc.] | N. A. Vigors Esq. M.A. [etc.] [Preceding & lines omitted from vol. of New Series.| | Vol. I [II; III; (New Series without vol. no.)| | Edinburgh, | published by W. H. Lizars, 3 St. James Square: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green; and S. Highley, London: | W. Curry Junr. & Co. Dublin [Preceding 4 lines replaced in New Series by “Edinburgh; | published by W. H. Lizars, 3 St. James Square; S. Highley 32. Fleet Street London, | and W. Curry Junr. & Co. 9. Upper Sackville Street Dublin”’]. 4 vols. medium 4to. Vol. I, engr. tit., 64 Il. (signs. A-L and A-G), pll. 1-50 (col.), 1-50 (plain), 2 1l., index to Vols. I and II; belong in Vol. II.). Vol. II, engr. tit., 59 ll. [signs H-Q4, A-F3 and C4-D3 (Addenda, issued with Pt. 7)], pll. 51-100 (col.), 51-100 (plain). Vol. III, engr. tit., 60 ll. [signs. A-C3, A-E, insert-slip (erratum), A-D4 and 16 ll. without sign.], pll. ror-110, 106 (bis)-110 (bis), 111-136 and 139-151 (col.), pll. ro1-110, 106 (bis)-110 (bts), 111-136 and 139-151 (plain). New Series, engr. tit., 62 ll. (without sign.), pll. I-LIII N.S. (col.; 1 double), 18 text-figs. Edinburgh. A series of hand-colored plates (by Jardine, Selby, E. Lear, Thompson, James Stewart, A. F. Rolfe, Gould and R. Mitford), with detailed text, including descriptions of many new species and new genera. The first three volumes have a duplicate of each plate in black and white; these are lacking in the volume of the New Series. Plate 93 is wrongly labeled 94; 135 and 136 are wrongly labeled 138 and 137, respectively, both the latter numbers being omitted from the series. In Vol. III, at the end of the text to Pl. 121, there is visible, on a blank portion of the page, a reverse impression apparently transferred from a 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 323 missing insert-slip. This insert-slip is important since it emends the spelling of the specific name on pl. 82, establishing it as ‘‘Catila instead of Calita’’ (=Psittaca Calita). The work was issued in 19 parts, the dates of publication of which are obscure. Sherborn (Ibis, 1894, p. 326; idem 1899, p. 483) has given the dates on which Pts. 1-10 (Vols. I-III) were received by Longmans from Lizars, and the dates of publication of Pts. 1-9 (New Series) as given on the original wrappers, with the contents of each part. As his list does not consider the duplicated numbers [pll. 106 (bts)-110 (bis)] or the Addenda and Index to Vol. I and II. I append an emended list. Part 1 Signs. A-F4 Pll. 1-16 Recd. by Longmans Febr., 1827.1 2 G-L 17-32 June, 1827. 3 A-G 33-50 April, 1828; end of Vol. I. 4 H-L2 51-65 Nov., 1828. 5 M-Q4 66-81 July, 1829. 6 A-F3 82-100 Aug., 1830; end of Vol. II? 7 A-D3 (incl. Addenda) +2 Il. (index to Vols. I and II) IOI-110 Dec., 1830. 8 A-E+Insert-slip (errata) 106(bis)-110(bts), 112-120 ©Oct., 1831. 9 A-D4 111°, 121-135 Febr., 1833. 10 (16 11.)4 136, 139-151 Dec., 1835; end of Vol. III. New Series. Part 1 7 i. Pil. 1-6 Dated on wrapper 1837. Noted Athenaeum, Febr. 11, 1837.5 2 8 7-12 1837. May 27, 1837. 3 5 13-17 1837. Published Dec. 1, 1837. Aviat 18-23 1838. Noted Athenaeum, June 30, 1838. 5 8 24-29 1839. Mch. 23, 1839. 6 8 30-35 1839. Febr. 22, 1840. 7 6 36-41 1840. July 25, 1840. 8 6 42-47 1842. 9 8 (incl. Contents) 48-53 1843. Adv. as ready Publ. Circular, June 15, 1843. In certain advertising pages accompanying Jardine’s ‘“The Natural History of Hummingbirds” (1840), there is the announcement of Pts. 1-7, Second Series, with six plates in each. If this is strictly accurate, the above table will need 1The authors, in the text to pl. 100, refer to their ‘‘1st Number, published in 1826." ?The following number, 7, was originally intended as part of Vol. II, since it is included in the index to Vols. I and II, but it is also included in the index to Vol. III where it is accompanied by a note regarding the duplication of numbers in it and the succeeding part. I have collated the work as represented in the present copy. ‘Damaged and delayed’’ (Sherborn). ‘Including the index to Vol. III (1 1.), which I am not certain appeared with this part. * Mathews, in his Birds of Australia, Vol. VII, p. 475, quotes Richmond (in MS) or the dates given in this last column, 324 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo ocy, Vou. XVI. further emending. Likewise, in Vol. I, Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jar- dine’s ‘‘The Naturalist’s Library’’ (1833), Pt. 9 of the First Series is announced with seventeen plates; an examination of pl. 136 (wrongly numbered 137) and its accompanying text shows that it agrees closely with pl 135 (wrongly numbered 138) and its letterpress, while pl. 139 differs in being dated ‘‘(1835)’’ while its text shows a change in type. It is possible, therefore, that Pt. 9 con- tained pl. 136. Jardine, William. 1832. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. Jardine, William. 1833. The | natural history | of | humming-birds. | Illustrated by thirty-five [thirty-one] plates, coloured, [Semicolon (Vol. II.).] | and numerous wood-cuts; with [with portrait and memoir of Pen- nant.] | memoir of Linnaeus. [Line omitted (Vol. II.).] | By Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c. &c. | Vol. I [II]. Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, and Stirling and Kenney; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and | Longman, London; | and W. Curry Jun, and Co. Dublin. | 1833. 2 vols., cap 8vo. Vol. I, 11.4+pp. 1-6 (advt.), 3 pr. Il. (subtit., illum. tit., and serial tit.) pp. I-III+1, 5-147, 1-31+1+1-8 (advt.), frontisp., pll. 1-34 (col.), 11 text-figs. Vol. II, 5 pr. ll. (subtit., illum. tit., serial tit., and subject titles for Vols. I and II), pp. I- I-3+1, 1-166, 1-34+1-8+1-4 (advt.), pll. 1-30, 5 text-figs. Edinburgh. Vols. I and II of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,’’ 1833-43 (q.v.). The work presents a condensed monograph of the Humming Birds with synonymy and a short account of each species, and with brief descriptions of those not figured. At the close of the second volume is given a synopsis of all the forms, with descriptions of all of them. Somewhat detailed biographies of Linnaeus and Pennant are given in the front of the volumes. The colored plates are without backgrounds other than the twigs (uncolored on which the birds are represented as perching. In this respect the two volumes differ from all the remainder of the ornithological series of “The Naturalist’s Library,” original edition. Latin names, only, are on the plates. Both of the above quoted title-pages are in the second volume; the serial and general titles are given under Jardine, ‘“The Naturalist’s Library,”’ 1833-43 (q.v.). Aspecial edition was issued by Lizars in 1840 under the present title (q.v.). Later editions (q.v., 1844-64) were published of the entire series in which the present books form Vols. VI and VII of the Ornithology. The preface of Vol. II (1st ed.) is dated November 1833. Jardine, William. (Selby, Prideaux John; Swainson, William.) 1833-43. The | naturalist’s library. [ | Conducted by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c. &c. (Vols. V-VIII and X.)] | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 325 Ornithology. | Vol. I [-XIV (XI wrongly num. X.)]. | Humming- birds [mut. mut., 1-4 lines.]. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. [mut. mut.] | F.R.S.E. F.L.S. &c. &c. [mut. mut., 1-2 lines.| | Edin- burgh: | W. H. Lizars, and Stirling and Kenney; [W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; (Vols. V, VII-XI and XIV.); idem with comma instead of semicolon (Vols. XII and XIII.); W. H. Lizars, 3 James’s Square (Vol. VJ.)] | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and [Samuel Highley, London; (Vol. IV.): S. Highley, 32 (Comma added, Vols. VII, VIII, X and XII-XIV.) Fleet Street, London; and (Vols. V-XIV.)] | Longman, London; [Line omit- ted (Vols. IV-XIV.).] | and [Omitted (Vols. V-XIV.).] W. Curry, [Comma omitted (Vols. II-VI.).] Jun. & Co. Dublin. | 1833 [-1843] [Stmilar titles for Mammalia, Ichthyology and Entomology. }. 40 vols. cap 8vo. (Collation of ornithological volumes given under various authors and titles.) Edinburgh. A series of separate works on Mammalogy, Ornithology, Ichthyology and Entomo- logy, written by various authors, edited by Jardine, and published in the present uniform style. According to an editorial note in the last volume, the series contains more than 1280 plates including more than 4000 figures. In addition to the general subject matter, each of the volumes contains a portrait and memoir of some noted naturalist (See below.). As the books appeared, they were tabulated in a list printed in the front of the volumes and given a serial number in the order of their appearance. These numbers (1-40) are often quoted by the editor in referring to the various volumes, but they do not appear on any title-page. The original title (quoted above) gives each volume a serial number with reference to its subject matter (Mammalia, I-XIII; Orni- thology, I-XIV; Ichthyology, I-IV; Entomology, I-VII). At the close of the work (Orn., Vol. XIV), a set of new title-pages was issued in which the order was changed and the entire series numbered from I-XL, although still grouped by subjects (Cf. Jardine, The Naturalist’s Library, Vols. I-XL, 1843.). In addition, each volume contains still another title-page with full title and author- ship for the text, but with no reference to the general title of ‘The Naturalist’s Library.” Later editions of the series (by Bohn, Chatto and Windus, and Lizars) have another altered arrangement for the volumes whose numbering does not correspond to that of the present edition (Cf. Jardine,’’The Naturalist’s Library,’’ reissues, 1844-64.). For convenience, the various volumes on or- nithology are collated separately under their respective authors and titles. The comparative list given on next page will show the relationship between the various numbers, title-pages, etc. Column a gives the number of the volume in the ornithological series; b, the serial number as issued; c, the number of the volume in the whole set, as later arranged; d, the number of the volume in the ornithological series of later editions; e, the author; and f, the title and original date. For further data, see the separate titles. 326 FieLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. b c d e f eee. 3 vi Jardine Humming-Birds (I), 1833. 3. ew VII a & * (II), 1833. er mots XIV i Gallinaceous Birds, 1834. 6) pea Ee ‘x Game Birds, 1834. a) IX Selby Pigeons, 1835. i: AVL xX fi Parrots, 1836. ey aes AL Swainson Birds of West Africa (I), 1837. 19 XXIII XII rf Aa Dean Le we CS eee 20 XXIV I Jardine Birds, Gt. Britain & Ireland (I), 1838. 21 XVII XIII Swainson Flycatchers, 1838. 24 XRV II Jardine Birds, Gr. Britain & Ireland (II), 18309. a4 RRVE | LE oo) 36 XVI V 5° Sunbirds, 1843. 40 XXVII IV m Birds, Gt. Britain & Ireland (IV), 1843. Below are given the names of the naturalists whose biographies are included in the various volumes of the entire work, according to the serial numbers of the volumes (Column II.). No. 1, Linnaeus; 2, Buffon; 3, Pennant; 4, Cuvier; 5, Aristotle; 6, Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles; 7, Sir Joseph Banks; 8, Ray; 9, Pliny; 10, Werner; 11, Camper; 12, John Hunter; 13, Sir Hans Sloane; 14, Madame Merian; 15, Bewick; 16, Lacépéde; 17, Bruce; 18, Lamarck; 19, Le Vaillant; 20, Sir Robert Sibbald; 21, Baron Haller; 22, Aldrovandus; 23, Francis Peron; 24, William Smellie; 25, Pallas; 26, Huber; 27, Salviani; 28, Azara; 29, Swammerdamm and De Geer; 30, Dr. Barclay; 31, Gesner; 32, Schomburgk; 33, Latreille; 34, John Walker; 35, Dru Drury; 36, Francis Willughby; 37, Rondelet; 38, Burckhardt; 39, Humboldt; 40, Alexander Wilson. A chronological list of these naturalists is given by Michael Bland in No. 40 (q.v.). According to the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), the work was republished in 1845-46 and reissued by Bohn in 1848. Mullens and Swann cite a reprint by Bohn in 1852-55 and another by W. H. Allen without date. A set is at hand composed of several editions combined, including volumes issued by Chatto and Windus, by Lizars, by Lizars and Bohn, and by Bohn (Cf. Reissues, 1844-64?). Jardine, William. (Selby, Prideaux John; Swainson, William.) 1833-43. The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jar- dine, Bart., | F.R.S.E., F.L.S., etc., ete. | Vol. I [-XL]. | Mammalia [(Vols. I-XIII.); Ornithology (Vols. XIV-X XVII.); Ichthyol- ogy (Vols. X XVIII-X X XIII.); Entomology (Vols. XX XIV- XL.)]. {Introduction to Mammalia. [mut. mut., 1-5 lines.]. | By Lieut.-Col. Charles Hamilton Smith [etc. 3 lines; mut. mut., 0-3 lines.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32. Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co., Dublin. | 1843. 40 vols. cap 8vo. Edinburgh. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 327 The above lettering appears on a set of title-pages for the entire work issued with Vol. XL, all bearing the date 1843 regardless of the actual date of publication of each volume. As is noted, the subjects are grouped and the volumes numb- ered consecutively from I to XL, at variance with the original title which be- gins a new series for each branch of the subject (Cf. Jardine, The Naturalist’s Library, Ornithology, Vols. I-XIV, 1833-43). The present serial numbers are not to be confused with those (1-40) of the list of volumes in the order of publication, given with most of the volumes and frequently quoted by the editor in prefatory remarks as “the Sixth Volume of the Naturalist’s Library,” etc. The relations between the present system of numbering and that of the original titles of the volumes dealing with birds, “Ornithology, Vols. I-XIV,” together with the subjects and authors of each volume are given under the original title (q.v.). Jardine, William. (Crichton, Andrew.) 1834. The | natural history | of | gallinaceous birds. | Vol. I. | Illustrated by thirty-two plates, coloured. | By | Sir William Jar- dine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | With memoir of Aristotle by | Andrew Crichton, | Author of ‘‘The History of Arabia,” &c. &c. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, and Stirling and Kenney; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and | Longman, London; | and W. Curry Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1834. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (various tits., 1 illum. ), pp. 9-232, 1-32 (advt.), 1 insert-slip (between pp. 34 and 35), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-29 +18* (col.; some numbered in Roman), 2 text-figs. Edinburgh. Vol. III of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,’’ 1833-43 (q.v.). In later editions, 1844-64 (q.v.) it became Vol. XIV. The work consists of a descriptive account of the turkeys, peacocks, pheasants etc. The second and third parts of the “Gallinaceous Birds” are indicated as such on their serial title-pages (‘“Ornithology”’ Vols. IV and V), but their subject titles refer simply to ‘‘“Game-Birds,” 1834, and ‘‘Pigeons,”’ 1835 (by P. J. Selby, q.v.). The memoir of Aristotle, by Crichton, occupies pp. 17-112. Scientific names, only, appear on the plates, some of which are copied from Gould and Audubon while others are new, by Stewart. Jardine, William. 1834. The | natural history | of | game-birds. | Illustrated by thirty-one plates, coloured; | with memoir and portrait of | Sir T. Stamford Raffles. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, and Stirling and Kenney; | Samuel Highley, London; | W. Curry Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1834. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (various tits.; 1 ilum.), pp. VII-XI-+-1, 17-175 +1, 1-45+1+4 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; some num. in Roman). Edinburgh. Vol. IV of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘The Naturalist’s Library,’’ 1833-43 (q.v.); on the serial title-page it is also called ‘‘Gallinaceous- 328 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. birds, part II’. In later editions it remained Vol. IV, Ornithological Series. The book is descriptive of the grouse, partridges and tinamous. The plates contain only Latin names, at variance with later editions. The memoir of Raffles occupies pp. 17-66 (Cf. later edition, 1844.). The preface is dated December 1844. Jardine, William. (Anonymous; Bland, Michael.) 1838-43. The | natural history | of the | birds of Great Britain | and Ireland. | Part I [-IV]. | Birds of Prey [Incessores (Pt. II.); Rasores and Grallatores (Pt. III.); Natatores (Pt. IV.). | Illus- trated by thirty-six plates, with memoir and [thirty-two plates, with memoir and (Pt. IJ.); thirty-four coloured plates, with (Pt. IITI.); thirty-three coloured plates, (Pt. IV.)]. | portrait of Sir Robert Sibbald, Bart. M.D. [portrait of William Smellie (P#. JJ.); por- trait and memoir of John Walker, D.D. (Pt. III.); with portrait and memoir of Wilson (Pt. JV.)]. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3 [Comma, (Pts. III and IV.)] St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32 [Comma, (Pts. III and IV.).] Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co. [Comma added (Pt. IV.).| Dublin. | 1838 [1839; 1842; 1843]. 4 vols. cap 8vo. Pt. I, 11. (list of vols. in set), 5 pr. Il. (various tits. and pref.; 1 tit. engr.), pp. XI-XIV, 17-315, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-5, (6 missing), 7-32, (30 dupl.), (col.; by Stewart; 4 of eggs), 48 text-figs. Pt. II, 1 1. (list of vols.), 4 pr. Il. (tits.; 1 illum.), pp. VII-XII, 17-409, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; by Stewart; 3 of eggs), 41 text-figs. Pt. III, 2 ll. (list of vols.), 3 pr. Il. (tits.; 1 ilum.), pp. [IX-XVI, 17-349, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-34 (col.; by Stewart), 9 text-figs. Pt. IV, 2 ll. (list of vols.), 3 pr. Il. tits. (1 engr.), pp. [LX-XVI, 17-313+1, 1 1. (dir. to binder), 40 Il. sub- stitute title-pages for entire set), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30-+-2* (col.; by Stewart), 18 text-figs. Edinburgh. Vols. IX, XI, XII and XIV Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘The Naturalist’s Library,’’ 1833-43 (q.v.), becoming Vols. I-IV in later editions of the same, 1844-64 (q.v.). English names and scenic backgrounds appear on the plates. The serial title of Vol. XI is inscribed ‘‘Vol. X’’, but the correct number is placed on the binding. The memoir of Sir Robert Sibbald in Pt. I (Vol. IX) is by the pen of an anonymous friend of Jardine. The substitute title-pages at the close of the fourth volume (the last of the entire series) are intended to supplant the serial titles under which the work was issued. A chronological table of the naturalists whose memoirs appear in the 40 vols. of “The Naturalist’s Library” is given on pp. 51-53 of Pt. IV, over the initials of Michael Bland. The prefaces are dated, respectively, December 1837, September 1839, March 1842, and July 1843. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 329 Jardine, William. 1839(?). Sir William Jardine’s | Illustrations of the | duck tribe. | [Design.] | Privately printed at the expense of the author, | Jar- dine Hall, Lockerby, Dumfries, N.B. 1 vol. (size of) medium 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and list of pll.), 9 pll. (num. 1-9 in list), (orig. wrapper). Dumfries. (Date?) A set of pll. 62, 95, 137, 138, 146 and 147 (Original Series), and XXIII and XXIX, New Series, of Jardine and Selby’s “Illustrations of Ornithology,” 1826-43 (q.v.), uncolored and accompanied by a title-page and list of plates. The latter contains the names copied from the plates including an error on No. 3 (orig. No. 147). No date is available for this collection, except that of the original pub- lication of the last plate. The original wrapper is lettered the same as the title-page. Jardine, William. 1840. The | natural history | of | humming-birds. | Vol. I [II]. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c. &c. | Illus- trated by thirty-four [thirty-one] coloured plates, numerous | wood- cuts, with portrait and | memoir of Linnzus [Pennant]. | Edin- burgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32, Fleet Street, London; | and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1840. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 1-14 (advt.), illum. tit., tit., pp. XI- XV+1, 25-191, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-34 (col.), 11 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. 1-14 (advt.), illum. tit., tit., pp. ITI-VIII, 1-192, fron- tisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30, 5 text-figs. Edinburgh. A special edition of the work first published in 1833 (q.v.), with some changes. The title-pages are new; the text is reset with altered pagination and is printed on larger paper with wide margins further distinguished by the addition of double-ruled borders; and the memoirs of Linnaeus and Pennant are consider- ably enlarged. The plates have been retouched and newly colored, and have colored scenic backgrounds added, while English, instead of Latin, names are on the legends. Jardine, William. 1840. See Wilson, Alexander, American Ornithology. Jardine, William. 1843. The | natural history | of the | Nectariniade, | or | sun- birds. | Illustrated by thirty-two coloured plates, with | portrait and memoir of | Willoughby. (sic) | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32, Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1843. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 2 ll. (list of vols.), 3 pr. ll. (tits.; 1 illum.), pp. [X- XV+41, 17-277, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-24, 26 (=25), 27 (=26), 330 FreELtp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. 27 (bis=27), 29 (=28), 29 (bis=29), 30 (col.; by Stewart), 17 text-figs. Edinburgh. Vol. XIII, Ornithological Series (1st ed.), of Jardine’s ““The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.), reprinted as Vol. V in later editions, 1844-64 (q.v.). The plates bear only Latin names. The back is incorrectly inscribed Vol. XIV. The errors in the numbering of pll. 25-29 are not perpetuated in the text; they are corrected in later editions. Jardine, William. 1844. The | natural history | of | game-birds. | Illustrated by thirty-one plates, coloured; | with memoir and portrait of | Sir T. Stamford Raffles. | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. High- ley, 32, Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun., and Co., Dublin. | 1844. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 4 pr. Il. (illum. tit., tit., and conts.), pp. 17-197, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; some num. in Roman). Edin- burgh. A reprint of Vol. IV of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘“The Natur- alist’s Library, 1833-43 (q.v.) with the addition of further memoirs of Raffles on pp. 66-88 and a consequent repagination of the remainder of the volume. The plates are less carefully colored than in the first edition and bear, in addi- tion to the Latin names, English names and localities. The only full title- page is as transcribed above; the illuminated title-page, alone, is inscribed “The Naturalist’s Library. Ornithology. Vol. IV.’’ Cf. Jardine, “The Nat- uralist’s Library’’ reissues, 1844-64. Jardine, William. (Selby, Prideaux John; Swainson, William.) 1844-64? [The Naturalist’s Library, reissues. | 14 vols. cap 8vo. London and Edinburgh. (1844; 1845-46; 1848; 1852- 55; 1864; etc.) A set of the 14 ornithological volumes of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,” composed of copies from various editions (after the first), bound more or less uniformly but varying so erratically in title-pages, etc. that the detailed trans- cription of the titles under one heading is inconvenient. The volumes bear the imprint of Bohn, Lizars and Bohn, Lizars, or Chatto and Windus, sometimes differing on the engraved and regular title-pages, and with or without a refer- ence to “The Naturalist’s Library.’’ The numbering of the volumes appears to agree in the various editions so combined. In the citation of the original edition, 1833-43 (q.v.), are given the titles and contents of each volume in the present series (as well as the original) and the collation of each volume will be found under its particular author and title. The reprint of Jardine’s ‘Natural History of the Nectariniadae” is dated 1864 and is catalogued under that date; the remaining reprints are undated and are catalogued under the inclusive date, ‘1844-64?”. The original edition is bound in brown; the later ones are in red. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 331 Jardine, William. (Anonymous; Bland, Michael.) 1844-64? [The Natural History of the Birds of Great Britain and Ireland. | > The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. I. | Ornithology. | Birds of Great Britain and Ireland, Part I. | By the editor. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York St., Covent Garden. > [Idem, 5 lines.] | Vol. II. | Ornithology. | Birds of Great Britain and Ireland.- Part II. | By the editor. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square. | London: S. Highley, Fleet Street; | T. Nelson, Paternoster Row. Dublin: W. Curry, Jun., & Co. | Manchester: J. Ainsworth, 93, Piccadilly. | and all book- sellers. > [Idem, 5 lines.] | Vol. III [IV]. | [Design.] | Ornithology. | Birds of Great Britain and Ireland, Part III [IV]. | By the edi- tor. | London: | Chatto & Windus, Piccadilly. 4 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, 5 pr. ll. (engr. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. 17-315, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-32 (col.; by Stewart; 4 of eggs), 48 text-figs. Vol. II, 5 pr. Il. (illum. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. 17-409, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; by Stewart; 3 of eggs), 41 text-figs. Vol. III, 5 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. 17-349, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-34 (col.; by Stewart), 9 text- figs. Vol. IV, 4 pr. ll. (engr. tit., tit. and conts.), pp. 17-313, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30-+2* (col.; by Stewart). Edinburgh and London. (Dates?). Reprints of Vols. IX, XI, XII and XIV Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.). The plates are altered in color- ation and have had a portion of the backgrounds removed. Several editions appear to be represented in the set here collated. Vol. II by Lizars has Bohn’s imprint on the illuminated title-page and differs from all the other volumes in having the price (4s, 6d) printed on the binding; the tooling on the back is also slightly different in pattern from that of the others. Cf. Jardine, ‘The Naturalist’s Library,’’reissues, 1844-64. Jardine, William. (Crichton, Andrew.) 1844-64? [The Natural History of Gallinaceous Birds. | The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. XIV. | Ornithology. | Gallinaceous birds. | By the editor. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York St., Covent Garden. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. 17-255, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-17 (18 missing), 18*-29 (col.; some num- bered in Roman), 2 text-figs. Edinburgh and London. (Date ?). 332 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoouocy, Vou. XVI. A reprint, partly reset, of Vol. III, Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.), with some alterations. At the close of the volume, pp. 133-255 have been added, containing observations on poultry. The plates are imperfectly colored and sometimes contain English names and localities, as well as Latin names. The illuminated title-page contains the imprint of Bohn, not of Lizars and Bohn. Cf. Jardine, “The Naturalist’s Library,” reissues, 1844-64. Jardine, William. 1844-64? [The Natural History of Humming-Birds. | >The | naturalist’s library | edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.] | Vol. VI. | [Design.] | Ornithology. | Humming Birds, Part I. | By the editor. | London: | Chatto & Windus, Piccadilly. > The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.] | Vol. VII. | Ornithology. | Humming Birds.-Part II. | By the editor. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street., Covent Garden. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Pt. I, 5 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. I-XXXI-+41, 25-191, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-34 (col.), 11 text- figs. Pt. II, 5 pr. ll., pp. 1-192, pll. 1-30 (col.), 4 text-figs. London. (Date ?) Late editions of the two volumes which first appeared as Vols. I and II of the Ornithology (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ““The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.), and afterwards in a special edition under their subject-title (q.v., 1840). The typography of the present issue is that of the special edition, without the double ruled border to the pages, and the plates likewise show the elaborated back- grounds of that edition (here uncolored), while the figures of the birds show considerable variation in color from either previous issue. Latin and English names and the country of origin are given on the plates. The memoir of Pen- nant in Pt. II agrees with that of the special editon, while that of Linnaeus in Pt. I is further enlarged by ‘Anecdotes of Linnaeus,” a “List of the Works of Linnaeus” and a list of “Supplements written by Linnaeus himself.” The copies here collated are evidently representatives of two distinct reissues of un- certain dates. The imprints on the illuminated title-pages agree with those on the respective full title-pages,—not the case in some other volumes of the same set. Cf. Jardine, “The Naturalist’s Library,“ reissues, 1844-64. Jardine, William. 1853. See Wilson, Alexander, American Ornithology. Jardine, William. 1855. See Strickland, Hugh E., Ornithological Synonyms. Jardine, William. 1864. The | natural history | of the | Nectariniade, | or sun-birds. | Illustrated by thirty-two coloured plates, | with portrait and mem- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 333 oir of | Willoughby. (sic) | By | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1864. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit. and conts.), pp. 17-277, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (28 unnum.), (col.; by Stewart), 17 text-figs. London. . A reprint of Vol. XIII, Ornithological Series (1st ed.), of Jardine’s ‘“The Natural- ists’ Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.). The plates differ from those of the original issue in coloration, in the addition of the habitat, in the re-lettering of the plate- numbers (including the correction of errors in pll. 25-29), and in a slight loss of some of the backgrounds. Cf. Jardine, ‘The Naturalist’s Library,” re- issues, 1844-64. Jardine, William. 1876. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. 1877. Idem. Jasper, Theodore. 1874-78. Ornithology; | or, the | science of birds. | From the text of Dr. Brehm. | With two hundred and twelve illustrations | by | Theodore Jasper, A.M., M.D. | Columbus, Ohio: | Jacob H. Studer & Co. | 1878. 1 vol. folio (11%x14%), 3 pr. ll. (title, contents, list of illustrs.), pp. 1-156, pll. A-D, 1-37 (monochr.). Columbus. A popular discussion of general ornithology and the classification of birds. Issued in 40 parts in conjunction with ‘“Studer’s popular Ornithology. The Birds of North America” (q.v.) by the same author. Jasper, Theodore. (Studer, Jacob H., publ.) 1874-78. Studer’s popular ornithology. | The | birds of North America: | drawn and colored from life by | Theodore Jasper, A.M., M.D. | One hundred and nineteen colored plates, | repre- senting upwards of seven hundred different species and | varieties of North American birds, including a popular | account of their habits and characteristics. | Columbus, Ohio: | published by Jacob H. Studer & Co., | 1878. | Copyright, 1876, by Jacob H. Studer. All rights reserved. 1 vol. folio (1114x14¥%), 8 pr. ll. (title, publ. card and indices), pp. 1-182, pll. I-CXIX (col.). Columbus. Published in 40 parts in combination with the same author’s “Ornithology, or the Science of Birds” (q.v.). Each part, except the last ones, contained 4 Il. of text (3 ll, of the present work and 1 1. of the “Ornithology”) and 4 pll. (3 col. of the present work and 1 monochr. of the “Ornithology’’). The dates of issue of the various parts are given by Coues as follows. Pts. I-V, Jan. 29, 1874; VI, Apr. 8, 1874; VII, June 9, 1874; VIII, July 16, 1874; IX, Aug. 18, 334 FieLp MusEeum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. 1874; X, Sept. 23, 1874; XI, Oct. 22, 1874; XII, Mar. 2, 1875; XIII, Mar. 24, 1875; XIV-XV, June 29, 1875; XVI-XVII, Sept. 18, 1875; XVIII-XIX, Jan. 26, 1876; XX-XXI, Apr. 20, 1876; XXII-XXIII, July 26, 1876; XXIV-XXV, Oct. 7, 1876; XXVI-XXVII, Jan. 3, 1877; KXXVIIJ-XXIX, May 12, 1877; XXX-XXXI, Aug. 6, 1877; XXXII-XXXIII, Nov. 5, 1877; XXXIV-XXXV, Mar. 8, 1878; XXXVI-XXXVII, June 8, 1878; XXXVIII-XXXIX, Sept. 23, 1878; XL announced for Oct. 1878. Coues mentions five impressions of the work under the same date. There is, also, at least one other edition (q.v., 1881). The book con- sists of a popular account of North American birds, largely compiled from a variety of sources and illustrated by chromolithographs. It is not of high scientific value and contains numerous errors. The nomenclature of the in- dices does not agree, in detail, with that of the text, being more in accordance with the text of the later edition. Jasper, Theodore. (Studer, Jacob H., publ.) 1881? Studer’s popular Ornithology. | The | birds | of | North America | Upwards of seven hundred different species and varieties, comprising all that are | known to exist on this Continent, are represented on the one hundred and nineteen | crayon plates, artistically drawn and colored from Nature by | Theodore Jasper, A.M.M.D. | including a letter press devoted to giving a popular account | of their habits and characteristics, based on standard authorities, and the most eminent writers on ornithology of the day. | Edited and published by | Jacob H. Studer & Co. | Copy- right 1881, by | Jacob H. Studer. | All rights reserved. | Tribune Building, New York City & Columbus, Ohio. | Lith. Letter-Press & Binding by Courier Co. Buffalo, N. Y. 1 vol. folio (11%x14%), 4 ll. (indices), 1 1. (engr. title), pp. 1-182, pll. I-CXIX (col.). New York and Columbus. A revised edition of the earlier work of the same title, 1874-78 (q.v.). Much of the text is printed from the same plates as the former edition, but some of the matter is rewritten and reset and there are corrections and alterations in the nomenclature. The illustrations, for the most part, are from the same plates as the original, retouched, but pll. I-XIII are radically altered, with changed backgrounds, different figures introduced, attitudes varied, etc. and sometimes with the entire plate printed backwards. The coloration of most of the plates is different from that of the original series. There is no date on the title-page other than that of the copyright, 1881. In Ward’s Natural Science Bulletin, 2, No. 1, p. 12, Jan. 1, 1883, the fourth edition of the work is reviewed as of 1882, and said to be published by Jacob H. Studer & Co., Tribune Build- ing, New York. The copy at hand may belong to this fourth edition and hence date 1882. Jaubert, Jean Baptiste; and Barthélemy-Lapommeraye. 1859-62. Richesses ornithologiques | du | midi de la France, | ou | description méthedique de tous les oiseaux observés en Provence | et dans les départements circonvoisins, | par MM. | J.-B. Jaubert, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 335 Docteur en Médecine [etc., 2 lines.] | et | Barthélemy-Lapom- meraye, Directeur du Museum [etc., 2 lines.] | Marseille. | Typ. et Lith. Barlatier-Feissat et Demonchy, | Place Royale, 7a. | 1859. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. 1-547, 20 pll. (col.; by J. Susini). Marseilles. A detailed account of the birds of southern France. The work was issued in 7 livraisons of which the first is reviewed in the Ibis for April, 1859, the second and third (under dates of 1859 and 1860) in the Revue et Magasin for Febr. 1860, the fifth in the Rev. et Mag. for September 1861, and the completed work (livrs. not numbered) in the same publication for Oct. 1862; the Ibis 1864, p. 396, acknowledges the receipt of the 6th and 7th livraisons, completing the work. Pt. 1 included pp. 1-72 and 3 pll. Of the remainder I can not ascertain the contents with certainty, but the following division is suggested for future confirmation. Pt. 2, pp. 73-144?; Pt. 3, pp. 145?-216; Pt. 4, pp. 217-288?; Pt. 5, pp. 289?-368?; Pts. 6 and 7, pp. 368?-concl. The present copy contains the bookplate of Charles Robert Bree. Jentink, F. A. 1881. See Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Historie, Muséum d’His- toire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, 1862-81 (-1907). Jenyns, Leonard. (Yarrell, William.) 1835. A | manual | of | British vertebrate animals: | or | descrip- tions | of | all the animals belonging to the classes, | Mammalia, Aves, Reptilia, Amphibia, | and Pisces, | which have been | hitherto observed in the British Islands: | including the | domes- ticated, naturalized, and extirpated species: | the whole systematic- ally arranged. | By the | Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. | Fellow of the Linnean, Zoological, and Entomological Societies | of London; and of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. | Cambridge: | printed at the Pitt Press, by John Smith, | Printer to the Uni- versity. | Sold by J. & J. J. Deighton; and T. Stevenson, Cam- bridge; | and Longman & Co., London. | M.DCCC.XXXYV. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X XXII, 1-559. London. 1835 (post Oct. 24). A descriptive catalogue of British vertebrates. The birds, of which 312 species and 26 doubtful (or doubtfully recorded) species are discussed, occupy pp. 49-286. To Yarrell are accredited the descriptions of the eggs which are embodied in the general text. A bibliography is included, on pp. XXV-XXXII. The preface is dated Oct. 24, 1835. Jerdon, Thomas Claverhill. 1843-47. Illustrations | of | Indian ornithology, | containing | fifty figures | of | new, unfigured and interesting species of birds, | chiefly from the south of India. | By T. C. Jerdon, Esq. | Madras Medical Establishment. | Madras: | Printed by P. R. Hunt, American Mission Press. | 1847. 336 Fre_p Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. 4to (6x9), 3 pr. ll., pp. I-II, 80 ll., pll. I-L (col.; by native East Indian artists). Madras. A collection of notes and descriptions of Indian birds, illustrated by hand-colored drawings. The work was issued in parts, of which Pt. 1, published in 1843 (after Nov. 3, the date of the preface), contained 24 Il. and pll. I-XII. Sher- born (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LX XI) adds the following dates. Pt. 2, pil. 13-25, Mar. 1845; 3, pll. 26-40, Apr. 1846; 4, pll. 41-50, Aug. 1847. Ac- cording to the author pll. I-VI and XII exist in two (or possibly three) forms. In the original form, the backgrounds of these plates were incomplete as com- pared with the later types. The additional backgrounds were added to 30 copies printed subsequently, and some of the earlier prints were retouched by the colorists to correspond to the later form while others were left as originally issued. The present set were retouched. Sherborn (1. c.) notes that there was also an edition in 8vo. Jerdon, Thomas Claverhiill. 1862-64. The | birds of India [Colon added (Vols. II and ITII.).] | being | a natural history | of all | the birds known to inhabit continental India: [Semicolon (Vol. III.).| | with | Descrip- tions of the Species, Genera, Families, Tribes, and Orders, and a | Brief [Orders, | and a Brief (Vol. III.)] Notice of such Families as are not found in India, | making it a | manual of ornithology | specially adapted for India, | by | T. C. Jerdon, | Surgeon Major, Madras Army, | Author of “Illustrations of Indian Ornithology.” | In Two [Three (Vol. III.)] Volumes. | Vol. I [II.-part I; III]. | Calcutta: | Printed for the author by the Military Orphan Press. [Comma in place of period (Vol. II.); George Wyman and Co., Publishers, (Vol. III.)] | 6, Bankshall Street [1a, Hare Street, Calcutta (Vol. IIT.)]. | 1862 [1863; 1864]. 3 vols. 4to (size of 8vo). 9g pr. IL, pp. I-XLV+1, 1-535. Vol. II, Part I (see Vol. III), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-439+1. Vol. III (called “Vol. II, Part II’’ everywhere but on title), 4 pr. ll., pp. I-IV, 2 11. (contents), pp. 441-876, I-XXXII (index to complete work). Calcutta. A thorough work on the birds of India, with descriptions, some synonymy (in- cluding native names) and voluminous notes on habits and distribution. Job, Herbert Keightley. 1903. Among the water- | fowl Observation, adventure, | photog- raphy. A popular narra- | tive account of the water-fowl | as found in the northern and | middle states and lower Canada, | east of the Rocky Mountains | by | Herbert K. Job | profusely illus- trated by photographs from nature, | mostly by the author | | Trade-mark.| | New York | Doubleday, Page & Co. | 1903. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 337 1 vol. 8vo (62% x 838), pp. I-X-XI-+1, 1-224, cover-fig., frontisp., 96 text-figs. New York. An account of the author’s experiences in bird-study, especially in photographing and studying water birds. Illustrated with excellent photographs. Job, Herbert Keightley. 1905. Wild wings | Adventures of a Camera-Hunter among the larger | Wild Birds of North America on Sea and Land | by | Herbert Keightley Job | Author of ‘‘Among the Water-Fowl,”’ | Member of The American Ornithologists’ Union. etc. | with an introductory letter | by Theodore Roosevelt | with one hundred and sixty illus- | trations after photographs from life | by the author | [Vignette.] | Houghton Mifflin & Company | Boston and New York. The | Riverside Press Cambridge. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 2 1l., pp. 1-341, frontisp., 18 pll. (on num- bered pp.), 144 text-cuts (half-tone; incl. those on title and half- titles). Boston and New York. May 1905. A popular account of the author’s journeys in search of photographs of birds, illustrated with many of the photographs secured on these excursions. Job, Herbert Keightley. 1910. How to study birds | a practical guide for amateur | bird- lovers and camera-hunters | by | Herbert Keightley Job | author of [etc., 3 lines.] | Illustrated with photographs | from life by the author | New York | A. L. Burt Company | publishers. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. V-IX+1, 2 ll. (list of illustrs.), pp.15-272, 32 pll. New York. A “handbook of method” which aims “to give, simply, clearly, and thoroughly, every possible suggestion and bit of practical information which may be useful to those who are beginning the fascinating study of birds in their native haunts.” Chapters on equipment, identifying birds, where to find birds, camera hunting, and numerous other topics, form a useful book of reference for beginners. The illustrations are from photographs by the author. Job, Herbert Keightley. 1923. Propagation | of wild birds | A Manual of Applied Ornithol- ogy | treating of practical methods of propa- | gation of quails, grouse, wild turkey, | pheasants, partridges, pigeons and | doves, and waterfowl, in Amer- | ica, and of attracting and | increasing wild birds in | general, including | song-birds | By Herbert K. Job | Economic Ornithologist [etc., 4 lines.]. | [Trade-mark.] | Illustrated from photographs | Mostly by the Author | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1923. 338 Fre_p Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXI+1, 1-308, frontisp., 61 pll. (on 31 ll.), Garden City and New York. An excellent treatise on the subject applied to North America. The first edition of the book appeared in 1915, from which the present edition is revised and en- larged by the addition of matter inserted in the appendix. Some of the original text appeared also in Bulls. 2 and 3 of the National Association of Audubon Societies, April and May, 1915. Johns, Charles Alexander. 1862. British birds | in their haunts. | By the | Rev. C. A. Johns, B.A. F.L.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | With illustrations on wood, | drawn by Wolf, engraved by Whymper. | Published under the direction of the | Committee of General Literature and Educa- tion, appointed by | the Society for Promoting Christian Knowl- edge. | London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | sold at the depositories:| 77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln’s Inn Fields; | 4, Royal Exchange; 48, Piccadilly;|and by all booksellers. | 1862. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-X XXII, 1-626, 190 text-figs. London. A popular account of the habits of British birds, with a short description of each species and a synoptic list of genera, with descriptions of each, under their respective families and orders. The woodcuts are excellent. This is the first of the editions, of which there were at least a dozen, including several abridge- ments (Cf. ed. 1922.). Mullens and Swann list the 12th edition published in 1911. A note in the present copy indicates that it is from the library of Robert Gray. Johns, Charles Alexander. (Owen, Jean A.= Mrs. Owen Visger.) 1922. British birds in | their haunts | By the late | Rev. C. A. Johns, F.L.S. | Author of Flowers of the Field | Edited, Revised, and Annotated by | J. A. Owen | Author of Birds in their Seasons, etc | Collaborator in all Books by a ‘Son of the Marshes’ | Illus- trated with 64 Coloured Plates (256 Figures) by | William Foster, M.B.O.U. | with a glossary of common and provincial names and | of technical terms | Seventh edition | [Trade-mark.] | London | George Routledge & Sons Limited | New York: E. P. Dutton & Co. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXV-+41, 1-326, 64 pll. (col.; by Foster; on 32 ll.). London. A revised edition of the original work of the same title, 1862 (q.v.), edited and re- vised by J. A. Owen (Mrs. Owen Visger). The alterations are in the arrange- ment, nomenclature and characterizations and in the substitution of colored plates for the original woodcuts. Johnston, I. H. 1923. Birds of West Virginia | [Col. fig.] | Their Economic Value | and Aesthetic Beauty | 1923 | I. H. Johnston, State Ornithologist | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 339 Compiled and Published by | State Department of Agriculture | Charleston | J. H. Stewart, Commissioner. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-138, 2 pll. (on 1 1.), 62 figs. (43 col., incl. fig. on title-p.; by L. A. Fuertes). Charleston. A popular account of some of the birds of West Virginia, with a check list of the species recorded from the state and miscellaneous sections on bird protection, bird banding, migration and other allied topics. Jones, Genevieve Estelle. 1879. See Jones, Howard E; and Jones, Mrs. N. E., Illustrations of the Nests and Eggs of Birds of Ohio, 1879-86. Jones, Howard E.; and Jones Mrs. N. E. [= Virginia E.]. (Jones, Gene- vieve Estelle; Shulze, Eliza J.; McMullin, S. H.; Jacob, Nellie D.) Iilustrations | of the | nests and eggs | of | birds of Ohio | with text Illustrations by Text by Circleville, Mrs. N. E. Jones Howard Jones, A.M., M.D. | Ohio, U.S.A. | 1886. I vol. in 3 vols., folio (1534x17), pp. I-X XXVIII, XXXVIIIa-d, 11., pp. 41-319, pll. I-LXVIII (col.; by Genevieve E. Jones, Eliza J. Shulze and Virginia E. Jones). Circleville. 1879-86. A beautiful work illustrating the nests and eggs of birds of Ohio in handcolored lithographs, accompanied by a letterpress with detailed descriptions of the eggs and of the position, construction and characteristics of the nests, and with notes on habits of the species. The introduction contains variously arranged lists of the species recorded from Ohio and keys for the determination of the eggs. On pp. 315-319 is an etymological key by S. H. McMullin; otherwise the text is entirely by Howard E. Jones. The plates were begun by Genevieve E. Jones and Eliza J. Shulze and continued by Virginia E. Jones and (in part) by Nellie D. Jacob. An explanation of the varied authorship is given on pp. V-VI. The work was issued in 23 parts as follows (Cf. Coues, Auk 4, p. 150, 1887.). Part 1, pp. 41-46, pll. I-III, July 1879 (A few copies issued as pro- spectus in Dec. ’78 and reviewed in Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club 4, No. 1, p. 52, Jan. 1879.); 2, pp. 47-54, pll. IV-VI, Oct. ’79; 3, pp. 55-58, pll. VII-IX, Jan. 80; 4, pp. 59-66, pll. X-XII, Apr. ’80; 5, pp. 67-70, pll. XIII-XV, July ’80; 6, pp. 71-82, pll. XVI-XVIII, Oct. ’80; 7, pp. 83-90, pll. XIX-XXI, Jan. ’81; 8, pp. 91-98, pll. XXII-XXIV, Apr. '81; 9, pp. 99-106, pll. XXV-XXVII, July "81; 10 and 11, pp. 107-118, pll. XXVIII-XXXIII, (“Oct. ’81’’-) Jan. '82; 12, pp. 119-122, pll. XXXIV-XXXVI, Apr. '82; 13, pp. 123-138, pll. XXXVII- XXXIX, July '82; 14 and 15, pp. 139-154, pll. XL-XLV, (‘‘Oct. '82’’-) Jan. ’831; 16, pp. 155-166, pll. XLVI-XLVIII, Apr. ’83; 17 and 18, pp. 167- 190, pll. XLIX-LIV (‘“July’-) Oct. ’83; 19, pp. 191-206, pll. LV-LVII, Jan. 84; 20, pp. 207-234, pll. LVIII-LX, Apr. ’84; 21 and 22, pp. 235-286, pll. LXI- 1Issued about Jan. 1, 1883. Cf. Coues, Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 8, p. 112, 1883. 340 FreLD Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vot. XVI. LXVI, (“July’-) Oct. '84!; 23, pp. 287-319, I-XXXVIII, XXXVIIIa-d, pll. LXVII-LXVIII, Dec. '86. Plate LV is wrongly numbered LVI. For accuracy and beauty in the delineation of nests, this work has never been excelled. Jones, Lynds. 1903. Ohio State Academy of Science | Special Papers No. 6 | The birds of Ohio | a revised catalogue | by | Lynds Jones, M. Sc: | Oberlin College | Published by the Academy of Science with the | Emerson McMillin Research Fund | Publication Committee: | J. H. Schaffner, L. H. McFadden, Gerard Fowke | October 15, 1903. 1 vol. post 8vo, title, pp. 1-241, frontisp. (map., fold.). Columbus. Oct. 15, 1903. An annotated list of species, prepared as a revision of Wheaton’s ‘Report on the Birds of Ohio,’”’ 1882 (q.v.). Jones, Lynds. 1909. See Dawson, William Leon; and Bowles, The Birds of Wash- ington. Jones, Mrs. N. E. [= Virginia E. ]. 1881-86. See Jones, Howard E.; and Jones, Mrs. N. E., Illustra- tions of the Nests and Eggs of Birds of Ohio, 1879-86. Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1869-73. See Brehm, Alfred Edmund. Cassell’s Book of Birds. Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1872? The | natural history | of | birds: | A Popular Introduction to Ornithology. | By | Thomas Rymer Jones, F.R.S., | Professor of Natural History [etc., 3 lines.] | With two hundred and twenty illustrations. | [Seal.] | London: | Frederick Warne and Co., | Bedford Street, Covent Garden | New York: Scribner, Welford, and Armstrong. 1 vol. 8vo (514x714), 4 pr. ll., pp. XI-XX, 1-452, 41l. (advt.), frontisp., figs. 1-59, 61-216, 84*, 1o1*, 180*, 7 text-figs. (unnum.). London. A general popular account of the families and subfamilies of the birds of the world. There are at least three other editions dated 1867, 1871 and 1880. Regarding the present edition, I can find no information except the date of the preface, June 16, 1872. Jones, Virginia E. See Jones, Mrs. N. E. 1Reviewed in Auk, 3, No. 3, p. 400, July, 1886. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. * 341 Jonston, Johannes. 1657 (-65?) (1) Historie naturalis | de quadrupedibus | libri I, [de insectis | libri III, | de serpentibus | et draconibus | libri II,; de avibus | libri VI.] | Cum eneis figuris, [No comma (Book VI.).] | Johannes Jonstonus [Joh. Jonstonvs (Books III and II.)., | Medicine Doctor [Med. Doctor (Books III and II.)], | concin- navit. | Amstelodami, | Apud Ioannem Iacobi Fil. Schipper. MDCLVII. [Title to ‘‘de Piscibus, libri V”’ missing. ] (2) Historie | naturalis | de | serpentibus, | libri II. | Joan- nes Jonstonus | Medicine Doctor Concinnavit. | [Col. fig.] | Amstelodami, | Apud Joannem Jacobi Fil. Schipper. | Anno M DC. LXV. (3) Historie naturalis | de exanguibus | aquaticis | libri IV. | Cum figuris Aineis. | Joannes Jonstonus | Med. D. Concinnavit. | [Col. fig.] | Amstelodami, | Sumptibus. | Joahnnis Jacobi Schip- peri, | M DC. LXV. 1 vol. flatcap folio, (no general title); 1 1. (illum. tit. to Libr. I), pp. 3-6 (ded. and pref.), 1-164, 1 1. (index), pll. I-LXXV (col.; V, VII and LXX missing); 1 1. (illum. tit. to Libr. II, as transcr. in par. 2; ded. on reverse), pp. 3-38, pll. I-XII (col.); 11. (illum. tit. to Librs. III and II, as transcr. in par. 1), 3 Il. (ded., pref. and addenda), pp. 1-148 (text to ‘‘Insectis” only), pll. I-X XVIII (col.; of ‘‘Insectis” only; V, VI and VII missing); 11. (illum. tit. to Libr. IV, as transcr. in par. 3), pp. 3-58, 1 1. (index), pll. I-XX (col.; II, IX and XI missing); (illum. tit. to Libr. V missing), pp. 3-7 (pref. and index), 1-160, pll. I-XLVIII (col.; XVII, XVIII, XXXI and XXXII missing); 11. (illum. tit. to Libr. VI), 5 ll. (ded., pref. and index), pp. 1-160, pll. I-LXII (col.; XII, XIV, XV, XXII, XXIII, XXX-XXXII, XLII and LXII missing). Amsterdam. This apparently is the second edition of the work of the same title, published in Frankfort in 1650 (-62?). The present edition differs, in certain particulars, from the first, according to the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History). The plates are said to be reversed, as are the title-pages. The present copy, as may be noted, has two general styles of title-page, the first of which (cf. par. 1 above) is almost entirely occupied by a large decorative drawing, and bears the date 1657. The second style (pars. 2 and 3) has the wording printed in large characters and the design reduced to a small plate, while it bears the date 1665. Iam not certain that the coloring of the plates is original. The drawings are said to be the work of Mattheus (jun.) and Caspar Merian!. The work is valuable chiefly on account of the curious illus- trations, although the first edition is of more importance, being quoted largely by Linnaeus. The portion on ornithology (Libr. VI) comprises title, 5 leaves ‘Henry Sotheran & Co's *‘Price Current of Literature,’ No. 789, 1924. 342 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. of preliminary matter and 160 pages of text, and 62 plates of birds, including various monstrosities and such fabulous creatures as the harpy, griffon, and phoenix. See also a late edition of Book VI under the title of Theatrum Uni- versale de Avibus, 1756. The present copy is bound in irregular order, as follows; Libr. I, Libr. V, Libr. IV, Libr. VI, Libr. III (with II mentioned on the title), and Libr. II. Jonston, Johannes. 1756. Ioannis Ionstoni | theatrvm | vniversale | de avibvs | tabvlis dvabvs et sexaginta | ab illo celeberrimo | Mathia Meriano | aeri incisis ornatvm | ex scriptoribvs tam antiqvis, qvam | recentioribvs, Theophrasto, Dioscoride, Aeliano, | Oppiano, Plinio, Gesnero, Aldrovando, Wottonio, Tvernero, | Movffeto, Agricola, Boetio, Baccio, Rvveo, Schonfeldio, | Freygio, Mathiolo, Tabernamontano, Bavhino, | Ximene, Bvstamantio, Rondeletio, Bellonio, | Citesio, Theveto, Marggravio, | Pisone | et aliis maxima cvra conlectvm | et | ob raritatem denvo inprimendvm | suscepit | [Vignette- Favente- Iehova- Excrescam.] | Franciscvs Iosephvs Eckebrecht | Bibliopola Heilbrvnnensis | Typis Christiani de Lannoy. | MDCC- LVI. > [Historie Naturalis | de aubibvs | Libri VI. | Cum eneis figuris | Iohannes Ionstonus | Med. Doctor | Concinnauit. | Francofyrti ad Moenvm | Impensa | Matthzi Meriani | M.D.C.L.] 1 vol. 4to (8%x14), title, 2 pr. ll. (pref.), pp. 1-238, 5 ll. (indices), pll. I-XXIX, 30-62, (col.) (title to rst ed. and portr., “‘Ioannes Maria | Vicecomes.”’, added.). Heilbronn. A late edition of the “Libri VI’’ of Jonston’s ‘‘Historiae Naturalis,” of 1650 (Cf. 1657-65.), with the same general text, slightly altered, and with the same plates. The pages are headed, ‘“‘Historia Natvralis de Gvibus.” in spite of the altered title. The present copy is composed solely of the portion (or book) on ornithology, the sectional title of which is quoted in the absence of the entire work. The title quoted in brackets is on what appears to be a copy of the title-page of the original edition. The portrait of “Ioannes Maria Vicecomes”’ is of uncertain origin. [Jordan, David Starr.] (Palmer, William.) 1899. [The Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean by David Starr Jordan (etc.).] > The avifauna | of | the Pribilof Islands. | By | William Palmer. | (Extracted from the Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean, | Part III, pp. 355-431, Plates XXXVIII-XLI.) | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1899. 1 pamphlet, superroyal 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 355-431, pll. XX XVIII- XLI. Washington. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 343 Article XVII, occurring in Vol. ITI of the report of the U. S. Fur Seal Commission, extracted and supplied with an individual wrapper, separately titled. The article is an important contribution, with detailed descriptions, keys and syn- onymies and voluminous notes from the author’s personal observations as well as from other sources. One plate is of scenic views, one is of eggs, and two are of feather structure. Jordan, Denham. [‘‘=A Son of the Marshes.’’] 1895. The | Wild-Fowl and Sea-Fowl | of | Great Britain | by | a son of the marshes | author of “On Surrey Hills,” ‘Woodland, Moor, and Stream’’ | edited by J. A. Owen | with illustrations by Bryan Hook | London: Chapman and Hall, Ld. | 1895 | [All rights reserved J. 1 vol. 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-326, frontisp., 11 pll. London. Popular sketches of bird-life in Great Britain. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1906-09. Subscriptions for the complete work only received. Part I. | The eggs | of | European Birds, | by the | Rev. Francis C. R. Jourdain, | M.A., M.B.O.U. | To be completed in about 10 parts, | containing about 140 coloured plates | by A. Reichert and the author. | Price 10/6 net. | London. | R. H. Porter. 7 Princes St. Cavendish Square W. | Gera-Untermhaus. | Fr. Eugen Kohler. | 1906. [No final title issued? | 1 vol. (not complete), royal 8vo, 11. (title, Pt. I), pp. III-IV, 1-320, pll. 1-25, 27-33, 35-40, 44, 52, 68, 69, 72, 37, 88, 90, 92, 94, 105, 113, 121 and 122 (col.), (4 front covers inserted at end of vol.). London. The first four parts (all published) of a work on the oology of Europe. Under each species or subspecies, a short account is given of distribution, nidification, breeding season, number of eggs laid and measurements of eggs (averaged from series), and other information. The illustrations show, where possible, several varieties of the eggs of each species or race. Pt. I included a subtitle, pp- III-IV, 1-80, pll. 1-14, dated 1906 (rev. in Ibis, Oct. 1906; II included pp. 81-160, pll. 16-20, 24, 25, 39, 40, 52, 113, 121, 122, dated 1906 altered by hand to 1907 (rev. in Ibis, July, 1907); Pt. III included pp. 161-240, pll. 15, 21, 22, 28, 29, 68, 69, 72, 87, 88, 90, 92, 94, 105, dated 1909 (rev. Ibis, July 1909); Pt. IV included pp. 241-320, pll. 23, 27, 30-33, 35, 38, dated 1909 (rev. in Ibis, April 1911, under date of 1910; rev. in Zoological Record, 1910, under date of 1909). The work has never been completed. The author supplied many measure- ments of eggs to H. E. Dresser for his work on ‘Eggs of the Birds of Europe,” 1905-10 (q.v.), which was partially contemporaneous and of the same scope, and possibly allowed his own work to lapse in favor of the larger book. 344 FreLtpD Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. Ig10-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1912. See Hartert, Ernst; Jourdain; Ticehurst; and Witherby, A Hand-List of British Birds. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1919-20. See Mullens, W. H.; Swann; and Jourdain, A Geographical Bibliography of British Ornithology. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1919-24. See Witherby, Harry Forbes, A Practical Handbook of British Birds. Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Judd, Wilbur Webster. 1907. The Birds | of | Albany County | a catalogue of the species | recorded in this vicinity, with | notes on their lives and | habits, and brief field-marks | for aid in identification | by | Wilbur Webster Judd | Containing One Plate from a Water-color by William | S. Barkentin; Ten Plates from Pen and Ink | Drawings by George Louis Richard, and Eleven Half-tones from | Photo- graphs | Albany, New York | Nineteen Hundred and Seven. vol. royal 8vo, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. 9-178, pll. I-XXI (1 col.). Albany. December 1907. Short, popular accounts of the birds found in Albany County, New York. The copy is autographed and numbered ‘215’ of the first edition of three hundred copies. Kaup, Johann Jacob. 1844. Classification | der | Saugethiere und Végel | von | J. J. Kaup. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Darmstadt. | Druck und Verlag von C. W. Leske. | 1844. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-144, 2 ll. (expl. of pll.), 2 pll. (fold.). Darmstadt. A detailed exposition of the author’s views on the classification of birds and mam- mals, following a modification of the “Quinary System” and its accompanying errors. A number of separate papers occupy pp. 96-144, the most important of which is a “‘Skizze einer Classification der Falken” (pp. 96-128) containing Lal 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER, 345 a considerable number of new generic names. Of the plates, the second is ornithological. Mathews (Austr. Av. Rec. 4, No. 1, p. 12, 1920) cites the date of publication as March 15, 1844 but does not give the basis for this assump- tion. A supplement to this work was issued the same year (Cf. Nachtrage zur Classification der Saugethiere und Végel.). Kaup, Johann Jacob. 1844. Nachtrége | zur | Classification der Saugethiere | und | Vogel | von | J. J. Kaup. | Darmstadt. | Druck und Verlag von C. W. Leske. | 1844. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-14. Darmstadt. Additional and revisory notes to the author’s “Classification der Saugethiere und Végel” (q.v.) published earlier the same year. Kaup, Johann Jacob. 1840. Erste | Zoologische Vorlesung. | Ueber | Classification der Vogel | von | Dr. Kaup. | Darmstadt, 1849. | Druck der Hofbuch- druckerei von Ernst Bekker. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-4 (tit. and pref.), I-X (introd.), 1-40. Darm- stadt. 1849 (post April). An essay on the classification of birds and the characters on which classification is based. The present copy is from the library of Jules Verreaux. The pref- ace is dated April, 1849. Kay, John. [=Caius, John. ] 1903. See Turner, William, Turner on Birds. Kearton, Cherry. 1924. Photographing | wild life | across the world | by | Cherry Kearton | with eighty-four photographs | [Design.] | J. W. Arrow- smith (London) Ltd. | 6 Upper Bedford Place, Russell Square, London. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-319, 56 pll. (photos.; 9 of birds). London. Narratives of the author’s experiences in photographing animal life in various countries; illustrated by some of the photographs taken on the journeys. According to the publishers’ note, the volume includes about two thirds of an earlier work, ‘‘Wild Life Across the World” (1913) with eleven of the illus- trations of that book, and considerable new material. Many of the incidents (and 9, or parts of 9, plates) relate to birds. Kearton, Richard. 1883-(88?). See Swaysland, Walter, Familiar Wild Birds. Kearton, Richard. 1898. Wild Life at Home | how to study and photograph it | by | R. Kearton, F.Z.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | Fully illustrated by 346 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. photographs taken | direct from nature by C. Kearton | Cassell and Company, Limited | London, Paris, New York & Melbourne | 1898 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. crown 8vo (514x714), 2 pr. ll. (tit., ded.), pp. VII-XV-+1, 1-188, frontisp. (monochr.), 97 text-figs. London. An account of experiences in photographing animal life and of methods used, illus- trated by numbers of the photographs. Chapters III and IV, pp. 46-112, relate to birds. Kearton, Richard. 1906. Our bird friends | a book for all boys and girls | by | Richard Kearton, F.Z.S. | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | With one hundred original illustrations from | photographs by | C. Kearton | Cassell and Company, Limited | London, Paris, New York & Melbourne. MCMVI | All rights reserved. 1 vol. crown 8vo (514x714), pp. I-XVI, 1-215, frontisp. (monochr.), 100 text-figs. London. A book about birds for children. First printed October 1900. Kearton, Richard. 1924. See White, Gilbert, Natural History of Selborne. Keeler, Charles A. 1893. Evolution of the colors | of | North American land birds | by | Charles A. Keeler. | San Francisco: | California Academy of Sciences, | January, 1893. I vol. 8vo, tit., pp. V-XII, 1-361, pll. I-XIX (col.; 5 fold.), 1 téxt- cut, 2 diagrams. San Francisco. January 1893. A detailed essay on the subject, with some fact and considerable theory. Re- viewed at length in the Auk, 10, pp. 189-196 and 373-380, 1893 (including the author’s rejoinder to the earlier criticism and a reply thereto). Issued as Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, III. The copy at hand was presented to D. G. Elliot by the author. Keeler, Charles A. 1907. Bird notes afield | Essays on the birds | of the Pacific Coast with a | field check list | by | Charles Keeler | Illustrated with | reproductions | of photographs | [Vzgnette.] | Paul Elder and Company | San Francisco and New York. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-226, 16 pll. (monochr.). San Francisco and New York. A popular account of local bird-life. The appendix contains “a descriptive list of California land birds with key.”” The present copy is of the second edition; the first edition was first issued October 1899. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 347 Kelsall, John Edward; and Munn, Philip Winchester. 1905. The | birds of Hampshire |. and the | Isle of Wight. | By | The Revd. J. E. Kelsall, M.A., | Member of the British Ornitholo- gists’ Union, | and | Philip W. Munn, | Fellow of the Zoological Society; Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | London: | Witherby & Co., 326, High Holborn, W.C | rgos. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XLIV, 1-371, 16 pll., 1 map (fold.; col.). London. An annotated list of species, with notes on the local distribution of the various forms and the records of occurrences. Kennedy, Alexander William Maxwell Clark. 1868. The | birds of Berkshire | and | Buckinghamshire: | a con- tribution to the | natural history of the two counties. | By | Alexander W. M. Clark Kennedy, | ‘‘An Eton Boy,’’ | Member of the High Wycombe Natural History Society. | Eton | Ingalton and Drake. | London: | Simpkin, Marshall, and Company. | 1868. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-232, 4 pll. (col.), 1 text-fig. Eton. A catalogue of 225 species of birds recorded from the two counties in question, with notes on local occurrence, habits, etc. Published by the author at the age of sixteen. Kennerly, C. B. R. 1859. See U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports of Explorations and Surveys...... for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, Vol. X. Kermode, Francis. 1904. Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C. | Catalogue | of | British Columbia Birds. | Victoria B.C.: | Printed by Richard Wolfenden, I.S.0., V.D., Printer to the King’s Mcst Excellent Majesty. | 1904. 1 vol. 8vo, tit. cover, pp. 1-69. Victoria. An annotated list of 363 species of birds known to occur in British Columbia. Keulemans, John Gerrard. 1869-76. Onze Vogels | in huis en tuin, | beschreven en afgebeeld | door | J. G. Keulemans, | Adsistent aan ’s Rijks Museum van Natuurlijke Historie. | Deel I [-III]. | [/g.] | Leyden [Leiden (Vols. II and III.)], 1869 [1873; 1876]. P. W. M. Trap. 3 vols. post folio. Vol. I, tit., 2 ll. (conts.), 131 Il., 70 pll. (col.; by the author). Vol. II, tit., 2 ll. (conts.), 133 ll., 70 pll. (col.). Vol. III, tit., 2 ll. (conts.), r10 ll., 60 pll. (col.). Leyden. Popular accounts of the habits of miscellaneous birds from various parts of the world, illustrated by excellent hand-colored plates of all the species. 348 FieLtp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Keyser, Leander S. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Keyser, Leander S. 1897. In bird land | by | Leander S. Keyser | [Quot., 9 lines.] | Fourth edition | [Trade-mark.| | Chicago | A. C. McClurg and Company | 1897. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-269, 1 1. (advt.). Chicago. A series of essays, reprinted from various periodicals, on bird life as observed by the author, mostly in the vicinity of Springfield, Ohio. The first edition was published in 1894. Keyser, Leander S. 1898. Appleton’s home reading books | News from the | birds | by | Leander S. Keyser | [Vignette.] | New York | D. Appleton and Company | 1898. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXII, 1-229+1, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp., 21 text-figs. New York. A collection of original observations on bird life, popularly treated for juvenile and school usage. Keyser, Leander S. 1902. Birds of the Rockies | By Leander S. Keyser | author of “In Bird Land,” etc. | With Eight Full-page Plates (four in color) | by Louis Agassiz Fuertes; Many Illustra- | tions in the text by Bruce Horsfall, and | Eight Views of Localities from Pho- tographs | with a complete check- | list of Colorado birds | [Trade- mark.] | Chicago. A. C. McClurg and Co. | Nineteen hundred and two. vol. royal 8vo (6%x8%), 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded. and conts.), pp. VII-XIV, 15-355, pll. I-VIII (4 col.; by Fuertes), 39 text-figs. (8 full-page). Chicago. A popular account of various ornithological jaunts and observations made by the author in the Rocky Mountain region. Pleasantly written and contain- ing many interesting notes. The book closes with an annotated check list of Colorado birds, based on Wells W. Cooke’s ‘‘The Birds of Colorado,” 1897 (q.v.). Ln Keyser, Leander S. 1907. Our bird | comrades | By | Leander S. Keyser | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | [Fig.] | Rand, McNally & Company | Chicago New York London. ees 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 349 1 vol. 8vo (6x74), 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. 5-197, 15 (should be 16) pll. (col.). Chicago. A series of popular essays on birds and bird-life. The illustrations (color-photo- graphs) are of poor quality; one is missing. Kinberg, Johan Gustav Hjalmar. 1881-87?. See Sundevall, Carl J.; and Kinberg, Svenska Foglarna, 1856-87 ?. King, Clarence. (Ridgway, Robert.) 1877. [Blazon.]| | Professional papers of the Engineer Department, U.S. Army. | No. 18. | Report | of the | geological exploration of the fortieth parallel, | made | by order of the Secretary of War according to acts of | Congress of March 2, 1867, | and March 3, 1869, | under the direction of | Brig. and Bvt. Major General A. A. Humphreys, | Chief of Engineers | by | Clarence King, | U. S. Geologist. | [Vignetie.] | I-II > Volume IV. > United States Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel. | Clarence King, Geologist-in-charge. | Part I. | Paleontology. | By | F. B. Meek. | Part II. | Palzontology. | By | James Hall and R. P. Whitfield. | Part III. | Ornithology. | By | Robert Ridgway. | Submitted to the Chief of Engineers and published by order of the Secretary of | War under authority of Congress. | Illustrated by XXIV plates. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. V-VI. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-197+1, 17 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-XVII, 1 1. (subtit. Pt. II), 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. 199-302, 7 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-VII, pp. 303-669. Washington. Pt. III (pp. 303-669) consists of Ridgway’s report on the avifauna of the region lying between Sacramento, California and the vicinity of Salt-Lake City, Utah, as investigated during a period from June 1867 to August 1869. Detailed field notes are a feature of the work which also includes descriptions of the localities visited, local faunal lists and other important matter. On p. 392 is a note to the effect that a report on the same subject was prepared much earlier and stereotyped in 1870,! and that various quotations were made by authors from time to time from the proof sheets. This original report was so long delayed that it became out of date and was suppressed and the plates were destroyed without being published. The present report was then pre- pared, differing considerably from the original, and published in 1877. Sep- arate issues of Part III are also in existence. 1Coues states 1871-72, not 1870. 350 FieELD Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. King, W. Ross. 1866. The sportsman | and | naturalist in Canada, | Or Notes | on | the natural history of the game, game birds | and fish of that country. | By | Major W. Ross King, | Unattached. | F.R.G.S., F.S.A.S. | Author of | “Campaigning in Kaffirland.” | Illustrated with coloured plates and woodcuts. | London: | Hurst and Blackett, publishers, | 13, Great Marlborough Street. | 1866. | The right of Translation is reserved. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1, insert-slip (errata), 1 1. (list of illustrs.), pp. 1-334, 6 pll. (col.; by W. L. Walton), 13 text-figs. London. A popular transcript of observations on the animal life of Canada made during three years of residence in the region. Many of the notes relate to birds and three of the colored plates and one woodcut are also ornithological. A manuscript note is inclosed recording errata not mentioned in the book or on the insert-slip which this note seems to have accompanied. According to this note, on p. 293, line 5, the sign, ‘‘$’’ appears to have been omitted from certain copies, thus indicating that there may have been two impressions of the volume. The present copy contains the “$’’. King George and Queen Charlotte, A Voyage round the World in the— 1789. See Dixon, George. 1789. See Portlock, Nathaniel. Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever. (Bonhote, John Lewis; Coward, Thomas Alfred; Farren, William; Hartert, Ernst; Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert; Pycraft, William Plane; Selous, Edmund; Thomson, Arthur Landsborough; Turner, Emma Louisa; Wells, Thomas. ) 1910-13. The | British Bird | book | an account of all the birds, nests | and eggs found in the British Isles | edited by | F B Kirk- man B A Oxon | illustrated by two hundred coloured | drawings and numerous photographs | volume I [II; III; IV] | TC&EC Jack | 16 Henrietta Street London W C | and Edinburgh | 1911 [r911; 1912; 1913]. 4 vols. royal ato. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp.V-XII (conts. and list of pll.), 3 insert-slips (notice; errata in Sect. I. errata in Sect. II), pp. III-XVIII (pref.; various lists, etc.), pp. 1-449, pll. 1-46+18a (col.), I-X VII, 1 map, text-figs. 1-7 (preface), 1-4, 1 text-fig. (unnum.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. V-XII, 1-540, pll. 47-93+Egg Plate E (col.), XVIII-XXXVII, +Egg Plate E*, text-figs. 1-6, 4 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. III; 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.) pp. V-XII, 1-609, pll. 94-135 (col.), 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 351 XXXIX-LVIII, text-figs. 1-4, 1-2, 1-3, 3 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. V-XII, 1-692, pll. 136-178 (col.), Egg Pll. A-D, F-R, V, W (col.), LIX-LXXIX, U, Egg Pll. S and T, text-figs. 1-9, 1-2, 5 text-figs. (unnum.; maps). (Col. pll. by Winifred Austen, G. E. Collins, H. Grénvold, H. Goodchild, G. E. Lodge, Alfred Priest, A. W. Seaby and H. Wormald.) London and Edinburgh. A detailed, popular account of British birds, primarily of their habits but with additional information for the identification of the forms treated; excellently prepared and illustrated, although many of the colored plates are picturesque rather than instructive. The photographs of nests and eggs are very good. The work was issued in 12 parts, of which Pt. I appeared May 24, 1910; II, Oct. 14, 1910; III, Jan. 23, 1911; IV, April 4, 1911; V, June 14, 1911; VI, Nov. 8, 1911; VII, Jan. 30; 1912, VIII, April 16, 1912; IX, June 28, 1912; X, Dec. 18, 1912; XI, June 1913; XII, Nov. 1913. Pts. I-III compose Vol. I; IV-VI, Vol. II; VII-IX, Vol. WI; X-XII, Vol. IV. The work is a symposium. Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever; and Hutchinson, Horace G. (Baker, Max; Cairns, Douglas; Farren, William; Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert; Malden, W. J.; Pollard, Hugh B. C.; Pycraft, William Plane: Thomson, Arthur Landsborough; Wyatt, John H.) 1924. British | sporting birds | edited by | F. B. Kirkman and Horace G. Hutchinson | the chapters on the natural history of | each bird and the plates illustrating the | book drawn from The British Bird Book | [Cut] | Contributors | Sporting Natural His- tory | the Hon. Douglas Cairns W. P. Pycroft | Max Baker Rev. F. C.R. Jourdain | W. J. Malden William Fanen | John H. Wyatt A. L. Thompsen | Hugh B. C. Pollard | London: T. C. & E. C. Jack, Ltd. | 35 & 36 Paternoster Row, E.C. | and Edinburgh | 1924. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-428, pll. I-XLIII (31 col.; by Wini- fred Austin, G. E. Collins, H. Grénvold, G. E. Lodge and W. A. Seaby, and from photos.), text-figs. 1-3, 5 text-figs. (unnum.). London and Edinburgh. Chapters on the natural history of British game birds, taken, with the illustrations, from Kirkman’s ‘The British Bird Book,” 1910-13 (q.v.) and supplemented by new chapters on the shooting of the various sorts of game described. Kittlitz, Friedrich Heinrich von. 1832-33. [Kupfertafeln zur Naturgeschichte der Vogel. | 1 vol. demy 8vo, (tit. missing), pp. I-II, 3-28, pll. 1-36 (col.). Frank- fort am Main. A series of hand-colored copper-plates of birds, accompanied by a short text which includes the original descriptions of several species. The work was of ambi- tious intent but was terminated the year following its inception. Three parts 352 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo .ocy, Vor. XVI. appeared as follows. Part I, pp. I-II, 3-8, pll. 1-12, 1832; XX, pp. 9-20, pill. 13-24, 1832? (date quoted by Gadow, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. 10, p. 474 under Motacilla lugens Kittl.; III, pp. 21-28, pll. 25-36, 1833. Kjaerbolling, Niels. 1851-52. Danmarks Fugle, | beskrevn | af | N. Kjaerbglling. | Hertil et Billedvaerk med 304 naturtroe, colorerede Afbildninger; | udgivet med offentlig Understéttelse. | Kj¢benhavn. | Forfatterens Forlag. | Trykt i Sally B. Salomons Bogtrykkeri. | 1852. > Ornithologia Danica. | Danmarks Fugle’| i | 304 Afbild- ninger | af | de gamle Hanner, | med serskilt Text | af | N. Kjerbdlling. | Kj¢benhavn. | Forfatterens Forlag (Gyldendalske Boghandling). | 1851. | Trykt hos Sally B. Salomon, Briinnichs Efterfdlger. 2 vols. crown 8vo and crown folio. Text, 3 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. I-X XXIV (introd.), 1-422, I-[X+1-+1 1. (index and errata). Atlas, tit., pll. I-X XI, XXIIa, XXIIb, XXIJI-XXVII, XXVIIIa- XXVIIIc, XXIX-XXXII, XXXIIla, XXXIIIb, XXXIV-XXXIX, XLa, XLb, XLI-L, Lia,~LIb, LII-LV (col.; by the auther); Copenhagen. A handbook of Danish ornithology, illustrated by colored figures of the species. Judging by the complete agreement between plates and text, this constitutes the original work as issued. In 1854, 35 additional plates were issued as a supplement under the same short title (q.v.) as the atlas collated above. In 1856 (?) a second supplement appeared under the (sub) title of ‘De i det dvrige Scandinavien: . . forekommende Fuglearter’”’ (q.v.) and, in the same year, a covering title of “Icones Ornithologiae Scandinavicae”’ (q.v.) was issued to embrace all three parts of the work. Jonas Collin, who issued a revised edition of the entire work in 1875-77, published two supplementary plates to his edition under the title of “To Nye Tavler til Dr. Kjaerbglling’s Skandinaviens Fugle,’’ (Cf. Kkaerbdélling, 1879.). In the present copies the plates of these four works (or four portions of the same work) are bound in one volume; the original text, in 8vo, is separately bound. Kjaerbdlling, Niels. 1854. Ornithologia Danica. | Danmarks Fugle | i 252 Afbildninger af de dragtskiftende gamle Hanner, | samt de fra Hannerne vesent- ligt afvigende Hunner og unge Fugle. | Af | N. Kjeerbdlling. | 1854. 1 vol. crown folio, tit., pll. “Suppl.” 1-“‘Suppl.” 35 (other serial numbers also given) (col.). Copenhagen. A series of colored plates of Danish birds intended to supplement those offered with the author’s ‘‘Danmarks Fugle’’ of 1851-52 (q.v.). Kjaerbélling, Niels. 1856. > De i det gvrige Scandinavien: | Sverrig, Norge, Paa Island og Fergerne | forekommende | Fuglearter, | der ei ere dw? i peut Seas 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 353 bemerkede i Danmark. | 45 colorerede Afbildninger. | Af | N. Kjerbglling. 1 vol. crown folio, (sub)title, pll. 2 ‘‘det Suppl.’ 1-2 ‘“‘det Suppl.” 8 (col.). Copenhagen. 1856(?). Additional plates forming a second supplement to those presented in the author’s “Danmarks Fugle”’ of 1851-52 (q.v.), and bound with them in the present copy. A title-page covering the original work and both supplements, and lettered “Icones Ornithologiae Scandinavicae”’ (q.v., 1856), may have appeared with this second supplement. Kjaerbolling, Niels. 1856. Icones | ornithologiz Scandinavice. | Scandinaviens: | Dan- marks, Sverrigs, Norges, Islands of Fergernes | Fugle | i 600 colorerede Afbildninger | med seerskilt Text | af | N. Kjeerbglling. | Kjobenhavn. | Forfatterens Forlag. | 1856. 1 1., crown folio, (title-p. only). Copenhagen. Title page covering the author’s original “Danmarks Fugle’”’ (with its atlas en- titled, “Ornithologia Danica,”’ etc.), the first supplement thereto entitled, “Ornithologia Danica,” etc., and the second supplement with (sub)title of, “Dei det dvrige Scandinavien . . Fuglearter,”’ all of which are bound together in the present copy (Cf. Danmarks Fugle, 1852.). This covering title may have been issued with the second supplement. Kjaerbélling, Niels. (Collin, Jonas.) 1879. To nye Tavler | til | Dr. Kjerbglling’s | Skandinaviens Fugle. | Tegnede og lithographerede af C. Cordts. Kollorerede af Froken Hallesen. | Udgivet | Af | Jonas Collin. | [Monogram.] | Kjgbenhavn. | L. A. Jérgensens Forlag. | 1879, | O. C. Olsen & Co. 1 vol. crown folio, (cover-)tit., 2 pll. (col.; by C. Cordts). Copenhagen. Two plates supplementary to Collin’s ‘“Skandinaviens Fugle’’ which is a revised edition of Kjaerbdlling’s “Icones Ornithologiae Scandinavicae”’ (q.v.), issued in 1875-77. The present copy is bound with the first edition of the latter work, 1852 (q.v.). Klein, Jacob Theodor. 1750. Iacobi Theodori Klein | Secr. Civ. Ged. | Soc. Reg. Lond. et Acad. Scient. Bonon. Sodalis | historiae avivm | prodromvs | cvm praefatione | de | ordine animalivm in genere. | Accessit | historia mvris alpini | et | vetvs vocabvlarivm animalivm | msc. | cvm figvris. | [Cut.] | Lvbecae | apvd Ionam Schmidt. | MDCCL. 1 vol. demy 4to, 8 pr. ll., pp. 1-238, 7 pll. (4 fold.). Litbeck. A general treatise on systematic ornithology with chapters on bird-migration, the hibernation of swallows and storks, and the life-history of the Alpine marmot, and a comparative list of zoological names in Latin (reprinted from ‘Georgii Agricolae de Animantibus subterraneis; 16 apud Froben. 1549”’) with their 354 FreELpD Museum or Naturat History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. German equivalents. The work was translated into German and published in 1760 as the “Vorbereitung zu einer vollstandigen Végelhistorie” (q.v.). Klein, Jacob Theodor. 1759. Iac. Theod. Klein | Imperial. Academ. Scientt. Petropol. | Regiae Societat. Londinens. | et Academ. Bononiens. | membri | stemmata | avivm | qvadraginta tabvlis aeneis | ornata; | acce- dvnt | nomenclatores: | Polono-Latinvs | et | Latino-Polonvs. | Geschlechtstafeln | der Végel, | mit vierzig Kupfern erlautert. | Lipsiae | Apvd Adam. Henr. Holle. | 1759. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., 7 ll., pp. 1-48, pll. I-XL (fold.). Leipzig. A study of the feet, heads and tongues of birds, as exhibited by various species or groups in the classification adopted by the author. The present copy con- tains the bookplate of Frederick DuCane Godman. Klein, Jacob Theodor. (Behn, Friedrich Daniel.) 1760. Jak. Theodor Kleins, | Secret. der Stadt Danzig, der kénigl. Societ. in London | und der bologn. Akad. der Wissensch. Mit- gliedes, | Vorbereitung | zu einer vollstindigen | Végelhistorie, | nebst einer Vorrede | von der Ordnung der Thiere Uberhaupt, | und einem Zusatz | der Historie des Murmelthieres, | wie auch | eines alten Worterbuchs der Thiere. | Aus dem Lateinischen tbersetzt | durch | D. H. B. | [Vignette.] | Leipzig und Libeck, | bey Jonas Schmidt 1760. 1 vol. post 8vo, 12 pr. ll., pp. 1-427, 6 pll. (fold.), 1 table of classif. (fold.). Leipzig and Liibeck. A translation, into German, of Klein’s ‘‘Historiae Avium Prodromus,’”’ 1750 (q.v.), with the same plates, two of which have been combined. The trans- lation is the work of the editor, Friedrich Daniel Behn. There is also a re- vised edition, published in 1760 by Gottfried Teyger, which I have not seen. Klein, Jacob Theodor. 1766. Jacobi Theodori Klein | Imperial. Academ. Scient. Petropol. Reg. Soc. Londin. Academ. Bonon. Aliarumque, | dum viveret, societatum membri ! ova avium | plurimarum | ad naturalem magnitudinem | delineata | et genuinis coloribus picta | J. T. Klein | Sammlung | verschiedener | V6égel Eyer | in nattrlicher Grésse | und mit lebendigen Farben | geschildert und beschrie- ben. | Leipzig, Kénigsberg und Mietau, | bey Johann Jacob Kanter 1766. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-36, pll. I-X XI (col.; eggs), 3 decorations. Leipzig, Kénigsberg and Mitau. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 355 Descriptions of the eggs of various species of birds from unrecorded localities over the world. Poorly colored figures of 145 eggs are given. The text is in both Latin and German. Kleinschmidt, O. 1913. Die Singvégel | der Heimat | 86 farbige Tafeln | mit sys- tematisch-biologischem Text | nebst Abbildung der wichtigsten Eier- und Nestertypen | letztere meist nach Naturaufnahmen in Schwarzdruck | von | O. Kleinschmidt [Monogram.] | 1913 | Verlag von Quelle & Meyer in Leipzig. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 p. (contents), pp. 1-107 (2-100 on reverse of pll.), 1 1. (index and advt.), 8 ll. (advt.), pll. 1-100 (86 col.; by Kleinschmidt), 9 text-figs. Leipzig. A popular account of the song-birds of Germany illustrated by excellent plates. Knatchbull-Hugessen, Wyndham Wentworth, 3rd Baron Brabourne. See Brabourne, Lord. Knight, Charles William Robert. 1922. Wild life | in the tree tops | By | Capt. C. W. R. Knight | M.C., F.R.P.S., M.B.O.U. | [Trade-mark.] | Fifty-three illustra- tions from | photographs taken by the author | George H. Doran Co., New York | Thornton Butterworth Limited | 15 Bedford Street, London, W.C. 2. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-144, 32 pll. (photogrs.). New York and London. An account of the author’s “observations and experiences whilst studying those birds - and mammals - whose habit it is to frequent the upper branches’’ of trees in the British Islands. Most of the narratives, and of the excellent photo- graphs which illustrate the work, relate to birds. The first impression of the book was made in 1921. Knight, Ora Willis. 1897. Bulletin No. 3. | The University of Maine | Department of Natural History. | A list of the | birds of Maine | Showing their Distribution by Counties | And their Status in Each County. | Prepared under the auspices of the United Ornithologists of Maine | by | Ora W. Knight, B.S., | Assistant in Natural History. | Augusta | Kennebec Journal Print | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-184. Augusta. An annotated list of species, with notes on occurrence, distribution and habits. C. Hart Merriam’s copy, presented by the author. Knight, Ora Willis. 1908. The birds of Maine | with key to and description of the various | species known to occur or to have occurred | in the state, 356 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. an account of their distribu- | tion and migration, showing their relative | abundance in the various counties of the | state as well as other regions, and con- | tributions to their life histories | by | Ora Willis Knight, M.S. | Member of Maine Ornithological So- ciety [etc., 2 lines.| | Bangor, Maine | 1908. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XVII+1, 19-693, 1 map, 27 pll., [38 photogrs. (36 col.) added]. Bangor. The title is self-explanatory. The present copy is No. 27 of the Subscription Edition of three hundred signed copies (the regular edition was of two hundred copies). In addition to the colored and plain photographs mentioned in the collation, it contains two letters from O. W. Knight to John Lewis Childs and (as a loose insert) a copy of ““The Warbler,” Vol. II, No. 1, pp. 1-8, pl. I, 1906, in which is an article by Knight respecting the Yellow Palm Warbler, the subject of the letters. Knight, Wilbur Clinton. 1902. University of Wyoming. | Agricultural College Department. | Wyoming Experiment Station, | Laramie, Wyoming. | Bulletin No. 55. | September, 1902. | [Vignette.] Rocky Mountain Jay | “Camp Robber’. | The Birds of Wyoming. | By Wilbur C. Knight. | Bulletins will be sent free upon request. Address: Director Experiment | Station, Laramie, Wyo. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-174, 48 pll. (on 24 Il.; by Frank Bond), 55 text- figs. Laramie. Sept. 1902. An annotated list of the birds of Wyoming. Copy presented to Field Museum by the author. Knip, Madame. (Temminck, Coenraad Jacob.) 1809-11. Les pigeons, | par Madame Knip, | née Pauline de Courcelles, | premier peintre d’histoire naturelle | se S. M. 1’Im- pératrice Reine Marie-Louise. | Le texte par C. J. Themminck (sic), | Directeur de 1’ Académie des Sciences et des Arts de Harlem, etc. | [Monogram.] | A Paris, { Mme Knip, Auteur et Chez fons Garnery, Libraire, Rue Editeur, Rue de Sorbonne, Musée des Artistes de Seine, Hotel Mirabeau, No. 6 de Mame. | M.DCCC XI. 1 vol. superroyal folio, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-13-+1 (dis- course on pigeons), 2 ll. (unnum.;=pp. 23-26), pp. 27-34, 129-134 (=35-40), 133 (=41; end of Des Columbars), 1 p. (blank), pp. 1-128 (Les Colombes), 1-30 (Les Colombi-Gallines), I-III (con- tents), pll. 1-11 (Les Columbars), 1-18 (Les Colombes), 1-25, 25 (bis), 26-53, 34 (=54), 55-59 (end of Les Colombi-Gallines) (=87 pll.; col.). Paris. de 1’Imprimerie 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 357 A noted work, stolen from Temminck, the original author, by Madame Knip, the artist, who suppressed the titles and introductory matter and substituted others of her own (cited above). A history of the transaction is given by Coues (Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. 5, (1), pp. 794-6, 1878. The general text is by Temminck. The work was issued in 15 livraisons, each, apparently (except for the last one), with 6 plates. Stone (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 57, p. 756, footn.), records dates from a copy in original covers, from which the following arrangement may be deduced. Livrs. 1-5, pp. 23-41 (Les Columbars) and 1-49 (Les Colombes), pll. 1-11 (Les Columbars) and 1-18 (Les Colombes) all appeared in 1809; livrs. 6-8, pp. 50-80, pll. 19-36 (Les Colombes) appeared in 1810; livrs. 9-15, pp. 81-128 (Les Colombes) and 1-30 (Les Colombi-Gallines), 1-13-+1 (discourse on pigeons), half-tit. and tit., pll. 37-59 (Les Colombes) and 1-16 (Les Colombi-Gallines) were issued in 1811. In the present copy, errors in pagination have been corrected (with a pen) as indicated above in the collation. In addition three lines of text are omitted from the bottom of p. 26 (unnum.; Les Colombars) and plates 33 and 47 are cited in the text as “XXXI” and “LXVII,” respectively. In the second edition of this volume (1838, q.v.), some of the errors of the present edition are corrected. The lacuna between pp. 14 of the preliminary discourse and 23 of the general text, due in reality to the omission of some of Temminck’s work, is explained by Madame Knip (reverse of half-tit.) on the ground of typographical error! Pages 23-41 (originally 129-134 and 133 bis) seem to have been transferred from a place in the volume beyond pp. 1-128 although they refer to pll. 1-11 (or I-XI) which are in proper position at the beginning of the text. In 1813-15 Temminck republished the text of the work in 8vo, 3 vols., including the gallinaceous birds, under the title “Histoire Naturelle Générale des Pigeons et des Gallinacés’’ (q.v.), and on pp. 640-644 of Vol. III presents his case with reference to the dispute with Madame Knip. According to the statement given there, Temminck was pre- paring to publish an illustrated folio on the gallinaceous birds, as a continuation of that on the pigeons, when the interruption occurred, but the work was aban- doned and never resumed. The 8vo “Histoire Naturelle,” in a measure, took the place of the larger projected work. Since the arrangement of species and groups is the same as that in the present work, it seems probable that the alteration in sequence and consequent re-pagination, as quoted above, was authorized by Temminck and cannot be ascribed to the machinations of Madame Knip. Of the original folio of Temminck, entitled, ““Histoire Naturelle Générale des Pigeons,’’ only twelve copies were seen and approved by Tem- minck, eight of which he retained himself. Knip, Madame. (Temminck, Coenraad Jacob; Prévost, Florent.) 1838-43? Les pigeons, | par Madame Knip, | née Pauline de Cour- celles, | le texte par C. J. Themminck (sic) [le texte par Florent Prévost], | Directeur de l’Académie des Sciences et des Arts de Harlem, etc., [Aide Naturaliste et Chef des Travaux Zoologique au Muséum] | et des Musées Royaux de Hollande [d'Histoire Natu- relle]. | Tome premier [second]. | Deuxiéme édition. [Line omitted.| | [Monogram.] | A Paris, ‘Mme Knip, Auteur des Bi Chez \ Bellizard, Dufour et 358 FreLD MuseuM oF NATURAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. dessins, et Editeur, Rue du Bac, No 77 [Bac, Passage Ste-Marie, 3]. Cie, Libraires, Rue de Verneuil, 1 bis Typographie de Firmin Didot Fréres, Rue Jacob, 56 [Paris.- Typographie (etc.).]. ; 2 vols. superroyal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-13-41, I-34, 129-134 (=35-38; 133-134 not altered), 133 (not altered), 1 p. (blank), pp. 1-128, 1-30, I-III, 87 pll. (col.; unnum.; in text as in 1st ed., 1809-11, q.v.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-68, 67-68 (bis), 69-90, 93-114, 1 1. (contents), 60 pll. (col.; unnum.; I-LX in text). Paris. The first volume is a reprint, with alterations, of the same work of 1809 (q.v.) The second volume, with text by Prévost, is new. Among the changes in the first volume are the following. The title-page is altered; the missing 3 Il. at the bottom of p. 26 are supplied; pp. 24-28 are numbered; p. 25 bears signature ‘‘7". pp. 23-26 have their headings altered to agree with the headings of the rest of the work (they are different in the 1st ed.); the plate numbers are sup- pressed throughout, being barely visible although not inked; pp. 133-134 and 134 (bis) are left with the pagination unaltered, although on pp. 129-132 the corrections have been made as in the copy of the 1st ed. (q.v.). Pll. XXXIII and XLVII are wrongly given in the text as “XXXI” and “LXVII,” as in ed. 1. Vol. II contains less errors, but the reference to pl. VI is given as “XI,” and pll. VII and VIII (with the accounts referring to them) are transposed in sequence. An illustrated supplement, by Charles Lucien Bonaparte, appeared in 1857-58 under the title, ‘“Iconographie des Pigeons’”’ (q.v.). The inclusive dates are from Coues, after Engelmann. Knobel, Edward. 1899. Field key | to the | land birds | illustrated | by | Edward Knobel | Boston | Bradlee Whidden | 1899. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-55, pll. I-IX (col.), 35 text-figs. Boston. A popular handbook for the identification of birds in the field in eastern North America. The colored plates contain figures of the species arranged according to size, with reference numbers which, in the text, accompany short descriptions that supplement the plates. Knowlton, Frank Hall. (Lucas, Frederic A.) 1909. American Nature Series | Group 1. Natural History | Birds of the World | a popular account | by | Frank H. Knowlton, Ph.D. | United States National Museum | Member of the American Ornithologists’ Union [etc., 2 lines.] | with a chapter on the anatomy of birds | by | Frederic A. Lucas | Curator-in-Chief, Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences | the whole edited by | Robert Ridgway | Curator of Birds, United States National Museum | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 359 with 16 colored plates and 236 illustrations | [Blazon.] | New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1909. 1 vol, imperial 8vo (trimmed), pp. I-XIII+1, 1-873, 16 pll. (col.; by Mary Mason Mitchell), figs. 1-233, 19a, 32a and 103a. New York. A comprehensive, general survey of the entire class of birds, with descriptions of characteristic species and with introductory chapters on anatomy, distribution, migration and classification. Chapter II, pp. 13-25, on “The Anatomy of Birds,” is by Frederic A. Lucas. Knox, Arthur Edward. 1850. Ornithological rambles | in | Sussex; | with | a systematic catalogue | of | the birds of that county, | and | remarks on their local distribution. | By A. E. Knox, M.A., F.L.S., &c. | Second edition. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.- DCCC.L. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-254, 4 pll. (monochr.; by Knox). London. A popular account of general observations on birds in Sussex, England. The “systematic catalogue” (pp. 181-254) is an annotated list of the species of Sussex birds. The work appeared in three editions, of which this is the second. The first was published in 1849. Koenig, Alexander. (le Roi, Otto.) 1911. Avifauna Spitzbergensis. | Forschungsreisen nach der Baren- Insel | und dem Spitzbergen-Archipel, mit ihren | faunistischen und floristischen Ergebnissen. | Herausgegeben und verfasst | von | Alexander Koenig. | Mit 74 Textbildern, 26 Heliogravuiren, 34 Farbentafeln und einer Karte. | Bonn rogrt. 1 vol. imperial 4to (trimmed), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. VII-X, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-294, frontisp. (col.; by A. Thorburn), pll. I-XXXIII (col.; by J. G. Keulemans, H. Schultze and G. Krause), 26 pll. (heliogravure), text-figs. 1-5, 1-4, and 1, 63 text-figs. (unnum,), 1 map (fold.). Bonn. An account of three ornithological expeditions to Spitzbergen with a detailed discussion of the avifauna of the region. The general portions are by Koenig, the detailed ornithological sections by le Roi. A report on the Arthropoda collected by the expeditions, the work of various authors, is appended. Kohts, Alexander Erich. 1910. See Lorenz, Theodor, Die Birkhuhner Russlands. Kollibay, Paul. 1906. Die Végel | der Preussischen Provinz | Schlesien | Von | Paul Kollibay | Vorsitzendem des Vereins schlesischer Ornithologen 360 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. [etc., 3 lines.] | [Trade-mark.] | Breslau 1906 | Verlag von Wilh. Gottl. Korn. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-370, frontisp. (portrs.), 3 text-figs. Breslau. Accounts of the occurrence and distribution in Silesia of some 317 forms of birds, with concise characterizations of each; said to be the first comprehensive treatment of the subject since Gloger’s “Schlesiens Wirbelthier-Fauna”’ of 1833 (q.v.). With the copy are bound a supplement (from Orn. Jahrb., 20 Jahrg., Heft 5-6, pp. 192-202, 1909) and a copy of the “Mitteilungen der Schlesischen Komitees far Naturdenkmalpflege,” Nos. 2 and 3, May rg11. Koningsberger, Jacob Christian. 1909. > Mededeelingen | uitgaande van het | Departement van Landbouw | No. 7. | De Vogels van Java | en | hunne oecono- mische beteekenis | door | Dr. J. C. Koningsberger. | Deel II | (met 52 platen). | Batavia | G. Kolff & Co. | 1909. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo (7314x1034), 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-87, 52 pll. (=figs. 1-52). Batavia. The second part of a work on the economic ornithology of Java. Part 1 was issued about seven years previously. Krause, Georg. 1901. Die | Columella der Végel | (Columella auris avium) | ihr Bau und dessen Einfluss auf | die Feinhérigkeit | neue Untersuch- ungen und Beitrage | zur | comparativen Anatomie des Gehéror- ganes | von | Georg Krause | Mit 4 Tafeln in Lichtdruck und 2 Textillustrationen | Berlin | R. Friedlander & Sohn | 1901. 1 vol. crown folio, pp. I-VII-++1, 1-26, pll. I-IV, 2 text-figs. Berlin. A detailed, comparative study of the columella, or sound-transmitting bone, of the avian ear. Krause, Georg. 1905-13. Georg Krause. | Oologia | universalis | palaearctica | [Blazon.] | Stuttgart | Fritz Lehmann, Verlag. | 1906. 78 parts, (size of) medium 4to, tit., index, 18 subtits., 158 ll. (text), 157 pll. (should be 158) (col.; by Krause). Stuttgart. A series of large, beautifully drawn and colored plates of the eggs of Palaearctic birds, showing series and variations in greater or less number. The text, in German and English, gives name and synonymy, and details of nidification in concise form for each species, with full data for each egg or clutch shown. The work was interrupted in 1913 and has never been resumed. It was issued in 78 livraisons, each of which, after the first, contained 2 pll.,-the first one, 4 pll. As these plates are not numbered, it is necessary to list them by subjects. For convenience, the dates will be given first, as ascertained from the Journal far Ornithologie and the Zoological Record. Livr. 1 noted (as sample copy) J.f.0. Oct. 1905; 2-3, J.f.0. Oct. 1906; 4-11, 1906, noted J.f.0. Jan. 1907; 12-21, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 361 J.£.0. July 1907; 22-23, 1907; 24-34, 1907, noted J.f.0. Jan. 1908; 35-40, 1908; 41-47, 1908; noted J.f.0. Jan. 1909; 48-49, J.f.0. April 1909; 50-51, J.f.0. Oct. 1910; 52-53, 1910, noted J.f.0. Jan. 1911; 54-61, J.f.0. July 1911; 62-64, 1911; 65-71, J.f.0. Oct. 1911; 72, 1911; 1911; 73-77, 1912; 78, J.f.0. July 1913. Contents of livraisons are as follows. 1, Coturnix coturnix, Corvus corax, Turdus musicus, Aquila chrysaétus I, subtit. Accipitres; 2, Uria troile I and II, tit. and index; 3, Pyrrhula europaea, Coccothraustes coccothraustes, subtit. Passeres; 4, Gyps fulvus, Aquila orientalis, subtit. Pygopodes; 5, Lanius collurio, Vultur monachus, subtit. Pterocletes; 6, Cettia cetti, Anser fabalis, subtit. Gallinae; 7, Tetrao urogallus, Cisticola cisticola, subtit. Alcae; 8, Lyrurus tetrix, Colymbus glacialis, subtit. Chenomorphae; 9, Nisaétus fasciatus, Ardeola ralloides, subtit. Limicolae; 10, Nycticorax nycticorax, Phoyx purpurea, subtit. Herodiones; 11, Garzetta garzetta, Cygnus musicus, subtit. Gaviae; 12, Lagopus mutus, Larus marinus, subtit. Plataleae; 13, Milvus ictinus, Procellaria pelagica; 14, Fringilla coelebs, Uria rhingvia; 15, Oriolus galbula, Colymbus septentrionalis; 16, Tetrastes bonasia, Gypaetus barbatus; 17, Graculus graculus, Neophron percnopterus I; 18, Larus gelastes, Sterna cantiaca; 19, Panurus biarmicus, Parus cristatus; 20, Otis tarda I, Aegialitis alexandrina; 21, Aquila chrysaétus II, Alca torda; 22, Turdus viscivorus, Monticola saxatilis; 23, Sturnus vulgaris, Sturnus unicolor; 24, Pastor roseus, Alle alle; 25, Caprimulgus ruficollis, Platalea leucorodia, subtit. Fulicariae; 26, Cerchneis naumanni, Falco subbuteo, subtit. Picariae; 27, Cerchneis vespertina, Pernis apivorus, subtit. Columbae; 28, Buteo vulgaris I and II, subtit. Tubinares; 29, Accipiter nisus I and II, subtit. Steganopodes; 30, Hierofalco gyrfalco, Falco regulus, subtit. Alectorides; 31, Falco communis I and II, subtit. Hemipodii; 32, Cerchneis tinnuncula I and II; 33, Caprimulgus europaeus, Cygnus olor; 34, Neophron percnopterus II, Pandtion haliaétus I; 35, Pica pica, Anser ferus; 36, Garrulus glandarius, Aquila maculata 1; 37, Lanius excubitor, Lanius minor; 38, Hierofalco candicans, Hierofalco islandus; 39, Grus grus I and II; 40, Anthropoides virgo, Uria grylle; 41, Pandion haliaétus II, Larus cachinnans; 42, Charadrius pluvialis, Larus minutus; 43, Otis tarda II, Hierofalco saker; 44, Aquila melanaétus I and II; 45, Pteroclurus alchata, Falco eleanorae; 46, Circus pygargus, Harelda glacialis; 47, Circus aeruginosus, Branta bernicla; 48, Pterocles arenarius, Cygnus bewicki; 49, Rhodostethia rosea, Clangula islandica; 50, Asio otus, Syrnium aluco; 51, Scops giu, Asio accipitrinus; 52, Hypolais polyglotta, Sitta syriaca; 53, Crex crex, Hydrochelidon nigra; 54, Eudromias morinellus, Aquila clanga; 55, Cuculus canorus I, Aquila maculata II; 56, Cuculus canorus II and III; 57, Cuculus canorus IV, Gallinula chloropus; 58, Turnix sylvatica, Regulus ignicapillus; 59, Cuculus canorus V, Nuctfraga caryocatactes; 60, Hirundo rustica, Gelochelidon anglica; 61, Pyrrhocorax alpinus, Sitta caesia; 62, Cuculus canorus VI, Acrocephalus aquaticus; 63, Falco feldeggit, Plegadis falcinellus; 64, Astur palumbarius, Anser albifrons; 65, Perdix perdix, Nyctea scandiaca; 66, Saxicola deserti, Circaétus gallicus; 67, Haliaétus albicillus, Ardea cinerea; 68, Oedicnemus oedicnemus, Buteo ferox 1; 69, Recurvirostra avocetta, Buteo desertorum; 70, Houbara undulata, Nisaetus pennatus; 71, Aegialitis dubia, Circus cyaneus; 72, Milvus korschun J and I1; 73, Trypanocorax frugilegus I and Il; 74, Zapornis parva, Circus macrurus; 75, Buteo cirtensis, Megalestris catarrhactes; 76, Aegialitis hiaticula, Scolopax rusticola; 77, Syrr- haptes paradoxus, Vanellus vanellus; 78, Buteo ferox 11, Aquila adalberti. The present copy is in the original wrappers. Text and plates, with one or two exceptions, are printed on cardboard. 362 FreLp Museum oF NaTurAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. Krider, John. 1879. Forty years notes | of a | field ornithologist, | by John Krider, | Member of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Scien- ces, | and Author of Krider’s Sporting Anecdotes, | Philadelphia. | Giving a description of all birds killed and | prepared by him. | Philadelphia: | Press of Joseph H. Weston, 438 Walnut Street. | 1879. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. I-XI-+1, 1-84, (orig. wrapper with cut of Bald Eagle on back). Philadelphia. An annotated list of the species of birds collected by the author during the pre- ceding forty years. The annotations consist of extremely brief remarks con- cerning the abundance, distribution, or habits of the various species, usually without definite dates of occurrence or capture, even for the rarer forms whose records would be especially valuable. Krohn, H. 1925. Die Vogelwelt | Schleswig-Holsteins | und ihre | Erforschung im Verlauf | von finf Jahrhunderten von 1483 | bis zur gegenwart | von | H. Krohn | Hamburg | Im Sonnenschein-Verlag | Hamburg 33- 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-494, 1 pl. (fold.; maps). Hamburg. A review of the ornis of Schleswig-Holstein as recorded in literature and repre- sented in collections. A rather unfavorable critique of the book is given by H. Hildebrandt in the Ornithologische Monatsberichte, 33, No. 5, pp. 159-161, Sept. 1925. Kriiper, Theobald. 1875. See Mommsen, August, Griechische Jahreszeiten. Kuhl, Heinrich. (Hasselt, J. C. van.) 1820. Beitrage | zur | Zoologie | und | vergleichenden Anatomie | von | Heinrich Kuhl, | Doctor der Philosophie und vieler gelehrten Gesellschaften des In- und Auslandes | Mitgliede. | Mit Abbil- dungen, gezeichnet vom Verfasser. | Frankfurt am Main, | Verlag der Hermannschen Buchhandlung. | 1820. 1 vol. (2 pts.) demy 4to, 5 pr. ll. (tit., ded., pref. and subtit. of Pt. I), pp. 1-151-+1, 2 ll. (subtit. and pref. of Pt. II), pp. 1-212, 11. (er- rata), pll. I, II and III (on1 p.), IV and V (on 1 p.), VI, “VI+”, “VI+-+”, VII-XI (=11 pll.; fold.) Frankfurt am Main, 1820 (post April 9). Miscellaneous papers which the author wished to get into print before a projected journey to India. Part I is entitled, “Beitrage zur Zoologie,”’ and contains (pp. 133-151) a section on ornithology consisting of “‘Beitrage zur Kenntniss 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 363 der Procellarien,” with descriptions of several new species. Part II is entitled, “Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie” and is accredited to van Hasselt and Kuhl, with “Abbildungen und Beschreibungen von Dr. H. Kuhl.” Section III of Pt. II comprises “Beitrage zur Zergliederung der Végel in den Jahren 1817, 1818 and 1819,”’ occupying pp. 71-104. The preface to the entire work is dated April 9, 1820. Kuhl, Heinrich. 1820. H. Kuhl, Ph. Dr. Ac. C. L. C. N. C. S. | Conspectus Psit- tacorum. | Cum specierum definitionibus, novarum descriptioni- bus, | synonymis et circa patriam singularum naturalem | adver- sariis, adjecto indice museorum, ubi earum | artificiosae exuviae servantur. | Cum Tabulis III. aeneis pictis. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. A-104, pll. I-III (col.; by Huard and A. Prévost). Bonn. A monograph of the parrots, containing descriptions of many new species. Kumlien, Ludwig. 1879. Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | -15- | Bulletin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 15. | Published under the direction of the Smithsonian Institu- tion | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. > Con- tributions | to the | natural history | of | Arctic America, | made in connection with | the Howgate polar expedition, 1877-78, | by | Ludwig Kumlien, | Naturalist of the expedition, | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-179. Washington. The report on the natural history of a polar exploration. Kumlien is responsible for the introduction and the reports on ethnology, mammalogy and ornithology, while various authors contributed the remainder. The ornithological portion occupies pp. 69-105. Kumlien, Ludwig; and Hollister, Ned. 1903. Vol. 2 [corrected to ‘‘3’’]. (New Series) January, April, July, 1903. Nos. 1, 2 and 3 | Bulletin | of the | Wisconsin | Natural History | Society | The birds of Wisconsin | By L. Kumlien and N. Hollister | Published with the co-operation | of the | Board of Trustees | of the | Milwaukee Public Museum. | Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-143, 8 pll. Milwaukee. An annotated list of the birds of Wisconsin. 364 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Kuroda, Nagamichi. 1913. Geese and swans | of | the world | by | N. Kuroda | The Ornithological Society | of Japan | 1913. 1 vol. 8vo (714x10), 411, pp. 1-118, 1-2 (bibl.), 5 ll. (blank), pp. 1-4 (index), 11., 9 pll. (4 col.). Tokyo. Text in Japanese except for the scientific nomenclature, bibliography and various notes and tabulations. Kuser, John Dryden. 1917. The | Way to Study Birds | By | John Dryden Kuser | With 9 Illustrations in Color | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | New York and London | The Knickerbocker Press | 1917. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp V-XI-+1,1-85, g pll. (col.;by L. A. Fuertes). New York and London. A beginner’s guide to the study of birds in the vicinity of New York City, with a discussion of methods of study and record. Kiister, Heinrich Carl. 1834-36. See Hahn, Carl Wilhelm; and Kuster, Voegel aus Asien, Afrika, Amerika und Neuholland, 1818-1836. Kiister, Heinrich Carl. 1836-41. See Hahn, Carl Wilhelm, Ornithologischer Atlas, 1834-41. ion Os ae CS ak, West 4 ’ > j ro = SPARE a rf a WA Fone by vy My Yio pf | oP oo 44 tp Ate “iy nse % Mey m2 bid a. “ iy +¢ 4 ‘as ud ted aa Dm. eerou , ; 4 Ay nae SAG Sak hare et) i rf russ AGIA DERG UII 1 ME aa . A re \ ify he i ii pesysht y t ye eek , yi ‘ 4 1 A J i Na AU or ilate § ; . ( mae , Pit: ARs, Ah nity ¥ Hite oly haul eR) it NAY Vine a4 ae" i j v4 a" bee ‘ . a « -« r ¥ Ley Ly. ee Te } " * j 4 fay, £ ae Ne] Whe’ 4 Be Die 4 ‘ \ i y ite AN ts A bts ¥ th * av AWTS rey a ; i ‘ : A py ee he f Mi ,3 4 , 2 Aa Py fh Oey > , 7 | j . Ghd: ot i | | j i ey OVinbd be 4 m4 £7 Eat Tk ee 1 peers 7 i mS “oe oh ‘aes Vie oA, c f ‘ | With Un » rt . f . ’ y Oo y fi PA, wert ir a Ahad i NERNEY iad Ronde : ! a4 } f an SP ee pe sy a, i , ary artuts ¥. \ ‘em Se ye Rap ae ely x,